eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 106 the effectiveness of role play in teaching speaking lilis suryani stkip siliwangi bandung suryani.lies3@gmail.com abstract speaking is one of essential skills that should be mastered by students. in fact, the students face difficulties in speaking such as difficulty to arrange the sentences, fear of making mistakes, and lack of motivation. it is supported by nunan (1993), he states that there are some challenges in teaching speaking skill in efl classroom namely lack of motivation, and they tend to use their first language. related to those problems, role play is offered to overcome the problems in speaking. the aim of the research was to know the effect of using role play in teaching speaking. the research used preexperimental design with one group pre test and post test design which consist of 30 students as the sample. the data were obtained by using pre test and post test. then, obtained data were analyzed by using spss 20. the result of the research showed that significance value was .00 and it is lower than the significance level .05. it means that the null hypothesis was rejected. thus, teaching speaking by using role play has a significant effect on improving the students’ speaking ability. keywords: role play, speaking, motivation a. introduction speaking is one of productive skills that should be learned by students. brown (2001) states that speaking as an interactive process of constructing meaning that involves producing, receiving, and processing speech of sounds as main instruments. in addition, cameron (2005) states that speaking is used to express meanings so that other people can make sense of them. in other word, speaking is an important skill that is used to communicate with other people. related to the importance of speaking, it is not an easy for the teacher to teach speaking in the classroom. in fact, most of the students are reluctant to speak up in the classroom and they have low motivation. it is supported by nunan (1993), he states that there are some challenges in teaching oral skill in efl classroom namely lack of motivation, and they tend to use their first language. to improve students speaking skill, teacher should find the appropriate technique of teaching speaking. it means that teacher plays an important role to create interesting teaching and learning process. in this research, the researcher would like to choose role play to solve the problem of speaking. harmer (2007) says that role play can stimulate the students in real world and it gives learners an opportunity to practice communicating in different social contexts and different social roles (larsen and freeman, 2000). research questions the problem that was investigated in the research can be focused on the following research question: is it effective to teach speaking by using role play? hypothesis since the research is designed to investigate the effect of using role play in teaching speaking ability, the research is guided by the following hypotheses: mailto:suryani.lies3@gmail.com lilis suryani: the effectiveness of role play e 107 null hypothesis (h0) : role play is not effective in teaching speaking. alternative hypothesis (ha) : role play is effective in teaching speaking b. literature review speaking is one of the important skills in human. nunan (1993) says that the importance of speaking skill is obviously noticed regarding the role of human as social being who depends himself more on speaking rather than writing when interacting with others. it is supported by brown (2001), speaking is an interactive process of conducting meaning that involves producing, receiving and processing information. it can be concluded that speaking is a tool of communication to each other’ where the speaker can deliver his/her idea, opinion, feeling through verbal skill to the listener. speaking is fundamental to human communication. that is why teaching speaking skill should be taught in language classroom with interactive technique. one of the techniques in teaching speaking is role play. based on previous research, role play is effective way to teach speaking. role play is a method of acting out particular ways of interacting with others in imaginary situations (byrne, 1986) and it promotes interaction in the classroom and increase motivation (ladousse, 1995). in addition, budden (2006) says that role-play is any speaking activity when you either put yourself into somebody else's or put yourself into an imaginary situation. based on the explanations above, role play is not only used to interactive teaching in the classroom but also to stimulate the students in real life situation. furthermore, byrne (1986), role play can be grouped into two forms, scripted and unscripted role play. in details, those types of role play activities described as follows: a. scripted role play scripted role play involves interpreting either the textbook dialogue or speaking text in the form of speech. the main function of the text after all is to convey the meaning of language items in a memorably way. b. unscripted role play in contrast to scripted role play, the situations of unscripted role play do not depend on textbooks. it is known as a free role play or improvisation. the students themselves have to decide what language to use and how the conversation should develop. in order to do this activity, good preparation from teacher and students is really necessary. based on the explanation above, there are some kinds of role play which can be used in teaching and learning process. this research used scripted role play materials. it means that the students make the dialogue in a group and present it in the classroom. c. research method the research used quantitative as method and pre experimental as design. according to crowl (1996: 10), “quantitative method is used to examine questions that can be best answered by collecting and statistically analyzing data that are in numerical form”. this research used pre experimental as design. the writer used one group pre test and post test design. here is the design of pre experimental. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 108 o1 x o2 pre test treatment post test (hatch and farhady, 1987) subject of the research a population is any group of individual that have one or more characteristics in common that are interest to researcher (best, 1997, 267). in this research, the eighth grade students of one junior high in subang were taken as population. besides, sample is part of the population which is used as the source of the real data of research. 8a class was used to be sample of the research. there were 30 students, 13 boys and 17 girls students. data collection and data analysis in this research, the research collected the data by using pre test and post test. pre test was implemented to find out the students’ ability in speaking before the treatment. then, the researcher did some treatments and role play technique was used as treatment. after treatment, the post test was done to know the effect of using role play in teaching speaking comprehension. the data gathered from test were analyzed by using spss 20 and interpreted to know the students progress in speaking comprehension through role play. c. results and discussions the data gathered from tests were analyzed by spss 20 with the result shown below. table 1 one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test pre test post test n 30 30 normal parameters a,b mean 64.3333 74.1667 std. deviation 10.80655 7.77744 most extreme differences absolute .174 .207 positive .174 .171 negative -.167 -.207 kolmogorov-smirnov z .955 1.132 asymp. sig. (2-tailed) .322 .154 a. test distribution is normal. b. calculated from data. based on table 1, the mean of pre test was 64.33, the asymp.sig (two –tailed) of the pre test was .322 and it was divided by two, the result was .322 2 = .161. besides, the mean of post test was 74.16, the asymp.sig (two –tailed) of the post test was .154 and it was divided by two, the result was .154 2 = .77. both of the data (pre test and post test) were higher than the level of significance .05. it means that the data of pre test and post test were normally distributed. lilis suryani: the effectiveness of role play e 109 table 2 table 2 showed that asymp.sig value was .000, with the level of significance level was .05. the result was .000 2 = 0 < .05 and it means that significance value was lower than the significance level. in other word, the null hypothesis was rejected. thus, role play was effective to teach speaking. d. conclusion related to the results and discussions elaborated in the previous explanation, it can be concluded that role play is effective in teaching speaking. there was a significant difference scores between pre test and post test. this conclusion is drawn as a result of the increase of the students' speaking score before and after treatment. in addition, significance value (.00) was lower than the significance level (.05), so the null hypothesis was rejected. therefore, role play was effective in teaching speaking and it can be one of alternative techniques in teaching speaking. references best, j. w. (1997). research in education. new jersey: printice hall. inc. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy 2 nd ed. new jersey: prentice hall inc. budden, j. (2006). role play. uk, london: bbc. byrne, d. (1986). teaching oral english: longman handbooks for english teachers. singapore: longman group, 1986. cameron, l. (2001). teaching language to young learners. new york: cambridge university press. crowl, t. k. (1996). fundamentals of educational research. new york: brown and benchmark publisher. ladousse, g. (1995). role play. new york: oxford university press. larsen-freeman, d. (1986). techniques and principles in language teaching. usa: oxford university press. harmer, j. (2007). the practice of language teaching. fourth edition. edinburg: pearson education limited. hatch, e. & farhady, h. (1987). research design and statistics for applied linguistics. los ageles: newburry house publisher. nunan, d. (1992). research methods in language learning. new york: cambridge university press. paired samples test paired differences t df sig. (2tailed ) mean std. deviatio n std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair 1 pre test post test 9.8333 3 8.75759 1.5989 1 13.1034 7 6.5632 0 -6.150 29 .000 fitriana, hadijah & lestari: the use of authentic… 8 students’ perception toward the use of authentic material in teaching r eading pina fitriana1, diah hadijah2, zubaedah wiji lestari3 fitriana_pina@yahoo.com , zubaedah.wijilestari@gmail.com universitas islam nusantara abstract teachers often have difficulties in finding the appropriate learning materials in teaching reading. without appropriate reading texts that suit them, students spend long hours in the classroom with poor achievement in reading comprehension. this research aims to describe students' responses toward the use of the authentic material. this research employs descriptive qualitative method since it is suitable to give a clear description of this study. this study involved twenty-nine students of al ilyas vocational high school. the data was obtained through classroom observation and questionnaire. the result of the study reveals that the students had the positive perception toward the use of authentic material in the reading class. the data of questionnaire showed that most of the respondents are interested in reading english text using authentic material. they thought that learning reading using authentic texts is very easy. it is supported by classroom observation data that the students became more active participated in the classroom. keywords: authentic material, reading comprehension a. introduction english teaching in indonesian vocational schools is different from other high schools due to different goals. the education and culture ministry of indonesia develops a different curriculum for both schools. the curriculum developed for vocational schools tends to contain more functional materials than the one developed for ordinary high schools. however, similar to the other kinds of high schools, english teaching in vocational high school identifies four skills, listening, speaking, reading, and writing as an integral aspect. in studying english, the ability to read is one of the most important things in learning english because by reading we will be able to improve science and will obtain the latest information. reading is something that we do every day, and it is an integral part of our daily lives, taken very much for granted and generally assumed to be something that everyone can do (berardo, 2006). however, generally, many students have difficulties in reading comprehension. for example, they have problems in comprehending the text and getting the main idea of the text, students knew how to pronounce the word, but it occurred without understanding the meaning. some students who have tried to comprehend the text by reading it many times, but they failed because they did not know its meaning. so, the students could not find good impressions from the text they read, and they did not know the reason for reading. based on the researcher mailto:fitriana_pina@yahoo.com mailto:zubaedah.wijilestari@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 9 observations, students of smk al ilyas malangbong have many difficulties in reading comprehension, because each student has different background knowledge. for example, they have difficulties in understanding and finding the main idea in a text. they know how to pronounce the word but not understand the meaning of the sentence read. therefore, teachers must have the appropriate material to help students' in reading comprehension. the material used should increase students' interest in reading. b. literature review 1. reading reading cannot be separated from comprehension because the purpose or the result of the reading activity is to comprehend reading material (astiyandha, 2012). in addition, berardo (2006) claims that reading can have three main purposes, for survival, learning or pleasure. reading for survival is considered to be in response to our environment, to find out information and can include street signs, advertising, and timetables. it depends very much on the day-today needs of the reader and often involves an immediate response to a situation. in contrast reading for learning is considered to be the reading done in the classroom and is goal orientated. while reading for pleasure is something for enjoyment. 2. authentic material authentic material refers to those taken from real-life sources, and they do not design for teaching and learning purposes. according to tatsuki (2006) word "authenticity" considers as being synonymous with genuineness, realness, truthfulness, validity, reliability, undisputed credibility, and legitimacy of materials or practices." macdonald et al. (2006) content, if there is a correspondence between the texts used in the classroom and types of texts used outside the classroom, then it is possible to call such texts authentic. a newspaper article, a rock song, a novel, a radio interview, and traditionally fairy stories are examples of authentic texts. furthermore, macdonald states that we can see such texts from television, newspaper, and magazine. in that mass media, information is spread widely from a place to many other places. in communicating in such media, people naturally use and apply their language as of how they communicate and use their language in their daily lives. one of the main purposes of using authentic materials in the classroom is to "expose" students to as much real language as possible. in addition, wallace (1998) cited in apsari (2014) defines authentic texts as "real-life texts, not written for pedagogic processes." furthermore, jacobson et al. (2003) define that authentic materials as printed materials, which used in classrooms in the same way they would use in real life. therefore, by using authentic materials, a teacher can bring the students the factual data from real-world context into the classroom. they can practice reading authentic and genuine language used in real life. for another purpose, foreign language learners also can be introduced to the culture of the native people through authentic materials. c. research methodology this study was a descriptive qualitative. the research was conducted in al ilyas vocational high school, to be more specific in one class of eleventh-grade students of tkj 1. this class consists of 29 students, 15 boys, and 14 girls. to get the data, during the research, this study employed classroom observation and questionnaire. the questionnaire is used to measure students' responses toward the use of authentic materials. each question provided five options; strongly agree, agree, undecided, disagree and strongly disagree. fitriana, hadijah & lestari: the use of authentic… 10 d. findings and discussion this section elaborates the findings of the research based on the data gathered from the instruments used. findings on students' responses the questionnaire was given at the end of the research to find out students' responses about the use of authentic materials. the purpose of this questionnaire was to determine the students' responses to authentic materials used during the treatment. in this questionnaire, eight positive statements and seven negative statements were asked to the students. table 3. frequency and percentage of students’ responses no statements strongly agree agree un decided dis agree strongly disagree 1 using authentic material in reading english text makes me easier in learning english reading 6.89% 68.96% 17.24% 6.89% 0% 2 i am more interested to read english text using authentic material 3.44% 62.07% 31.03% 3.44% 0% 3 using authentic materials in reading english text makes me difficult in learning reading 3.44% 48.2% 37.93% 10.34% 0% 4 i am not interested to read english text after being taught using authentic texts. 0% 10.34% 55.1% 31.03% 3.44% 5 i am not willing to ask questions when the lecturer using authentic materials 3.79% 13.79% 34.4% 31.03% 0% 6 i don’t like studying english if the lecturer using authentic materials 0% 13.79% 41.37% 37.93% 6.89% 7 it is easy to remember vocabularies using authentic materials 0% 13.79% 27.58% 58.62 % 0% 8 i always feel sleepy in the class when the teacher uses the material. 3.44% 17.24% 13.79% 51.72% 13.79% 9 i think the material improve my motivation to read more on the ‘real’ english texts. 37.93% 41.37% 13.79% 3.44% 3.44% 10 i hope the lecturer closes the meeting as soon as possible when using authentic texts 10.34% 13.79% 58.62% 17.24% 0% eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 11 the findings above show that most of respondents have the positive perception towards the use of authentic materian in reading class. it can be seen from the table that 62.07% of the respondents agree that they are more interested to read english text using authentic material than using the previous one. in addition, 58.62% of the respondents agree that learning reading using authentic texts is very easy. this is suported by the data from observation that although the students had difficulty in comprehending the text in the earlier day of the class, they then became more relaxed afterward. in addition, the data from observation also revealed that the use authentic materials attracted students to read. students are directed to read as a pleasure and for communication so that they do not feel burdened by the requirement to answer questions once they have read. the other good thing in its use was that the students also have the freedom to choose reading materials that they enjoy. furthermore, it allows students the opportunity to obtain it by them selfes and bring it in the classroom. in short, by giving the impression to the students that the purpose of this reading is based on pleasure and enjoyment, students showed the power of exciting and enjoyed the process of the reading, which in turn improved their motivation to learn. e. conclusion this research revealed that the students have the positive perception toward the use of authentic material. it can be seen from the data of questionnaire that the use of authentic material can increase students’ motivation to read english text. they became more interested in reading english text. it might due to the opportunity that they have in selecting the text to be read. furthermore, the students seem to enjoy the process of the reading and they are very enthusiastic during the lesson. f. references apsari, y. (2014). the use of authentic material in teaching reading comprehension. eltin journal, vol 2, no 2, pp. 88-94 astiyandha,t.e.t.al. (2012).english teaching vol i. surakarta: uns university. berardo, s. a. (2006). the use of authentic materials in the teaching of reading. the reading matrix 6 (2), 60-69. retrieved fromhttp://www.readingmatrix.com/articles/berardo/article.pdf. accessed on december 12th, 2016 jacobson, e., degener, s., & purcell-gates, v., (2003). creating authentic materials and activities for the adult literacy classroom: a handbook for practitioners. usa: ncsall. tatsuki, d. (2006). what is authenticity? the language teacher, 16(5), 17–21. retrieved from http://jalt.org/pansig/2006/html/tatsuki.htm siska rizkiani: authentic video and subtitles e 91 authentic video and subtitles on english vocabulary enhancement (a quasi-experimental study in one private college in bandung) siska rizkiani stkip siliwangi bandung siska.rizkiani@gmail.com abstract video is commonly used in instructional settings. the mixture of sound, image, and text -in the form of subtitleshas valued the video. it considers video as an understandable media for teaching vocabulary to foreign language students. this study is aimed at finding the effectiveness of using authentic video and subtitles in efl teaching learning. this study is conducted at one of private colleges in bandung. it is an experimental study. it compares the result of pre-test and post-test given to the students. the result of the t-test is the score in the t-test table (2.03 and 2.75) is smaller than the score obtain in this study (13.52), so the alternative hypothesis is accepted and the null hypothesis is rejected. it means that using authentic video and subtitles in teaching english vocabulary is effective. keywords: authentic video, vocabulary, subtitles a. introduction the main applications of video have been categorized in two types (talavan, 2007). first, instructional video, purposely formed to teach foreign languages, and second, authentic video materials, such as films, tv series, commercials, etc., originally created for native speakers of the language. even if it can sometimes be more complex to hold, it is in fact very useful to use authentic video in the foreign language class, since students can expand more proficiently takings from this kind of input. it considers given what learners really need in real life, such as its arrangement of actual (not manipulated) and entire communicative situations. it commonly applied in sitcoms, series, films, tv commercials, or documentaries. considering the video used and the outcome of the lesson, subtitles have a possible rate in helping learners in the process of learning (vanderplank, 1988). moreover he adds, that text in the form of subtitles assists learners in screening a speech that would probably be lost. besides, it offers immediate response and a positive reinforcement that builds a feeling of learners’ confidence. it can help them ready and motivated to watch foreign video, films, etc., with or without the support of subtitles in the near future. a subtitled video clip presents a triple link between image, sound and text, sound and text being connected by translation (danan, 1992) when typical subtitles are applied. this fact is considered relevant to the significance of visual links in memory for vocabulary learning. then, the existence of sound and text together; when this text emerge in the form of translation, the connection in memory are improved. moreover, some researchers have already confirmed the efficiency of video in teaching unknown vocabulary items (al-seghayer, 2001). this is since the video is able to develop a curiosity that guides to deep focus. in addition, carter and mccarthy (1988) propose “the more opportunities that can be found for formal transfer between foreign and mother-tongue words, the better the chances for retention”. for this reason, the prospective value of authentic subtitled video in vocabulary learning is not supposed to be negated. the same notion also stated by canning-wilson (2000). she suggests that images contextualized in video can help to support language learning and provide the learner to see direct meaning in terms of vocabulary identification. mailto:siska.rizkiani@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 92 it is fair to say that vocabulary is one important aspect in learning a foreign language. with an adequate amount of vocabulary, a student is able to avoid the troubles of speaking, reading, listening, and writing (nation, 2001). hence, it can be said that the acquisition of vocabulary would help the students in obtaining, comprehending, and enhancing the process a better understanding. therefore, this present study was conducted to know the effectiveness of using authentic video and subtitles video in teaching english vocabulary at one private college in bandung by testing the following hypothesis: null hypothesis (ho): there is no difference in students’ mastery of vocabulary after using authentic video and subtitles. alternative hypothesis (ha): there is a significant difference in students’ mastery of vocabulary between students who are given authentic video and subtitles and who are given conventional audio tape. b. research methodology as mentioned before that the purpose of this study is to find out the difference between two groups. thus, in order to find the result, the writer did field study, especially experimental research. the field study is done in the form of experiment by applying two different techniques for two different groups of students (burns, 2000). this experiment was held in two classes, namely experiment class and control class. before the experiment done, the writer gives pre -test and post-test to all of the students in experiment and control class with the same instrument to know the students knowledge of the materials that would be taught. in collecting the data, the writer gives the students the pre-test and post-test used to test the two groups of student. pre-test and post-test are the same in form as well as its content but the time and aim are different. firstly, both the experiment class and controlled class were given the pre -test before the lesson is begun to know the students knowledge of the material that will be taught. secondly, both the experiment class and control class were given the same materials but with the different techniques of vocabulary learning. the experiment class was given the authentic video and subtitles, and the control class with the conventional audio tapes. this study is talking about clips because the video sequences need to be short (stempleski, 1990), to have time to exploit all their contents in class. the last step in the experiment is giving the post-test to the two classes, class a and class b. posttest giving after the lesson is finished, to know students taught. during the conduct of this research, the authentic video and subtitles, was shown to 20 students of one private college in bandung. the pre-test was done on march 3 rd , 2015. it was aimed to figure out the students’ achievement in vocabulary mastery before giving the teaching program. meanwhile, the post-test was done on april 30 th , 2015. it was aimed to figure out the result of the given implementation of authentic video and subtitles. c. results and discussions to know the result of test (pre-test and post-test) the writer makes the table of the students’ scores of each group. the writer does not mention the student’s names but their scores are as follow: siska rizkiani: authentic video and subtitles e 93 table 1 the score of the individual students of the experiment class or by using authentic video and subtitles. n pre-test post-test gained scored 1. 34 79 45 2. 50 88 54 3. 25 80 55 4. 25 85 60 5. 55 95 40 6. 45 90 45 7. 40 90 50 8. 35 85 50 9. 38 88 50 10. 39 90 51 11. 24 78 54 12. 38 90 52 13. 25 90 65 14. 39 89 50 15. 40 90 50 16. 50 95 45 17. 50 95 45 18. 55 95 40 19. 45 90 45 20. 30 95 65 table 2 the score of the individual student of the control class or using conventional audio tape. n pre-test post-test gained scored 1. 40 70 30 2. 30 70 40 3. 50 65 15 4. 35 40 5 5. 40 70 30 6. 55 70 15 7. 60 75 15 8. 55 75 20 9. 55 75 20 10. 35 60 25 11. 45 65 20 12. 40 70 30 13. 40 70 30 14. 50 75 25 15. 55 70 15 16. 50 75 25 17. 45 55 10 18. 40 70 30 19. 40 70 30 20. 55 75 20 eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 94 as mentioned before, that in analyzing the data from the result of pre-test andmposttest, the writer uses statistic calculation of the t-test formula with degree of significance 5% and 1% as follows: t = m1 – m2 table 3 the comparison of scores of each student of the experimental class and the control class n x1 x2 f1 f2 x1 2 x2 2 1 45 30 -5,5 7,5 30,25 56,25 2 54 40 3,5 17,5 12,25 306,25 3 55 15 4,5 -7,5 20,25 56,25 4 60 5 9,5 -17,5 90,25 306,25 5 40 30 -10,5 7,5 110,25 56,25 6 45 15 -5,5 -7,5 30,25 56,25 7 50 15 -0,5 -7,5 0,25 56,25 8 50 20 -0,5 -2,5 0,25 6,25 9 50 20 -0,5 -2,5 0,25 6,25 10 51 25 0,5 2,5 0,25 6,25 11 54 20 3,5 -2,5 12,25 6,25 12 52 30 1,5 7,5 2,25 56,25 13 65 30 14,5 7,5 210,25 56,25 14 50 25 -0,5 2,5 0,25 6,25 15 50 15 -0,5 -7,5 0,25 56,25 16 45 25 -5,5 2,5 30,25 6,25 17 45 10 -5,5 -12,5 30,25 156,25 18 40 30 -10,5 7,5 110,25 56,25 19 45 30 -5,5 7,5 30,25 56,25 20 65 20 14,5 -2,5 210,25 56,25 ∑ x1= ∑ x2= ∑ f1= ∑ f2= ∑ x1 2 = ∑ x1 2 = 1010 450 0 0 240,5 1405,5 (∑x12 + ∑ x22)(n1+n2) (n1 + n2 -2)(n1+n2) siska rizkiani: authentic video and subtitles e 95 m1 = 1010 = 50 20 m2 = 450 = 22,5 20 to = 50,5 22,5 = 28 = 28 = 28 = 28 2,07 = 13,52 df = 20+20-2 = 38 5% = t0 : tt = 13,52 > 2,03 1% = t0 : tt = 13,52 > 2,72 to test the hypothesis, the data obtained from both classes are analyzed and calculated by using the t-test formula. from result of the calculation, it is obtained the value of the t0 is 13,52. the degree of freedom (df) is 38 (obtained from (n1+n2) = (20+20-2). in this study, the writer uses the degree of significance of 5% and 1%. in the table of significance, it can be seen that on the df 38 and on the degree of significance of 5% and 1 %, the value of the degree of significance is 2,03 and 2,75. comparing the t0 with each value of the degrees of significance, the result is 2,03 < 13,52 > 2,75. since t0 score in the table is smaller than tt score obtained from the result of calculation the alternative hypothesis (ha) is accepted and the null hypothesis (ho) is rejected. d. conclusion from the explanation about the analysis of the result on the table 3 above, we can see that the using of authentic video and subtitles in enhancing students’ vocabulary is adequate success. it can be seen on the table above that the students who accept the authentic video and subtitles get higher √240,5+1405,5 (20+20) 20+20-2 (20.20) √(1646) . (40) 38 (400) √ (43) . (0,1) √ 4,3 eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 96 scores than the students who use conventional audio tapes. it means that using authentic video and subtitles is much better than using conventional audio tapes. foreign language words are learned better when directly associated with appropriate nonverbal referents (objects, events, emotions, context, etc.); this efficient association can only be found in real life or in authentic video. therefore, it is suggested that vocabulary teaching and learning should not be divorced from the classroom setting of the use of authentic video and subtitles. references al-seghayer, k. (2001). the effect of multimedia annotation modes on l2 vocabulary acquisition: a comparative study, in language learning and technology. vol. v, no. 1: 202232.. available at: http://llt.msu.edu/vol5num1/alseghayer/default.pdf canning-wilson, c. (2000). practical aspects of using video in the in the foreign language classroom. tesl journal. vol. vi, no. 11. available at: http://iteslj.org/articles/canningvideo.html carter, r. & m. mccarthy (1988). vocabulary and language teaching, in carter and mccarthy (eds.) vocabulary and language teaching. longman: 1-59. council of europe. (2001). common european framework of reference for languages:learning, teaching, assessment. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. danan, m. (1992). reversed subtitling and dual coding theory: new directions for foreign language instruction, in language learning. vol. 42, no. 4: 497-527. nation, i. s. p. (2001). learning vocabulary in another language. new york:cambridge university press. sherman, j. (2003). using authentic video in the language classroom. cambridge:cambridge university press. stempleski, s. (1990). teaching communication skills with authentic video, in s. stempleski & p. arcadio (eds.) video in second language teaching: using,selecting and producing video for the classroom. washington: teachers of english to speakers of other languages: 7-24. talavan, n. (2007). using subtitles in a multimedia environment to enhance listeningcomprehension for foreign language students of english, in proceedings vi international aelfe conference. lisboa: iscal: 452-458. vanderplank, r. (1988). the value of teletext sub-titling in language learning, in elt journal. no. 42: 272-281 http://llt.msu.edu/vol5num1/alseghayer/default.pdf http://iteslj.org/articles/canning-video.html http://iteslj.org/articles/canning-video.html muharlisiani, kukuh, & azizah: designing computer-based …. 11 designing computer-based exercises using weblog, hot potatoes software and skype messengers in creating ideas to facilitate independence learning of reading comprehension lusy tunik muharlisiani1, anang kukuh2, siti azizah3 yahdillalusy@gmail.com, anang@anang65.web.id, sitiaziahazizah81@yahoo.com universitas wijaya kusuma surabaya abstract the design-based research methodology explicates how design not only allowed more effective student representation and sharing of the different levels of knowledge required for abstraction to occur, but also enabled better teacher assessment and, hence, remediation also provides detailed guidance on creating interactive content (from the application of learning strategies and media to courseware development). on the basis of the emerging findings of the study a set of principles for designing web-conferencing (or other online) environments to support creative design learning is proposed. this mainly addresses trainers and instructional designers who aim to create learning projects that really match learners’ needs, was considered appropriate and suitable for the students to develop their reading comprehension. this interactive and interesting design would increase the students’ motivation to learn reading comprehension in fun environment. it is expected that they could change their habit of the learning by accessing the exercises regularly as the media. keywords: weblog, hot potatoes sofware, skype messengers, and reading comprehension a. introduction the use of teaching media, both in manual or electronic can motivate the students in order to follow the learning process. there are many kinds of technology, but this study focuses on the use of computer and certain software. students need to bring to the experience of doing activities in the context of actual language. the way in which people represent and exchange design information has been proposed to critically affect the success of collaborative design processes. langer and levy (2007) found a significantly improved performance in a temporal design task when a visual representation was used. to achieve a good students’ reading comprehension, teachers must implement an effective learning process, namely how to choose the media teaching characteristics according to the needs of students who have different intellectual or talent will help students improve optimum learning outcomes for students. so the teacher can use social media “weblog, hot potatoes software and skype messenger” martindale (2004) says that weblog and hot potatoes software, and skype messengers are a set computer assisted language learning tools that the teacher easily creates interactive webbased exercise. mailto:yahdillalusy@gmail.com mailto:yahdillalusy@gmail.com mailto:sitiaziahazizah81@yahoo.com eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 12 however, the teacher’s control was still needed and has realized that computers as the supporting tools of teaching-learning process. in addition, it is expected that by operating the design, it enables the students to be familiar with the computer operating system in the case of english learning. according dudeney, gavin & hockly, nicky (2007) in teaching learning process as variation because variation will give the students the change of have pleasure in learning language. in this study the researcher uses social media weblog, hot potatoes software, and skype messenger as the media of teaching learning process because they are a new thing a nice variation so that the students will be attracted, interested in learning reading comprehension, can share a story, celebrate a birthday, learn a language, hold a meeting, work with colleagues – just about anything they need to do together every day, with the latest version, provides independent learning, so the students could access the supplementary exercises individually outside classroom in order to improve their reading comprehension. based on reason above, the researcher wants to present the alternative in choosing technique and material in order to achieve the goal of teaching reading comprehension. with weblog, hot potatoes software and skype messengers can increase students' ability in reading comprehension, wants to introduce a powerful tools and can be used to create a good atmosphere in a class b. literature review 1. the special research the main special research found out how to design a set of computer-based exercises using weblog, hot potatoes software and skype messengers for developing logical with integrated and created because that multimedia can be assesed anytime, facilitated independent learning in reading comprehension and presented the set of computer-based media exercises. harmer (2008) says they needed supplementary exercises which enabled them to improve their reading comprehension and to create entertaining environment of the learning at the sametime. hence, computer-based exercises were chosen because it was very interesting learning, so their motivation to learn would be increased and also leaded them to learn independently because it could be accessed at anytime outside classroom. besides, the software was chosen, it provided five interesting programs to do the exercises. two research problems were formulated, namely first, how computer-based exercises was designed, and second, what the computer-based exercises looked like. design-based research involves iterative cycles of problem analysis, theory-based solution development, evaluation in real-world settings, and the development of situated design principles (reeves & hedberg, 2009). muharlisiani, kukuh, & azizah: designing computer-based …. 13 figure 1 difference between predictive and design research approaches (reeves & hedberg, 2009) design based research enables the use of any and all types of data to arrive at effective designs o’malley, m.j. & pierce, v.l.(2005) which allowed the teacher’s observations as well as students’ interactions, contributions, discourse, and feedback to inform the redesign of the environment. 1. the flow chart of the design process figure 2 creative design process the full process as proposed by cohen, & marrison (2000) is shown in figure 1. the process integrates reasoning needed tosolve problems and achieve challenges with the iterative evaluation, explanation, and redesign processes required for creativity. this analysis tells us what needs to be learned to reason creatively: how and when to identify criteria and constraints (design specification in the figure); how to use criteria and constraints as evaluation criteria; how and when to generate alternative solutions, and especially how to use cases and one’s own experiences to do that; how to use evaluation results to elaborate and reformulate alternative solutions (called design alternatives in the figure) and criteria and constraints; and how to identify when one has a good enough solution to validate this design, the research conducted two kinds of preliminary form of product, namely trial of the product and content evaluation. the design was considered appropriate and suitable for the students to develop and focuse on comprehension. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 14 c. research methodology the application of research results in order to support the construction and development of ipteks-sosbud. huette (in hesmondhalgh, 2011) says: there are three activities to be performed. (1) trying of assessment widely about the design of its computer-based learning to the development of reasoning, (2) the improvement of the design of learning reading comprehension based computer by using weblog, hot potatoes software and skype messengers is to be worthy published, (3) preparation of learning design based computer by using weblog, hot potatoes software and skype messengers to the development of a logical reasonable until ready to publish. it is obtained by observing and recording the data required in the process of preproduction, production, and post production as proposed by duffy, peter and bruns, axel. pre production there are several steps that are done in the making design of learning reading comprehension is ideas and concepts. search for ideas and concepts conducted by lead director studio production the production process is carried out by tools a. learning design reference search by theme. it aims to get an overview of the design of learning reading comprehension to be made. b. the process of rough sketches can be made after the design of learning reading comprehension has been obtained. c. after the sketch and one of alternative design was approved. then the steps to make vector can do. post production: according to sari (2012) a. finishing  this stage done prior to the design of learning reading comprehension goes into the process of programming the software hot potatoes. b. game programming  this stage is the process of a merger between the learning design with a program that runs the design. c. testing  this step is learning to design trials students in learning reading comprehension by means of dissemination of student satisfaction questionnaire against the design software hot potatoes that have been made d. findings and discussion 1. observations muharlisiani, kukuh, & azizah: designing computer-based …. 15 in the first year still the design and focus on interactive video covering (chat and conference) and responsive web base and mobile application in the second year is the roadmap implementation of design the stage for the implementation system: a. making server b. hosting as a web base and a database c. configuration framework e learning d. configuration system for conference e. configuration making questions f. configuration to video chat g. making application users mobile based http://ele.if.uwks.ac.id/ eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 16 web and database server physically (hardware) at uwks, and made a main and backup server tools used in making system server  ubuntu 16 zconference  bigbluebutton elearning  open source moodle 3.3 making question  hot potatoes video chat  skype mobile app  android base muharlisiani, kukuh, & azizah: designing computer-based …. 17 parts of the web system e-l e (web base) the types of privileges user: the division of user: admin management the whole system, lecturers and students 1. admin management system e-le 2. lecture management courses, management class, authentication students 3. student joint courses, class, add comments, add answer the category of course for add the example of the topic in a category course linguistics eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 18 the interactive class covering conference and video chat the conferences are: live video, slides presentation, video tutorials, text chatting, list user muharlisiani, kukuh, & azizah: designing computer-based …. 19 to make the exercises inherence offline on computer lecturer then uploaded to the web elearning display responsive (adjust kind of device) application based android, the example named momo-ele eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 20 then when it entered required login to conference using android e. conclusions based on the results of the research will hopefully 1) contribute to the development of the design computer-based exercises using weblog, hot potatoes software, and skype messengers in creating ideas to facilitate independent learning in reading comprehension for the fourth semester with a set of optimal method, support the development of ipteks innovation, have contributed to the renewal and development of ipteks in the design learning reading comprehension; muharlisiani, kukuh, & azizah: designing computer-based …. 21 2) contribution to the development, in addressing the problem of development, application of technology towards the commercial, technology transfer, feasibility of obtaining patents/copyrights; 3) cooperation with outsiders (new contracts, and royalty), in order of sustainability research is planned to be carried out in a partnership with outside parties especially in other faculties and together with the university still in wijaya kusuma surabaya to posed in the college's flagship research program and industry; 4) making materials with the title "learning reading comprehension by using sotware hot potatoes. f. references cohen, l manion, l & marrison k. (2000) and níkleva, & lópez, 2012 “research methods in education (5thedition)” london: routladge falmer dudeney, gavin & hockly, nicky. 2007. how to teach english with technology. england: pearson longman. duffy, peter and bruns, axel. 2006. the use of blogs, wikis and rss in education: a conversation of possibilities. in proceedings online learning and teaching conference 2006, pages pp. 31-38, brisbane.http://eprints.qut.edu.au harmer, jeremy. 2008. how to teach english: an introduction to the practice of english language teaching. england: pearson longman hesmondhalgh. 2011. blogs in education. (n.d) retrieved april 4, 2006, from http://awd.cl.uh.edu/blog/ hot potatoes version 6. canada: half-baked software, inc. retrived december 3, 2010, from http://hotpot.uvic.ca/hotpot6_help.pdf sari, gabriella sandya puspita. 2012. designing computer-based exercises using hot potatoes software to facilitate independent learning of tenses for the first grade students of smk sanjaya pakem. english language education faculty of teachers training & education. sanata dharma university. yogyakarta. langer and levy, m. 2007. computer-assisted language learning: context and conceptualization. new york: oxford university press. martindale, trey & wiley, a.d. 2004. an introduction to teaching with weblogs. http://teachable.org/papers/2004_techtrends_bloglinks.htm o’malley, m.j. & pierce, v.l. 2005. authentic assessment or english language learners: practical approaches for teachers. addisonwesley publishing. reeves, hedberg and tim green's.2009. “www.mastersinesl.org/blog/instructional technology tools-in-the-eslclassroom/”. http://eprints.qut.edu.au/ http://awd.cl.uh.edu/blog/ http://hotpot.uvic.ca/hotpot6_help.pdf http://teachable.org/papers/2004_techtrends_bloglinks.htm http://www.mastersinesl.org/blog/instructionalhttp://www.mastersinesl.org/blog/instructional-technology-tools-in-thehttp://www.mastersinesl.org/blog/instructional-technology-tools-in-thehttp://www.mastersinesl.org/blog/instructional-technology-tools-in-thehttp://www.mastersinesl.org/blog/instructional-technology-tools-in-thefirdhani, indrayani & mahdi: the use of consonant… 53 the use of consonant elision by sri mulyani during her interview session with the banker anggi rizky firdhani1, lia maulia indrayani2 , sutiono mahdi3 anggi12001@mail.unpad.ac.id, lia.maulia@unpad.ac.id, sutiono.mahdi@unpad.ac.id universitas padjadjaran abstract this research is entitled “the use of consonant elision by sri mulyani during her interview session with the banker”. the objects of this research are the consonant elisions that are produced by sri mulyani when she was interviewed by the banker. the objectives of this research are to describe and analyze the frequency of consonant elision used by sri mulyani and to find out the phonemes that are often being elision-ed by sri mulyani in her interview with the banker. the analysis of this research was done by using descriptive qualitative analysis method. this study uses carr’s (2008), giegerich’s (1992), and roach’s (2001) theories about phonological rules and elision. this study shows that during her interview, sri mulyani uses consonant elision for 26 times and she tends to do the omission to the phoneme /t/ (19 times), /d/ (5 times), /r/ (1 times), and /s/ (1 times). keywords: consonant elision, elision, phonology, phonological rules, sri mulyani a. introduction in english pronunciation, there are various ways of pronunciation for each individual. this phenomenon occurs because of numerous factors, such as areas of origin, cultural influences, and social environment. english pronunciation involves the production of each sound and pronunciation of words, phrases, and sentences with correct spelling, emphasis and/or intonation. in addition, there is a way to read the word correctly called 'phonetic transcription', which is defined as a kind of alphabetic writing in which each letter represents a sound (fromkin, rodman, & hyams, 2003). the purpose of phonetic transcriptions is to provide clear and unambiguous information to language learners, such as which sounds should be used on a word or phrase, and in what order to use the sound. the branch of linguistics which studies the sound system of languages is called phonology. the pronunciation of speech sound in english is governed by certain rules, and the rule is called the phonological rules. this statement was approved by fromkin, rodman, and hyams (2003) because, in their book, they state that "phonological rules relate to phonemic representations and phonetic representations of the speaker’s knowledge of the language." with the existence of these phonological rules, we cannot pronounce any speech sounds carelessly, especially in pronouncing speech sounds in english. there are several phonological rules that we need to obey in pronouncing english speech sound, such as the use of pressure, intonation, and so forth. the aim of studying the rules of phonology is to give a phonetic information or guideline on how to pronounce a word in a correct way, so mailto:anggi12001@mail.unpad.ac.id mailto:lia.maulia@unpad.ac.id mailto:sutiono.mahdi@unpad.ac.id eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 54 the meaning that conveyed from the spoken word can be conveyed correctly. although the specific rules of phonology differ from language to language, the kind of rules, what they do, and the natural classes they refer to are the same cross-linguistically (fromkin, rodman, & hyams, 2003). b. literature review 1. elision in english pronunciation, sometimes a speaker simplifies the pronunciation of some words. according to carr (2008), this process of simplification is counted as a part of the phonological rules. in his book, carr mentions that simplification consists of various types, those are reduction, lenition, assimilation, and elision. sometimes, the simplification occurs in order to ease the native speakers in expressing their feelings. it is common for them to speak english in high speed along with their emotions, and as the result, they make a ‘shortcut’ to ease their pronunciation. sometimes, the native speakers of english make a complete disappearance of one or more sounds in a word or phrase as an attempt to make a word or phrase easier to pronounce, and that phenomenon is called elision (crystal, 2008). according to giegerich (1992) in febriyanti (2015), one of the most common elisions in english is the omission of phoneme /t/ and /d/. although the use of elision is often used by native speakers, in fact, native speakers are not the only person who use elision in uttering some words in english. many non-native speakers often use elision when they are speaking in english, including indonesians. one example of the native speakers of indonesian who use elision while speaking in english is the minister of finance of the republic of indonesia, sri mulyani. sri mulyani is one of the prominent figures in indonesia, so it is not surprising that sri mulyani is often required to speak english. sri mulyani's speaking style in english caught the attention of the researcher, especially when the researcher watched her being interviewed about the tax amnesty in indonesia by the banker, a british financial media, for approximately nine minutes. in the interview, the researcher saw that sri mulyani had her own pattern when she tried to speak english and she used a lot of elisions, particularly consonant elision when she was pronouncing certain words. the researcher saw that the use of elision by sri mulyani while being interviewed by the banker is interesting to be examined in this research. based on the explanation above, the researcher is interested to find out how often sri mulyani used elision while being interviewed and to find out the phonemes that are often being elision-ed by sri mulyani in her interview with the banker. 2. types of simplification as the researcher mentioned in the explanation above that in english pronunciation, sometimes, a speaker simplifies the pronunciation of some words. the simplification occurs in order to ease the native speakers in expressing their feelings. it is common for them to speak english in high speed along with their emotions, and as the result, they make a ‘shortcut’ to get the ease of their pronunciation. according to carr (2008), this process of simplification is counted as a part of the phonological rules. in his book, carr mentions that simplification consists of various types, those are reduction, lenition, assimilation, and elision. elision is going to be the focus of this research. firdhani, indrayani & mahdi: the use of consonant… 55 crystal (2008) defines that elision is a complete disappearance of one or more sounds in a word or phrase as an attempt to make a word or phrase easier to pronounce. the process of elision occurs when speakers leave or delete a phoneme out of pronunciation as an attempt to fasten and get rid of difficulties in speech. elision happens with both consonants and vowels. carr (2008) states that where the cluster of consonants arise through the combination of words into phrases, they are frequently reduced in this way. for example, the phrase crisp bowl is often pronounced as [khrɪsboʊl], with the final stop in crisp elided. carr also states that vowel elision may result in the loss of an entire syllable as in university when it is pronounced as [juː.nɪˈvɜː.sti]. according to giegerich (1992) cited in febriyanti (2015), elision often happens before sonorant consonants which give the consonants an opportunity to be syllabic so that they will occupy the peak of the syllable. the process is called vowel elision, for examples are button /bʌtən/ or /bʌtn/ and little /lɪtəl/ or /lɪtl/. giegerich also explains that the most common elision in english words is the omission of sounds /t/ and /d/ at the word boundary: they are positioned at end of a word before going to the next word. for example, the elision of phoneme /t/ in the word postman is missing, so its pronunciation from [poʊstmən] changed to [poʊsmən] because of the speed of the speaker’s speech. in the case of phoneme /t/, the preceding consonant must be voiceless; in the case of /d/, the preceding consonant must be voiced. in both cases, elision happens with any following consonant, except /h/ and sometimes /j/, e.g. christmas becomes [’krɪsməs], listen becomes [lɪsən], left foot becomes [lefʊ:t], but it doesn’t happen in left hand [left hænd], left you [lefʧʊ], and old man [oʊld mæn]. roach (2001) agreed with that explanation: roach states the first type of elision that can be found in connected speech involves a loss of weak vowels after /p/, /t/, /k/. roach pointed out that the vowel in the first syllable may be omitted. that is, the aspiration of the initial plosive may take up the whole of the middle portion of the syllable as in “potato”, “tomato”, “canary” “perhaps” and “today” c. research methodology the method used in this research is descriptive qualitative analysis method. the descriptive qualitative analysis method is a research method that produces descriptive data in the form of written words or oral things that can be observed (bogdan and taylor, 1975). qualitative descriptive analysis research relates to ideas, perceptions, opinions, and all of them cannot be measured by numbers. this qualitative descriptive study aims to obtain information about existing circumstances (mardalis, 1999) and is designed to collect information about current ongoing realities (cevilla, 1993). in doing this study, the researcher transcribes the audio via video obtained from youtube. the video that is chosen by the researcher is an interview video between sri mulyani and the banker entitled view from imf: interview with sri mulyani indrawati, finance minister, indonesia. to perform the audio transcription, the researcher listened to the speech sounds produced by sri mulyani carefully, then the researcher marked the pronunciation of any elision-ed words that are produced by sri mulyani. after that, the pronunciation of some words spoken by sri mulyani compared with the general american english (ga) pronunciation. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 56 d. findings and discussion the process of elision involves the omission of a phoneme in its pronunciation. the researcher found several cases which belong to elision in sri mulyani’s utterance during her interview, and most of them the elision of phoneme /t/ and /d/. in sri mulyani's interview with the banker, which lasted approximately for 9 minutes, the researcher found out that sri mulyani used elision 26 times. more detailed information can be seen in the table below. table 1. the frequency of elision uttered by sri mulyani during her interview with the banker frequency of the elision of phoneme /t/ frequency of the elision of phoneme /d/ frequency of the elision of phoneme /r/ frequency of the elision of phoneme /s/ 19 5 1 1 total 26 from the table above, we can see that the phoneme that is often omitted by sri mulyani is phoneme /t/, followed by phoneme /d/, /r/, and /s/. here is the list of pronunciation realizations by sri mulyani that are being elision-ed, compared with general american english pronunciation (ga). table 2. list of pronunciation realizations by sri mulyani that are being elision-ed no word ga english pronunciation realization by sri mulyani 1. months /mʌnθs/ [mʌns] 2. month / mʌnθ/ [mʌn] 3. went /went/ [wen] 4. export /ek.spɔːrt/ [ekspɔr] 5. import /ɪm.pɔːrt/ [ɪmpor] 6. left /left/ [lef] 7. lengthen /leŋ.θən/ [leŋhən] 8. project /prɑː.dʒekt/ [prɑː.dʒek] 9. affect /əˈfekt/ [əˈfek] 10. past /pæst/ [pæs] 11. percent /pəˈsent/ [pəˈsen] 12. wealth /welθ/ [welh] 13. robust /roʊˈbʌst/ [roʊˈbʌs] 14. government /ɡʌv.ɚn.mənt/ [ɡʌvən.mən] 15. department /dɪˈpɑːrt.mənt/ [dɪpɑːrmən] 16. important /ɪmˈpɔːr.tənt/ [ɪmpɔrtən] 17. conduct /kənˈdʌkt/ [kənˈdʌk] 18. want /wɑːnt/ [won] firdhani, indrayani & mahdi: the use of consonant… 57 19. trust /trʌst/ [trʌs] 20. behind /bɪˈhaɪnd/ [bɪˈhaɪn] 21. land /lænd/ [læn] 22. spending /spen.dɪŋ/ [spenɪŋ] 23. abandoned /əˈbæn.dənd/ [əˈbæn.dən] 24. second /sek.ənd/ [sek.ən] 25. course /kɔːrs/ [kɔs] 26. maintenance /meɪn.tən.əns/ [meɪn.tən.ən] from the table above, the researcher sees the phonological pattern that is used by sri mulyani when she is talking. according to the table, we can see that mostly, the omission of the phoneme /t/ and /d/ was done by sri mulyani when she had to utter the sonorant consonantal sounds such as the liquid sounds (l, r) and nasal sounds (n, m, ŋ) that appear before the phoneme /t/ and /d/. the phenomena indicate that plosive alveolar sounds such as /t/ and /d/ is quite difficult to pronounce when those sounds are placed after the liquid sounds or after the nasal sound. therefore, the elision occurs as the way of sri mulyani in maintaining the speed of her speech in order to make the pronunciation easier. e. conclusion based on the explanations above, the researcher can conclude that in sri mulyani's interview with the banker, which lasted approximately for 9 minutes, sri mulyani used elision for 26 times and most of them are the elision of phoneme /t/ (19 times) and /d/ (5 times). mostly, the omission of the phoneme /t/ and /d/ was done by sri mulyani when she had to utter the sonorant consonantal sounds such as the liquid sounds (l, r) and nasal sounds (n, m, ŋ) that appear before the phoneme /t/ and /d/. that phenomena show that plosive alveolar sounds such as /t/ and /d/ is quite difficult to pronounce when those sounds are placed after the liquid sounds or after the nasal sound. therefore, the elision occurs as the way of sri mulyani in maintaining the speed of her speech in order to make the pronunciation easier. f. references bogdan, r., & taylor, s. (1975). introduction to qualitative research methods. new york: john willey and sons. carr, p. (2008). english phonetics and phonology: an introduction. west sussex: blackwell publishing. cevilla, c. g. (1993). pengantar metode penelitian. jakarta: universitas indonesia. crystal, d. (2008). a dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. oxford: blackwell publishing. febriyanti, d. n. (2015). assimilation, reduction and elision reflected in the selected song lyrics of avenged sevenfold. journal of language and literature, 14-19. fromkin, v., rodman, r., & hyams, n. (2003). an introduction to language. boston: thomson/heinle. giegerich, h. (1992). english phonology: an introduction. cambridge: cambridge university press. mardalis. (1999). metode penelitian suatu pendekatan proposal. jakarta: bumi aksara. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 58 roach, p. (2001). english phonetics and phonology: a practical course. cambridge: cambridge university press. sitorus & silitonga: the implementation of direct…. 79 the implementation of direct method to improve students’ ability in speaking nurhayati sitorus, harpen silitonga hayati.sitorus@gmail.com universitas hkbp nommensen abstract the purpose of this study is to investigate students’ ability in speaking before and after using direct method in learning english. the method in this research was experimental quantitative method by using experimental design with one group pretest-posttest design. the design only saw students’ achievement in speaking before and after using direct method. the object of the research was english department students. they were randomly selected. the technique of collecting the data was done through oral test. the result of this study shown that the use of direct method could improve students’ ability in speaking. it was proved from the students’ average was higher after using direct method. the data in this research had normal distribution. based on data analysis by using t-test was gotten that tcount = 7,14 at the significant level = 5% and dk (n-1) = (40-1) =39 was gotten ttable = 1,82. so, tcount > ttable. it proved that ho was rejected and ha was accepted. it’s meant that there was a significant difference between students’ ability before and after implementing direct method. keywords: direct method, speaking. a. introduction english as an international language is placed as an important tool in economic, politic, business, facing mea, and looking for a job. it is very necessary to be learnt. it has been taught at elementry school, junior high school, senior high school, and university level. now, english is not only necessary to be learnt but it is as a tool of self development for everyone especially for english department students. english department students should have a skill. there are four skills in english, namely listening, speaking, reading, and writing. speaking is an activity to deliver information or message to the other. according to richard (2008: 19), “the mastery of speaking skill in english is a priority for many second language or foreign language learners”. therefore, it is a must for the students to acquire speaking skill. however, speaking in english is a difficult thing that is faced by the students. it can be seen in the teaching learning process. when the lecturer asked the students, they were difficult to give the responses to speak in english. the same thing happened when they did presentation in front of the class. if the listeners asked the speakers they tended to write the answer first on their paper before answering the listeners’ questions. it means that they can not do oral communication (speaking) directly in english. they just read the answer. furthermore, students were difficult to pronounce the words based on the right punctuation. as the example, when the learners pronounced the word “about”, some  mailto:hayati.sitorus@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 80 students pronounced it with the wrong pronunciation, namely “ebawt”. regarding to the problems above, the effective method need to be applied in teaching speaking. direct method is regarded appropriate in teaching speaking. b. literature review direct method is a method designed where educator uses the target language (english) in the classroom. if some students do not know the meaning of the words that spoken by educator, the educator may not translate but s/he uses visual aids or through demonstrations to illustrate the meaning of the words (titone in richards and rodgers, 2001:12). the use of visual aids in direct method will make students be fun to learn english. in direct method, vocabulary is taught every meeting. so, it can enrich their vocabulary. if they have enough vocabulary they will able to speak. then, grammar is taught inductively. through this method, students will be motivated to improve their ability in speaking. therefore, a research entitled "implementation of direct methods to improve students’ ability in speaking". richards and rodgers in brown (2001) stated the principles of direct method as follow: 1. classroom was conducted exclusively in the target language; 2. only everyday vocabulary and sentences were taught; 3. oral communication skills has build in a carefully graded progression organized around question and answer exchanges between teachers and students in small, intensive class; 4. grammar was taught inductively; 5. new teaching points were introduced orally; 6. concrete vocabulary was taught through demonstration, objects, and pictures, whereas abstract vocabulary was taught by association of ideas; 7. both speech and listening comprehension were taught; 8. correct pronunciation and grammar were emphasizes. in addition, there are several stages in implementing direct method as proposed by norland and terry (2006) as follow: 1. the teacher shows a set of pictures that often portray life in the country of the target language. 2. the teacher describes the picture in the target language. 3. the teacher asks questions in the target language about the picture. 4. students answer the questions as best they can using the target language. pronunciation is corrected, but grammatical structure is not. 5. students may also read a passage in the target language. 6. the teacher asks questions in the target language about the reading. 7. students answer questions as best they can using the target language. c. research methodology the research method used in this research was experimental quantitative method. the population of the research was english department students. they consisted of three classes (a, b, and c). each class consisted of 40 students. and the writer took the sample randomly. the sample was group a that consisted of 40 students. the instrument used in this research was oral test. the students were asked to do oral communication (speaking) in front of the class. there were some aspects that the writer used to asses the students’s sitorus & silitonga: the implementation of direct…. 81 ability in speaking. they were grammar, vocabulary, comprehension, fluency, pronunciation, and task. the data obtained were analyzed by using t-test. d. findings and discussion after the writer knew the results of the students’ ability before and after using direct method, then the writer made the table of frequency distribution. it was done to know the mean, standart deviation, and standart error from the data (pre-test and post-test). table 1 the distribution of students’ score frequency in speaking (pre test) x f fx x x2 fx2 45 5 225 -13,75 189,06 945,3 50 6 300 -8,75 76,56 459,36 55 5 275 -3,75 14,06 70,3 60 10 600 1,25 1,56 15,6 65 8 520 6,25 39,06 312,48 70 4 280 11,25 126,56 506,24 75 2 150 16,25 264,06 528,12 n=40 ∑fx=2350 ∑fx2= 2837,4 from the data above shown that the highest score is 75 in pre test. and the mean score of the data above was 58,75, the standart deviation was 8,42, and standart error of the group was 1,35. table 2 the distribution of students’ score frequency in speaking (post test) x f fx x x2 fx2 60 4 240 -15 225 900 65 3 195 -10 100 300 70 8 560 -5 25 200 75 9 675 0 0 0 80 8 640 5 25 200 85 6 510 10 100 600 90 2 180 15 225 450 n=40 ∑fx=3000 ∑fx2= 2650 from the data above shown that the highest score in post test was 90. and the mean score of the data above was 75, the standart deviation was 8,14, and standart error of the group was 1,30.after the writer knew the mean, standart deviation and the error before and after using direct method, then the writer analyzed the data. data analysis was done by using liliefors normality test, testing homogeneity f, and testing hypothesis by using t -test. 1. normality test for pre-test group (x) the normality test that the writer used was normality test by lilliefors. the table of normality test for variable x could be seen below. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 82 table 3 the normality test for pre-test group x f fkum zi table f(zi) s(zi) l 45 5 5 -1,63 -0,4484 0,0516 0,125 0,0734 50 6 11 -1,04 -0,3508 0,1492 0,275 0,1258 55 5 16 -0,44 -0,1700 0,3300 0,4 0,07 60 10 26 0,15 0.0596 0,5596 0,65 0,0904 65 8 34 0,74 0,2704 0,7704 0,85 0,0796 70 4 38 1,34 0,4099 0,9099 0,95 0,0401 75 2 40 1,93 0,4732 0,9732 1 0,0268 mx= 58,75 ; n = 40; s= 8,42 based on the table above, the greatest value among the absolute value (lcount)= 0,1258. then, lcount was consulted with critical value (l) at the level α = 0,05 (5%). where n=40, so, lcount < ltable (0,1258 < 0,140). it proved that the data of variable x were normally distributed. 2. the normality test for post-test group the normality test that the writer used was normality test by lilliefors. the table of normality test for variable y could be seen below. table 4 the normality test for post-test group x f fkum zi tabel f(zi) s(zi) l 60 4 4 -1,84 -0,4671 0,0329 0,1 0,0671 65 3 7 -1,23 0,3907 0,1093 0,175 0,0657 70 8 15 -0,61 0,2291 0,2709 0,375 0,1041 75 9 24 0 0 0,5000 0,6 0,1 80 8 32 0,61 0,2291 0,7291 0,8 0,0709 85 6 38 1,23 0,3907 0,8907 0,95 0,0593 90 2 40 1,84 0,4671 0,9671 1 0,0329 mx= 75 ; n= 40; s= 8,14 based on the table above, the greatest value among the absolute value (lcount)= 0,1040. then, lcount was consulted with critical value (l) at the level α = 0,05 (5%). where n=40, so, lcount < ltable (0,1040 < 0,140). it proved that the data of variable y were normally distributed. 3. testing homogeneity the homogeneity test of variance is used to test the equality of variables. the method used is barlet’s test (sudjana, 1989:261). the calculation can be seen below. sx2 = (8,42)2 = 70,89 sy2 = (8,14)2 = 66,26 sitorus & silitonga: the implementation of direct…. 83 after the writer obtained the values that use for bartlet’s test, then the writer calculated combined variance of all samples ( 2 s ), the value for b, and the writer used the statistics chi square ( 2  ). the calculation of the homogeneity data as the following. table 5 the necessary values for bartlett’s test sample df 1/df si 2 log si 2 (df)log si 2 x 39 0,025 70,89 1,85 72,17 y 39 0,025 66,26 1,82 71,03 78 143,20 a.the combined variance of the sample      )1( )( 2 2 i ii n sin s 84,1575,68 575,68 78 )14,2584()71,2764( 64 )66,26)(39()70,89)(39( 2)( )1()1( 2 2 22          logslog s nn snsn yx yyxx b. the value for b   )1( 2 i nlogsb = (1,84) (78) = 143,52 c. bartlett’s test by using chi square x2 = ln 10 {b  (ni-1) log si2} = (2,3026)(143,52 – 143,20) = (2,3026) (0,32) = 0,736 from the calculation above was gotten x2count (chi square) 0,736, x 2 table at the level of trust 95 % with df 39 was 54,572. that’s why, x2count < x 2 table, (0,736 < 54,572). it proved that the variance of population was homogen. 4. testing hyphothesis to test the hyphothesis, the writer used t-test (sudijono, 2007: 282-285): 21 21 mm o se mm t    eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 84 689,8 87,1 75,5875    so, tcount = 8,69 based on the data above, tcount = 8,69 at the significant level = 5%, dk (n-1) = (40-1) = 39 so, ttable = 1,68. it could be concluded that tcount > ttable (8,69 > 1,68). it meant that ho was rejected dan ha was accepted. it stated that there was a significant differences between students’ ability before and after implementing the direct method in speaking. based on the normality and homogeneity test, the data before and after doing treatment has normal distribution and has same variance. and based on data analysis by using t test was gotten that tcount = 7,14 at the significant level = 5 % and dk (n-1) = (40-1) =39 was gotten ttable = 1,82. so, tcount > ttable. it proved that ho was rejected and ha was accepted. it means that there was a significant difference between students’ ability before and after implementing direct method. based on the result that has been described above that direct method is a teaching method can improve students’ ability in speaking by using english as introduction language. here, the educator uses english when s/he explain the lesson. and in the classroom, the students are not permitted to use indonesian language when they ask something to the educator or communicate to the educator or their friends. in this case, the educator must be able to describe the words that the students do not know by using visual aid or explain them by using her words. there is no translation here. that’s why the students try and try to speak in english and at last, they are able to speak in english. e. conclusion and suggestion from the dara above, it can be concluded that students’ ability increased after using direct method. it can be seen from the mean of students’ achievement before and after using direct method, namely 58,75 be 75 and the percentage of students’ achievement also increase (57,5% be 62,5%). it is proved that the using of direct method can improve the students’ ability in speaking. therefore, english teachers should improve the teaching of english poetry by providing activities that can increase students’ interest in reading poetry such as poetry reading contest, making the poetry surgical group and so on. f. references brown, h. douglas. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second edition. white plains. ny: pearson education. norland, l. deborah and terry pruett. (2006). a kaleidoscope of models and strategies for teaching english to speakers of other language. sard wesport: ct. libbraries unlimited/ teacher ideas press. richards, jc and ts rodgers. (2001). language teaching-”approaches and methods in language teaching”. cambridge: cambridge university press. richard, j.c. (2008). teaching listening and speaking from theory to practice. new york: cambridge university press, 2008.   santosa & andriyadi: the use of my dictionary… 35 the use of my dictionary application to improve students’ vocabulary mastery iman santosa, andriyadi imansantoso515@gmail.com, andriyadi.axa@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract the purpose of this study was to know the result of improving students’ vocabulary mastery by using my dictionary application. this research used quasi-experiment design. this research involved two classes ix a and ix b as the sample of this research. ix a was selected as experimental class and ix b was selected as control class. in the experimental class, vocabulary was taught by using my dictionary application. while, in the control class, vocabulary was taught by using with the conventional media. the data was collected from pre-test dan post test. then , the data obtained was analyzed by using spss. the result of the study showed that teaching vocabulary by using my dictionary application significantly improving students’ vocabulary. the findings showed that the mean of experiment class students was 25.20, and the control class means score was 21.40. after treatment given, there is a significant increase. the means of the experiment class is 48.40, and the class of the control class is 30.50. after that compared between posttest result class experiment with control class result is t (result the research) = σ x1 σ x2 = t = 48, 40 30, 50 = 19.00. where σ x1 (experiment class)> σ x2 (control class). this means that the use of my dictionary application gives effect to vocabulary mastery of students. keywords: my dictionary application and vocabulary mastery. a. introduction english is an important language to learn. especially with the development of the increasingly demanding era of all people to be able to use english language so that increasing the english language is increasingly important to learn. in the world of today, where english has become the part and parcel of every aspect of life, teaching and learning it is gaining impetus (pathan, 2016). vocabulary is one aspect in english. vocabulary is very important for studying english. the students learned grammar without vocabulary, will have difficulty to convey what she or he wants to say. however a student’s just learning. vocabulary learning is an essential part in foreign language learning as the meanings of new words are very often emphasized, whether in books or in classrooms. it is also central to language teaching and is of paramount importance to a language learner (alqahtani, 2015). however, some of students in mts darunadwah cipongkor still have less vocabulary. sometimes they do not understand what the theacer said. morever, the students are still difficult to communicate using english. it can make the students lazy to learning english. the students do not give attention when the teacher explained the material in the class. furthemore they just keep silent if the teacher asked them in english. so must of students have a just acquired a few mailto:imansantoso515@gmail.com mailto:andriyadi.axa@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 36 vocabularies. this means that the teacher needs to use effective media that can make the interest in learning. technology is such a big part of the world of w which we live. according to costley (2014), the use of technology and teaching students have to use it has become a high priority in the public schools. another reason technology is a factor improving learning is the fact that technology is becoming such an integral part of our everyday world. most jobs today require some type of technology use. also, students and adults are using technology on a daily basis to communicate, get information in multiple ways. the prevalent daily use of technology in people’s lives overall makes the use of technology very relevant to the students and provides a connection that will greatly benefit student teaching. this means that the use technology can help students improve their achievement. my dictionary application is one result of technological developments that anyone can get through his smart phone. thus, this study aims to know the result of enhancing students’ vocabulary mastery by using my dictionary application. b. literature review 1. vocabulary vocabulary is vital parts of language. without words, language will be difficult to be made. vocabulary can be seen as bricks in a building while the building is the language. it means that by having a good amount of vocabulary, we can use the language well. no one can learn a language without learning its vocabulary (huda, 2016) this means that vocabulary is one of the language aspects which should be learn learning vocabulary to enable one to speak, write, and listen. a person said to know a word if he can recognize it is meaning when he see it (cameron, 2001: 75). it means that in learning vocabulary the learners have to know the meaning of the new words it and also understand and can use it sentence context. according linse (2002:121), vocabulary is the collection of words that an individual knows. vocabulary is one of the language system components that is important to be learned.vocabulary is the total number of words in a language; all the words know a person particular subject, a list of words with their meaning, especially one that accompanies a textbook (hornby, 1995: 1331). those definition shows that vocabulary is the first element that english learners should learn on order to master english well besides the other english components and skills. in language learning, vocabulary takes place in building the language proficiency. the objective of the vocabulary mastery is to enable the students to have a good language proficiency in the language skills. it depends on the quality and quantity of the vocabulary that they have mastered. the richer the vocabulary that can be mastered by the students they will get the better skill that can be reached in using language. therefore, it can be concluded that knowing a word (vocabulary) means knowing about meaning, word use, word formation, and word grammar (harmer, 1991: 158). 2. my dictionary application my dictionary application or kamusku in indonesian language is application based offline created by a software company in bandung which name is kodelokus. precisely in jl. sharon raya utara no. 29, grand sharon residence, district rancasari, cipamakolan, rancasari, santosa & andriyadi: the use of my dictionary… 37 bandung, west java 40292. my dictionary application is an application that can be found in google play store or apple store where its function is to help someone to search the english vocabulary easily and quickly. c. research methodology based on the aim of research, the researcher used quasi-experimental design. according to mcmillan and schumacher (cited in nuralfiah, 2016) that in an experimental design, the researcher manipulate what the subject will experience. the study was conducted at one mts darunadwah cipongkor kabupaten bandung barat. the researcher focused to study about the use of my dictionary application in theaching vocabulary to apply in teaching learing activity to build up student’s ability in memorizing vocabulary.the participants in this study were ninth grade students which consist of 40 students from two classes. classes ix a is experimental and ix b is as control group.the data was collected from pre-test and post test. then, then the data was analyzed by using ttest. d. findings and discussion the researcher got the result value data from pretest and posttest of experiment class and control class as follows: table 1. data of pretest and posttest experiment class control class no name pretest posttest no name pretest posttest 1 a1 20 48 1 b1 32 36 2 a2 32 48 2 b2 24 28 3 a3 24 56 3 b3 28 36 4 a4 28 48 4 b4 24 28 5 a5 24 52 5 b5 28 40 6 a6 24 44 6 b6 20 36 7 a7 32 52 7 b7 20 32 8 a8 32 52 8 b8 28 38 9 a9 20 44 9 b9 16 28 10 a10 32 52 10 b10 16 24 11 a11 32 52 11 b11 20 28 12 a12 20 48 12 b12 28 40 13 a13 24 44 13 b13 20 16 14 a14 20 48 14 b14 20 32 15 a15 16 40 15 b15 16 16 16 a16 32 52 16 b16 16 32 17 a17 24 52 17 b17 28 40 18 a18 24 40 18 b18 16 36 19 a19 20 44 19 b19 12 20 20 a20 24 52 20 b20 16 24 eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 38 the next step t-test two independent samples is the normality test. by clicking analyze >> descriptive statistics >> explore. then the display will appear as follows table 2. case processing summary the_use_of_my_ dictionary_app cases valid missing total n percen t n percen t n percen t pritest 1 20 100.0 % 0 0.0% 20 100.0 % 2 20 100.0 % 0 0.0% 20 100.0 % postte st 1 20 100.0 % 0 0.0% 20 100.0 % 2 20 100.0 % 0 0.0% 20 100.0 % table 3. descriptives the_use_of_my_dictionary_app statistic std. error pretest 1 mean 25.20 1.164 95% confidence interval for mean lower bound 22.76 upper bound 27.64 5% trimmed mean 25.33 median 24.00 variance 27.116 std. deviation 5.207 minimum 16 maximum 32 range 16 interquartile range 12 skewness .172 .512 kurtosis -1.208 .992 2 mean 21.40 1.274 95% confidence interval for mean lower bound 18.73 upper bound 24.07 5% trimmed mean 21.33 median 20.00 variance 32.463 std. deviation 5.698 santosa & andriyadi: the use of my dictionary… 39 minimum 12 maximum 32 range 20 interquartile range 12 skewness .277 .512 kurtosis -1.131 .992 posttest 1 mean 48.40 1.001 95% confidence interval for mean lower bound 46.30 upper bound 50.50 5% trimmed mean 48.44 median 48.00 variance 20.042 std. deviation 4.477 minimum 40 maximum 56 range 16 interquartile range 8 skewness -.466 .512 kurtosis -.637 .992 2 mean 30.50 1.698 95% confidence interval for mean lower bound 26.95 upper bound 34.05 5% trimmed mean 30.78 median 32.00 variance 57.632 std. deviation 7.592 minimum 16 maximum 40 range 24 interquartile range 11 skewness -.561 .512 kurtosis -.591 .992 eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 40 table 4. tests of normality the_use_of_my_ dictionary_app kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statisti c df sig. statisti c df sig. pretest 1 .241 20 .003 .859 20 .008 2 .197 20 .041 .904 20 .050 postte st 1 .239 20 .004 .891 20 .029 2 .166 20 .153 .921 20 .103 a. lilliefors significance correction from the above results we see in the shapiro-wilk column and it can be seen that the value of significance for pretest the use of my dictionary application 0.008 and the use of conventional media was 0.050. moreover, the value of significance for the posttest the use of my dictionary application was 0.029 and the use of conventional media was 0.103. thus, it can be concluded that the data is normally distributed, because the value is greater than 0.005. furthermore, next step t-test two independent sample that is homogeneity test. by clicking analyze >> descriptive statistics >> explore. appearance explore and input both variable (pretest and posttest) into dependent list column and method into factor list, the results obtained are as follows: table 5. test of homogeneity of variance levene statistic df1 df2 sig. pretest based on mean .373 1 38 .545 based on median .299 1 38 .587 based on median and with adjusted df .299 1 37.986 .587 based on trimmed mean .305 1 38 .584 posttest based on mean 6.026 1 38 .019 based on median 4.562 1 38 .039 based on median and with adjusted df 4.562 1 29.898 .041 based on trimmed mean 5.773 1 38 .021 santosa & andriyadi: the use of my dictionary… 41 t-test table 6 group statistics the_use_of_my_dict ionary_app n mean std. deviation std. error mean pretest 1 20 25.20 5.207 1.164 2 20 21.40 5.698 1.274 posttest 1 20 48.40 4.477 1.001 2 20 30.50 7.592 1.698 table 7. independent samples test levene's test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2tailed ) mean differ ence std. error differ ence 95% confidence interval of the difference lowe r uppe r pre test equal variances assumed .373 .545 2.2 02 38 .034 3.800 1.726 .306 7.294 equal variances not assumed 2.2 02 37. 696 .034 3.800 1.726 .305 7.295 pos ttes t equal variances assumed 6.026 .019 9.0 83 38 .000 17.90 0 1.971 13.91 1 21.88 9 equal variances not assumed 9.0 83 30. 789 .000 17.90 0 1.971 13.88 0 21.92 0 based on the data above, it showed that the value of sig. (2-tailed) 0.000 smaller than 0.005. this means thatt h0 rejected and h1 accepted that there are differences in english learning results by using of my dictionary application and by using conventional media. in addition, the data above explains that the average grade of experimental class posttest in reducing the posttest grade of the control class still shows the value of 19.00 and not minus. it shows that my dictionary use is better than the lecture method. eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 42 e. conclusion based on the findings mentioned above, it can be concluded that the use of my dictionary application is very helpful in improving students' vocabulary mastery. this is can be seen from the average value obtained from the larger experiment class that is 48, 40 compared to the control class which is only 30, 50, and also described in the independent sample test table in the sig column (2 tailed) in the posttest row there is a value of 0,000 which shows that there is a difference between experiment class and control. in addition, the use of my dictionary application can develop and improve students' vocabulary skills compared to using lecture methods. it is in line with the statement of clark (2013) that a technology supported deliberate vocabulary learning study. f. references alqahtani, m. (2015). the importance of vocabulary in language learning and how to be taught. international journal of teaching and education , 3. cameron, l. (2001). teaching language to young learners. cambridge: cambridge unipersity press. clark, m. (2013). the use of technology to support vocabulary development of english language learners. st. jhon fisher college (p. 69). fisher digital publications harmer, j. (1991). how to teach english : an introduction to the practice of english language teaching. england: longman. hornby, a. s. (1995). oxford advenced learners' dictionary of current english, fifth edition. new york: oxford university press. huda, f. (2016). an investigation of english teaching strategies in enhancing students’ vocabulary implemented by a pre-service english teacher. journal of english and education , 2. linse, c. t. (2002). practical english language teaching young learners. new york: the mcgraw hill companies. nuralfiah, y. (2016). improving student's vocabulary with crossword puzzle. 1-9. pathan, m. m. (2014). speaking in their language: an overview of major difficulties faced by the libyan efl learners in speaking skill . international journal of english language & translation studies , 2. 1 the study correlation between reading habit and pronunciation ability at the second grade students of ikip siliwangi aseptiana parmawati aseptianaparmawati@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract language has central role on intellectual development, social, and emotional students to supported success student and learn all of lessons. literacy level are performation, functional, informational, and epistemic. performative level means students able to read, to write, to listen, and to speak using symbols. reading habit refers to the automatic process as the readers read the textual material and deriving meaning unconsciously. a good reading habit is important for the development of personalities and mental capacities. students reading habit plays an important role in pronunciation mastery. this research used the correlation research. the objectives of the study is to reveal correlation between students’ reading habit and their pronunciation ability at second grade students of ikip siliwangi. the finding was supported by the result of students’ scores. the minimum score of habit is 71 and 65 for pronunciation ability. the maximum score of reading habit is 109 and 92 for pronunciation ability. the mean of reading habit is 92.60 and 78.73 for pronunciation ability. standard deviation of reading habit is 8.85 and 6.31 for pronunciation ability. the researcher finds that the pearson product moment of both variable is 0.373. it means that the correlation between students’ reading habit in english and their pronunciation ability was in low correlation because in the range of 0.200.40. from the result of the statistical calculation, it can be synthesized that null hypothesis (ho) is rejected. the researcher concluded that there is the correlation between students’ reading habit and their pronunciation ability. keywords: reading habit, pronunciation, correlation a. introduction language has central role on intellectual development, social, and emotional students to supported success student and learn all of lessons. literacy level are performation, functional, informational, and epistemic. performative level means students able to read, to write, to listen, and to speak using symbols. functional level, students are able to use language to fulfill daily life such as reading newspaper, manual or instructional level, accessing language and knowledge ability on the other hand epistemic level. many students can read or speak something and someone understands part of them but does not understand what they mean. reading is an activity informed by the apprehension of images, shapes, patterns, and rhythms, which come to be recognized through repeated encounters and remembered forms; the meanings that are made in reading are in excess of the meanings that arise from the interpretation of written language (lorange, 2014: 30). mailto:aseptianaparmawati@gmail.com 2 according to zwiers (2004: 3), reading habits more clearly describes the automatic and unconcious process that are involved in constructing meaning from text. moreover, shen (2006: 559) identifies reading habits, as how often, how much, and what the readers read. it is a way of how the reader organizes his or her reading and how often, how much, and what the readers read. students reading habit plays an important role in pronunciation mastery. other people will understand meaning through reading with good pronunciation. many people can read or speak something and someone understands part of them but does not understand what they mean. therefore, based on the description above, the objective of the study is to find out whether there is any positive correlation between the students’reading habit and their pronunciation at the second grade students of ikip siliwangi in the academic year of 2017/2018,and thus the hypotheses of the study are: ha : there is any positive correlation between students’ reading habit and their pronunciation ability. ho : there is no correlation between students’ reading habit and their pronunciation ability. b. literature review 1. definition of reading habit habit is a repeated performance. it is automated response disposition that are cued by aspects of the performance context (neal, wood, and quinn 2004: 198). it is learned through a process in which repetition incrementally tunes cognitive processors in procedural memory (the memory system that supports the minimally conscious control of skilled action). this can be simplified that habit formation is the process by which new behavior become automatic, the behavioral patterns of one’s repeat most often are etched into neural pathways. according to zwiers (2004: 3), reading habits more clearly describes the automatic and unconcious process that are involved in constructing meaning from text. then, reading habit refers to the automatic process as the readers read the textual material and deriving meaning unconsciously. a good reading habit is important for the development of personalities and mental capacities. this habit is necessary for a healthy intellectual growth and plays a crucial role in enabling a person to achieve language proficiency (grabe & stoller, 1997: 98). based on the description above, it can be cocluded that reading provides readers with great knowledge, by reading books frequently and having a good reading habit, the reader is able to analyze other's idea, which makes one think more critically. 2. the purpose of reading habit according to ogbodo (2010: 231-232) there are some reading habit purposes which have either positive or negative result, such as: hobbial, recreational, concentration, deviational. a. hobbial a hobby is an activity that creates joy and satisfaction in doing it. the purpose of reading habit 3 as a hobby make a reader knowledgeable in so many areas, such as in educational, politics, religious, and economic. this purpose of reading habit not only makes one satisfied but also positive. unlike others hobbies, reading is one of the most recommended one to shape readers personality skill. by reading book particularly can develop the knowledge of vocabulary which helps in conversations. reading as a hobby is wonderfull; it helps the readers to improve their ability to absorb and to comprehend written material and help them to pursue a better job. b. recreational a good reading habit for recreational makes the reader acquire more knowledge in the classroom. reading for relaxation is aimed to cool the reader’s brain and to avoid mental fatigue; the example activities on reading for relaxation are reading newspaper and magazine. c. concentration one of the reading habit purposes is concentration. concentration means the readers acknowledge their reading process to understand the meaning of a passage. reading for concentration is recommended for use in school by stakeholders; this reading habit purpose shows positive result in student’s achievement in school. d. deviational the last purpose of reading habit is deviational. this is the only reading habit which has a negative norm. the readers sometimes pretends to read, and deviates from the actual reading. this should be avoided by the students. if this habit reading attitude acquired by the students, it may lead to loss of interest in the acquisition of knowledge. 3. the aspect of reading habit according to gaona (2011: 59-60) there are six aspects in gaining an effective reading habit, they are: reading frequency, books read, time spent on academic reading, time spent on nonacademic reading, motivation in the family environments, and motivation in the academic environments. a. reading frequency reading frequency used to measure students’ reading frequency in their spare time. b. books read the number of many books that the students have read in the last three months was included in the questionnaires. c. time spent on academic reading it is considered the time that the students devote their time to read academic book especially for their specialist subject. d. time spent on non-academic reading it is discussed amount of time that the students used to read non-academic book, magazine, such as novel, fiction, romance, horror, etc. e. motivation in the family environment 4 it focuses on the recommended book that purchased by the family based on the interest of the family. f. motivation in the academic environment it is focuses on the frequency of students’ reading literature in their academic environment. 4. the concept of pronunciation pronunciation is one of aspects that is important not only in speaking but also in other aspects in learning english. pronunciation consists of vowels, consonants, and diphthongs. fromkin, rodman, and hyams (2011) in yusmita (2017) point out that english vowels are divided into two kinds of vowels, long vowels and short vowels. long vowels consist of /ɑː/, /iː/, /uː/, /ɔː/, /æ/, while short vowels consist of /ə/, /e/, /i/, /ʌ/, /ʊ/, /ɒ/, /ɜː/.there are eight english diphthongs, consist of /eɪ/, /aɪ/, /əʊ/, /aʊ/, /ɔɪ/, /ɪə/, /eə/, /ʊə/.in addition, english consonants consist of twenty-four. those are /p/, /b/, /t/, /d/, /k/, /g/, /f/, /v/, /θ/, /δ/, /s/, /z/, /∫/, /з/, /h/, /t∫/, /dз/, /m/, /n/, /η/, /l/, /r/, /w/, /y/. it is essential for the students to understand phonetic symbols and sounds correctly. pronunciation is the act of giving the true sounds of letters in words, and the true accents and quantity of syllables. c. research methodology the research conducted in the second grade students at ikip siliwangi in the academic year of 2017/2018. the campus is located at jl.terusan jenderal sudirman no.3, baros cimahi tengah, west java. in the research, the researcher uses the correlation research. (ary, jacobs, sorensen, walker, & razavieh, 2010: 28) assumes that correlational research gathers data from individuals on two or more variables and then seeks to determine if the variables are related (correlated). correlation means the extent to which the two variables vary directly (positive correlation) or inversely (negative correlation). the degree of relationship is expressed as a numeric index called the coefficient of correlation. in this research the researcher took 30 subjects as sample from the population.the researcher use two instrument to collect the data by means of questionnaire of habit and pronunciation test. 1. questionnaire questionnaires are any written instruments that present respondents with a series of questions or statements to which they are to react either by writing out their answers or selecting from among existing answers (brown, 2001 in (dornyei, 2003: 6). the researcher use the questionnaire to get the data about student’s reading habit. the students only have to attach (v) marks on the scale that they choose. 2. pronunciation test a test is a set of stimuli presented to an individual in order to elicit responses on the basis of which a numerical score can be assigned. this score, based on a representative sample of the individual’s behavior, is an indicator of the extent to which the subject has the characteristic being measured (ary et al., 2010: 201). d. findings and discussion 1. descriptive statistics table 1 5 descriptive statistics n minimum maximum mean std. deviation reading habit 30 71 109 92.60 8.854 pronunciation ability 30 65 92 78.73 6.313 valid n (listwise) 30 from the table above, there are 30 scores from both two variables, students’ reading habit questionnaire and pronunciation ability test. the minimum score of reading habit is 71 and 65 for pronunciation ability. the maximum score of reading habit is 109 and 92 for pronunciation ability. the mean of reading habit is 92.60 and 78.73 for pronunciation ability. standard deviation of reading habit is 8.85 and 6.31 for pronunciation ability. a. normality test before the writer correlating the data, the writer then checks the normality of the data. the researcher uses spss program to find out whether the data normal or not. table 2 normality test kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. reading habit .091 30 .200* .983 30 .900 pronunciation ability .098 30 .200* .981 30 .863 *. this is a lower bound of the true significance. b. lilliefors significance correction from the table above, significant of reading habit is 0.200. normality test result shows that significant number of reading habit tests score is higher than the level of significant (0.900 > 0.05), also significant number of pronunciation ability tests score is (0.863 > 0.05). it means that students’ reading habit questionnaire and pronunciation ability test are in normal distribution. after testing the normality value, the writer tries to find the correlation between reading habit and pronunciation ability. c. correlate bivariative after the researcher knows if the data is normal. then the researcher correlates the data using 6 spss program to find out wether the data have correlation or not. table 3 analysis result correlation by product moment correlations readinghabi t pronunciattion ability readinghabit pearson correlation 1 .373* sig. (2-tailed) .042 n 30 30 pronunciation ability pearson correlation .373* 1 sig. (2-tailed) .042 n 30 30 *. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). from the table above, the researcher finds that the pearson product moment of both variable is 0.373. it means that the correlation between students’ reading habit in english and their pronunciation ability was in low correlation because in the range of 0.20-0.40. the researchers also find that the sig (2-tailed) is 0.042. the number of significant is lower than 0.05. it can be concluded that null hypothesis (ho) is rejected, while alternative hypothesis (ha) is accepted. e. conclusions based on the result of the research, it can be concluded that there is low correlation between students’ reading habit on english text and their pronunciation ability of the second grade students of ikip siliwangi in the academic year of 2017/2018. the lecturer should give the best motivation and more creative in teaching by providing activities that can increase students’ interest in reading, so the reading habit will run effectively. f. references ary, d., jacobs, l. c., sorensen, c. k., walker, d. a., & razavieh, a. (2010). introduction to research in education. measurement (8th ed., vol. 4). canada: nelson education. ltd. dornyei, z. (2003). questionnaires in second language research: construction, administration, and processing. new jersey: lawrence erlbaum associates, inc. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2011.06.001 gaona, julio cesar galacia. (2011). relationship between reading habits, university library and academic performance in a sample of psychology students, superior journal, vol. xl (i), no. 157, 2011, pp. 59-60 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2011.06.001 7 grabe, w. and stoller, f.l. (1997). reading and vocabulary development in a second language: a case study. in annamalay and muniandy. 2013. reading habit and attitude among malaysian polytechnic students. international journal of education and sciences. 5(1), 32-41 lorange, astrid. (2014). how reading is written. a brief index to gertrude stein: wesleyan university press. neal, d.t., wood, w., and quinn, j.m. (2004). habits –a repeated performance. current direction in physiological science. 15 (4). ogbodo rosemary ochanya (2010). effective study habits in educational sector: counseling implications, edo journal of counseling, vol. 3. no. 2, 2010, pp 231-235 shen, l. (2006). computer technology and college students' reading habits. chia-nan annual bulletin, 32, 559-572. yusmita, a. and anggraini, n (2017). the effects of english songs on the seventh grade students’ pronunciation achievement in smp srijaya negara palembang, jurnal bahasa dan sastra, vol. 6 (1), 1-20. zwiers, j. (2004). builiding reading comprehension habits in grade 6-12. sanfransisco, ca: international reading association. muthmainnah: optimizing critical thinking… 1 optimizing critical thinking skill through peer editing technique in teaching writing nur muthmainnah nur_muthmainnah@iainsalatiga.ac.id iain salatiga abstract the objective of the research was to know the description of how critical thinking skill can be optimized in teaching writing using peer editing technique. critical thinking skill should be strengthened in writing class to elicit the writing class problem. applying peer teaching technique was assumed can optimize the critical thinking skill in writing class. this research used descriptive qualitative method. it was conducted to english education department students in paragraph based writing class. the writer took one of six classes as the sample of the research. the researcher used observation and documentation to know the description of the class situation. the data which was collected are in form documentation, observation and interview result and students writing and peer editing form which is analyzed descriptively. the result of the research showed that teaching writing using peer editing can optimize the students’ critical thinking skill. it was proven with the minimal error that was produced in the next writing produced and the increasing score of students’ writing. the mean score in the pre-research was 68.62, after the treatment conducted the mean score increased up to 72.90. keywords: writing, peer editing, critical thinking a. introduction writing is one of language skills that students should master. as one of language skills, writing is taught to english class. in the other hand, many students consider writing as the most difficult language skill to learn. as a productive skill writing requires students to produce their idea in written form that requires some aspects of skill such as using good diction, appropriate sentences and correct spelling (hasibuan, 2013). thus, writing is not only constructing words into a group of word or sentences but also it should be meaningful and understandable. this fact makes writing become one of the most difficult language skills for students. moreover, we also fully understand the difficulty of learning to write well in any language, even in our own native language. based on the result of pre-research, it showed that 47% of total students from 32 students or 15 students put very little attention of their writing. the important thing was finishing their writing. generally, there were some cases found from the interview result. first, they are less aware of paragraph structure and sentence construction. this case appeared because some students were over confidence, thinking that their writing was good enough without revising it again. second, they wrote un-meaningful paragraph. they did not put some transition signals or conjunction to make their writing flow smoothly. this problem mailto:nur_muthmainnah@iainsalatiga.ac.id eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 2 makes their writing does not have any coherence. third, students shared what were in their brain without checking whether their supporting sentences matched with the topic sentence or not. the case revealed in writing class above should be encountered. it is time for students to put their high attention to their writing. developing students’ attention should hand in hand with developing their way of thinking. students should be more critical in what they have written. being critical in doing something especially writing can be enhanced through improving critical thinking skill. b. literature review 1. critical thinking critical thinking is intellectually disciplined process of actively and skillfully conceptualizing, applying, analyzing, synthesizing, and/ or evaluating information from, or generated by, observation, experience, reflections, reasoning, or communication, as a guide to belief and action (philippot, 2009). through activities provided in the critical thinking skills, students are expected to be more aware and give more attention to their writing. based on the pre-research result, it can be concluded that to improve students’ awareness and criticism in their writing, teacher needs to find an effective strategy or technique in teaching writing. a strategy that a teacher should find is a strategy or technique which can optimize students’ criticism in writing class. peer editing is one of technique which is assumed being able to improve students’ criticims in writing. although the use of elision is often used by native speakers, in fact, native speakers are not the only person who use elision in uttering some words in english. many non-native speakers often use elision when they are speaking in english, including indonesians. one example of the native speakers of indonesian who use elision while speaking in english is the minister of finance of the republic of indonesia, sri mulyani. sri mulyani is one of the prominent figures in indonesia, so it is not surprising that sri mulyani is often required to speak english. applying critical thinking skills in writing class need a technique to make the class more fun and enjoyable. peer editing is one of technique proposed by barkley derived from collaborative language learning will make students accostumed to employing series of cognitive processes such as reviewing, reflecting, and analysis (galvis, 2010). the three main activities done in the learning process is match with the critical thinking skill such as analyzing, synthesizing, reflecting, and evaluating the text. 2. peer editing according to sakolkarn (2017), peer editing is useful for students who become editor and the writer. the result of editing will give constructive criticism which will be helpful to improve students’ writing. while editing his partner’s writing, student will employ his writing skill and knowledge and finally can be used to improve and repair his writing too. this means that students will learn to improve his critical thinking skill while editing his friends’ writing that finally will affect to the awareness of error in his writing. muthmainnah: optimizing critical thinking… 3 peer editing is one of key komponent in writing process beacuse students are asked to read and gives feed back form other students’ writing. in peer editing, students not only becomes author but also becomes the collaborator of other students to give any feedback. students will have a chance to work cunstructively in editing other students’ writing. peer editing can be applied in revising phase in writing process. peer editing introduces students with three main activities: (1) compliments, (2) suggestions, and (3) corrections in response to a sample of student writing. the three steps above are practiced in a small-group session and shared with the class. then they move to individual editing practice guided by a powerpoint tutorial and accompanying worksheet. this series of practice activities prepares students to engage in constructive peer editing of classmates’ written work on a regular basis (tompkins, 2003). pharr stated that after finishing a draft of essay, students can continue it by asking revise from their colleague. it means that peer editing supports writing activities consisting of prewriting, organizing, drafting, and revising (pharr, 2004). peer editing is also proposed to break the problem described above. from tompkins definition about peer editing it can be concluded that students’ writing is revised by his friends. this activity will result some revise and editing that can make students’ writing better. students will know whether their writing has any error construction or not. in addition, by revising other friend’s writing will make students more critical in analyzing a paragraph. unconsciously, they read and try to understand what his friend intend in his writing. they are also trained to write well in their sentence structure, grammar, even diction. finally, it will result a comprehension and improve their paragraph and discourse construction. in the other definition, peer editing involves having students exchange papers in order to give each other feedback on content (snow, 2006). teacher’s role in this activity is to offer helpfull suggestion rather than evaluation and giving fine decition of the writing quality. students triy to listen the teacher’s suggestion and write it. although students may reject what teacher suggest, the most important thing is that teacher has tried to give any feedback and create a communication among students in while revising the text. the more interested students are in their message and the response of their audience, the more likely they are to master revision skill. from the definitions above, it can be concluded that peer editing is an activity where students exchange their writing or paper in order to be edited or reviewed by their colleague. from the activity above, it will result revision, comment or argumentation from the peer editor. the other research also shows the benefit of applying peer editing in the class. a research conducted using peer teaching aimed to improve students’ autonomous learning showed that peer editing gave benefit to the teacher and students because by using this technique teacher got some crucial information that can be used to improve teacher’s way in teaching writing and student’s writing practice (deni, 2011). from the background described above, the writer would like to conduct a research about how critical thinking optimized in teaching writing using peer editing technique. eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 4 3. peer editing teaching steps dealing with critical thinking skills this research used peer editing teaching steps derived from (barkley, 2005). the teaching steps which was applied in this reseach was described below: a. students make a group which consists of 2 person each, every member of group are in turns deliver his or her description of his or her idea intenden to write. while his partner is delivering the description of his idea, student takes note, makes questions, and prepares suggestions. b. every student makes an observation for the individual paper, keeping an eye open for material that might prove useful to the partner. c. students write their own writing individually. d. within each pair, students exchange paper drafts for peer editing. student editors make proofing marks and comments directly on the paper and score or rate the paper with a peer review form, indicating their ratings of each of these elements. e. each writer revises his or her paper, taking the peer editing into consideration. f. authors attach the peer review form to the final draft and submit it to the lecturer for evaluation based on the teaching steps applied in the research, the writer classified the teaching steps into critical thinking which is imployed in the writing class, as follow: a. analysis is optimized when students paying attention to his partner’s description of what will be written, b. synthesize skill is applied when student started to rivise his writing according to comment and suggestion given by his partner. c. evaluation skill is employed when student was asked to revise his friend’s writing and give comment and suggestion directly on the paper and peer editing form then gave score or rate on the paper. c. research methodology this research used qualitative approach that applied applied a case study that typically focus on small groups or individuals within a group and document that group’s or individual’s experience in a specific setting. in addition, the gathering of information or data is through multiple sources and perspectives (lodico, 2006). this paper used descriptive qualitative method to analyze the data where the data which was collected were analyzed and presented in descriptive form. in this research, the writer conducted research at english department class. she took one of classes as the sample. after conducting the research, the writer analyzed the mean score of pre-test and posttest of writing test and conducted to know the progress of teaching writing using peer editing. besides that, she also analyzed some literatures related to peer editing and critical thinking. to support the result of research, the writer also conducted a mini interview to the students to know their perception of learning writing using peer editing technique dealing with their critical thinking skills. d. findings and discussion after conducting the research, the result showed that the application of peer editing at writing class can improve students’ critical thinking. it was supported with their improvement of their main score of their post-test. in the post test it was yielded that the mean score of their pre-test is 68.62. there was improvement of score in their post-test muthmainnah: optimizing critical thinking… 5 from 68.62 to 72.90. from the mean score it can be said that the mean score of post-test is higher than the mean score of pre-test. it shows that there is significant improvement in their achievement in writing using peer editing technique. in addition, the score yielded in the post test was supported with the result of students’ interview. 60% or 21 from 35 of total students agreed that by using peer editing in writing class they can apply their critical thinking optimally. almost of them got positive impact from the implementation of peer editing in their writing class. they were trained to be more critical in analyzing paragraph and be more careful in composing paragraph. furthermore, this research also found that students’ critical thinking improved after peer editing was applied in the class as the teaching technique. they were more critical in writing and analyzing the text. from the interview conducted among the students 72% or 25 from 35 of total students agreed that critical thinking should be optimized in writing class. from the result above it shows that peer editing is appropriate to teach writing. it also approves that teaching writing using peer editing technique can improve students’ ability in writing. it is because the activities of peer editing is related with the writing goal that enable student to compose a paragraph well. to know whether a student has good writing, it needs series of indicators. there are some indicators to measure whether a student has good writing they are: organization, content, grammar, vocabulary, and mechanism. it was supported by mckay (2006) statement that writing covers a number of knowledge and skills. they are as follows: (1) ability to write to suit purpose and audience, (2) ability to organize paragraph logically, (3) knowledge of a growing range of vocabulary, (4) knowledge of a growing range of grammatical structures, (5) ability to punctuate, (6) ability to employ connectives appropriately, (7) ability to follow through a drafting procedure, (8) explicit knowledge of text structures (genres), and (9) ability to write independently. in addition, harris (1969) also stated that although the writing process has been analyzed in many different ways, most teachers would probably agree in recognizing at least the following five general components: content, form, grammar, style, and mechanics. from the explanation about writing indicators above, it is assumed that peer editing can improve students’ ability in writing. by editing their friend’s writing, they will be trained and accustomed to write better because they are more conscious in writing that make them more careful in using punctuation, choosing appropriate word and transitional markers, using grammar when they write a paragraph or text. beside, for the writers, they can also improve their writing after their text was edited by their partners. this statement was supported with berg research finding in (betrand, 2013) stating that they had compared the effects of trained peer error correction (peer editing) and the effects without peer error correction with two groups. some challenges were noted in classroom organization and the proper use of peer response techniques, but revision strategies and writing quality had shown improvement. 1. optimizing peer editing can improve students’ critical thinking from analyzing the peer editing and critical thinking terminology it can be concluded that peer editing can enhance students’ critical thinking through the series of activities conducted in peer editing teaching steps. there are some steps in peer editing that matches eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 6 with the critical thinking they are: reviewing, analyzing, editing, and giving comment. it is supported with scrivn & paul in (philippot, 2009). definition about critical thinking that it is intellectually disciplined process of actively and skillfully conceptualizing, applying, analyzing, synthesizing, and/ or evaluating information from, or generated by, observation, experience, reflections, reasoning, or communication, as a guide to belief and action. in addition, based on the research finding, 60% of student agreed that they can enhance their criticism in criticizing a composition by using this peer editing technique in writing class. this situation will give positive effect to his writing because he is trained to analyze and criticize the composition so he can write better. it is also supported by barkley research finding (barkley, 2005) that by helping students to identify writing problems in the work of their peers, she knew students’ development of evaluation skills that they could apply to their own writing. 2. critical thinking is needed in writing class beside teaching technique that has important role in teaching writing. critical thinking is also important to make student to be more critical to their writing because training students to be more critical in writing will increase students’ writing ability especially their awareness in composing sentence by sentence, grammar, and spelling and so on. moreover, critical thinking is also used when students are asked to revise or edit their friends writing. by their ability to analyze, revise, syntesize, and give comment through reading their friends’ writing they unconsciously are trained to be more automatic in detecting some grammar errors, unrelated sentences, paragraph unity and coherence and misspelled words. e. conclusion peer editing is an activity where students exchange their writing or paper in order to be edited or reviewed by their colleague. from the activity above, it will result revision, comment or argumentation from the peer editor. this technique is appropriate to be implemented in writing class because it can improve student’s capability through editing his friend’s writing. he will be trained to analyze and recognize errors in writing so they can write a text better. critical thinking is fundamental discipline that involves conceptualizing, analyzing, evaluating, making judgment and decision, and problem solving. critical thinking is also important to make student to be more critical to their writing because training students to be more critical in writing will increase students’ writing ability especially their awareness in composing sentence by sentence, grammar, and spelling and so on. critical thinking as part of writing that is difficult to be separated can be improved when peer editing is applied in writing class. it happens because peer editing activity can cover critical thinking criteria particularly in writing class. it can be concluded that they are in the same vision making student more critical in analyzing, giving comment, and evaluating a text for the sake of better writing. muthmainnah: optimizing critical thinking… 7 f. references barkley, e. (2005). collaborative learning technique. san francisco: jossey bass. betrand, d. (2013, june 15). peer editing in composition for multilingual writers at the college level. retrieved from ewu: www.dc.ewu.edu/theses deni, a. r. (2011). peer-editing practice in the writing classroom: benefits and drawbacks. advance in language and literacy studies, 12. galvis, n. m. (2010). peer editing: a strategic source in efl students' writing process. colombian applied linguistics journal, 5. hasibuan, k. (2013). teaching writing as productive skills. journal of english and arabic language teaching, 4,(2),, 169-190. retrieved from www.media.neliti.com. lodico, m. (2006). methods in educational research. san francisco: jossey-bass. pharr, d. (2004). writing today: contexts and option for the real world. new york: mc.graw hill. philippot, r. (2009). fostering comprehensionin english classes. new york: guilford press. sakolkarn insai, t. p. (2017). more heads are better than one: peer editing in a translation classroom of efl learners. pasaa, 8. snow, d. (2006). more than a native speaker. maryland: capitol communication system. inc. tompkins, g. e. (2003). teaching writing: balancing process and product (4th ed.). prentice hall: upper saddle river . rias ning astuti: teacher professionalism on e 85 teacher professionalism on teacher pedagogic knowledge in merauke – papua rias ning astuti post graduate program master of english education university of muhammadiyah malang, east java, indonesia 2015 riasningastuti_s@yahoo.com abstract english becomes an international language that has to be mastered by the students in indonesia and many countries in the world. teaching english is not easy as we thought. as an english teachers, we should master some criteria to be good teachers. because english today in indonesia is considered as a foreign language, then it difficult for the students to learn it. teacher is also important in teaching learning process in the classroom, the foundation of english teacher education, teacher knowledge, and professionalism of the teacher is primary goal that should be mastered in this case, the writer tries to explore the phenomena that happened in indonesia especially in east indonesia, that is, merauke papua. the educational system in meraukepapua is good enough, but there are several terms that should be changed by the government and the teachers themselves. there are some problems faced by the teacher when they teach in the class, such as: what they teach does not match with the skills the subject requires and they only focus on finishing the curriculum. in this context, the roles of the government is very important in order to improve the teacher professionalism in indonesia, one of which is certification for the teacher and the government will increase their salary per month. but, it is not only the matter of salary, but the government should find another ways to improve the teacher‟s professionalism such as: conference, seminars, or another activities. a. introduction. foundation of english teacher education, teacher knowledge, and professionalism. “tell me, i forget…show me, i remember…involve me, i understand….”(carl orff) this statement is one of education theories by orff (1920) which is famous in this world, on the learners need. when the teacher tells the students, the students will forget it. when the teachers show the students perhaps the students will remember those materials. then, when the teacher involves the students, students will understand the material. refer to that statement; the way the teachers teach the students is the primary goal in the teaching-learning activities. the technique used by the teachers influences the students‟ achievement in their learning activity. the technique used by the teachers will influence the students‟ achievement. thus, the students will be able to use the language orally or not depends on the way the teachers teach the students. teaching is a process that facilitates learning which is given by the teacher to the students in the process of learning and teaching. teaching is the specialized application of knowledge, skills and attributes designed to provide unique service to meet the educational needs of the individual and of society. the choice of learning activities whereby the goals of education are realized in the school is the responsibility of the teaching profession. according to leo (2003), in a challenging book to practice teaching in english, teaching stands for: treat, encourage, activate, coordinate, heighten, infuse, and guarantee. leo (2003) stated that, teaching as treating the students, encouraging them to learn the material, activating their mind, coordinating their activities in learning, heightening the students‟ curiosity when they are learning something, infusing them with optimism and positive impacts or energies, and the last guaranteeing the students successful in their future. mailto:riasningastuti_s@yahoo.com http://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/authors/c/carl_orff.html eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 86 based on leo's statement, the writer may draw an understanding that teaching is not only a matter of implementing and applying the syllabus or lesson plan, teaching is not only a matter of entering the class and asking the students to do some activities the class. nevertheless, teaching is treating the students, encouraging them, activating their thought, coordinating their activities, heightening their curiosity, infusingtheir optimism, and guaranteing their better future. from the explanation above, the teacher plays important role in the student‟s learning experience. the way the teacher teaches the students influences the students‟ achievement in learning process. many things may be done to make a context for a good teaching, but the important factor is the teacher to determine the success of a program. richards (2001) said that a good teacher should complement for deficiency in the curriculum, the teacher also should complement for deficiency the material or the resources that used in teaching activity. according to robert (2012), there are some language teacher knowledge, such as: content knowledge content knowledge is the knowledge of content master by the teacher it can be related to skill, material taught by the teacher in the class. pedagogic content knowledge pedagogic content knowledge is the knowledge by english teacher (only english teacher) about how the teacher teaches english for the students. general pedagogic knowledge general pedagogic knowledge is the knowledge of the general teacher about any subject it can be mathematics, science, social, etc. curricular knowledge curricular knowledge is the knowledge of the teacher about mastering the curriculum such as lesson plan, syllabus, etc. contextual knowledge contextual knowledge is about all aspect in teaching learning activities such as the environment, partner, family, etc. process knowledge process knowledge is the process to develop the knowledge itself. based on all the aspects of the knowledge of the teacher it will help the teacher to teach the students with using all aspects that already know by the teacher. the teacher can apply it in the classroom; they also can solve the entire problem in teaching learning process by mastering all aspects. b. review of literature learning english for senior high schools in indonesia is obligatory. teaching english in indonesia includes english as a foreign language that used as additional language in indonesia. as compulsory subject, the target of teaching english at sma (senior high schools) or ma (senior moslem schools) allows the students to reach a functional level of communication, whether in oral or written form. according to depdiknas (2006), the goals of teaching english at sma/ma are: 1) to make the students are able to speak in english. 2) to motivate students to communicate using english. 3) focus on the use of english as communication tool, not only focus on grammatical form. as the writer mentions above that there was interesting phenomenon in one of the senior high school in meraukepapua. the possible causes of this problem are because the reality in the field is different with the expected teacher in indonesia. indonesia. based regulation of minister of national education 16 (2007), the standards of teacher in indonesia have to master: 1) pedagogic competence (how the teacher teach the students) 2) personality of the teacher (attitude and behavior of the teacher) rias ning astuti: teacher professionalism on e 87 3) social competency (environment and also how the teacher interact with social environment) 4) the last is professionalism (mastering curriculum and material). the expected teacher should be competence in four aspects that is mention before, but in fact the reality is not mention yet. another reason, because almost teacher in merauke – papua teaching just for finishing the curriculum (syllabus and lesson plan). they not pay attention on the students‟ skills, the teacher just finishing the curriculum without knowing that their students understand the material or not. „a growing body of research shows that student achievement is more heavily influenced by teacher quality than by students‟ race, class, prior academic record, or school a student attends. the benefits associated with achievement gap widens each year between students with most effective teachers and those with least effective teachers. this suggests that the most significant gains in student achievement will likely be realized when students receive instruction from good teachers over consecutive years.‟(http://www.education.com/ reference/article/ref_research_q_consider/) based on this research conducted in the united states the writer will conclude that, there are one of the gaps or influence between the student‟s achievement and the teacher‟s quality. the result shows that student achievement is more heavily influenced by the teacher quality that by the student‟s race, class, and soon. because of those reason, it is a must for the teacher, not for the teacher in papua but also all the teacher in indonesia to be a professional teacher. the professional teacher can help the students for sharing knowledge with heart, educate the students, and help them for their better future because the most important role and changing action is the teacher. in teaching, the teacher should make a creative class. in this case creative class means that the teacher in that class should be creative in the context of teaching technique and method that the teacher used, so that the students will speak up and become comfortable to speak english in the classroom. the most effective activitymay be useless if the teacher does not organize the students efficiently. teacher does not only share their knowledge sincerely, but also plays role as an organizer, facilitator and as resource in teaching-learning process. furthermore, the teacher shouldteach vocabularies that the students need and correct pronunciation, so that the students can speak accurately in english. teaching speaking is not easy, the teacher must have a good strategies and technique to conduct joyful and creative class, especially in speaking skill. bygate(2000)in a book “language teaching a scheme for teacher education” stated that, one of the problems in foreign language teaching is preparing learners to be able to use the target language. how this preparation done and how successful the process depends on the teachers‟ understanding when the teacher teach in the class. learners of english as a foreign language (efl learners) have different purposes in learning english. some of them have purpose to focus on reading skill or speaking skill but the students should be competent in the four language skills in english: reading, listening, writing, and speaking. in fact, the majority of the students find difficulties to speak accurately. most of them are shy to perform speaking. because of those reasons, kresnanto(2011) in practical techniques for english language teachingadvicedthe teachers to conduct joyful activities in english classroom, so it will motivate and encourage the students to practice their speaking ability. then, in order to conduct joyful activities in the class, brown(2007)claimed that there are six types of classroom speaking performance. those are as follows: 1. imitative it is such a term as mentioned „human tape recorder (brown, p. 327)‟ because the students just imitate what the teacher has said. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 88 2. intensive it includes speaking performance that is designed to practice some phonological aspects of language. 3. responsive it involves includes interaction of the teacher and students. a good deal of the students‟ speech in the classroom is responsive which is between teacher and students who have a good interaction. 4. transactional (dialogue) it carried out for conveying information. conversation is one of the example of transactional dialogue. another example of the transactional dialogue such as buying and selling situations which is potentially great practical value in language teaching. 5. interpersonal (dialogue) interpersonal dialogue carried outto maintain social relationship to give information.it is just a kind of dialoguethat we can do simply because there is something to talk around us. 6. extensive (monologue) the teacher gives the students monologue of oral reports or summary. then, the students will do their task and the teacher will give feedback about their monologue of oral reports. education has a big contribution in the national development. a good quality of education reflects the nation. one of significant factors to make better education is the quality of teacher. the teacher is expected to have good skill and knowledge in education. psychology of education must be learnt by the teacher as an educator to support the success education itself. by mastering the science of psychology in education the teacher will know and learn about their students. furthermore, the teacher will learn about the development of students. irham and wiyani(2013) in a book psikologipendidikan stated that, psychology of education has 2 words, psychology and education. psychology is adopted from greek, which is psyche means soul, and logos mean knowledge or science. education is learning or knowledge. therefore, psychology of education is science of soul. in line with sugihartono(2013)in a book psikologipendidikan, education is effort which is conducted by the educator (the teacher) in order to change human behaviour through learning and training process. psychology of education is very important in order to guide the teacher to achieve successful of learning process. suryabatra(2013) stated that psychology is a science to understand human in order to treat them well. he emphasises that knowledge of the teacher about psychological condition of the students is very important because teacher is one of the important aspects of the educational system. hence, the understanding about psychology of education becomes the main requirement for every teacher. by understanding the knowledge, the teacher could manage their students well. the teachers have to understand their students‟ needs, because good education is reflected from a good teacher. 1. problems formulation teacher and teaching process in merauke papua. 'in lecturing, success meant that students paid attention, laughed at my jokes, and applauded me. i told them what to learn, and they learned it.' daniel a. goodenough (1994), from this statement, lecturing or learning process is successful when the students pay attention to the teachers‟ explanation, or in some part they laugh when the teachers make some jokes to make them happy. in teaching, the teacher should make a creative class. in this case creative class means that the teacher in that class should be creative in the context of teaching technique and method that the teacher used, so that the students will speak up and become comfortable to speak english in the rias ning astuti: teacher professionalism on e 89 classroom. the most effective activity may be useless if the teacher does not organize the students efficiently. teacher does not only share their knowledge sincerely, but also plays role as an organizer, facilitator and as resource in teaching-learning process. based on the writer experience, there was an interesting phenomena happened in meraukepapua senior high school in speaking class. that was when the teacher only asked the students to read some materials in the speaking lesson handbook. so, it was only reading aloud activities not speaking activities. it is believed that different techniques may have different responses from the students. some of the students may be active and some will be passive in the class. it is natural because all students have different ability. in this case, there is an effect that is given by the teacher for the students. it is based on the writer experience, when the writer graduated from senior high school and want to continue her bachelor degree in out of papua island, she found the difficulties to speaking english although she choose her concern in english department in one the best private university in java. after that, in the next semester she must take some course in english village in pare to improve her english skill. it is not only happened with the writer, but also her friends in another university in java. 2. intended purposes. there are so many problems of teaching and learning process happened in east of indonesia especially in papua, from the teacher and the students itself. from the explanation that the writer will conclude, the purposes of this present study is to identify the phenomenon happened in merauke-papua especially the problem of the teacher in teaching english as foreign language. 3. intended significance. the writer expecting this study to have theoretical and practical significance of the study. theoretically, this present study will give an additional contribution to teacher. they can find the result of this present study as information and input for the teacher. practically, the benefit of this study is also for the writerand the readers (the teachers in senior high school or the lecturer). it is expected that after reading this study, there will be a clear vision about the errors in spoken language.in addition, the english teacher at sman 1 merauke may use the finding of this present study as the feedback and information in a learning process in the class. last, for the next researchers who want to do similar research, the study will give contribution as the references in teaching english. c. research methodology to present the data the writer has choose the subject of this present study. the subject of this study was all the english teachers in sman 1 merauke. the total number of the english teachers of sman 7 malang was four teachers. in order to make the study effective and efficient, some steps were conducted in the process of collecting data. according tofraenkel(2005), data collection was„the process of gathering and measuring information on variables of interest by planning it in a five basic step; selecting participant, gaining permission, selecting and weighing different data types, designing recording protocol and administering data collection‟ (p. 234).the data of this study were teacher‟s technique in teaching speaking which were implemented in the grade xi science 6 sman 7 malang. table: data collection no date activities description 1 20 des 2014 the writer conducted library study with collected the journal and articles related to the problem of this present study. 2 25 des 2014 1. the writer conducted the interview to the teacher. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 90 4. conclusion in the last discussion of this problem, the writer will explore conclusion and suggestion. the conclusion that the writer will conclude from the problem are: 1. the teacher in indonesia not professional yet. 2. the teacher in one of the senior high school in merauke – papua do not pay attention in the skill that the teacher should teach. 3. the teacher only focus in finishing the curriculum (syllabus and lesson plan) without knowing that the students understanding the material or not. in conclusion, the way the teacher teaches the students in english language is very important in order to make the students really understand the material. then, the writer will conclude that become professional or professionalism of the teacher is a must for the teacher in indonesia. based on all conclusions that the writer conclude, this study has some suggestions for the teacher, and the government to improve the educational system and teaching learning process in indonesia. teacher should pay attention on the students‟ activity in the class; the teacher should focus on the skill that the teacher wants to teach. it would be better for the teacher join such kinds of seminars, conference about education in indonesia, so that after join those activities the teacher will have more knowledge about teaching, how to teach, and also about the curriculum. government should conduct the activities that will improve the teacher professionalism like seminars, conference or other activities. hopefully, from this kinds of activities and also the certification of teacher will improve the teacher professionalism in indonesia for better educational system. references bygate, m. (2000).language teaching a scheme for teacher education (speaking). oxford, oxford university press. depdiknas (2006).kurikulum tingkat satuanpendidikan mata pelajaran bahasa inggris, sekolahmenengahatasdan madrasah aliyah. jakarta. fahrurrazy (2011).practical techniques for english language teaching. malang. b. y. c. d. s. r. kusumaningrum. malang, state university of malang press. goodenough, d. a. (1994).education for judgment.san francisco: jossey-bass. john .r. fraenkel, 2005.how to design and evaluate research in education.san fransisco state university.mc.graw-hill. leo, s. (2003). challenging book to practice teaching in english. yogyakarta, penerbit andi. orff, c. (1920). development of human language.united states. richards, c. j. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. united states of america, cambridge university press. sri supiah cahyati: analysis of english school 1 analysis of english high school teacher management as the implementation of curriculum 2013 sri supiah cahyati , cynantia rachmijati, nai supartini stkip siliwangi bandung abstract curriculum 2013, implemented on the academic year of 2013-2014, is one of the efforts of the curriculum developer to response to challenge of today and tomorrow, the demands from the society, the development of knowledge and pedagogy, future skills, and the uprising of the negative phenomenon. in curriculum 2013 there exist several built-in aspects in the curriculum management. they are: teachers, books, students, and supervising. the objective of this study is to analyze the teachers‟ role in terms of their effort and readiness towards curriculum 2013. english subject in curriculum 2013 clearly showing that the teachers‟ authority is smaller, their competence is sufficient, the workload is heavier, while the teaching-learning process is not really effective. this shows that the teachers and the implementation still needs time and supports from the stakeholders. keywords: curriculum 2013, teachers‟ management, english teacher, high school a. introduction curriculum plays a very important role in education system (nasution, 2000). therefore, a curriculum change in periodical time is necessary to response to the challenge epoch. therefore, an active change and response in national scale are needed from the curriculum developers t o anticipate and response to the challenges that keep changing. teacher as the curriculum executor in the field obviously has an important roles in managing the success of a curriculum design. richard (2001) believes that in implementing the change of curriculum, teacher is the key factor. moreover in a situation where there exist the limited facilities, the cultural differences, the impact on the environment, and the diversity of the students, a good teacher should able to be the agents of curriculum change. as a key factor to the success in the curriculum and the agent of change, a teacher support the teaching-learning, and schooling and even participate in the making of curriculum in the current policy campbel (2012). the teachers‟ role is the one who interacts directly with the students in the classroom. curriculum 2013, recently has become the burning issue especially in the educational society, contain many standards. the most important thing is that the basic competence (standar kompetensi) , such as subjects, the subjects position, the subjects distribution in a semester and their credits for each class (kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan, 2013). from that curriculum structure itself, it is also applied with a certain skills along with the certain competent that needs to be fulfilled for each subject, called kompetensi inti (core competences) and kompetensi dasar (basic competences). by that new regulation and policy, it is hopeful that the indonesian people gain the same level of education and competent as it is regulated in curriculum 2013. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 2 in the curriculum 2013, there are a number of built-in elements in the curriculum management, they are: teachers, books, students and supervising which will be explored in terms of the teachers‟ effort and readiness towards curriculum 2013. this study was conducted to explore and answer the following research questions: 1) how is the english high school teachers‟ response to the curriculum 2013 in terms of a practical learning methodology? 2) how far is the readiness of the english high school teacher in understanding and implementing the curriculum 2013? b. literature review 1. curriculum curriculum means a planning for a learning program (richards and schmidt, 2002). therefore it is a learning program – a chain of educating events. but seen from curriculum field of knowledge historical and philosophical, its meaning is wide and complex. furthermore, marsh (2004) defines curriculum as (1) a permanent lesson that contains essential knowledge, (2) a life lesson, (3) an organized lesson that needs the responsibility from the school, (4) the whole learning experience where the students get their skills and knowledge, (5) what the students build and do with computer and different networks. 2. curriculum 2013 nuh (2013: 72), minister of education and culture, explains that the theme of curriculum 2013 is “a curriculum that can produce indonesian people who are productive, creative, innovative, and affective through attitude, skills, and integrative knowledge. he also adds that curriculum 2013 is the answer to improve human resources in facing the changes of the world. he explains that the implementation of this curriculum will be starting in the academic year of 2013-2014 starting in july for the first and fourth grader of elementary school, 7 th grade in junior high school and 10 th grade for high school and vocational high school. it will be partial in 2013 but for in 2014 it will be held throughout every school in indonesia. 3. management of curriculum 2013 in curriculum 2013, there are a few elements in their managements such asc: teachers, books, students and supervising which can be seen from the table below: table 1. the elements in curriculum 2013 elements the management size curriculum 2013 teacher authority limited competence it should be high, but for those who are still low, there are guidance books workload light the effectiveness of learning activity high books publisher‟s role small content and process low prices low students the learning results not entirely based on the teachers, but also on the books that are available from the governments supervising deviation point small scale of deviation low supervising easy sri supiah cahyati: analysis of english school 3 4. the implementation of curriculum 2013 the implementation of curriculum 2013 is an actualization of the curriculum into learning activity and the molding of the students‟ competences and character. these require that the teachers should create and develop many activities that fit into the program. the teachers should be able to make decisions, make good judgments, master learning methodology, employ teaching aid, and understand how to assess their students‟ works. the learning activity in curriculum 2013 is competence-based one by using a scientific approach that encourages students to see, ask, try, collect the data, associate, and communicate. this method is adapted from the scientific steps in growing the knowledge through a scientific perspective, and therefore it will have a “sense of inquiry” and boost “creative thinking”. the acts of seeing, asking, trying/collecting the data, associating, and communicating in english subjects are: 1. to see: to associate the learning subjects with daily life situation. it consists of listening, reading the text, social functions, the language, and the writing. 2. to ask: to improve student‟s ability in forms of concepts, principle, procedures, and theory to have them thinking creatively, logically, and systematically. it consists of questioning activity, such as comparing the structure of language pattern in bahasa and english. 3. to explore: to improve student‟s ability in english, such as role play, simulation, etc. 4. to associate: to help and improve students to think and act academically. it consists of any group activities, such as analyzing the text, categorizing, etc. 5. to communicate: to help students deliver their results in writing or speaking forms. it consists of writing, presenting, blogging, in journal, in school boards, etc. c. research methodology 1. research methodology this research used a descriptive qualitative method by analyzing the english high school teacher‟s readiness in implementing curriculum 2013. the data were described in matrix. 2. subjects of the research the subjects of the research were the english high school teachers in cianjur, cimahi, and karawang regions. the samples were taken using purposive sampling technique. 3. instrument of the research the instruments that used in this research were questioner and interview. the questioner was aimed to ask the respondents about their readiness and responses towards curriculum 2013 and interview was used to clarify the answers. the data used in this research is primary (main) and secondary data. the main data were from the english teachers as the subject of the research. the secondary data were taken from dinas pendidikan as the source data of the high schools that implement the curriculum 2013 in their schools. the readiness variables were collected from 4 criteria which are suited with the teachers‟ management of curriculum 2013: a. teacher‟s authority. b. teacher‟s competence. c. teacher‟s workload. d. the effectiveness of the teaching-learning activity. the answers from the questioner, hence, will be analyzed. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 4 d. research findings 1. data a. high school which implementing the curriculum 2013 the implementation of curriculum 2013 is ongoing progress. based on the data there are several schools that have been appointed as the pilot project of the implementation of curriculum 2013. the regions that studied were cimahi, cianjur and karawang regions. the three regions chosen to represent the west java province. based on their geographical area, they are seen as the southern, central, and northern parts of west java. in this research, schools that were chosen based on the easy access to the school. the data of the school are as follows: table 2. high school who implements curriculum 2013 no area schools that implements curriculum 2013 samples of the research 1 cianjur 7 high schools and 9 vocational schools 3 high schools 2 cimahi 3 high schools and 7 vocational schools 3 high schools 3 karawang 6 high schools and 11 vocational schools 2 high schools the appointment of the high school that implements the curriculum 2013 is done by departemen pendidikan nasional direktorat pendidikan dasar dan menengah based on their schools judgement. b. teachers teacher is the key point in teaching – learning activity. the teacher‟s role, as variables in teaching-learning activity in class, is regarded as the successful of the curriculum itself. the followings are the data of english high school teachers as the subject of the research: table 3. english high school teachers no school educational background having the curriculum 2013 training 1 respondent 1 s2 degree yes 2 respondent 2 s1 degree yes 3 respondent 3 s1 degree yes 4 respondent 4 s1 degree no 5 respondent 5 s2 degree (ongoing) yes 6 respondent 6 s1 degree yes 7 respondent 7 s1 degree yes 8 respondent 8 s1 degree yes sri supiah cahyati: analysis of english school 5 c. teachers’ management factor the data from the respondents can be seen as follow: 1) teachers’ authority the english teacher‟s authorities: the teachers gave many varied answers, but most of the respondents declared the teachers‟ authorities were less, due to the reasons of : a. the lesson is already chosen (by the government) b. the syllabus is already chosen c. the textbook is already chosen 2) teacher’s competence : the data from the respondents a. almost all the respondents have an english bachelor degree b. almost all the respondents had their training in curriculum 2013 c. almost all the respondents had been working for more than 5 years the training and supervising of curriculum 2013 a. good in implementing and supervising b. there‟s reward and punishment to achieve its effectiveness c. teachers more understand and know what to do in the class 3) teacher’s workload: the main factor in curriculum most of the respondents declared that their workload is heavier, due to several reasons : a. the teacher should pay more attention to the students b. the learning material isn‟t only from books c. the english text book from government isn‟t available yet the students competencies most respondents agree that their workload is heavier, due to several reasons : a. the grading of the students has become more comprehensive b. the grading method is totally different from the usual c. to differentiate of one student to another is more difficult because the grading standard is using index factor d.the effectiveness of teaching-learning activity : learning method the teachers gave many varied answers, but most of the respondents declared: a. no special method, but make sure that all students participates in teaching-learning process b. use technology c. scientific approach and genre based approach depends on the teacher‟s creativity eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 6 teaching-learning activity a. focusing on “students”, therefore students will be more active b. use “scientific”, therefore knowledge and science will improve c. the studying time in english is actually more less than other subjects, teachers afraid in their fall back of the ability d. this curriculum more focus on student‟s attitude and characteristic – while in english the important point such as speaking and grammar have been quite neglected e. the grading process has become more detailed – not only judged the student‟s ability but also their attitude f. the english subject textbook based on the curriculum 2013 is not available allocated time mostly disagree, because : a. heavier workload, both for the teachers and students b. the classroom isn‟t available c. no added hour, but in fact lesser than usual 2. findings a. the english high school teacher’s response to the curriculum 2013 in terms of a practical learning. methodology 1) teacher’s authority based on the respondents‟ opinions, teacher‟s authority is smaller (lesser) due to syllabus, learning materials, and the textbook have been decided by the government and not from the teacher. but then, the materials demanded to be analyzed and comprehended by the teachers to be associated with the daily life needs. teachers should have more competence. while the assessment of the students, which are not based solely from their paper tests, is the teacher‟s authority. looking at the syllabus, learning materials and the text books, the teacher‟s authority seems smaller (lesser). on the other hand, from the teaching-learning process and the grading process, the teacher‟s authority are bigger. 2) teacher’s competences based on the data, it is obvious that all of the teachers already have their degree. almost all had their curriculum 2013 training and have experiences of more than 5 years in teaching. theoretically, their competence is more than enough. but apparently, the changing from ktsp to curriculum 2013 philosophically is very basic. the differences are in the teaching-learning activity and the grading process. the teaching-learning process consists of teacher, students and teaching method. those three factors make or ruin the implementation of curriculum 2013. therefore, the teacher‟s competences can‟t be seen solely based on their degree and experience, but also the readiness to face a challenge and thus need other training, such as technology, computer, curriculum 2013 training and others. sri supiah cahyati: analysis of english school 7 3) teacher’s workload conceptually, in curriculum 2013 the teacher‟s workload supposed to be lighter. but in reality it‟s heavier. starting from the preparation of the syllabus and the learning materials, yet the teacher does not need to prepare anymore since it is available. but in teaching-learning activity, it needs extra energy and extra competences to deal with the time changes, other knowledge, and attention to the students – which are heavier workload. therefore, it needs teachers with comprehensive competencies. 4) the effectiveness of teaching-learning activity the high school characteristic and the teacher that became the subject of the research described the situation in the west java province. obviously, the curriculum 2013 has not been implemented to every school due to the lack of the human resources: teachers, students, and facilities. at this moment, the effectiveness of teaching and learning activity has not been achieved successfully. the reasons are: the teachers have not been fully competence. the difference of teaching-learning method, that hasn‟t been successfully applied by the students, they are still using their “conventional method” of teaching and learning the facilities that has not been completed and supported yet, even the textbook in english subject of the curriculum 2013 still not available the allocated time still does not meet the expectations of the learning materials. b. the readiness of the english high school teacher in understanding and implementing the curriculum 2013 based on the collected data, the implementation of the curriculum 2013 is ongoing progress by appointing some schools as the pilot project. this policy shows that the government still not fully ready to support the implementation of the curriculum 2013. the changes from the previous curriculum (ktsp/school based curriculum) to curriculum 2013 have a very basic difference. these differences are shown in the teaching-learning activity and the grading process. this readiness should be supported by the teacher‟s competence as the key point of the success and effectiveness of the curriculum implementation. e. conclusions based on the analysis of the data above, it can be concluded: 1) the teachers‟ responses toward the curriculum 2013 shows the teacher‟s workload is decreasing, the competence is sufficient, the workload is heavier and yet the effectiveness is not fully achieved. the implementation of the curriculum 2013 is not effective yet due to some problems such as: the teachers‟ competences, changing the teacher & students‟ teaching-learning habit, and even the teaching-learning facility. it is assumed that the implementation of curriculum 2013 works effectively in a big city with better facilities and the students with a better learning culture. 2) the teachers in applying the curriculum 2013 are not fully ready. it takes time and changing the behavior is not an easy task. an ideal cultural study will be created but takes time and requires adequate support from the stakeholders, such as: teachers, students, as well as conducive educational climate, such as teaching-learning method, and its environment. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 8 references campbel, reece.(2012).”introduction to law”. san fransisco: benjamin cummings publishing company creswell, j. w. (2013). educational research planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4 th edition). usa: pearson education. de vito, alfred. (1989). creative wellsprings for science teacher. london: creative ventures. kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. (2012). dokumen kurikulum 2013. jakarta: kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. (2012). kurikulum 2013: kompetensi dasar sekolah menengah atas (sma)/madrasah aliyah (ma). jakarta: kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. (2013). paparan mendikbud dalam sosialisasi kurikulum 2013 di bandung 16 maret 2013. marsh, colin.j. (2004). key concepts for understanding curriculum. london uk: falmer press mcmillan, j. h. and schumacher, s. (2001). research in education: a conceptual introduction. 5 th edition. united states: addison wesley longman. richards, jack c. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. richards, j.c. dan schmidt, richard. (2002). dictionary of language teaching and applied linguistics. 3 rd edition. edinburg: pierson education ltd. tim pengembang kurikulum. (2013). kurikulum 2013. jakarta: kementerian pendidikan nasional. tim pengembang kurikulum. (2013). pembelajaran berbasis kompetensi mata pelajaran bahasa inggris dengan pendekatan saintifik .jakarta : kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan angga m. : the dynamic immersion…. 53 the dynamic immersion software: teaching english vocabulary for young learners angga maulana pasundan university anggamaulana1985@yahoo.co.id abstract the ability in mastering vocabulary holds an important part in the process of learning a language including english. by analogy, english is a weapon whereas vocabulary is the bullet. it will be useless for someone who has a sophisticated weapon without having a great number of bullets. hence, mastering vocabulary in a language is very important thus emerge techniques or method to master vocabulary. one of the teaching method is dynamic immersion method (dim). therefore the purpose of this research is to analyze the process of mastering vocabulary using dim applied in rosetta stone computer software, in one of elementary schools in cipatat, kabupaten bandung barat and to know their perception toward the use of it. there are 21 students from the 4 th grade who become the participants of this research. in the process of collecting data, the writer uses observations and interview to see the process of using dim and the students‟ perception to the use of it and then analyzes elaborately based on the purpose of this research. . it was found that dim in this study is considered successful because it enables students not only to memorize the words in english better but also to learn english vocabularies in meaningful context. the topic discussed in each slide is within the young learners‟ world. thus, the teaching of vocabulary in dynamic immersion software into certain extent is successful because the material might be interesting, the learning environment seems enjoyable, the period is relatively short and the material could attract young learners to learn vocabulary better. in terms of young learners‟ perception, the data revealed that the students perceive positively. keywords: vocabulary, dynamic immersion method, technology, young learners mailto:anggamaulana1985@yahoo.co.id eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 54 a. introduction the implementation of primary education in every single country sometimes differs from one another. it can be from the framework, general objectives, and so on. as the result, the implementation of english teaching is also started and frame-worked differently, especially in non-english speaking countries. in indonesia, compulsory primary education is started at the age of six with english as an additional lesson. it is in line with a notion proposed by pinter (2006) stating that the term young learners is applicable to students “from five to 14 years of age”. moreover, teaching english brings its own challenge and benefits. it is especially considering the characteristic of young learners that can either be a form of advantageous factor or shortcoming factor to the successful of language teaching. considering vygotsky‟s notion (in pinter, 2006) that children are active learners, the methodology used in english for young learners (eyl) class needs to be active allowing students to actively participate in the process of teaching and learning. thus, the method chosen in class needs to accommodate their needs by allowing their senses to be involved during the process of teaching and learning. furthermore, the use of method as one of teaching elements that can engage both students‟ receptive and productive senses is considered as one of the efforts that can be done by teachers in eyl class in delivering their material (see brown, 2001; harmer, 2001; rodgers, 2001; elizabeth, 2010; mora, 2010). dynamic immersion method, in addition, is a method that combines the use of images, text, and sound, with progressive difficult levels. such arrangement is created in order to teach various vocabulary terms and grammatical functions intuitively, without drilling or translating. it is designed to teach foreign languages like the way first language is learned and it can provide the audio-visual need and exposure. we all learned our mother tongue as children, before we ever went to school. the dynamic immersion method recreates this experience. the student is plunged into images and human voices in the context of daily life, so that he/she understands the meaning of new words and phrases (skills development centre, 2010). in other words, the dynamic immersion foreign language software program attempts to mimic the setting of childhood. the idea behind this is that when immersed in an environment consisting of familiar situations, people, places and things, one can make the connection between images and verbal awareness. rosetta stone is a computer software that accommodates the dynamic immersion method. it angga m. : the dynamic immersion…. 55 can be used as one of the choices in delivering teaching material in mastering vocabularies in eyl class. in addition, sophisticated method will not give any effect if it cannot engage the students‟ intrinsic motivation for they need to have their own “selfdetermination and autonomy” in internalizing the teaching material so that they can successfully achieve the desired learning outcomes. as consequence, the relation between the students‟ perception in terms of their interest leading to their intrinsic motivation in learning english when audiovisual software like rosetta stone software is used and their vocabulary mastery in certain linguistic focus is an interesting issue to observe. besides being interesting, such observation can also be conducted in order to evaluate whether the software matches the characteristic of young learners especially when they have been in the formal stage (pinter, 2006), at approximately the age of 11 or 12, when their awareness of linguistic elements has started to emerge (pinter: 2006, saville-troike: 2006). this research is aimed to answer the questions on how the dynamic immersion method in a language learning software improve students‟ mastery of english vocabulary and the student‟s perception toward the use of dynamic immersion method software in their english class. b. methods this study adopted qualitative approach as it involved the collection and qualitative analysis of the data. it also allows the researcher to work with more than one of data collection methods, such as observation and interview. the research employs dynamic immersion method in english learning software, named rosetta stone. as it is stated in its website, rosetta stone is a form of proprietary computer-assisted language learning (call) software developed by rosetta stone inc. this software combines the use of images, text, and sound, with progressive difficult levels that get along with the student‟s progress. such arrangement is created in order to teach various vocabulary terms and grammatical functions intuitively, without drilling or translating. the software method is designed to teach foreign languages like the way first language is learned. in rosetta stone version 3, instructions are arranged in language levels with 4 units in each level. each unit is divided into four core lessons. each core http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/proprietary_software http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/computer-assisted_language_learning http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/language_acquisition http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/software http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/rosetta_stone_%28company%29 eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 56 lesson approximately takes 30 minutes followed by sub lessons. sub lessons consist of pronunciation, writing, vocabulary, grammar, listening, reading, speaking, and reviews. at the end of each unit is a milestone, which is an interactive activity that reviews the material covered in that unit. for this research, the sub lesson is only focused on vocabulary. since the research question of this paper relates to vocabulary, thus the material used in the observation is only sub lesson vocabulary of each core lesson. the vocabulary sub lesson consists of seven slides. each slide consists of different material. during the conduct of this research, rosetta stone, which accommodates dynamic immersion method, was shown to 21 students of 4 th grade. of elementary school in cipatat, kabupaten bandung barat became the participants of this research. the lack of using technology in the site was the main consideration of conducting this study there. in this case, the data was collected through two steps; observing and interviewing. meanwhile, the topics of the interview were related to the perception of teacher and students in teaching vocabulary using rosetta stone version 3. the semi-structured interview was conducted in schools where the students learn. furthermore, during class observation, the researcher participated in the classroom as a teacher, observed the activities and took notes. the observation was recorded in video-formed so that, it is assumed, the observation could be done thoroughly and repeatedly. c. results and discussions 1. the use of dynamic immersion method in young learners’ vocabulary mastery the findings from observation using field notes during the learning process showed that the students‟ mastery of english vocabulary relatively increased by using dynamic immersion method implicated in rosetta stone language learning software and they showed positive behavior toward it based on the indicators as follows: most students performed better after the teacher did as model and repeated on how to operate the software several times the students understood both the learning material and the instruction. angga m. : the dynamic immersion…. 57 the students looked enthusiastic and they participated happily to the class activity without any stress condition. the students were entertained and had fun. the observation data revealed that the classroom atmosphere was increasingly positive during the implementation of dynamic immersion method applied in rosetta stone learning software. this evidence was in line with schultz (2006) who believes that a facilitator needs to be more conscious of time constraints on a students‟ ability to process information in clear, structures, and systematic format while viewing pictures. the effect of this method was indicated from students who took part actively and enthusiastically in doing the dynamic immersion method in rosetta stone language learning software and following the instructions. they often smiled, laughed, responded to the conversation, and repeated the words. this was consistent with what was stated by stempelski & tomalin (1990) that children feel their interest quicken when a language is presented in a lively way, as it was in rosetta stone language learning software. the students were also able to express themselves through their own experience by hearing and seeing the english words. those could help young learners to be active and enjoy doing things in english. most of them tried to follow the words. they were also curios to know the next material displayed in the monitor to be learned in every meeting. the observation was in line with the characteristics of young learner that they are naturally curios (brown, 2001). in addition, the availability of slides greatly helped students‟ comprehension; for example, moods are often conveyed through expressions and other visual clues. thus, children often observe how intonation can match facial expressions (harmer, 2001). repeated words presented in rosetta stone language learning software became an effective vocabulary exercise because they were easy to follow, interesting and attractive. in this condition, the students were motivated to watch because they did not want to miss the opportunity to be engaged in the slides and activities. those aspects support the theory that watching live picture increases the students‟ motivation and curiosity on learning because they show the eagerness to use and practice the language they have heard and seen (harmer, 2002). this evidence also revealed when students were given the vocabulary exercise, most of them did the task well and they were able to recall better the content and gain more information to clarify thinking ideas, feeling, and event when the researcher gave a quiz. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 58 moreover, rosetta stone, as language learning software that applies dynamic immersion method, was seen as something which helped young learners to relax and unwind. it kept them entertained without their having to make much effort. particularly, rosetta stone had a particular role within children. they were presented short and easy, fun and funny. this coincided with arthur (1999) in canning (2000) who claims that pictures helps learner to give realistic materials, imitate models and increase awareness by teaching appropriateness and suitability. overall, most display was relaxing and easy to follow as shown from the students‟ facial expression. as children acquired more experience of audiovisual, the ability to comprehend the content increased. this statement goes to cameron (2001), ellis and brewster (2002) point that the combination of sounds and pictures provide young learners with pleasant learning language. in line with those statements above, phillipis (1993) as cited in hakim (2009) also states that video is part of children‟s life nowadays and they are able to be useful tools in language teaching. therefore, using language learning software in teaching vocabulary to young learners contributes a new and special feature in teaching english. angga m. : the dynamic immersion…. 59 after involving in rosetta stone language learning software, the students were asked some questions related to the content. most of them participated well and tried to give the right answers. this, as data from interview also revealed, some of students were proud and happy because they answered correctly. regarding this evidence, brown (2001) inserted that the application of audiovisual builds self-confidence. in general, the use of rosetta stone language learning software could improve students‟ engagement in learning process because learning circumstances more interesting, attractive, and dynamic and it facilitated the students to understand and go beyond the lesson better. from the discussion above, it can be concluded that the dynamic immersion method, which is applied in rosetta stone language learning software have a positive result in increasing students‟ engagement in learning new vocabularies and, as it is hoped, it facilitates the students‟ mastery of english vocabularies. 2. analysis of students’ perception on dynamic immersion method data from interviews supported data from observation. in that most students gave positive response to dynamic immersion software. they said that their feeling were happy, interested, and motivated to learn when learning english by using dynamic immersion software. the data from interviews also noted that the use of dynamic immersion software helped them improve their vocabulary mastery. s1, s3, s9, and s10 said that they could recognize and memorize the words better. as it is mentioned earlier from all the data obtained, it was obvious that all students gave positive perception to dynamic immersion software. they actively took part in all activities presented in rosetta stone, such as watching, listening, repeating some words and expressions, pointing, clicking, and answering questions. most respondents‟ favorite activity was repeating some words and expressions, and answering questions by clicking. regarding the evidence, young learners‟ favorite part in dynamic immersion software was presentation because the slides was attractive, good, fun, interesting, and cool (as said by s1, s3, s5, and s11). that proved what is stated by canning (2000) that learners prefer action to language in the classroom because it might hold students‟ interest and comprehension. these referential connections are more easily built when both verbal and visual materials are presented simultaneously. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 60 the students loved dynamic immersion software because they contained the lesson that attracts high levels of active attention with pointing, clicking, imitating behaviors, and responding back to the slides. furthermore, young learners put themselves as sophisticated viewers, who are able to „see through‟ the medium. thus, as children acquired more experience of audiovisual, their ability to comprehend its content into learning increased. despite the positive responses given by the students to dynamic immersion software, the data from interview revealed that the students still face several difficulties related to computer technical use and long sentences or expressions in the slides. angga m. : the dynamic immersion…. 61 it can be inferred from the above explanation that it cannot be avoided that there were parts that young learners less preferred. the less liked parts were long expression with unfamiliar words, repeating and technical using of computer. although the students found hard to understand every single word, some of students understood what should be done even though they did not know all the expressions. the gesture and repetition actually helped them to catch the meaning of the expressions. however, they were aware that those three activities are useful to improve their to improve their english vocabulary because sample gesture and repetition given by dynamic immersion method in rosetta stone language learning software helped them to understand and guess the meaning of new words. d. conclusions in terms to the use of dynamic immersion method that contained in a language learning software, called rosetta stone, it can be found that the slides were presented in relatively short time. they had specific topic and real-context pictures. therefore, the benefit from the software, which was rich with language input, could help students improve their vocabulary mastery. with the respect to young learners‟ perception, the data revealed that the students responded positively. it showed that the students could express themselves through their own experience by seeing and hearing english words in rosetta stone language learning software that applies dynamic immersion method, therefore they were able to observe the intonation matches facial expressions. they were able to observe to accomplish the vocabulary tasks well, such as memorizing the words related to the topic. the use of dynamic immersion method was able to motivate the students to perform better so they were eager to participate and give contribution in the classroom. data from observation showed that some students subconsciously said or applied the words studied to their teacher and friends after involving in rosetta stone language learning software that applied dynamic immersion method. in relation to the success, data from interviews also revealed some positive perceptions to the use of dynamic immersion method. the students felt that the slides gave them benefits. the students were interested and enthusiastic to follow the teaching and learning process because rosetta stone software that applied dynamic immersion method bring happiness and motivate them eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 62 to be engage actively in teaching learning process. moreover the students felt their vocabulary mastery got some improvement and they could recognize and memorize the english words better. finally, rosetta stone language learning software that applies dynamic immersion method provide authentic and meaningful language. based on the students‟ performance above, it can be concluded that the teaching vocabulary to young learners through dynamic immersion method in this study is considered successful because it enables students not only to memorize the words in english better but also to learn english vocabularies in meaningful context. the topic discussed in each slide is within the young learners‟ world. thus, the teaching of vocabulary through rosetta stone software that applies dynamic immersion method into certain extent is successful because the material might be interesting, the learning environment seems enjoyable, the period is relatively short and the material could attract young learners to learn vocabulary better. references brewster, j &ellis, g. (2000). the primary english teacher’s guide. england: pearson education limited brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. 2 nd edition. united kingdom: longman cameron, l. (2001). teaching language to young learners. united kingdom: cambridge university press canning, w.c. (2000). teaching language to young learners. united kingdom: cambridge university press. elizabeth. (2010). methods of teaching english. discovery publishing house. hakim, f. (2009). the implementation of the interactive learning media in teaching speaking to young learners. a research paper. english department of indonesia university of education (upi). harmer, j. (2001). the practice of english language teaching. edinburgh: pearson education. angga m. : the dynamic immersion…. 63 mora, r.a. (2010). an analysis of the literacy beliefs and practices of faculty and graduates from a preservice english teacher education program. a dissertation. university of illinois at urbanachampaign. pinter, a. (2006). teaching young language learners. united kingdom: oxford university press rodgers, t.s. (2001). language teaching methodology. [online]available at: http://www.cal.org/resources/digest_pdfs/rodgers-methods-paper.pdf. [may 3, 2013] rosetta stone official website. (2013). [online] available at www.rosettastone.com, [ january 20, 2013.] saville-troike, m. (2006). introducing second language acquisition. united states of america: cambridge university press schultz, c.d. (2006). timing is everything: using videos. article: library media connection. available at: http://online.sagepub.com/. accessed on april 16 th , 2011. skills development centre (linguistics). (2010). method. [online]. available at: www.dpaoc.org. [december 30, 2013] stempleski, s,. & tomalin, b. (1990). video action: recipes for using video in language teaching. great britain: cambridge university press. http://www.rosettastone.com/ http://online.sagepub.com/ http://www.dpaoc.org/ isi jurnal vol 3 no 1.pdf chapter 1 siti.pdf chapter 5 angga maulana.pdf aryana & apsari: analyzing the teacher’s... 100 analyzing teacher’s difficulties in teaching listening suhud aryana1, yanuarti apsari2 suhudaryana04@gmail.com, yanuar.apsari1@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract this research is based on the importance of listening skill for students at senior high school especially twelfth grade, because they will face the national examination. as one of english skill, listening is the most difficult skill to be taught and this process cannot be avoided by all teachers who teach english. moreover, some teachers still get difficulties how to teach listening to students and this research is focused on analyzing teacher’s difficulties in teaching listening. in this research, the writer used case study and qualitative research method. the subject of this research was one of an english teacher at ma islahul aqidah cikalongwetan west java. the instruments of this research are observation, interview and questionnaire. in short, the results of this research showed that teacher’s difficulties divided into two factors, those are internal and external factors. internal factors which came from the respondent himself such as; he feels the difficulties in teaching, preparing listening materials, choosing method, technique, and strategy. external factors are; sound from environment activities like woodcutter machine, module, media problem as cable injector of sound system to laptop, english laboratory, electric off, and the difference of listening materials in syllabus 2013 curriculum and national examination materials. keywords: analyzing; listening; teacher’s difficulties. a. introduction language is essentially human. it means human is the produce and the consumer of language for system communication activities. as mcarthur (1992) in kaswan and dasep (2011:9) argues that la refers to human systems communication. in this globalization era, english is international language that all of countries in the world can use it, and also english becomes a material for final examination in indonesia and all of students have to pass it. the role of teacher is facilitator for helping students to learn english. as harmer (2008: 57) states that we have already used the term ‘facilitator’ which is designed to help students learn. in teaching english, there are four skills such as listening, speaking, reading and writing that must be mastered by a teacher. listening is one of them which to be subject in final examination. as susanto (2008) argues that as in previous years that the english national examination consists of: listening, reading, and language function”. it is the obligation for english teacher to teach students how to be a good listener. as the result, the teacher should face some problems in teaching listening process. it has been claimed that over 50 percent of the time that students spend functioning in a foreign language will be devoted to listening (nunan, 1998) cited in nation and newton (2009: 37). therefore, the writer has intended to analyze teacher’s difficulties in teaching listening at ma islahul aqidah cikalongwetan west java. mailto:suhudaryana04@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 101 b. literature review 1. teaching listening teaching listening is the active process of receiving and responding to spoken where is the teacher as the speaker and the student as the listener in process direct learning listening. broughton, et al. (1980: 65) states that listening calls for active participation in the communication between the participants and a receptive skill is involved in understanding the message.in listening there are some types such as extensive listening which is to encourage them to go to english language films with subtitles, intensive listening which is different from extensive listening in that students listen specifically in other to work on listening skill, and in other to study the way in which english is spoken, and live listening is used to refer to situations in which the teacher brings visitors into the class (harmer, 2007: 133). 2. listening method in the method of listening skill, there are some modern method as follows; interpersonal activities one effective and nonthreatening way for students to develop stronger listening skills is through interpersonal activities, such as mock interviews and storytelling, and group activities larger group activities also serve as a helpful method for teaching listening skills to students. we can begin with a simple group activity switzer (2007). while, listening strategies according to o’malley and chamot (1990) in field (2009:294) state that listening strategies divided into three, there are; meta cognitive is ‘planning for, monitoring or evaluating the success of a learning activity’. cognitive is overating directly on incoming information, manipulating it in ways that enhance learning. social-affective is ‘interacting with another person to assist learning’. 3. listening media media in listening teaching, acrroding to heinic, et al. (1996) in their book which is entitled “the instructional media and technologies for learning” divided some media in teaching listening process, there are: computer is a media electronic that uses by teacher for save all of files, such as dvd/mp3 record, playing audio or video conversation. sound system is a media electronic for listeners in listening process to listen voice someone which have been conversation. audiotape is media electronic which commonly found in the class language laboratory. that the students can use for record their voice. microphone is a media which is use for help students argued something about material what they learned. the difficulties in teaching listening such as external factors which is a problem that comes from individual outside those are; equipemants, it is like teacher’s facility in english laboratory, as like computer, sound system, audiotape, microphone, cable act. if one of them does not work that will become factor both teacher and students in listening take a place. students, it is someone who is learning in the classroom and which can be influential toward teaching process if they cannot follow the role in the class. “teacher will not be successful if they merely try to impose a pattern of learner autonomy” (harmer, 2007: 02). internal factors is a problem that comes from individual inside, such as: teacher’s skill, according to harmer (2007:28) teacher’s skills are “managing classes, matching task, variety and destination or settings. teacher voice, how the way he or she speaks and what they sound like have crucial impact on the class. harmer (2007: 36) has argued that “teachers need to be audible, they must be sure that the students at the back of class can hear them just as well as those at the front”. aryana & apsari: analyzing the teacher’s... 102 c. research methodology in this research, the writer uses qualitative research designs include analyzing, describing and interpreting the data. as creswell (2012: 236) states that “analyzing qualitative data requires understanding how to make sense of text and image, so that you can form answers to your research questions”. this study employed case study since it can maintain ‘deeper’ understanding of social phenomena that is teaching program (silverman, 2005; 10 as cited in apsari & yana, 2015). cause case study method is the study of the particularity and complexity of a single case. the “case” may be a single individual or several individuals. as robert (2009:39) argues that "single case study were like a single respondent in a survey or a single subject in an experiment”. respondent of the research was an english teacher at ma islahul aqidah cikalongwetan. where this respondent as information resource can give respond and help the writer to answer the question of the research, especially the question in this research about teacher’s difficulties in teaching listening. as creswell (2012: 382) states that “participants in a study can answer and complete the researcher’s questions, the participant chooses answers to questions and supplies basic personal or demographic information”. the isntrument of this research the includes observation, interview and questionnaire. observation is one of ways the writer for getting and collecting information data before going to interview and questionnaire step. “qualitative data collection is more than simply deciding on whether you will observe or interview people” (creswell, 2012: 204). in data collection technique of this research, the writer does observation, questionnaire and interview to respondent as creswell, (2012: 204) states “qualitative data collection is more than simply deciding on whether you will observe or interview people”. in analyzing process, the writer described the content of data analysis that can be used when qualitative data has been collected through observation, interviews, and questionnaire. as tavakoli (2012: 145) states that data analysis is “the process of reducing accumulated data collected in research to a manageable size, developing summaries, and looking for patterns”. d. findings and discussion 1. results of observation the writer did observation from video documentation which the result showed that respondent faced some problems in teaching listening. such as; he used three language for explaining the material, he faced difficulty to concentrate because the sound of woodcutter machine from outside of the class, he faced difficulty with the cable injector sound to laptop which sometime error, and method or strategy that he used even explaining the material to students. 2.results of questionnaire here are the data of respondent concerned teacher’s difficulties in teaching listening through questionnaire. from the quesiones sheets it showed that from twenty statements which are consists from positive and negative statements. where positive statements associated with choice value, such as 5 for strong agree, 4 for agree, and 3 for neutral, 2 for disagree, and 1 for strong disagree. instead, from 1 for strongly agree, 2 agree, 3 for neutral, 4 for disagree, and 5 for strongly disagree which they are associated with choice negative statements value. through a number of statements above, it is gained by way of summing up the value of each answer from all the statements. then, it is divided with many of statements. as ruseffendi (2006: 574575) states that: likert scale asks us, as individuals, to answer statements with very agreeable answers (ss), agree (s), unable to decide or neutral (n), disagree (t), or strongly disagree (st). eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 103 each answer is associated with a number or value, example ss = 5, s = 4, n = 3, t = 2, st = 1 for a statement that supports positive attitudes and the opposite value, thos are ss = 1, s = 2 , n = 3, t = 4, and st = 5 for questions that support negative attitudes. the result of quesioner showed that the respondent overall score is 2, (obtained from (2 + 2 + 3 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 4 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 1+ 4 + 3 + 3 + 1 + 2 + 2 ) : 20). which indicate the result is low level, because if the value from statement answer column 1 until 5 that associated with level such as; 1 for lower level, 2 for low level, 3 for neutral level, 4 for high level, and 5 for higher level. where they are showed how far the difficulty level that faced by respondent in teaching listening. furthermore, the value from statement answer column 1 and 2 could associate with negative, 3 neutral, 4 and 5 positive, based on sums of statements in the table above. therefore, the writer interpreted the result of questionnaire is negative because respondent overall score is 2 which indicate with low level. it means that the respondent faced some difficulties in teaching listening. as ruseffendi (2006: 576-580) argues that a person's attitude to a being expressed through a number of statements is obtained by incrementing the value of each answer of all statements, then dividing it by many statements. if a resource person is asked to choose 5 statements from 22 valuable statements (remember the student does not know the value of each of the statements he chooses) 10, 10,5 7,2, 8,1, and 4.2 then the attitude value of the source is 8 (obtained of (10 + 10.5 + 7.2 + 8.1 + 4.2): 5). if the value of attitude is between 1 and 11, then the attitude to counting is quite positive. 3. results of interview the results of interview with respondent, as follows; respondent felt difficulty in teaching listening because listening is categorized as a difficult subject to second language taught. than, he faced difficulty in preparing material. cause the committee from the school did not provide module or textbooks. he felt difficulty in choosing method, technique, and strategies. he felt difficulty to concentrate even teaching listening process took a place there is sound from woodcutter machine outside. he also felt difficulty with module which did not provide by school institution. as the result, he should find out the other books. respondent faced difficulty with cable injector to speaker, which it is suddenly did not connect. respondent faced difficulty when teaching listening process did not use english laboratory. the respondent faced difficulty even teaching listening process the electric off suddenly. the respondent faced difficulty to match listening materials from syllabus system in 2013 curriculum with materials national test. because in syllabus listening materials discussed about song but in national test discussed monolog and dialogue and it looked very different. therefore, the data results from respondent’s answers that would support this research question, which all the answers derive from observation, questionnaire and interview. the results from interview showed that the respondent felt some difficulties in teaching listening which data results divided into two factors as follows: a. internal factors this factor which came from himself such as; the first, respondent felt listening is categorized difficult to teach. because english as foreign language in indonesia, so, the students used indonesia language or they are mother tongue to interaction. as the result, the ears of students did not familiar with english words. for supporting statement above, he agrees with the aryana & apsari: analyzing the teacher’s... 104 statement in questionnaire as like "i think of the four skills to teach english listening is one skill that is difficult to teach". the writer did observation on video documentation. it showed that he should explain to students by using three languages, such as; indonesia, sundanese, and english, in order to, make students understand what he said. the second, he faced difficulty in preparing material, because the committee from the school did not provide module. as the results, he should find out material in others books or look at the internet. for supporting his reason above, in questionnaire showed that he agrees with the statement like "i find it difficult to prepare listening materials" in observation which did by the writer, it is also showed that he did not take a module even in teaching listening. in chapter two, harmer (2007: 31) argues that “equipment is the essential of good teaching”. the third, he felt difficult in choosing method, technique and strategy. the reason of that is english as foreign language for students. sometimes he faces difficulty to explain and discuss the material if method, technique, and strategy unsuitable for students. therefore, he should be creative to choose method, technique and strategy for successful in teaching. in chapter two, field (2009: 296) states that “the strategy is successful only if it goes some way towards dealing with the potential or actual problem of understanding”. for supporting his reason above, in questionnaire he agrees with the statement like "i felt i found some difficult to choose methods, techniques, and strategies for listening ". for making sure his answer, the writer did observation on the video documentation, it showed that he looked confuse when explaining and discussing of material. b. external factor this factor which came from outside such as: the first, he was disturbed with sounds from environment activities such as sound of machine woodcutter. which this sound disturbed his concentrating even teaching listening process. for supporting the reason above, in questionnaire data also showed that he agrees with the statement such as "i felt disturbed when there are external factors such as noise during listening learning proces" .the writer did observation on the video documentation to support respondent’s answer and it showed that he could not concentrate and said "it's not finished yet that cut down the bean sprouts tree” the second, he felt difficulty with module which made the respondent difficult to prepare the materials. as specially in teaching listening that needs textbook which should completely cd or dvd audio. as in the chapter two, heinic, et.al (1996) had stated that “cd/mp3/dvd record is a material of media in teaching listening which could be used on teaching process”. for supporting his answer above, in the video documentation also it showed that he did not bring a module in teaching listening process. the third, he felt difficulty with media problematic such as speaker injector cable to laptop which sometime error. he said even interviewing section that "as we saw earlier during the listening process that not all media tools support well. because a problem with the cable injector to the speakers, sometimes i feel complicated also with the state of such media. for supporting his reason above, in the questionnaire he agrees with the statement like this "i find it difficult to teach listening without using media as a tool like a sound system". in video documentation also he looked busy to repair injector cable that sometime error or did not connected. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 105 the forth, he faced difficulty with facility at the school. because in there did not available english laboratory. as the result, he should prepare all of the media for teaching listening. for supporting his reason above, in questionnaire he agrees with the statement like this "i find it difficult when teaching listening without using a language lab". in chapter two harmer (2008:141) argues that teacher access is a apart from the separate language booths, laboratories also only listen in to individual student, but can also talk, with the use of microphone and headset, with one student at a time. the fifth, he faced difficulty even teaching listening process the electric off suddenly. it became factor where teaching and learning could not continue. as he said "if the power goes out, well it's already done" it showed that he disappointed with electric off suddenly. as we know that the electric was the first factor to support success even teaching and learning listening took a place. the sixth, he felt difficulty to match listening material from syllabus system in 2013 curriculum with the national examination material. because in syllabus, listening material discussed about song but in national examination discussed monolog and dialogue which looked very different. as he said in interviewing section "in our syllabus it is emphasized at the end of the material meeting about music, but when it comes to the execution of the national examination test, that dialogue and monologue is very different and quite difficult to manage, so we need to be more creative in managing the materials so that the learner did not feel dizzy ".from discussion above the writer concluded that teacher’s difficulties in teaching listening by using diagram below. e. conclusion based on the writer’s investigation, the writer can conclude that the respondent faced some difficulties in teaching listening. where he faced internal and external factors even teaching listening took place. internal factors which came from himself such as; he felt that teaching listening is categorized difficult to teach, he felt difficult in preparing materials because he did not give module or text book from school as the result, he should find out listening materials in other books, and he felt difficult in choosing method, technique or strategy for teaching listening. external factors which came from outside himself such as; the sound from outside of the class as like woodcutter machine, facilitating such as module and english laboratory which has not provided by committee of the school, the media problematic as follow cable injector which sometime does not work, and the electric off. the findings also showed that in the questionnaire result the respondent overall score is 2 which indicated negative. negative here means that he exactly faced some difficulties in teaching listening. f. references apsari, y., & yana, y. (2016). teachers’techniques and problems in teaching reading. p2m stkip siliwangi, 2(2), 217-233. broughton, g. et al. (1980). teaching english as a foreign language. 2th ed. new york: routledge & kegan paul ltd. creswell, john w. (2012). education research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. 4th ed. bostom: pearson education, inc. field, j. (2009). listening in the language classroom. new york. cambridge university press. aryana & apsari: analyzing the teacher’s... 106 harmer, j. (2007). how to teach english. oxford: ocelot. harmer, j. (2008). the practice of english language teaching. 3th ed. cambridge uk: longman. heinic, r. et al. (1996). instructional media and technologies for learning. london: prenticehall, inc. kaswan, & suprijadi, d. (2011). language in society. cimahi: stkip siliwangi press. nation i s. p. & newton j. (2009). teaching esl/efl listening and speaking. new york: uk routledge. robert, y.k. (2009). case study research design and methods. london. sage publications, inc. ruseffendi. (2006). pengantar kepada membantu guru mengembangkan kompetensinya dalam pengajaran matematika untuk meningkatkan cbsa. bandung. tarsito. siswanto, (2008). bank soal kelas 3: prediksi ujian nasional (bahasa inggris/tahun 2006). february 16, 2016.(online). retrieved from: http://www.invir.com/latihan/sma3predeng06.html. switzer, c. (2007). modern method of teaching listening skills. article. january 15, 2016. demand media. retrieved from http://classroom.synonym.com/modern-methodsteaching-listening-skills-2458.html tavakoli, h. (2012). a dictionary of research methodology and statistics in applied linguistics. oxford: wiley-blackwell. http://www.invir.com/latihan/sma3predeng06.html http://classroom.synonym.com/modern-methods-teaching-listening-skills-2458.html http://classroom.synonym.com/modern-methods-teaching-listening-skills-2458.html rachmijati & cahyati: gender representation… 59 gender representation in textbook bahasa inggris grade x cynantia rachmijati1, sri supiah cahyati2 cynan_tia@yahoo.com, srisupiahcahyati02@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract according to acdp indonesia, many gender bias contents found in textbooks bahasa inggris in indonesia settings. this study aims at examining the representation of gender on “bahasa inggris kelas x” by kemendiknas. the criteria of a good textbook should show the relationship of women and men in society based on their role, status, environment, culture and community structures which are displayed in the form of illustrations and descriptions of the sentence. findings from the book regarding text: 4,11% visual characters, 28,77% characters mentioned, 57,54% social activities, and 9,58% domestic activity. while findings regarding visual: 88,89% social activities and 11,11% regarding domestic. furthermore, the frequency of occurrence: for male 51,89%. and female 48,11% .not too many domestic roles and settings found in the book probably because the book is created to in line with curriculum 2013 where the main purpose of curriculum 2013 is to develop social skills. it can be concluded that gender representation in this book is dominated by male. keywords: english textbook; gender representation. a. introduction as a part of educational systems, textbooks and teaching materials are of paramount significance. much attention was given in the early 1900s to assessing various manifestation of sexism and gender bias in foreign language textbooks, mainly english language teaching (elt) textbooks. since then, studies on language and gender have been carried out extensively. numerous content and linguistic analyses of elt textbooks as regard their representation of gender uncovered different aspect of sexism, in text and visuals. turner-bowker (1996) suggests that textbooks teach children what behavior is appropriate or inappropriate and that they serve as a source that children acquire gender stereotype from. gender identity is a social construct that is formed as individuals go through socialization process in their society and culture. schooling naturally plays a pivotal role in this process and textbooks are part of schooling. educational system in any country is shaped and affected by the prejudices, values and traditions held by the society; which are reflected in course books. in particular, it is important to focus on the awareness of equal rights and opportunities for men and women in the classroom. it is also important to relate english texts to the students’ surroundings and social life. mailto:cynan_tia@yahoo.com mailto:srisupiahcahyati02@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 60 furthermore we must examine whether textbooks represent different ways of living, social matters and traditions to expand the students’ knowledge and understanding of a foreign language. textbooks should therefore be written to suit both genders to be able to capture their interest and challenge gender stereotypes. b. literature review according to analytical and capacity development partnership (acdp) indonesia, there were many gender bias contents found in textbooks in indonesia. they found in many kindergarten books, the illustration used were mostly males. dewiki (2012) found that in textbooks of bahasa indonesia and mathematic textbooks in elementary, junior, and even high school there were 95% of illustrations used were males. furthermore, unicef (2007) also mentioned that in most textbooks boys were mentioned as smarter as and more creative than girls. dads were mostly working at the office while moms working at home, such as cleaning, cooking, etc. the criteria of a good textbook should show the relationship of women and men in society based on their role, status, environment, culture, and community structures which are displayed in the form of illustrations and descriptions of the sentence. this study aims at examining the representation of gender on english language textbook and finding the depiction of both male and female in social and domestic settings. gender is the socially constructed difference between men and women. according to oxford dictionary, gender is the condition of being male or female. meanwhile connel (1987) argues that there are different ideals for women and men. thus gender differences are established through oppositions. as connel states that ”women are supposed to be nurturing, suggestible, talkative, emotional, intuitive”, while men, on the other hand, are supposed to be “aggressive, tough minded, taciturn, rational, analytic, and promiscuous”. moreover, researcher like barrie thorne (1993) has observed children in school. she has particularly studies the ways children “pick up how to gender”. even newborn babies are treated differently because of their gender, they are named either female or male names and dressed in either blue or pink baby clothes. from the time a baby born, they tend to associates with many objects. boys are associated with color blue, wild games and bruises. while girls are associated with color pink, clean, dolls, and quiet games. girls learn to be polite, kind and take care of their appearance, while boys learn to be rough, demanding, and vigorous. the role of gender in schools and how it has affected the student’s goal fulfillment has been very much discussed in numerous texts and theories. studies show that an early experience of gender equality is of importance for children’s future. one study by the national agency for education in 2004 stated that agency’s annual compilation of final grades in compulsory school reveals that there are clear difference in results between boys and girls. girls attain better results in subject tests and they are also more involved in discussing question dealing with human rights, environment, the future, and ethical opinions – compare to boys result. rachmijati & cahyati: gender representation… 61 in indonesia, especially in uud 1945 article 31, it was stated that all citizens have the rights to get education. therefore indonesia is actively and progressively following world treaty regarding “education for all”. it has been expected that all kids, no matter what gender, earned their education for 9 years: 6 years in elementary school and 3 years in junior high school. in order for them to be good citizens, literate (have reading-writing ability), and no gender discrepancy involving all education stakeholders. since the 1970s scholars and researchers have been concerned with the depiction of gender roles in english textbooks. since then, numerous studies have examined the presentation of gender roles in textbooks, shedding light on both visual (e.g. drawings and photographs) and textual (e.g. conversation and written texts) presentation of female and male characters, such as porreca (1984), shteiwi (2003), lee and collins (2008), hamdan and jalabneh (2009), and hall (2014). porreca (1984) studied sexism in fifteen of elt textbooks. in six sorts of occurrences, either visual or textual, there are: (1) omission ratio of females compared to males, (2) occupational roles, (3) frequency of male to female nouns, (4)firstness, (5)masculine generic constructions, and (6) types and frequency of adjectives associated to either sex. the result found that there was evidence that sexism continued to flourish in els materials although females depicted only half as males in both text and illustrations. shteiwi (2003) conducted a study on the representation of gender roles and he found that the majority of public roles were male dominated. lee and collins (2008) investigated whether recent improvements in the status of women in the country were mirrored in the gender representation and still authors maintained the old image. hamdan and jalabneh (2009) found that in many english language books men depicted as dominant and effective worker compared to female. hall (2014) studied show that there was imbalance in gender representation due to the fact of culture and religious ideologies. c. research methodology the textbook analyzed in this study entitled “bahasa inggris kelas x” written by widiati, zuliatirohmah, and furaidah published in the year of 2017.the book published by departemenpendidikannasional in 2008 was also a bse (bukusekolahelektronik) which can be downloaded freely. the textbook has been especially written to meet the students’ age group and interests. the book has 15 chapters and 233 pages. the textbook is selected for its content and visual analysis. in analyzing the textbook, the researchers went through the following steps in order. first, the textbook was selected. then the textbook was examined and studied in depth. content analysis yielded to some categories proposed by gharbavi (2012), they are:text and visual. texts are categorized by visual characters, characters mentioned, social activities, and domestic activities. while visual categorized by the number of men and women and whether it’s social or domestic role.pictures and illustrations inside the books were designed to enhance students’ understanding of the context, lesson contents, and learning interest by making the book colorful and illustrative. the focus of the visual investigation was on the number of women and men in texts and pictures, and also the kind of social and domestic roles undertaken by women and men.a systematic recording and tabulation are made based on the characters and mentions of men and women in eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 62 written text that include dialogues, stories, articles, literature, etc. eventually, the researchers categorize the frequency of appearance of male and female to get the representation of gender in the textbook. d. findings and discussion the cover depicts the landmarks of the world, such as: monas, pisa, pyramid, etc. this book has 233 pages and 15 chapters with various themes which going to be discussed by chapters. table. 1 analysis of unit 1: “talking about self” visual a female student social 4 females chatting social a female student reading at the library social 2 males speaking social text greeting social email social,characters mentioned, domestic role letters social,characters mentioned, domestic role vocabularies social,characters mentioned, domestic role grammar social,characters mentioned, domestic role frequency of appearance of male and female male : 7 female : 11 table. 2 analysis of unit 2: “congratulating and complimenting others” visual a small boy talked with a fisherman social a male chatted to an injured man social students graduation social a dad teach his son to drive domestic a marriage domestic male and female students on an exam social a house with a baby girl domestic two females students having conversation social two females having convention social male and female students playing ball social rachmijati & cahyati: gender representation… 63 text quote by mark zuckenberg social conversation on congratulation social, characters mentioned, domestic role vocabularies social, characters mentioned conversation on complimenting social, characters mentioned frequency of appearance of male and female male : 15 female : 15 table.3 analysis of unit 3: “what are you going to do today?” visual a boy thinking of playing sport social amusement park social text conversation on holiday social,characters mentioned, domestic role dialogue about long weekend social, characters mentioned, domestic role dialogue on grammar material social, characters mentioned, domestic role frequency of appearance of male and female male : 1 female : 2 table. 4 analysis of unit 4: “which one is your best getaway?” visual a son and father on a hike social orang utan at tamannasional social tajmahal social waterfall social text tanjung putting national park social vocabularies social tajmahal social cuban randu social frequency of appearance of male and female male : 2 female : eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 64 table. 5 analysis of unit 5: “let’s visit niagara falls” visual niagara falls social a male teacher talking to a female student social a male pilot social a female visiting niagara falls social text two males talking about candi borobudur social students in a middle of a discussion social a male student working on an assignment social niagara falls social frequency of appearance of male and female male :1 female : 2 table. 6 analysis of unit 6: “giving announcement” visual a male giving announcement social a student on a listening test social text cancelation on jyj concert characters mentioned announcement regarding medical school social announcement regarding conferences social club announcement social, characters mentioned frequency of appearance of male and female male :5 female : 2 table. 7 analysis of unit 7: “the wright brothers” visual the wright brothers with a plane social text interview with the wright brothers characters mentioned quote from frank sinatra social frequency of appearance of male and female male : 3 female : 2 rachmijati & cahyati: gender representation… 65 table. 8 analysis of unit 8: “my idol” visual an athlete give out signature social anggunc.sasmi social lionel messi social afghan social a male student working on a laptop social text meeting my idol social, characters mentioned vocabularies about idol social frequency of appearance of male and female male :2 female : 2 table. 9 analysis of unit 9: “the battle of surabaya” visual bung tomo social text heroes day in indonesia social, characters mentioned dialogue on green campus social frequency of appearance of male and female male :4 female : 2 table. 10 analysis of unit 10: “bj hobbies” visual bj.habibie social text biography of bj habibie social, characters mentioned dialogue of bj habibie admirer social frequency of appearance of male and female male :4 female : 5 table. 11 analysis of unit 11: “cut nyakdhien” visual cut nyakdhien social text biography of cut nyakdhien social, characters mentioned quote of les brown social frequency of appearance of male and female male :7 female : 7 eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 66 table. 12 analysis of unit 12: “issumboshi (japanese fairy tale)” visual a grandma social a princess social text story of issumboshi social, domestic vocabularies on bullying social, domestic story of kancil social quote of talmud social frequency of appearance of male and female male :7 female : 6 table. 13 analysis of unit 13: “malinkundang” visual rumahgadang domestic malinkundang illustrated social, domestic 3 male students and 1 female students having a discussion social text the legend of malinkundang visual, characters vocabularies on parenting social, domestic quote of m.ali social frequency of appearance of male and female male : 3 female : 4 table. 14 analysis of unit 14: “strong wind” visual coconut trees blowing bythe wind social a pantomime social a drama group performing social two males and two females in an office meeting social text pantomime visual strong wind social quote of oprah winfrey social frequency of appearance of male and female male : 4 female : 7 rachmijati & cahyati: gender representation… 67 table. 15 analysis of unit 15: “you’ve got a friend” visual a female singing social a male student comforting a friend social 3 female students taking selfies social a male talking with a friend on lake social text song lyric “you’ve got a friend” visual poem about friends social quote of les brown social frequency of appearance of male and female male : 1 female : 3 the content analysis of the selected textbook includes text and visual analysis. the result reveals that the book “bahasa inggris kelas x” has various topics which suitable for students’ age group and interest. the book has practice and exercise for each language skills and many of the topics include social activities and regard some idols, such as: afghan, jyj, etc which is suitable for youngster. based on the tables above, it can be summarized that the total number of data regarding text in the book is: social activities 42 57.54% domestic activity 7 9.58% characters mentioned 21 28.77% visual characters 3 4.11% it shows that the most amount of activity is social activity, and characters come second, whereas domestic and visual are the third and fourth. meanwhile, the total number of findings regarding visualin the book is: social activities 48 88.89% domestic activities 6 11.11% in visual, social activities dominated rather than domestic activities. there are many visuals regarding going out, hanging out, and socializing with people. therefore, the domestic activity is not as much as the social activities. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 68 whereas the frequency of occurrence of male and female in the book is: male 55 51.89% female 51 48.11% the frequency of appearance of male and female can be seen from the table above. it showed that male appeared more than female in the book.these results agreed with hamdan and jalabneh (2009), who found that in many english language books men depicted as dominant and effective worker compared to female. in this book, male mentioned in many chapters and portrayed as father figure, worker, etc. whereas female only portrayed most as students or clerk. hall (2014) in his study showed that there was imbalance in gender representation due to the fact of culture and religious ideologies. in indonesia, even though gender equity is already improving, society still regard male as more dominated figure than female because of religion and culture. e. conclusions and suggestions in conclusion, the findings of this research can be stated as follow: 1. male showed and mentioned in this book is better than female, even though female also showed and mentioned not too far behind. 2. male depicted in varieties of social settings from school, office, nature, houses, parties, graduation ceremony, etc. whereas female depicted in social settings, such as school or office. 3. not too many domestic roles and settings found in the book probably because the book is written to inline with curriculum 2013, where the main purpose of curriculum 2013 is to develop social skills. 4. findings regarding textshowed:4,11% visual characters, 28,77% characters mentioned, 57,54% social activities, and 9,58% domestic activity; meanwhile findings regarding visual:88,89% social activities, and 11,11% regarding domestic; whereas the frequency of occurrence for male 51,89% and female 48,11%.it can be concluded that gender representation in this book is dominated by male. there are many factors which caused gender discrepancies, such as: culture, tradition, religion, country’s policy, etc. therefore education, whether formal or informal, is the best platform to face any gap between male and female as roles in society. through this research, the researchers would like to propose some suggestions as follow: 1. the reference materials in the english textbooks needs to be revised and revisited to portrayed ideally for both genders. 2. gender equality and gender discrepancies needs to be socialized to the teachers to make them familiar with this issues. teachers should have good perspectives regarding gender bias and inequality in teaching materials as well, therefore they can be a role model, provide examples, and guide students to have positive self image. 3. materials developers, textbooks writers, and the education department should examine every aspect of textbooks, in text and visuals, to assure a fair representation of both males and females. rachmijati & cahyati: gender representation… 69 f. references acdp indonesia. (2013).kesetaraan gender dalam pendidikan di indonesia. retrieved from: http://www.batukarinfo.com connel,rw.. (1987).gender and power: society, the person, and social politic. stanford: stanford university press dewiki, santi. (2012).perspektif gender dalam bahan ajar cetak pendidikan jarak jauh: studi kasus pada bahan ajar cetak program studi. d2 pendidikan olah raga fkip u”.retrievedfrom :http://www.berperspektifgemder.santi.ut.acid.pdf gharbavi & mousavi. (2012).a content analysis of textbooks: investigating gender bias as social prominence in iranian high school english textbooks. english linguistic research retrieved from: http://www.sciecu.edu.ca/elr hall,mahnaz. (2014).gender representation in current efl textbooks in iranian secondary schools. journal of language teaching and research .vol. 5 issue 2 year 2014 hamdan & jalabneh. (2009).topics in efl textbooks and the question of gender dominance. the international journal of language society and culture. hornby, a.s. (1995).oxford’s learners’ dictionary of current english. new york: oxford university. lee & collins. (2008).gender voices in hong kong english textbooks – some past and current practices. national agency for education. (2004).analytical report on educational national focal point. retrieved from: https://fra.europa.eu/sites/default/files/.../294-r4-edu se.pdf porecca, karen.(1984).sexism in current esl textbooks. tesol quarterly vol. 18 no 4 year 1984 shteiwi, musa.(2003).gender role stereotypes in primary school textbooks in jordan, dirasat, social and human sciences turner, bowker. (1996).gender stereotypes descriptors in children’s picture books. long beach: university of california thorne, barrie. (1993).boys and girls in school. new brunswick: rutgers university press unesco. (2007).efa global monitoring report: gender and education for all. retrieved from: http://www.unesco.org/education/gmr/2007/full_report.pdf http://www.batukarinfo.com/ http://www.berperspektifgemder.santi.ut.acid.pdf/ http://www.sciecu.edu.ca/elr https://fra.europa.eu/sites/default/files/.../294-r4-edu%20se.pdf https://fra.europa.eu/sites/default/files/.../294-r4-edu%20se.pdf http://www.unesco.org/education/gmr/2007/full_report.pdf siti m. & kaswan: the influence.. 1 the influence of student’s learning style on their speaking ability at class ix of mts muslimin peusing bandung barat siti marwiyah & kaswan stkip siliwangi bandung abstract in indonesia, particularly in mts muslimin peusing, it is still very difficult for students to communicate with other people in english effectively. furthermore the ineffective teaching learning activities can adversely influence students’ speaking ability . one of important factors contributing to this phenomenon is that the teacher's teaching style that does not match the learning styles of learners. the objectives of the research are to identify whether students' learning styles influence of speaking ability at class ix of mts muslimin peusing bandung barat and to find out which learning style is the best in learning speaking skill. in the research design, the writer used quantitative research, or more specially the survey method which consist of two classes (40 students) as the sample. questionnaire and test were as the instruments. data analysis shows that there is no significant difference among students’ speaking ability based on their learning styles because the data clearly reports that all the result of significance value are higher than 0.05. meanwhile, to have the significant difference, the sig, value or significance value should lower than 0.05. the conclusion is the best speaking score is individual learner from other learning styles, and there is no significant difference between learning style on their speaking ability. keywords : learning styles, speaking ability. a. introduction among the four language skills, speaking is increasingly important in second/foreign language setting. however in indonesia it is very difficult for students to communicate with other people in english effectively. this situation almost the same with the case founded in china. hu and wang in robertson and nunn (2011) describe this situation of english learning in china as “dumb english”. “dumb english” refers to the situation when student want or need to communicate in english but they cannot perform the task successfully due to such possible reasons as tension shyness and/or lack eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 2 of effective communication skills in english. one factor is the in ability of students to speak english teachers still emphasize learning the rules of language, when it should be more emphasis on the aspects of the english language as a communication tool. as a result, many students are difficult to use english as a mean of communication with the various reasons that they are bringing. this weakness then the students are not trained to properly pronounce vocabularies. apart from the above problems, causes less effective speaking skills students are learning problems that are less effective. one important element in it is the teacher's teaching style that does not match the learning styles of learners. each student has its advantages and each, including when receiving lessons from his teacher, the students will be better deficiencies we take for granted, and the excess we develop in order to become a feat, as described by ghufron and risnawita (2010: 8) : individual is a unity, each of which has a characteristic trademark, and therefore no two individuals are alike. with eachotheris different. individual differences can be seen from two aspects, namely in terms of horizontal and vertical aspects. horizontal difference that each individual is different from another individual in the psychological aspect. as the level of intelligence, ability, interest, memory, emotion, will, personality, and so on. while the difference in terms of vertical, that no two individuals are alike in jasmaniyah aspects, such as shape, size, strength, and endurance. between students with each other different personality, intelligence, physical, social, and emotional. some are slow and some are fast learning. differences also occur in individual learning styles. there are individuals that are better suited to certain learning styles, and there are individuals who do not fit with the style. the objectives of the research are : (1) to identify whether students' learning styles influence speaking ability at class ix of mts muslimin peusing bandung barat and (2) to find out which learning style is the best in student’s speaking ability. a. literature review 1. learning style learning style is the ways of students in absorbing and understanding the information or idea. in the other side, it could be said that learning styles is the preference ways in learning. according to kolb in doris b. matthews (1996: 249), he emphasized “learning style is characterized by the degree to which the learner emphasizes abstractness over concreteness in perceiving information and the degree to which he or she emphasizes action over reflection in processing information in a learning situation.” meanwhile hilliard (2011: 4) stated “learning styles are the characteristic ways in which an individual acquires, perceives, and processes information.” siti m. & kaswan: the influence.. 3 meanwhile, based on dunn and dunn (2011: 4) statement, “learning style is the way in which each learner begins to concentrate on, process, absorb and retain new and difficult information.” based on the explanation that was adapted from the c.i.t.e. learning styles instrument, murdoch teacher center, wichita, kansas 67208 (1984, joy reid), that there are six of learning style preferences: a. visual major learning style preference students learn well from seeing word in books, on the chalkboard, and in workbooks. students remember and understand information and instructions better if students read them. students don’t need as much oral explanation as an audiotory learner, and students can often learn alone, with a book. students should take notes of lectures and oral directions if students want to remember the information. b. audiotory major learning style preference students learn from hearing words spoken and from oral explanations. students may remember information by reading aloud or moving their lips as they read, especially when students are learning new material. students get benefit from hearing audio tapes, lectures, and class discussions. students get benefit from making tapes to listen to, by teaching others students, and by conversing with their teacher. c. kinesthetic major learning style preference students learn best by experience, by being involved physically in classroom experiences. students remember information well when students actively participate in activities, field trips, and role playing in the classroom. a combination of stimuli—for example, an audiotape combined with an activity—will help students understand new material. d. tactile major learning style preference students learn best when students have the opportunity to do “hands on” experiences materials. that is, working on experiments in a laboratory, handling and building models, and touching and working with material provide students with the most successful learning situation. writing notes or instructions can help you remember information, and physical involvement in class related activities may help students understand new information. e. group major learning style preference students learn more easily when students study with at least one other student, and students will be more successful completing work well when students work with others. students value group interaction and class work with other students, and students remember information better when students work with two or three classmates. the stimulation you receive from group work helps you learn and understand new information. f. individual major learning style preference eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 4 students learn best when you work alone, and students remember information students learn by them self. students understand new material best when students learn it alone, and students make better progress in learning when students work by them self. 2. speaking ability there are lots of different definitions of speaking. chaney (1998: 13), in addition, considered speaking as a process: “speaking is the process of building and sharing meaning through the use of verbal or non verbal symbol in a variety of contexts.” harmer (2001: 38) adds that speaking happens when two people are engaged in talking to each other and they are sure that they are doing it for good reason. their reason may be that they want to say something, they have some communicative purposes, and they select from their language store. in language teaching and learning, speaking is considered a skill to practice and master. in this light, nunan (2003: 48) puts it that “speaking is the productive oral skill. it consists of producing systematic verbal utterance to convey meaning”. the discussion above concludes that speaking is the ability to express something in a spoken language. speaking is concerning to put the ideas into words to make other people grasp the message that is conveyed. in this study, the term “speaking” will be used to refer to a skill related to language teaching and learning. if students want to be able to speak fluently in english, they need to be able pronounce phonemes correctly, use appropriate stress and intonation patterns and speak in connected speech. for more details elements of speaking skills to review the related criteria of speaking ability to measure one’s speaking skills that are accuracy, fluency, and appropriateness. a. accuracy recognizably, accuracy is one of the most important criteria to measure one’s linguistic ability and to shelter language users from communication breakdowns. according to richards (1992: 31), accuracy concerns “the ability to produce grammatically correct sentence.” in other words, accuracy in language means grammatical accuracy only. nevertheless, in thornbury (2005), the terms “accuracy” seems to cover more than that. specifically, speaking english accurately means doing without or with few errors on not only grammar but vocabulary and pronunciation, as well. he also sets the clear scale for assessment of accuracy: (1) grammar: students use correct words order, tenses, tense agreement, etc. students do not leave out articles, prepositions or difficult tenses, (2) vocabulary: students have a range of vocabulary that corresponds to the syllabus year list and uses words you have taught, and (3) pronunciation: students speak and most people understand. b. fluency siti m. & kaswan: the influence.. 5 fluency is also used as a criterion to measure one’s speaking competence. speaking fluently means being able to communicate one’s ideas without having to stop and think too much about what one is saying. richards (1992: 141) defines fluency as “the features which gives speech the qualities of being natural and normal.” more specifically, thornbury (2005) points out the criteria for assessing fluency. they are as follows: (1) lack of hesitation: students speak smoothly, at a natural speech. they do not hesitate long and it is easy to follow what they are saying. (2) length: students can put ideas together to form a message or an argument. they can make not only the simplest of sentence pattern but also complex ones to complete the task. (3) independence: students are able to express their ideas in a number of ways, keep talking and ask questions, and many more to keep the conversation going. c. appropriateness according to winski (1998: 4), a complete definition of appropriateness is not practically possible. intuitively, an utterance is appropriate in contact if it is not unexpectedly conspicious (marked) in some way. appropriateness is also used as a criterion to measure one’s speaking competence. according to spratt, pulverness, and williams (2005), appropriacy in speaking shows the different levels of formality, that is more or less relaxes ways of saying things. it is important to use the level of formality that suits a situation. in speaking activity, appropriateness is very important to be mastered by the students. it is because it will indicate whether the students really understand what they said or not. the appropriateness in speaking in formal, informal and neutral situations in a conversation will show their ability in understanding the context and situation of the conversation in english. b. research methodology in the research design, the writer used quantitative research. 1. research method in this research, the writer used survey method. survey method or can be called as survey research design. survey research design are procedures in quantitative research in which investigators administer a survey to a sample or to the entire population of people to describe the attitudes, opinions, behaviors, or characteristics of the population (creswell, 2012: 376). the population of this study is the ninth grade students of mts muslimin peusing bandung barat years 2014-2015. at class ix consist of two classes they were ixa and ixb. there were 40 students. then the writer used total sampling, because the number of population is less. so all of population become sample. they were 40 students as sample. they were ixa and ixb. 2. instruments eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 6 in this research, the writer used two kinds of instruments were used in collecting data; questionnaire and test. a. the questionnaire was adopted from joy m. reid in understanding learning styles in the second language classroom book. b. to know the student’s speaking ability, the students were asked to speak in front of the class about procedural text how to make sweet ice tea without text. 3. data collection and techniques louis cohen, laewrence manion and keith morrison (2007: 501) quantitative data analysis is a powerful research form, emanating in part from the positivist tradition. it is often associated with large scale research, but can also serve smaller scale investigations, with case studies, action research, correlational rsearch and experiment. firstly, the writer used questionnaire to collect student’s learning style data, and she used test to collect the student’s speaking ability. then, the second step is, descriptive and inferential statistics were used for the further analyzing score of speaking ability. according to l.r gay, geoffrey e. mills and peter airasian (2009: 223) descriptive statistics are the mean, which indicates the average performance of a group on a measure of variable, and standard deviation which indicates the spread of a set of scores around mean-that is, whether the scores relatively close together and clustered around the mean or widely spread out around the mean. numerical analysis can be performed using software, for example the statistical package for social sciences (spss) louis cohen, laewrence manion and keith morrison (2007: 501). emzir pointed that the statistical inferential was used to know the significance differences among the groups, by using anova (analysis of variance) formula to make comparison scores among variables (2008: 121). c. results and discussion 1. questionnaire, speaking ability scores and their influence table 1 scores of questionnaires and test of learning style students speaking ability scores learning styles 1 90 group 2 90 group 3 80 group 4 80 visual 5 55 group 6 50 group siti m. & kaswan: the influence.. 7 students speaking ability scores learning styles 7 95 kinesthetic 8 60 auditory 9 65 group 10 95 individual 11 65 visual 12 90 visual 13 40 kinesthetic 14 40 visual 15 70 group 16 40 individual 17 40 kinesthetic 18 90 individual 19 25 visual 20 90 kinesthetic 21 65 visual 22 75 tactile 23 40 tactile 24 40 kinesthetic 25 90 group 26 50 group 27 80 kinesthetic 28 30 tactile 29 95 individual 30 25 audiothory 31 80 audiothory 32 30 visual 33 40 tactile 34 40 group 35 45 individual 36 65 audiothory 37 45 kinesthetic 38 65 individual 39 65 tactile 40 65 audiothory eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 8 the result of each student learning styles was known. the data showed that 7 students are visual, 5 students are auditory, 7 students are kinesthetic, 5 students are tactile, 10 students are group and 6 students are individual. the percentages of the students’ learning styles are visual 17,5 %, audiothory are 12,5 %, kinesthetic are 17,5 %, tactile 12,5 %, group are 25 % and individual 15 %. the data in table 1 represents score of speaking ability, it shows that the highest score is 95 and the lowest speaking score is 25. descriptive statistics table 2. descriptive statistics variables n minimum maximum mean std. dev statistic statistic statistic statistic std. error statistic visual (v) 7 25.00 90.00 56.4286 9.49400 25.11877 auditory (a) 5 25.00 80.00 59.0000 9.13783 20.43282 kinesthetic (k) 7 40.00 95.00 61.4286 9.68026 25.61157 tactile (t) 5 30.00 75.00 50.0000 8.51469 19.03943 group (g) 10 40.00 90.00 68.0000 5.97216 18.88562 individual (i) 6 40.00 95.00 71.6667 10.30102 25.23225 valid n (listwise) 5 the data shows that total of students is 40, means of variables v, a, k, t, g, i, are 56.43; 59.00; 61.43; 50.00; 68.00; 90; 95 respectively, and the grand mean is 62.00. the maximum score is 95.00 obtained by students with kinesthetic and group learning styles, the minimum score is 25 obtained by students with visual and auditory learning styles. test of normality table 3. tests of normality variabel kolmogorov-smirnova (k-s) shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. visual (v) auditory (a) kinesthetic (k) tactile (t) group (g) individual (i) .205 7 .200* .925 7 .511 .320 5 .105 .854 5 .207 .311 7 .040 .770 7 .021 .300 5 .160 .891 5 .362 .178 10 .200* .898 10 .208 .266 6 .200* .837 6 .122 siti m. & kaswan: the influence.. 9 based on table 3, it can be concluded that five variables (v, a, t, g, i) are normal because sig k-s and s-w exceeds 0.05. meanwhile, variable k is not normal because sig k-s and s-w is below 0.05. to analyse the data further, the data need analyzing through test of homogeneity of variances test of homogeneity of variances table 4 test of homogeneity of variances speaking levene statistic df1 df2 sig. 1.151 5 34 .353 based on table 4, it can be concluded that the data is equal because sig (0.353) exceeds 0.05. it is because the data is equal, the data was analysed through one-way anova (corder & foreman, 2014; pallant, 2007). one way anova table 5 anova speaking sum of squares df mean square f sig. between groups 1905.238 5 381.048 .752 .591 within groups 17234.762 34 506.905 total 19140.000 39 based on table 5, it can be concluded that thre are no significant differences among the mean scores on speaking ability for the six groups because sig (0.591) exceeds 0.05. to find out which group is better, or which group is the best, the data was analysed through multiple comparisons. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 10 multiple comparisons table 6 multiple comparisons dependent variable: speaking turkey hsd (i) ls (j) ls mean difference (i-j) std. error sig. 95% confidence interval lower bound upper bound 1.00 2.00 -2.57143 13.18317 1.000 -42.3614 37.2186 3.00 -5.00000 12.03453 .998 -41.3231 31.3231 4.00 6.42857 13.18317 .996 -33.3614 46.2186 5.00 -11.57143 11.09529 .900 -45.0597 21.9168 6.00 -15.23810 12.52594 .826 -53.0444 22.5682 2.00 1.00 2.57143 13.18317 1.000 -37.2186 42.3614 3.00 -2.42857 13.18317 1.000 -42.2186 37.3614 4.00 9.00000 14.23945 .988 -33.9781 51.9781 5.00 -9.00000 12.33172 .977 -46.2201 28.2201 6.00 -12.66667 13.63323 .936 -53.8151 28.4817 3.00 1.00 5.00000 12.03453 .998 -31.3231 41.3231 2.00 2.42857 13.18317 1.000 -37.3614 42.2186 4.00 11.42857 13.18317 .952 -28.3614 51.2186 5.00 -6.57143 11.09529 .991 -40.0597 26.9168 6.00 -10.23810 12.52594 .962 -48.0444 27.5682 4.00 1.00 -6.42857 13.18317 .996 -46.2186 33.3614 2.00 -9.00000 14.23945 .988 -51.9781 33.9781 3.00 -11.42857 13.18317 .952 -51.2186 28.3614 5.00 -18.00000 12.33172 .691 -55.2201 19.2201 6.00 -21.66667 13.63323 .611 -62.8151 19.4817 5.00 1.00 11.57143 11.09529 .900 -21.9168 45.0597 2.00 9.00000 12.33172 .977 -28.2201 46.2201 3.00 6.57143 11.09529 .991 -26.9168 40.0597 4.00 18.00000 12.33172 .691 -19.2201 55.2201 6.00 -3.66667 11.62646 1.000 -38.7581 31.4248 6.00 1.00 15.23810 12.52594 .826 -22.5682 53.0444 2.00 12.66667 13.63323 .936 -28.4817 53.8151 3.00 10.23810 12.52594 .962 -27.5682 48.0444 4.00 21.66667 13.63323 .611 -19.4817 62.8151 5.00 3.66667 11.62646 1.000 -31.4248 38.7581 based on table 6, it can be concluded that no group is better than the other(s). in addition, no group is the best of all for two reasons. first, asterisk sign (*) was found on mean difference (i-j). second, the significance value (sig) exceeded 0.05 (pallant, 2007) d. conclussion and suggestion 1. conclusions to answr the research questions, the drew two conclusions: a) there was no significant influence of learning styles on the students’ speaking styles. b) there was not the best learning style which could be employed in learning speaking skills. siti m. & kaswan: the influence.. 11 2. suggestions in spite of the fact that, there were no significant differences among the mean scores of groups of students with different learning styles, english teachers should use the teaching techniques representing “pakem” (active, creative, effective, and fun learning). in addition, this research problem should be further investigated with bigger sample to obtain better and more accurate result. references chaney, a.l, & t.l burk. (1998). teaching oral communication in grades k-8. boston: allyn & bacon. cohen, l, lawrence manion & keith morrison. (2007). research methods in education. london & new york : routledge. corder, gregory & dale i. foreman. (2014). nonparametric statistics: a step by step approach. john wiley & sons. david kolb, in doris b. matthews. (1996). an investigation of learning styles and perceived academic achievement for high school students, taylor and francis group. ghufron, m. nur, s. risnawita, s. and rini. (2010). teori-teori psikologi. yogyakarta: ar-ruz media group. harmer,j. (2001). the practice of english language teaching(third ed). new york : longman. hilliard in abidin, zainal & hayati, rita. (2011). the correlation between learning style and listening achievement of english education study program students of sriwijaya university, surabaya : jurnal holistics. kaswan & suprijadi, d. (2013). research in english education. bandung: putra praktisi. kolb, david, in doris b. matthews.(1996). an investigation of learning styles and perceived academic achievement for high school students. francis: taylor and francis group. pallant, julie. (2007). spss survival manual. mcgraw hill: open university press. reid, c.i.t.e. learning style instruments, kansas murdoch teacher. robertson, paul & nunn, roger. (2011). the asian efl journal professional teaching article ja: asian efl journal press. robertson, paul & nunn, roger. (2011). the asian efl journal professional teaching article. ja: asian efl journal press. thornbury, s. (2005). how to teach speaking. england : pearson educational limited. isi jurnal vol 3 no 1.pdf chapter 1 siti.pdf chapter 5 angga maulana.pdf anita anggraeni: using e-learning to support 9 using e-learning to support learning and teaching language: the importance of virtual learning environments (vle) to improve students` sepaking ability anita anggraeni stkip siliwangi, bandung abstract it is not enough to train and empower students through out-dated and traditional methods of learning. technology has the power to transform education. it is essential to bring it into the classroom to empower learning. besides the extensive impact on communication and business, the internet is poised to cause a paradigm shift in the way people learn. nowadays anywhere, anytime, education is possible. recently speaking has played an increasingly important role in second/foreign language settings. however, in many universities in indonesia, efl students rarely communicate in english effectively. this present study aims at investigating the implementation of virtual learning environments (vle) and its effect on efl learners` speaking in one college in the southern of bandung. this college already makes memorandum of understanding with one of prestigious college in malaysia. one of the programs is making a long distance lecturing using vle e-learning. speaking pretest and post test, student interaction in vle e-learning recording analysis, student questionnaires, and student interviews constitute data collection during the 4-week instruction period. results show that vle e-learning have positive effects on improving students` speaking in terms of language quality and the improvement of vocabulary, and students express opinions on the implementation of vle e-learning. keywords: vle e-learning, technology, education a. introduction among the four language skills, speaking is increasingly important in second/foreign language settings. however, in indonesia it is very difficult for students to communicate with other people in english effectively. this situation almost the same with the case founded in china. hu (1988 and wang (1996) described this situation of english learning in china as “dumb english”. “dumb english” refers to the situation when student want or need to communicate in english but they cannot perform the task successfully due to such possible reasons as tension shyness, and/or lack of effective communication skills in english. in order to develop college english learning and teaching in indonesia, computer assisted language learning (call) has been suggested to be one plausible way to improve the situation. computer technology is nowadays becoming more and more prevalent in many aspects of people`s lived. the development of computer technology and the internet has become the trend in language learning and teaching. in this light, the virtual learning environments (vle) has been introduced to some indonesian college since 2008. laurillard (2002) stated, that the student`s learning in the teacher`s responsibility by clearly stating that the quality of learning of a student is correlated to the efficiency of the teaching. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 10 with language, teaching consists of mediating and facilitating learning. the technology provides the perfect tools and allows students to construct their own learning. distance learning is a model used by a growing number of universities mainly for economic reasons and it is certainly giving access to studying to some people who would normally not be able to do so. in the research location, the learning model blended learning approach which can be defined as “the integrated combination of traditional learning approach which can online approaches (martin and keith, 2005). this approach also has the advantage of being perfectly compatible with the new higher education horizon in indonesia. although higher education represents a great cost, the concept of lifelong learning remains popular and thus motivating people to go back to studying at any point in their adult life. from the explanation above, we can see that numerous students, especially those in public universities, are in paid employment. perhaps due to the fact that tuition is so expensive, there is generally a good attendance to classes where students are enabled to practice their speaking skills with peers and ask the lecturer for instant support and correction, a more difficult occurrence in an online environment. students, therefore, continue to value and appreciate a face to face experience with the teacher and peers (lorenzo, 2007). to support and enrich this face to face learning and teaching virtual learning environments (vle) can be utilized. b. literature review 1. virtual learning environments (vle) virtual learning environments (vle) is the perfect tool to support learning in general and in particular. in the classroom, the activities can be performed within a vle. these kinds of activities make the learning and teaching more enjoyable and diverse. using the technology also suits the students` needs and interests, especially young learners (hea and jisc, 2009). consequently, if the facilities and the time permit it, it is always valuable for school to organize sessions in a computer room. those session allow students to work at their own pace and practice independently whist being supported by the lecturer and peers alike. moreover, if they do not finish their activity in time, they can continue it at home. the role of the teacher in that case is to circulate around the room in order to provide advice and support answer questions, guide and praise (merlin, 2012). taking advantage of the technology and particularly a vle outside the language classroom is the most common use as it offers extra practice to the students, be it listening, writing or reading, and can save class time which could be dedicated to more speaking practice. a vle unquestionably gives students freedom to learn in their own time and certainly maximize their learning experience. the world, the media and education have gone social. the keyword is collaboration and this collaboration can take diverse forms (hea & jisc, 2009). on a vle for example students can post their creation (audio, video, text, power point presentation, etc.) for public viewing. new technologies match the students` way of learning by using games, online video, blogs, wikis, etc. the time students spend either on their computer or on their mobile phone doing all sorts of activities is very obvious. university students are curious and willing to learn and discover new technologies bound to help our student in their studies or that they can reuse in a different context. whether it is in the form of a vle or not, online environment allows access to instruction and of other learners, and using technology unquestionably supports a lifetime of learning. anita anggraeni: using e-learning to support 11 2. vle e-learning : from teachers and students` standpoint since the 299s, the topic of students` engagement has been well researched (zepke& leach, 2010). it can be defined as “students` cognitive investment in, active participation in and emotional commitment to their learning” (chapman, 2003). yet a multifaceted concept, engagement is necessary to achieve successful studies. amid diverse approaches to engagement, student agency and motivation have been the focus of some researchers as factors in engagement (schuetz, 2008). emerging from the synthesis of the engagement literature. zepke and leach (2010) identify ten proposals for action:  enhancing students` self belief  enabling students to work autonomously, enjoy learning relationships with others and feel they are competent to achieve their own objectives  recognizing that teaching and teachers are central to engagement  creating an active and collaborative learning, which fosters learning relationships.  creating educational experiences for students that are challenging, enriching and extend their academic abilities.  adapting to changing student expectations  ensuring institutional cultures are welcoming to students from diverse backgrounds  investing in a variety of support services  enabling students to become active citizens  enabling students to develop their social and cultural capital (summarized from zepke and leach, 2010) amongst all those points above, the six first ones are totally relevant to online learning where students can feel lost, lose motivation and finally stop using the technology. individual and collaborative engagement is, indeed, a key issue for the e-learning process. bringing the learners to an online environment can be easy but keeping them there can be more difficult. this is the reason why it is important to establish an online presence at different levels. this presence can be divided in 3 categories: a cognitive presence, depicting students learning on their own and together, a teaching presence describing the teacher`s input and a social presence, defining the interaction between the students in a more relaxed manner (garisson and andersen, 2003). in those three scenarios, the focus is placed on the link between students, the teacher, and material, thus emphasizing the importance of human relationship as well as course design and quality. this clearly means that the teacher has to develop a set of new skills to be able to support the students and foster their learning. hence, besides knowing how to design online activities, s/he must be a facilitator and a moderator as clearly explained by garisson and anderson (2003). c. research methodology 1. research questions this study aims as investigating the implementation of vle e-learning on efl learners` speaking in one college in bandung. this college already uses vle e-learning almost 4 semesters. to achieve this the present study addressed the following research question: 1) does vle e-learning have any positive effects on improving the speaking performance of students with different levels of proficiency? 2) what are students` opinions of the vle e-learning in their college? eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 12 2. participants 60 third-semester non-english major undergraduate students were chosen to be the sample in the study. they had experience of and were familiar with using the existing vle e-learning. the students were classified into three groups in terms of language proficiency level, highmedium and low, based on their toefl score. and then, these 60 students were randomly assigned into an experimental group of 30 students and a control group of 30 students. 3. research method table 1: summary of research questions and instruments research questions instruments does vle e-learning have any positive effects on improving the speaking performance of students with different levels of proficiency? pretest and post-test student vle elearning recording analysis what are students` opinions of the vle elearning in their college? student questionnaires student interview table 1 above shows the instruments used in the present study: speaking pretests and post-tests, student vle e-learning recording analysis, student questionnaires and student interviews. in this 4-weeks research study, all 60 students were required to learn 3 units of look me in the eye(robinson, 2007) novel for 2 hours each week – i hour for the tutorial class and 1 hour for the computer lab class. in the one-hour tutorial class, all the participants in the experimental group and the control group analyzed the same book. after the tutorial class, students began the onehour computer lab class to discuss each other with the tutor from malaysia using vle e-learning. all of the student`s conversations were recorded automatically by the e-learning system. the researcher implemented vle e-learning for the experimental group in the one-hour computer lab class. the vle e-learning computer lab class provides the platform for students to practice speaking by interacting with their classmates activity. it is an interactive instrument for text presentation and learner interaction. students effectively construct new conversations based on what they have learnt from the novel. after that, students began to do their own project related with the story of the novel. the project could be a power point presentation, a poem, abook review using their own words, etc. assistance and answers to students` questions were provided by the tutor from malaysia and the s/he offered feedback to students after they finished their project. the important point of vle e-learning is the student have to make explanation orally based on their project. all of instructions, assistance, answers and feedback served as scaffolding which allowed students to pose questions and engage in interaction instead of sitting in front of the computer, reading the book, and recording the conversation. the control group worked with the existing traditional teaching process. students began the 3 chapters of books by reading in front of individual computer for 30 minutes. it provides the platform for students to practice speaking without interaction among themselves. students came to class, sat in front the computer and kept reading the same book out from the screen. students passively practiced speaking at a low cognitive level without scaffolding provided by the tutor. anita anggraeni: using e-learning to support 13 after the 4-week instruction, students in the experimental group and the control group were required to take the speaking post-test to determine the effects of vle e-learning on their speaking performance. the post-test mean score in the experimental group were compared to the scores of the control group. the data obtained from the pretest and the post-test scores were used for further quantitative analysis. students in the experimental group were required to do the questionnaires and interviews, and the data attained from these instruments were used for the qualitative analysis. d. result after the 4-week experiment on implementing virtual learning environments e-learning from the data analysis, the results of the study can be summarized in terms of 1. students` speaking performance, 2. students` attitudes towards the implementation of vle e-learning. 1. speaking performance all of the 60 participants were post-tested. as shown in table 2. from the paired samples t-test analysis, the mean scores of the post-test of the two groups (experimental/control) are 9.854 and 7.834 respectively. tabel 2 : comparison between the two tests scores between the experimental and control group group scores mean sd n df t sig eg* pretest post-test 7.867 9.854 7656 9976 130 127 15.112** 000 cg* pretest post-test 7.834 7.956 7656 6785 130 127 -187 767 *eg =experimental group cg = control group **t value of experimental group is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed) in the experimental group, there is a statistically significant difference between the two speaking test scores, significant at p = 0.000. however, in the control group, there is no statistically significant difference between the two speaking tests scores because the p value is higher than 0.05 (p= 0.717> 0.05). the means scores of the pretest and the post-test are nearly the same (7,834/7.956) in addition, in terms of different language proficiency levels, in the experimental group, from the paired samples t-test analysis as shown in table 3, the post-test mean scores for each level (high/medium/low), are 9.9778/8.989/8.3 respectively higher than the pretest means scores (9.869/8.878/7.684) eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 14 table 3 : comparison between the two tests scores among high, medium and low proficiency levels in the experimental group proficiency level scores mean n df f sig. high pretest 9.867 14 13 -12.002* 000 post-test 9.978 medium pretest 8.878 97 96 -16.331* 000 post-test 8.989 low pretest 7.684 19 18 -5.091* 000 post-test 8.3  t value are significant at the 0.05 level (2 tailed) from the data shown in table 3. it is noticeable that students in the experimental group at all language proficiency levels displayed an improvement on their speaking performance. this result validates the answer to the first research question, that the vle e -learning have a positive effect on improving the speaking performance of students with different levels of language proficiency. 2. students attitudes all of 30 students in the experimental group were required to answer the questionnaires after they finished their 4 week study. the result are presented in table 4. table 4 : responses from student`s questionnaire on the linkertscale ( n = 60) questions strongly agree agree undecided disagree strongly disagree 1. the instruction before using vle is necessary 31.3 % 61.5 % 3.8 % 2.3 % 0.0 % 2. the vle e-learning are interesting 43.1 % 40.8 % 14.6 % 1.5 % 0.0 % 3. the vle e-learning make learning information on how i can speak idiomatic english 49.2 % 40.8 % 8.5 % 1.5 % 0.0 % 4. the vle e-;learning make learning to speak english enjoyable 22.3 % 53.1 % 20.0 % 4.6 % 0.0 % 5. the vle e-learning help me generate similar conversation easily. 15.4 % 56.9 % 33.8 % 3.8 % 0.0 % 6. the vle e-learning helps me improve my speaking performance 28.5 % 54.6 % 12.3 % 4.6 % 0.0 % 7. the vle e-learning motivate me to practice more 22.3 % 48.5 % 25.4 % 3.8 % 0.0 % 8. the vle e-learning should be utilized more in speaking classes 20.8 % 47.7 % 26.9 % 4.6 % 0.0 % 9. i feel that time is not enough for me to use vle e-learning. 7.7 % 25.4 % 46.2 % 16.9 % 3.8 % anita anggraeni: using e-learning to support 15 questions strongly agree agree undecided disagree strongly disagree 10. i prefer reading out the novel/book with a partner 0.0 % 16.9 % 23.1 % 42.3 % 17.7 & in addition, one third (10 students) of the students in the experimental group were randomly chosen to participate in interviews in order that more informative data could be gathered. in general interviewees delivered constructive opinion. these are the result of interviews: 1. 20 % of the interviewees could not decide whether they approved of the implementation of vle e-learning or not because they reported that they were not sure whether vle elearning could really help them to improve their speaking or not. 10 % of the interviewees who expresses their disagreed with the utilization of vle elearning because they reported that they still preferred listening and reading activities. 70 % of the interviewees agreed that vle e-learning could improve their speaking and it should be incorporated mre to speaking classes. 2. 75 % of the interviewees reported that scaffolding and instruction provided by the teacher on how to conduct vle e-learning helped them understand better be fore they began the discussion part. moreover 25 % of the interviewees said that they were actively involved in the whole learning process instead of passively accepting what the teacher taught. they felt they were at the center of the learning and teaching process instead of the teacher. they said that they can make and create a new dialogues by using different words and sentences instead of repeating the same materials again and gain. 3. 88.9% of the interviewees mentioned that the vle e-learningwere more active than the existing traditional teaching process. 4. the individual difference is another aspect which may affect the implementation of vle e-learning. e. pedagogical implication the present study aims at investigating the implementation of vle e -learning on efl learners speaking in one college in bandung. some pedagogical implications can be concluded as follows. 1. from the result of the study, it can be found that the appropriate integration of call and internet technology is essential to the success of efl speaking learning in college english study, especially for speaking classes because students can actively participate in the whole learning process instead of passively accepting what the teacher teaches. the findings from this study are directly beneficial in other researchers aiming at developing students l2 speaking abilities as well as teachers l2 speaking instructional methods. 2. the present study has explored the effectiveness of the change from teacher-centered instruction to student centered learning. based on the previous result explain, student are at the center of the whole process of english learning and teaching, and the teacher`s role has changed. the emphasis should be placed on the learners rather than the teachers, so future research studies could continue to investigate how a virtual learning environments e-learning could provide effective learner-centered learning. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 16 3. this study is not generalized to all areas of efl speaking learning and teaching since the aim of this study is to investigate the process of implementing vle e-learning and how it can benefit students` learning to improve their l2 speaking. 4. while using vle the focus must be placed on learning and how the students will engage with the online material. learners appreciate the variety of activities and the alternative style of teaching made possible through the use of a vle e-learning. reference alexander, s and boud d, (2001) learners still learn from experience ehen online, in teaching and learning online, edited by john stephensonmroutledgefalmer, uk. garisson d,r and anderson t. (2003) e-learning in the 21 st century. a framework for research and practice.routledgefalmer. new york hea & jisc (2009) higher education in a web 2.0 world report of an independent committee of inquiry into the impact on hogher education of students` widespread use of web 2.0 technologies available. from http://www/jisc.ac.uk/media/documents /publications/heweb.20 ptvl.pdf. jisc executive (2009) e-learning pedagogical program hefce available from https://mw.brookes.ac.uk/display/jiscle2 hu, z.l (1988). linguistics: a course book. beijing: beijing university press laurillard, d. (2002) rethinking university teaching. routledgefalmer, london and new york lorenzo, g (2007) a research review about online learning are students satisfied? why do some succeed and others fail? what contributes to higher retention rates and positive learning outcomes? educational pathways (edpath) october vol 6. issue 9, available from http://www.edpath.com/2007/1007/100701.htm (9 januari 2012) martin, o. and keith t. (2005) can blended learning be redeemed? e-learning and digital media, 2 17-26. available from http://dx.doi.org/0.2304/elea/ 2005/2/2/17 merlin, p (2012) supporting learning and teaching of language using e-learning : the importance of vles and the rise of students` agency. journal investigating in university teaching and learning vol 8, summer 2012. wang, w and motteram, g (2006) call in china latefl voices. may-june (190) 7-8 zepke, n and leach l. (2010). improving student engagement. ten proposals for action active learning in higher education. sage. pp. 167-176 http://www/jisc.ac.uk/media/documents%20/publications/heweb.20%20ptvl.pdf http://www/jisc.ac.uk/media/documents%20/publications/heweb.20%20ptvl.pdf http://www/jisc.ac.uk/media/documents%20/publications/heweb.20%20ptvl.pdf https://mw.brookes.ac.uk/display/jiscle2 http://www.edpath.com/2007/1007/100701.htm http://dx.doi.org/0.2304/elea/%202005/2/2/17 ramdani & indrayani: complaining expression… 70 complaining expressions used by the characters in the movie entitled two weeks notice: a pragmatics study firman ramdani1, lia maulia indrayani2 firman.ramdani82@gmail.com padjadjaran university abstract the study of complaining expressions used by the characters in the movie entitled “two weeks notice” has been done. the object of this study is utterances that contain complaining expression. the aims of this study are to analyze and describe strategies of complaint and their functions. this study employs a descriptive qualitative method. this study applies the complaint theory proposed by trosborg (1995) and the context theory proposed by mc mannis et al (1987). the result of this study shows that all of complaint strategies according to trosborg can be found in this movie, those are hint, annoyance, ill cosequence, indirect accusation, direct accusation, modified blame, explicit condemnation of the accused’s action, and explicit condemnation of the accused as a person strategies. there are three functions of complaint found in this movie, those are to break a relationship or create a social distance among the participants, to maintain a relationship and fix a situation, and to show a negative feeling or share a specific negative evaluation. keywords: speech acts; complaint strategies; complaint functions and context. a. introduction for many linguists, a central concept in pragmatics is the observation that utterances perform actions, generally known as speech acts. actions performed via utterances are generally called speech acts, and in english, are commonly given more specific labels, such as apology, complaint, compliment, invitation, promise, or request (yule, 1996). complaint has been suggested as the expression of negative feelings relating to what speakers present as a complainable matter (wijayanto et al., 2013). the act of complaining is in essence retrospective in that a speaker passes a moral judgement on something which (he/she believes) the complainee has already done or failed to do, or is in the process of doing (trosborg, 1995: 311). complaint is defined as an illocutionary act in which the speaker (the complainer) expresses his/her disapproval, negative feeling, etc, towards the state of affairs described in the proposition (the complainable) and for which he/she holds the hearer--the complainee/accused responsible, either directly or indirectly (trosborg, 1995: 311-312). a movie can cover many communication phenomena that occur in the real life, such as greeting, parting and complaining. a complaint is an expression of a person’s disapproval or negative feeling towards someone or situation. it can naturally cause offence and highly threaten the social relationship between speaker and hearer. based on these facts, a complaint contained in a movie needs to be studied. this study discusses strategies and functions of complaining expressions used by the characters in the movie entitled “two weeks notice” using a pragmatics approach. mailto:firman.ramdani82@gmail.com https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228461492_the_dilemmas_of_third-party_complaints_in_conversation_between_friends?el=1_x_8&enrichid=rgreq-b9eca1ae-08da-4fd5-bc6d-5a89b8fb4661&enrichsource=y292zxjqywdlozi1njq1odi2mztbuzo5ota0odyymze4mtg0n0axndawnji2ndqwodyz eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 71 b. literature review 1. complaint strategies trosborg (1995: 315-320) sets up the complaint categories into: no explicit reproach, expression of annoyance or dissapproval, accusation and blame. each category consists of one ore more strategies. the total of the strategies is eight strategies. here are the categories including the strategies: a. no explicit reproach a complainer uses hinting strategies in which case the complainable is not mentioned in the proposition. in other words the complainer does not directly state that something is bad or offensive. strategy 1. hint example: there was nothing wrong with my car yesterday. b. expression of annoyance this strategy involves the expression of annoyance, dislike, and disapproval, relating to a certain state of affairs the speaker considers bad for him or her. the utterance may also express the bad consequences resulting from an offence for which the complainee is held implicitly responsible. strategy 2. annoyance example: oh dear, i’ve just bought it. strategy 3. ill consequence example: oh damn it, i’ll lose my insurance bonus now. c. accusation accusations are used by a complainer to establish the agent of a complainable. the complainer can ask the hearer questions about the situation or assert that he or she was in some way connected with the offence and thereby try to establish the hearer as a potential agent of the complainable (indirect accusation). alternatively, the complainer can directly accuse the complainee of having committed the offence (direct accusation). strategy 4. indirect accusation example: you borrowed my car last night, didn’t you? strategy 5. direct accusation example: did you happen to bump into my car? d. blaming a complainer presupposes that the accused is guilty of the offence. there are three levels that are identified with respect to the explicitness with wich the complainer formulates his/ her moral condemnation of the accused.. ramdani & indrayani: complaining expression… 72 strategy 6. modified blame the complainer expresses modified disapproval of an action for whisch the accused is responsible. example: honestly, couldn’t you have been more careful? strategy 7. explicit condemnation of the accused’s action the complainer explicitly states that the accused’s action is bad. example: how on earth did you manage to be so stupid? strategy 8. explicit condemnation of the accused as a person the complainer explicitly states what is implicit at all other levels, that he/she finds the accused a non-responsible social member. example: oh no, not again! you really are thoughtless. 3. directness level of complaints complaints could be expressed at varying levels of directness ranging from hint and mild disapproval to severe challenges in which the complainee is explicitly declared incompetent and irresponsible as a social member (trosborg, 1995). trosborg (1995) establishes the scale of directness using these following criteria: propositional content (p), complainer (c) and accused/complainee (a). five factors to determine the directnes level of a complaint are (trosborg, 1995: 314-315): a. p describes/does not describe the complainable thing. b. c’s negative evaluation of the complainable thing is implicitly or explicitly expressed. c. the agentive involvement of a is implictly or explicitly expressed. d. c evaluates a’s action as bad implicitly or explicitly. e. c evaluates a as a bad person implicitly or explictly 4. context the study of contribution of context to meaning is often called pragmatics (mcmanis, 1987: 197). therefore, studying pragmatics cannot be separated from context. context consists of four aspects (mcmanis, 1987: 197), those are physical (things that are physically seen in an utterance situation), epistemic (the same understanding of knowledge among participants), linguistics (the relation between on going utterance and the previous one) and social (the social relationship among participants) contexts. the objectives of the study on complaining expressions used by the characters in the movie entitled “two weeks notice” are to analyze and describe the types of complaint strategy used by the characters in this movie an to analyze and describe the function of each type of complaint strategy used in this movie. c. research methodology this study applies a descriptive qualitative method. a descriptive research focuses on collecting data, classifying, analyzing data, interpreting them, and making conclusion (surakhmad, 1994: 147). meanwhile, a qualitative research is defined as a research that focuses on discoursive things, such as transcript, document, interview result and nondiscoursive data (statue, monument, building design, photo, video, etc). eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 73 the data in a study may appear in the form of discourse, sentence, clause, phrase, word, or even morpheme (maxwell, 2005: 93). the source of data in this study is a movie entitled “two weeks notice” and the script of this movie. meanwhile, the data of this study are taken from the utterances of the characters in the movie that contain complaining expression. sampling implies the purpose of ‘representing’ the population sampled. the typical way selecting setting and individuals in qualitative research is purposive sampling. selecting times, setting, and individuals that can provide you with the information that you need in order to answer your research question s is the most important consideration in qualitative sampling decisions (maxwell, 2005: 88). this study employs a purposive sampling technique. the writer takes all the dialogues containing complaints in the movie, then, chooses the data which are considered to be representing the whole data, and takes them as the sample of this study. in obtaining the maximum result of the research, the writer tries to explain each step of the descriptive research in accurate and detail (surakhmad, 1994: 140). the procedure of this study is watching the movie several times, searching the script of the dialogues in the movie on the internet, collecting data that covers the utterances containing complaints, classifying the data based on the types of complaint strategies, choosing the representative data to be analyzed, analyzing and interpreting the data to answer the problem statements, drawing conclusion from the result of the analysis and giving suggestion. the data are analyzed by describing the the context of situation in which the complaint occurs, classifying and analyzing the strategy of complaint used in the movie based on anna trosborg’s theory, analyzing the character’s purpose or function in employing complaint from the way the complainer uttering the complaint, drawing conclusion from the data analysis and giving suggestion. d. findings and discussion the writer will only serve eight data found in the movie entitled “two weeks notice,” which represent all strategies of complaint. the data analysis is managed starting from the weakest strategy of complaint to the strongest one. the data analysis will cover the context, the strategy and the function of a complaint. 1. hint strategy description of context: the conversation takes place in lucy’s car. it happens between lucy kelson and george wade. lucy works for wade corporations as an attorney. george and his brother, howard, are the owners of the company. lucy and george are on the way of going home from a tennis event. george is driving the car and unfortunately, they are trapped in a traffic jam. in this conversation, lucy admits to george that she has recently eaten too much of food. then, she states her complaint. lucy : that last chili dog is really barking. george : it’s not a perfect timing, i must say. we’ll be in the city in twenty five minutes. ramdani & indrayani: complaining expression… 74 analysis of complaining expression: the complainer, lucy, expresses her complaint by using a hint expression, “that last chili dog is really barking.” it implicitly shows that she gets a stomachache and need to use a toilet immediately. it can be interpreted as, “she feels annoyed by her illness and wants george to find her a toilet immediately.” the complainer, lucy, uses a hint expression to make the complainee, george, knowing the illness she feels. since the complainee is the complainee’s boss, the complainer does not want to be impolite in expressing the complaint. the complainer states a hint strategy to make the complainee helping her to fix the situation that she considers bad for her. 2. annoyance strategy description of context: the conversation happens between george wade and lucy kelson via telephone. george is lucy’s boss. he is a very rich and good looking young man, and he is well-known as a plaboy. it is 2 o’clock in the morning. george is in a bar accompanied by a pretty young girl, and lucy is sleeping in her bedroom. then, lucy’s phone starts ringing. lucy : hello. george : yes, i’m glad you’re up. i didn’t want to wake you. i just felt like a chat. lucy : george, it is two o’clock in the morning. can’t you talk to whatever mensa candidate you’re with? analysis of complaining expression: in the conversation above, there are two complaints expressed by lucy. the first is an expression of annoyance, ”george, it is two o’clock in the morning.” she expresses her annoyance by mentioning the time. it can be interpreted as, ”it is two o’clock in the morning, so george should not have called her.” this interpretation is strengthened by the second complaint, which is belong to an expression of indirect accusation strategy, “can’t you talk to whatever mensa candidate you’re with?” the second one shows that the complainer does not want to talk with the complainee at the moment. annoyance, the first complaint, is categorized as a polite complaining expression. the complainer tries to soften her complaint by expressing indirect complaint. it can be concluded that the complainer does not want to break the relationship with the complainee. the complainer still cares with their relationship and only wants the complainee to fix his annoying attitude. 3. ill consequence strategy description of context: this conversation is the continuation of the conversation in hint strategy. george makes a response to previous complaint. lucy cannot accept george’s response. then, she utters her complaint. george : it’s not a perfect timing, i must say. we’ll be in the city in twenty five minutes. lucy : i don’t have a second! i feel i swallowed a cruise missile. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 75 analysis of complaining expression: the complaint, “i don’t have a second! i feel i swallowed a cruise missile,” is uttered by lucy in an ill consequence expression. by stating, “i don’t have a second!”, she shows her dissatifaction with george’s response. then, it is followed by the expression of her illness, “i feel i swallowed a cruise missile.” this complaint can be interpreted as, “she feels so sick and cannot hold it any longer.” after hearing george’s response to lucy’s previous complaint, “it’s not a perfect timing, i must say. we’ll be in the city in twenty five minutes,” lucy feels dissatisfied. it can be concluded that she wants george to make a better response. she feels so sick with her condition and urges george once again to find a toilet for her. it means that the complainer wants the complainee to help her fixing the situation. 4. indirect accusation strategy description of context: the conversation takes place in a church. it is the wedding of lucy’s best friend, meryl. lucy takes charge as the bridesmaid. she stands confidently beside meryl. when the priest is in the middle of his speech, lucy’s phone rings so loud, and it breaks the humility of the ceremony. everyone in the room turns their eyes to lucy. then, the bride, meryl, utters her complaint. meryl : is that yours? lucy : i’m so sorry. please continue. everyone looks so beautiful. just keep going. analysis of complaining expression: the conversation above happens between meryl and lucy. they are good friends. everyone in the room feels annoyed by the sound of a phone ringing, which comes from lucy’s phone, especially meryl. the complainer, meryl, utters her feeling by stating a question to the complainee, lucy, “is that yours?” this strategy of complaint is categorized as an indirect accusation strategy. by using a question to accuse that the complainee has caused an annoying situation means the complainer does not want to directly attack the complinee. since, the participants here have a good relationship, the complainer does not want to break the relationship with the complainee. the complainer just wants the complainee to fix the situation by shutting her phone down. 5. direct accusation strategy description of context: the conversation takes place in front of wade corporations building. it happens between george and lucy. it is the first time they meet each other. george has just finished interviewing an applicant and come out of the building. he is on the way in going back to his hotel. lucy comes there in purpose. she wants to negotiate the wade’s plan, to build new condominiums and to tear down the community center. she introduces herself and wants to talk further with george about her purpose. then, george states his complaints. ramdani & indrayani: complaining expression… 76 george : wait a minute. you’re kelson. you laid in front of our wrecking balls. you attacked the zegman brothers lucy : i did not. it’s not my fault they walked under a protest sign. analysis of complaining expression: in this conversation, the complainer employs two direct accusations of complaining expression, “you laid in front of our wrecking balls. you attacked the zegman brothers.” the complainer makes two accusations that the complainee has disturbed his business. by stating the word “you”, the complainer directly addresses his complaints to the complainee. this is the first time they meet each other. so, they are not bound with a particular relationship. the complainer does not care if his complaints can break their relationship, but he does not demand anything from the complainee. the complainer utters his complaints just to express his annoyance or negative feeling to the complainee. 6. modified blame strategy the conversation takes place in a meeting in howard’s office. it happens between lucy, george and howard. george and howard are the owners of wade corporations, which is lucy’s workplace. it means that george and howard are lucy’s bosses. lucy desires to quit her job. but she is bounded with a very strict contract, which she made, that she cannot quit her job before the clauses in the contract fulfilled. the only way to get out of it is being fired. so, she tries to makes george and howard deciding to fire her. lucy : good morning, boys. sorry, i’m so late. george : that’s fine. we only just got here. howard : forty-five minutes ago. analysis of complaining expression: in the conversation above, it shows that lucy comes so late for a meeting. she is sorry for her coming late. george respons her apology positively. but howard cannot hide his dissapointment, since he is one of the owners of the company and lucy is just an employee. so, the complainer, howard, utters his complaint, “forty-five minutes ago.” by mentioning how long he and george have waited for lucy, the complainer wants the complainee, lucy, to know that the complainer feels very annoyed by the complainee’s action. the complaint does not mention the proposition content and who is responsible for the complainable action. the complainer implicitly blames the complainee that she has made him waiting for fortyfive minutes. it can be concluded that the complaint is categorized as a modified blame strategy. the complainee is a good asset for the company. she has done many valuable contributions for the company. therefore, the complainer does not intend to break their professional relationship. the complainer does not mention any future obligation related to the complainee’s action. therefore, it can be concluded that the complaint is just intended to express the complainer’s negative feeling to the complainee. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 77 7. explicit condemnation of accused’s action strategy description of context: the conversation takes place in howard’s house. it happens between two brothers of wade’s family, george and howard. they are discussing about the company’s plan. howard utters his plan to knock down the community centerbuilding in order to build a new company’s tower. george disagrees with the plan. he thinks that they should not do it, because they have promised the city to keep the community center building. howard gives a reason to justify his plan that they will lose much money if they do not do it. then, george also gives a reason to defend his argument. george : look, whatever we lose on this deal, i’m in for a half. howard : you’ll be in for nothing at the rate you’re going. expensive divorces, poolside parties at the hotel for hundreds people including fireworks and a performance by sting. analysis of complaining expression: in the conversation above, the complaint, “you’ll be in for nothing at the rate you’re going,” shows that the complainer, howard, explicitly blames george for being a squanderer. the directness can be seen from the use of word “you.” the complainer also states some facts to strenghten his complaints, “expensive divorces, poolside parties at the hotel for hundreds people including fireworks and a performance by sting.” it can be concluded that the complaint uses an explicit condemnation of accused’s action strategy. the complainable things are the complainee’s habit in wasting money and his disagreement to the complainer’s plan. the complainer states the complaint to make the complainee changing his habit and agreeing the complainer’s plan. therefore, the function of this complaint is to repair the situation or to fix the complainee’s attitude. 8. explicit condemnation of the accused as a person strategy description of context: the conversation takes place outside the wade corporations’ building. lucy and george have just bought hotdogs for lunch. they are on the way of going back to their office. on the way, they pass a man in rusty clothes carrying a cup standing at the side of the street. lucy puts a coin into his cup, because she thinks that she is a needy. then, the man expresses a complaint. a man in rusty clothes : hey, that’s my coffee, you jerk! lucy : oh, sir, i’m so sorry. analysis of complaining expression: in the dialogue above, the complainer, a man in rusty clothes, makes an open attack to the complainee, “hey, that’s my coffee, you jerk!” by using a swearing word, “jerk.” the directness can be seen from the use of word “you.” this complaint can be categorized as an explicit condemnation of the accused as a person strategy. the complainer openly blames the complainee for making a bad attitude. since the participants have no relationship, the complainer does not try to avoid a personal conflict ramdani & indrayani: complaining expression… 78 with the complainee. therefore, it can be concluded that this complaint has a function to create a social distance. e. conclusion and suggestion based on the analysis, all of complaint strategies according to trosborg can be found in the movie “two weeks notice.” those are hint, annoyance, ill cosequence, indirect accusation, direct accusation, modified blame, explicit condemnation of the accused’s action, and explicit condemnation of the accused as a person strategies. there are three functions of complaint found in this movie. they are to break a relationship or create a social distance between the participants, to maintain a relationship and fix a situation, and to show a negative feeling or share a specific negative evaluation. it is suggested to other researchers to study the responses of the complaints in this movie or complaints and responses in other movies, dramas or debates. f. references maxwell, j.a. (2005). qualitative research design: an interactive approach. california: sage publications inc. mcmanis, carolyn .(1987). language files: materials for an introduction to language. ohio: advocate publishing group. surakhmad, w. (1994). pengantar penelitian ilmiah dasar: dasar, metode, dan teknik. bandung: tarsito. trosborg, anna. (1995). interlanguage pragmatics: requests, complaints and apologies. new york: berlin: mount de gruyter. wijayanto, agus., laila, malikatul., prasetyarini, aryati., & susiati, susiati. (2013). politeness in interlanguage pragmatics of complaints by indonesian learners of english. english language teaching; vol. 6, 188-201. canadian center of science and education. http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/elt.v6n10p188 yule, george. (1996). pragmatics. oxford, new york: oxford university press. sebuah kajian pustaka: kareviati, yugafiati & resmini: need analysis of english department … 1 need analysis of english department students as the basic of material development of writing for general communication evie kareviati1, rasi yugafiati2, setya resmini3 akhmadjaelani91@yahoo.co.id, tanya.rasiyugafiati@gmail.com, setyaresmini@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract writing is one out of four skills that should be mastered, but writing is the most difficult one because of its complexity in making sentence. this research is intended to identify the students’ needs related to writing for general communication as a subject in the second semester. the research method was qualitative. the data were obtained from test, questionnaire and interview as a triangulation. the respondents were 33 students of second semester of english department in ikip siliwangi bandung. the data from test showed that students’ difficulties in writing dealing with linguistic problem. in addition, the data from questionnaire revealed that respondents have various educatioal experiences, their first language, their interests, their cultural background and different purposes for learning english. the result showed that almost 100% of students want to learn tenses, kinds of text, generic structure and punctuation. it indicates that there is a need to design a coursebook in writing general communication based on the students’ need. it is used as the basic for designing a textbook in writing for general communication subject. keywords: need analysis, material development, writing for general communication a. introduction there are four skills that should be mastered by the learner of language; listening, speaking, reading and writing. these four skills were taught integrally since in the junior high school. as one of the four language skills, writing has always occupied place in most english language course. one of the reasons is that more and more people need to learn to write in english for occupational or academic purposes, especially for english department students, they need to learn writing and prepare themselves for the final academic assignment (apsari, 2018). in english department at ikip siliwangi, there are many subjects such as reading, listening, speaking and writing subject. in this case, writing is given in three semesters, they are writing for general communication (in the second semester), writing in pofessional context (in the third semester) and writing for academic purposes (in the forth mailto:akhmadjaelani91@yahoo.co.id mailto:tanya.rasiyugafiati@gmail.com mailto:setyaresmini@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 8/i, april 2020 2 semester). writing for general communication is a subject given to the students of the second semester of english department in ikip siliwangi. this indicates that academic writing is regarded as the most important language skill to english tertiary students. however, writing subject is still regarded as the most difficult subject. there are many factors contributed as the students’ barrier in improving students’ writing skills. students’ characteristic become one of the factors. students of ikip siliwangi have different background. they also have different abilities and have different difficulties. it means that it is important to know what kinds of material that should be given to them in order that they can write well, in line with the aims of the subject. as stated by o’neill (1990) that materials that are suitable for learners’ needs, they make students possible review and prepare their lessons. need analysis can provide a means of obtaining wider input into the content, design, an implementation of a language programme( richard,1984 cited in nunan, 1992 : 43). there is a related previous study by al-adi and samuel (2013). they analyzed oman’s students and they found that there is a gap between the content of the grade 11 curriculum and the perceived needs of the students. their curriculum only gave little space for students to increase writing competence. the findings related to language innovation/reform were then discussed and implication were made for the grade 11 program aim, pinciples, teaching methodology, content and teacher training in oman. from the research we can see that the gap between content and the needs of students is usually happened. based on the description above, it can be concluded that conductng need analysis in teaching and learning process is a must.therefore, the purpose of the study is to identify the students’need related to the subject of writing for general communication. b. literature review 1. need analysis need analysis is the most characteristic feature of english for specific purposes course design (hutchinson and walters, 1987). it is also a starting point for a syllabus/course design. it is a part of curriculum development, and is required before developing a syllabus. need analysis according to hutchinson &waters (1991) in fatimah (2018) includes target needs and learning needs. target needs focus on the needs of students in certain situations including needs (necessities), wants (wants) and weaknesses (lacks) while learning needs focus on what they need to be able to learn. why students need, johnson (2008) in www.ukessays.com points out that ‘in order to plan a foreign language teaching we need to find a way of analyzing learners’ needs. what is going to tell is just how much, and for what purposes our learners will need which foreign languages, it is the process of needs analysis. needs analysis in language teaching and language program design, can be defined as a systematic process which helps teachers to collect information and get accurate and complete picture of their students’ needs and preferences. then they interpret the information and decided what program should be included, based on the interpretations in order to meet the students’ needs. this step can be used in response to the academic needs of all students to develop the students abilities and find academic standards. some probable resources for gathering information are quetionnaires, surveys, tests, observations and individual interviews. generally a need analysis tries to get information on the situations in which that language is needed, the types of communications that are going to be used in the http://www.ukessays.com/ kareviati, yugafiati & resmini: need analysis of english department … 3 course and the level of proficiency that is required to develop a syllabus. thus, designing curriculum and syllabus--which is often ignored in english language teaching and teacher training (irfani, 2014), is very important. hutchinson and waters (1987:80) in rabbani & gakuen (2002) mention that syllabus is a statement ehich shows language and linguistic performance that should be learnt. this is a rather traditional interpretation of syllabus focusing as it does on outcomes rather than process. however, yalden (1987:87) states that a syllabus as a summary of the content to will be taken by the learners. 2. writing writing is a method of representing language in visual form. writing systems use sets of symbols to represent the sounds of speech, and may also have symbols for such things as punctuation and numerals. according to lado (1964) in pratiwi (2015) writing is a partial representation of units of language expression. in academic work, students are often expected to give definitions of key words and phrases in order to demonstrate to their tutors that they understand these terms clearly. academic writers generally, however, define terms so that their readers understand exactly what is meant when certain key terms are used. when important words are not clearly understood misinterpretation may result. writing is a process of transferring ideas into written form that is understandable. according to sapkota (2012:70) “writing is an activity of putting down the graphic symbols which has a function to present a language in order to convey some meaning so that the reader can grasp the information which the writer has tried to convey”. in addition, brown (2001:336) states “writing is a process of thinking”. this idea is supported by nunan (2003:88) in harris, ansyar and radjab (2014) which also explains that “writing is the process of thinking to find ideas, thinking about how to express ideas into good writing, and arranging the ideas into sentences and paragraph clearly”. it is because writing is a process of putting ideas in their mind on a paper to transform them in words and become sentences by using structure and coherent organization. it indicates that writers are expected to explore their ideas and arrange them into good sentences and paragraph that have meaning. because of that writing is not only the activity of producing symbols of language in written form, but also a mean to deliver ideas. when people start writing, they do not only write all their ideas. they need to convey and organize their ideas into a readable text that has some meanings. they have to think how to make their ideas can be understood easily. 3. writing difficulties mukminatien (2003) claims that many problems arise with regard to the development of english as foreign language (efl) productive skills, especially in the area of writing. writing involves several components which have to be considered including word choice, use of appropriate grammar, syntax, mechanics, and organization of ideas into coherent and cohesive form (gebhard, 1996) and writing mechanics such as punctuation and capitalization (hartfiel, et al., 1985: 102, cited in cahyono, 2001: 44). it is supported by cohen (1994: 328-329, cited in saehu, 2008: 26), many writers do not have good control on structure.this indicates that having good writing skills is a major challenge at the cognitive level, because it simultaneously tests language memory, and thinking skills. however, in the context of foreign languages learning, many studies have shown that writing is relatively difficult to be acquired. one of the factors of this difficulty is the difference in the system of eltin journal, volume 8/i, april 2020 4 mother tongue language (l1) or other languages (l2/l3) that has ben mastered before (albiladi, 2019). writing makes the student more ’thinking time’ than they get when they do spontaneous conversation. this allows them opportunity for language processing thinking about the language (harmer, 2007:112). it means that when the students are involved in the process of writing, they are also involved in the process of learning spelling, grammar, punctuation, and vocabulary. in the reality, most of students have difficulties in writing. nation (2009:119) in rizkiah, kaswan and orilina (2015) argues that some learners are able to say what they want to write but have difficulty in putting into written form. in addition, writing is considered to be a complex skill because when start writing we need to know vocabularies, diction, punctuation, and grammar. the students may have lack self confident and lazy to write. while some fluent adult writers think of writing as a difficult process, l2 learners should not initially have the same attitude and the teacher should try to ensure that writing is not seen as a frustrating and unrewarding skill. on the contrary, the learners should be encouraged to realize that writing is an important and effective means of self-expression, communication and information gathering. grabe and kaplan (1996) mention that l2 learners are often overwhelmed when asked to do a writing assignment. writing task should be given in less threatening and make learners struggle, interest and motivated (al-gharabally, 2015) because humphrys (2005) also mentions that learning to write in l1 or l2 is extremely difficult. even educated native speakers have difficulty, hence the abundance of books on the subject. furthermore, richards (1990) describes that “learning to write well is a difficult, lengthy process, one that induces anxiety and frustration in many learners”. from those explanation it make us sure that writing is difficult enough thus it is a must to find the solution. c. research methodology the method used in this research is qualitative research method. the respondents of this research were second semester students who were taking the subject of writing for general communication. this study was conducted in ikip siliwangi. furthermore, since this study aims to identify students’ need related to writing for general communication subject, the data were gathered through test, questionnaire and interview. the test was used to know their errors in writing recount text. questionnaire was distributed to the students in order to find out the students’ background, their reason of choosing the major and what kinds of material that the students need related to their writing skill. then, the interview was conducted to support the data from questionnaire. the interview involved nine students consisting of high, average and low score students. d. findings and discussion this study was conducted in the class of writing for general communication. there were several instruments used in this study such as test, questionnaire and interview. based on the data of the writing test, it was revealed that there are several kinds of error such as in grammar, capitalization, singular/plural, preposition, unclear sentence, punctuation and spelling. it can be seen in the following table. kareviati, yugafiati & resmini: need analysis of english department … 5 table 1. classification of students’ error no. kinds of error example 1. grammar ….like we must climbing must climb i loved to enjoyed loved to enjoy we could waited  could wait one years ago last year 2. capitalization during holidays…during 3. singular/plural we took some picture pictures 4. preposition very confused forconfused to 5. unclear sentence we will holiday at my uncle home but which made it special is because we gather together 6. punctuation i find something special special. 7. spelling a go ago the table above shows that most of students error in writing dealing with linguistic problem. it is in line with the statement of cohen (1994: 328-329, cited in saehu, 2008: 26) that many writers do not have good control on structure. this indicates that that grammar plays a significant role in communication since it shows how language is used (ismail, 2010, cited in apsari, 2018). therefore, mastering english grammar is crucial because different patterns impact the meaning of the sentences. in addition, the questionnaire was also distributed to th students in order to support the data from the test. the data from the questionnaire can be seen in the following table. table 2. need analysis of students in writing no. statements strongly agree & agree netral disagree & strongly disagree a. when i was in sma 1. i did not like english 12% 52% 36% 2. my teacher did not explain the lesson clearly 24% 46% 30% 3. i did not understand english 15% 52% 33% 4. i did not have english book 3% 31% 66% b. the reasons of choosing english major 5. my parents asked me to do 45% 19% 36% 6. my friends asked me to do 18% 13% 69% 7. my own choice 51% 25% 24% c. when i study at the college 8. english is important 33% 64% 3% 9. i should learn english seriously 88% 9% 3% 10. i read english book once a week 12% 64% 24% 11. i have a diary 39% 28% 33% 12. i write my diary in english 6% 22% 72% 13. i think english is easy 6% 68% 36% eltin journal, volume 8/i, april 2020 6 14. my writing ability is good enough 6% 61% 33% 15. i’m confident in writing english 18% 34% 48% 16. i don’t like writing english 15% 46% 39% 17. writing english is difficult 24% 70% 6% 18. my vocabulary is so limited 63% 31% 3% 19. my grammar is bad. 66% 22% 12% 20. i want to learn more about tenses 97% 3% 0% 21. i want to learn more about kind of text 100% 0% 0% 22. i want to learn more about generic structure 97% 3% 0% 23. i want to learn more about punctuation 97% 3% 0% 24. i do not know part of speech 12% 55% 33% 25. writing as a single sentence is difficult 21% 58% 21% 26. when i write, i still use bahasa and then translate it into english 51% 40% 9% 27. i still need a dictionary in writing english 81% 16% 3% 28. the most difficult part of speech is verb 12% 31% 57% 29. the most difficult part of speech is noun 15% 7% 78% 30 the most difficult part of speech is adjective 30% 19% 51% 31 the most difficult part of speech is adverb 39% 40% 21% 32 the most difficult part of text is recount 48% 37% 15% 33 the most difficult part of text is descriptive 33% 37% 30% 34 the most difficult part of text is narrative 33% 37% 30% 35 the most difficult part of text is argumentative 33% 37% 30% 36 the most difficult part of text is procedure 21% 37% 42% 37 the most difficult part of text is newsitem 39% 37% 24% 38 i want to improve my english writing 78% 19% 3% the result from the test show that the students made error in grammar, capitalization, singular/plural, preposition, unclear sentence, punctuation and spelling. it is supported by the result from questionnaire that more than 60% the students think that their grammar is bad and their vocabulary is so limited so why about 50% of them are not confident in writing. in addition, the data from questionnaire showed students’ various educatioal experiences, their first language, their interests, their cultural background and their different for learning english. it was found that although they are students of english department, there are four students who did not like english when they were in senior high school. 24% respondents said that their english teacher could not explain the material clearly so why five respondents say that they did not understand english. in addition, the students are from many schools who have different abilities and difficulties in writing. they also have different reasons why they choose engish department as their major. it is because of their parents, friend and more kareviati, yugafiati & resmini: need analysis of english department … 7 than 50% their own decision. this means that the teachers need to design the coursebook based on the students’ need. in addition, almost 100% of students want to learn tenses, kinds of text, generic structure and punctuation. it is supported by the data from interview that the respondents want to improve writing english from the basic things. they want to learn grammar, kinds of text and hope that the lectures can teach clearly. they also think that adverb, adjective, noun and verb are difficult. recount text and newsitem are kinds of item that should be learned more. although there are also many ‘neutral’ choice, but it can be concluded that most respondents want to improve their english writing. thus, designing a coursebook of writing general communication based on their need is needed to do. moreover, the data from questionaire showed most respondents think that learning english is very important although 46% of respondents said that they don’t like writing. only 12% of students read english book once a week, but 39% of them have an indonesian diary. two of them write it in english. this means that they are not interested in writing. this unwillingness may derive from lack of motivation, anxieties and lack of self confidence they have about their writing (gebhard, 1996: 235). thus, it can be concluded that the students need a coursebook that can motivate students to write. e. conclusion the purpose of the research is to identify students’ need in writing for general communication. from the data, the researcher found that the students had problem with linguistic problem. it can be seen from the students’ writing. the respondents still made mistakes in grammar, punctuation, spelling, capitalization, singular/plural, unclear sentence and preposition. it means that they still need a lot of improvement. this indicates that grammar becomes main material that need to be emphasized in subject of writing for general communication. in addition, the data from questionnaire revealed that respondents have various educatioal experiences, their first language, their interests, their cultural background and different purposes for learning english. it indicates that in order to improve students’ writing skill the teachers need to design the coursebook that is in line with the students’ need. f. references al-adi, said hamed and samues, samuel. (2013). an analysys of the writing needs of omani efl students for the development of grade 11 english program. the asian efl journal, 15 (1). albiladi, waheeb s. (2019). blended learning in english teaching and learning: a review of the current literature. university of arkansas. journal of language teaching and research 10(2), 232. al-gharabally, may. (2015). the writing difficulties faced by l2 learners and how to minimize them. international journal of english language and linguistics research vol.3, no.5, pp.42-49, august 2015 published by european centre for research training and development uk (www.eajournals.org) 42 issn 20536305(print), issn 2053-6313(online). public authority for applied education and training. eltin journal, volume 8/i, april 2020 8 apsari, y. (2018). reflective reading journal in teaching writing. indonesian efl journal, 4(2), 39-47. apsari, y. (2018). snowball throwing in teaching grammar. lingual, 10(1), 52-59. brown, h d. (2000). principles of language learning teaching. new york: pearson education, inc. cahyono, b. y. (2001). second language writing and rhetoric. research studies in the indonesian context. malang: state universiti of malang. retrieved june, 14th 2012, from http://en.wikie.pedia.org/wiki/jigsaw.classroom// fatimah, nur. (2018). students’ needs for academic writing at the english education department. english education department of english language teaching educational journal (eltej),1(3), 161-175 gebhard, j. g. (1996). teaching english as a foreign or second language. ann arbor: the university of michigan press. grabe w & kaplan, r.b. (1996). the theory and practice of writing. addison wesleylongman limited. harris, a, ansyar, m & radjab, d. (2014). an analysis of students’ difficulties in writing recount text at tenth grade of sman 1 sungai limau. english education program, state university of padang. eprints.ums.ac.id harmer, jeremy. (2007). how to teach english. cambridge: longman. humphrys, john. (2005). lost of words. hodder & stoughton. irfani, bambang. (2014). syllabus design for english courses. english education jurnal tadris bahasa inggris. 6(1). mukminatien, n. (2003). engaging efl students in indonesia with authentic task: possibilities within limitation. in h. w. kam & r.y.l. wong (eds.), english language teaching in east asia today: changing policies and practices (pp.187 194). singapore: eastern universities press. nunan, david. 1992. the learner – centred curriculum. cambridge: cambridge university press. o’neill, r. (1990). why use textbooks. elt journal 36:2: 104-11. pratiwi, kristy dwi. (2015). students’ difficulties in writing english (a study at the third semester students of english education program at university of bengkulu academic year 2011-2012). universitas bengkulu. ejournal iain bengkulu. rabbani, roberto & gakuen, bunan. (2002). the internet tesl journal, vol. viii, no. 5, may 2002 http://iteslj.org/ richards (1990) the english language teaching matrix: cambridge university press, rizkiah, kaswan, orilina. (2015). teaching writing narrative text using comic strip of the eighth students of mts syeh qurroal-alawi. stkip siliwangi. proceeding. unpublished. saehu, a. (2008). an analysis of english skripsi writing. unpublished thesis. bandung. indonesia university of education (upi). sapkota, ashok. 2012. developing students’ writing skill through peer and teacher correction: an action research. journal of nelta. 17:70-82. scovel, tom. 2001. www.ukessays.com yalden, j. (1987) principles of course design for language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. http://en.wikie.pedia.org/wiki/jigsaw.classroom/ http://iteslj.org/ http://www.ukessays.com/ resmini: efl students’ perception toward… 12 efl students’ perception towards the use of bahasa indonesia in an english classroom setya resmini setyaresmini@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract the issue of using first language (l1) in teaching english has always been a controversy in the field of teaching and learning english. the purpose of this study was to investigate the english as foreign language (efl) students’ perceptions towards the use of l1 (bahasa indonesia) in the english classroom. in this study, the descriptive qualitative method was employed. the participants involved in this study are 40 efl students in the second semester who learn general english in ikip siliwangi. a questionnaire which consists of 15 questions was distributed to the participants to gain primary data. to support the data from questionnaire, observation also conducted in the classroom. the findings reveal that the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia brought positive/negative perceptions towards students. the students give negative perception towards the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in general english classroom. however, the students also recognized the advantages and disadvantages of the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom. keywords: efl, first language (l1), foreign language, students’ perception. a. introduction the issue of the use of the students’ first language (l1) in the efl classroom has been debated for years. literature reflects uncertainties which surround this issue and various positions have been argued for. a number of studies have been conducted, which either support or oppose the use of l1 in efl classroom. several authors maintain that l1 has no essential role to play in efl teaching and that too much l1 use might deprive learners of valuable input in the l2 (ellis, 1984), but some of the researchers stress the value of using l1 and the positive role in the efl teaching (auerbach, 1993; schweers, 1999). in indonesia context, where english is taught as a foreign language, there are fewer chances for students to apply what they have studied outside the classroom, so the only exposure happened in the english classroom. as the consequences of this situation, it is common for efl teachers to use the students’ mother tongue as a tool to convey the message as a means of interaction both in english language institutes and in the classroom. meanwhile, previous research conducted by wong (2010) has studied about learning a foreign language and language use in teaching foreign language in the classroom. although many researchers believe that teaching through english gives better result and improvement to the students, research on indonesian students whose english is their foreign language needs to be explored further. mailto:setyaresmini@gmail.comnggi12001@mail.unpad.ac.id eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 13 based on the issue above, this study focused on how the students perceived the use of l1 by the teacher in english learning classroom at ikip siliwangi. the purpose of this study is to give deeper insight into what students’ opinion toward the use of l1 by teacher during the teaching and learning process. the results also being expected to help teachers understand students preferences in the use of both bahasa indonesia as their mother tongue (l1) and english as target language (l2). b. literature review 1. the importance of students’ perception perception may be defined from physical psychological and physiological perspective. in this study, it will be limited to its scope as mentioned by allport (1996) who described that perception as the way we judge or evaluate others. furthermore, eggen and kauchak gave cognitive dimension of perception; they see perception as the process by which people attach meaning to experiences (eggen & kauchak, 2001). this is in line with forgus’ explanation that perception encourages all processes associated with the recognition, transformation, and organization of sensory information (forgus, 1966). based on the explanations of perception above, it can be related to the process of learning where the students gain information through experience and becomes part of one’s storage of facts. in other words, students can have a perception towards something if they have experienced the process as mentioned by forgus. thus, the way the students perceive the teacher’s language use in the classroom may significantly affect the students’ academic performance. 2. the use of l1 in efl classroom in indonesian classroom, english is being taught as a foreign language and is a compulsory subject. in the efl context, there are fewer chances for students to apply what they have studied outside the classroom. students more likely only read and speak english in their limited english class time. in such situation, teacher usually the only proficient speaker and role as comprehensible input provider. 3. the advantages of using l1 in the classroom the use of first language (l1) by the teacher has some advantages and disadvantages for students in developing their english skills. the following studies show the advantages of using l1 in the classroom. teacher’s use of l1 can help students to use the limited time efficiently with productive or communicative activities (atkinson, 1992: 351 in miles 2004). it means the interference of using l1 by the teachers can help students to use valuable class time efficiently. for the students, teachers who teach using l1 can help them find a new word in the target language. this is in line with statement from swain & lapkin (1998) who state that l1 can assist in the comprehension and memorization of l2 vocabulary. furthermore, the use of l1 in the classroom as a translation technique also can avoid misleading. this is because l1 translation is usually clear, short, and familiar, qualities that are very important in effective definitions. in addition, students also gain the benefit of the use of l1 in the classroom. they can clarify unfamiliar vocabulary and communicate grammar points especially when teacher delivered it by using l1 in the teaching process (storch & wigglesworth, 2003). this is in line with the purpose of grammar translation method (gtm) which allowing students to acquire a foreign language by learning and explaining grammar rules as the basis for drills and exercises in translating from the target language to the mother tongue. it can be concluded that the use of resmini: efl students’ perception toward… 14 l1 in the classroom allows learners to understand grammar as well as practicing and discussing the structure or pattern. based on the above studies, it can be assumed that the use of l1 by the teacher creates le ssthreatening atmosphere in english classroom. this situation also brings an advantage for both teacher and students to decrease students’ language anxiety in communication. besides, the use of l1 also encourages students to learn english. it also helps students to understand the expression used by the teacher. 4. the disadvantagegs of using l1 in the classroom based on the following studies, the use of l1 also shows some disadvantages to the english teaching process in the classroom. fillmore (1983) explained that the students who are used to hear their teachers using l1 will tend to ignore the target language. when teacher used l1 in the learning process, the students will be accustomed to the use l1 and will wait for the translations. this situation can lead to the failure of the maximum use of english. miles (2004) explained that the use of l1 by teachers can over simplify differences between two languages, create laziness among students and a failure to maximize english use in the classroom. furthermore, zacharias (2003) stated that l1 can be seen as a barrier to english exposure. this could be a main disadvantage of teaching foreign language since in english is considered as a foreign language and not being used in daily communication. c. research methodology this research is a descriptive research which uses qualitative method in order to explore students’ perception towards the use of bahasa indonesia in efl classroom. this research was conducted in a general english class in ikip siliwangi. the participants are 30 students in the second semester of mathematic department in ikip siliwangi.the main data for this research was gained through questionnaire. before administering the questionnaire, the researcher also observed and recorded the class in two hours to see the occurrences of bahasa indonesia in the classroom. the questionnaire contained 15 closed questions. the questions were categorized into following concerns: students’ preferences, students’ feeling, students’ perceptions, and the advantages and disadvantages toward teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in english learning classroom.the questionnaire then distributed to 40 participants. all the questions and explanations were in bahasa indonesia in order to create relaxed atmosphere and to enable students to understand the instructions. the data from questionnaire were analyzed by calculating the frequency and percentage of students’ responses. the findings from questionnaire and observation are being presented and discussed in the following chapter. d. findings and discussion the following discussion shows the analysis of students’ perceptions toward teachers’ use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom based on the observation and questionnaire result. the discussion is divided into three parts: the first discussion is about the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher in the classroom. the second part discusses the students feeling towards the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher in the classroom. the last part explains the findings which relates to the advantages and disadvantages of the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom. eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 15 1. the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher in the classroom based on the observation in the class, the teacher used bahasa indonesia for some purposes. mostly, teacher used bahasa indonesia to clarify the explanation or to check students’ understanding. the topic discussed in the classroom was verbalizing algebraic expression. the explanation covered the vocabulary and pronunciation of mathematical symbols and numbers. teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia was seen when she explained the use of capitalization in pronouncing the formula. the formula was a=a², the teacher used bahasa indonesia when she asked students to read the formula in bahasa indonesia. the expression used was “a sama dengan a kecil kuadrat”. teacher used bahasa indonesia to explain about the formula. then she translated the formula into english expression. the purpose was to introduce the use of capital a (a) in the formula is pronounced differently with the small a (a). from the data, it can be seen that the teacher used grammar translation method in explaining the formula. this is in line with the statement from swain & lapkin (1998) which state that using l1 (bahasa indonesia) can assist students in the comprehension and memorization of l2. the use of bahasa indonesia also captured in the observation when the teacher checked students understanding about the subject she explained. the expressions used were “mengerti yah?” and “sudah bisa yah?” in addition, the findings from observation also show that the teacher used bahasa indonesia in the classroom to have small talk with the students. it was seen in when the teacher began the class. to break the ice, a small talk in bahasa indonesia with some of the students was occurred. this is in line with the idea that the use of bahasa indonesia can decrease students’ language anxiety in communication. 2. students’ feeling toward teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in english learning classroom table 1. students’ preferences toward the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom. no. statement sd d a sa f % f % f % f % 1. i prefer teacher using bahasa indonesia in general english classroom 7 17.5% 28 70% 5 12.5% 0 0% the table above shows us the students’ preferences toward the use of bahasa indonesia in general english classroom. it can be seen that 70% of the students disagree with the statement. furthermore, 17.5% of the students strongly disagree with the statement. from this data, it can be seen that the students preferred the teacher to use english in the classroom. however, there are 12.5% of the students who preferred the teacher to speak in bahasa indonesia during the english learning in the classroom. this finding leads us to the assumption that students have high expectation for the teacher to speak in english during the general english classroom. this is in line with the findings of students’ feeling towards the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom. the questionnaire revealed that most of the students are not comfortable with the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher. it can be seen from the table 2 below. resmini: efl students’ perception toward… 16 table 2. students feeling towards the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom no statement sd d a sa f % f % f % f % 4. i feel more comfortable when the teacher explained the material in bahasa indonesia 7 17.5 % 1 6 40% 1 5 37.5 % 2 5% based on the findings above, it can be concluded that students feel and preferred for the teacher to use english when it is related to the material explanation. 3. students’ advantages and disadvantages toward the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher the first advantage discussed in this part is the use of time in the classroom when the teacher used bahasa indonesia to explain the material. this is mentioned by atkinson (1992 in miles, 2004) who believed that teacher’s use of l1 can help students to use the limited time efficiently with productive or communicative activities. the table 3 below shows us the findings related to this issue. table 3. advantage: the use of time to learn effectively when the teacher used bahasa indonesia in the classroom no. statement sd d a sa f % f % f % f % 9 i can maximize the time to learn in the class when the teacher used bahasa indonesia to explain the material. 0 0 15 37.5% 25 62.5% 0 0% based on the table 3 above, most of the students agree to the statement. there are 62.5% of the students who agree. on the other hand, the rest of them (37.5%) disagree to this statement. it can be concluded that the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom helps the students to maximize their time to learn in the class. this finding also supported by the finding from observation where the students are more focused to the assignment after the teacher explained how to pronounce brackets in the formula. the teacher used bahasa indonesia to explain the use of bracket in the formula “in the brackets, jangan gini (bracket)”. furthermore, the finding also shows the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher in the classroom also helps students to clarify unfamiliar vocabulary (storch & wigglesworth, 2003). it can be seen from the students’ response to the question number two in the questionnaire. eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 17 table 4. advantage: better understanding of new vocabularies after the teacher translated it no. statement sd d a sa f % f % f % f % 2. i have better understanding when the teacher translated new vocabularies into bahasa indonesia. 0 0 2 5% 24 60% 14 35% from the table 4 above, it can be seen that almost all the students agree that they have better understanding when the teacher translated new vocabularies into bahasa indonesia. only 5% or two of the students disagree with this statement, the rest of them agree (60%) and even strongly agree (35%). this finding also supported by the finding from the observation where the teacher used bahasa indonesia to explain the material. it can be seen form the extract below. teacher wrote 𝒙𝟓 on the board and asked the students how to read the formula. then she wrote x to the (power of ) 5. teacher: do you know why there is a bracket? “karena ada yang suka menyebutnya to the power of five, ada juga yang menyebutnya to the 5”. based on the finding above, the teacher used grammar translation method to make better understanding of new vocabularies. however, this method also brings disadvantage in the process of learning english. the table 5 below shows us the finding from the questionnaire which relate to the disadvantage of the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom. table 5. disadvantage: students being dependent on the teacher’s translation in the classroom no. statement sd d a sa f % f % f % f % 11. teacher’s habit in using bahasa indonesia makes me depend on her translating everything (the explanation) into bahasa indonesia. 5 12.5% 15 37.5% 17 42.5% 3 7.5% the table 5 above shows us the disadvantage of the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom. there are 42% students agree with the statement and 7.5% strongly agree that they are being depended on the teacher’s translation into bahasa indonesia when she explain the material in the classroom. however, there are 37.5% of the students who disagree with the statement and 12.5% students strongly disagree that they are being depended to teacher’s translation. although the finding from the questionnaire of use of bahasa indonesia shows us disadvantage for the students, it still revealed some more advantages. one of the advantages revealed from resmini: efl students’ perception toward… 18 the questionnaire data deals with students’ confidence in the classroom. it can be seen from the questionnaires’ finding in number 6. the table 6 below shows us the data. table 6. students confidence related to the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom no. statement sd d a sa f % f % f % f % 6. i feel more confidence when i used bahasa indonesia in the classroom to speak up my idea or answer question from the teacher. 2 5% 14 35% 21 52.5% 3 7.5% futhermore, this finding is opposite with the finding of question number 15 which stated that the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom does not make the students less confident in speaking english. it can be seen from the table below. table 7. disadvantage: teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia makes students less confidence in speaking english. no. statement sd d a sa f % f % f % f % 15. teacher’s habit in using bahasa indonesia makes me less confidence in speaking english. 9 22.5% 18 45% 11 27.5% 2 5% the table 7 above shows us that 45% of the students disagree with the statement, while 22.5% of the students strongly agree. on the other hand, 27.5% of the students agree and only 5% students strongly agree that the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom makes them less confidence in speaking english. furthermore, the questionnaire also reveals findings related to the students’ motivation in learning english. in the table below, from the question 5 and the question 14, we can see that the students still have the motivation to learn english whether the teacher used english or bahasa indonesia in the classroom. table 8. students’ motivation related to the use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom no. statement sd d a sa f % f % f % f % 5. when teacher used bahasa indonesia in the classroom, i feel more motivated to learn english. 8 20% 17 42.5% 11 27.5% 4 10% 14. ehen teacher used bahasa indonesia in the classroom, i feel demotivated to learn english. 24 60% 11 27.5% 3 7.5% 2 5% eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 19 based on the findings, it can be concluded that the students’ motivation is not related to the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher in the classroom. the findings have revealed the students’ preferences and feelings towards the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in general english classroom. in addition, the advantages and disadvantages of the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom also being discussed in this section. the next section extracts the discussion into conclusion of this study. e. conclusion based on the discussion above, it can be concluded that the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher in general english classroom brought negative perception to the students. the negative perception towards the use of bahasa indonesia by the teacher in the classroom can be seen from the preference and the feeling of the students when the teacher used bahasa indonesia in the classroom. the students preferred the teacher to use english instead of bahasa indonesia in explaining the material in general english classroom. furthermore, the students feel more comfortable when the teacher used english in the classroom when it is related to the material explanation. however, students also expecting the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom when it is related to new vocabularies and structure. this also leads us to the conclusion that although students have negative perception towards the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in the general english classroom, they recognized the advantages that they gained from the teacher’s use of bahasa indonesia in the classroom. f. references allport, g. (1996). pattern and growth in personality. london: william clowes and sons, ltd. auerbach, e. (1993). reexamining english only in the esl classroom. tesol quarterly , 923. eggen, p., & kauchak, d. (2001). educational psychology: windows on classrooms. new jersey: prentice hall, inc. ellis, r. (1984). classroom second language development. oxford: prentice hall. fillmore, l. (1983). the language learner as an individual: implication of research on individual differencesfor the esl teacher. tesol '82: pacific perspectives on language learning and teaching. forgus, r. (1966). perception: the basic process in cognitive development. oxford, england: mcgraw-hill book co. miles, r. (2004). evaluating the use of l1 in the english language classroom: a case study in japan university. novitas royal youth and language journal 4, 64 95. schweers, w. (1999). using l1 in the l2 classroom. english teaching forum, 6-9. resmini: efl students’ perception toward… 20 storch, n., & wigglesworth, g. (2003). is there a role for the use of the l1 in an l2 setting? . tesol quarterly, vol 37, no 4, pp. 760-770. swain, m., & lapkin, s. (1998). interaction and second language learning: two adolescent french immersion students working together. modern language journal 82, 320 337. wong, r. (2010). the effectiveness of using english as the sole medium of instruction in english classes: students responses and improved english proficiency. porta linguarium 13 , 119 130. zacharias, n. (2003). teachers' beliefs about the use of the students' mother tongue: a survey of tertiary english teachers in indonesia. ea jou journal, p.44. eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 21 questionnaire kuesioner ini bertujuan untuk mendapatkan data dalam penelitian saya yang berjudul “students’ perception towards the use of bahasa indonesia in the efl classroom”. saya sangat berterima kasih sekali jika anda mau mengisi kuesioner sesuai dengan apa yang anda rasakan / pikirkan. lengkapi kuesioner berikut dengan memberi tanda centang (√ ) pada kolom sesuai dengan pendapat anda. ts = tidak setuju s = setuju ks = kurang setuju ss = sangat setuju no pernyataan frequency / percentage ts ks s ss 1. saya lebih menyukai dosen menggunakan bahasa indonesia pada saat perkuliahan general english 7 17,5 % 28 70% 5 12,5% 0 0 2. saya lebih memahami ketika dosen menerjemahkan kata kata baru maupun text bacaan ke dalam bahasa indonesia 0 0 2 5% 24 60% 14 35% 3. saya lebih mengerti apa yang saya pelajari / apa yang harus saya lakukan ketika dosen memberikan penjelasan dalam bahasa indonesia 1 2,5% 6 15% 27 67,5% 6 15% 4. saya merasa lebih nyaman ketika dosen menerangkan materi dalam bahasa indonesia 7 17,5 % 16 40% 15 37,5% 2 5% 5. ketika dosen menggunakan bahasa indonesia, saya merasa termotivasi dalam belajar bahasa inggris 8 20% 17 42,5% 11 27,5% 4 10% 6. saya lebih merasa percaya diri ketika menggunakan bahasa indonesia saat mengemukakan ide/ pengalaman/ jawaban di kelas bahasa inggris 2 5% 14 35% 21 52,5% 3 7,5% 7. saat mempelajari struktur/ pola kata bahasa inggris (grammar), saya lebih mengerti jika dosen menjelaskannya menggunakan bahasa indonesia. 1 2,5% 9 22,5% 27 67,5% 3 7,5% 8. dengan dosen menggunakan bahasa indonesia, saya lebih memahami perbedaan tata bahasa indonesia dan bahasa inggris 2 5% 9 22,5% 23 57,5% 6 15% 9. saya dapat memaksimalkan waktu untuk belajar dikelas ketika dosen menjelaskan menggunakan bahasa indonesia. 0 0 15 37,5% 25 62,5% 0 0 resmini: efl students’ perception toward… 22 10. saya akan mengurangi partisipasi dalam aktivitas kelas ketika dosen tidak menggunakan bahasa indonesia. 12 30% 20 50% 8 20% 0 0 11. kebiasaan dosen menggunakan bahasa indonesia menjadikan saya selalu bergantung pada dosen untuk menerjemahkan segala sesuatu terlebih dulu. 5 12,5 % 15 37,5% 17 42,5% 3 7,5% 12. kebiasaan dosen menggunakan bahasa indonesia membuat saya menyepelekan arti penting bahasa inggris 10 25% 19 47,5% 8 20% 3 7,5% 13. saya memiliki sedikit kesempatan untuk mendengar dan menggunkana bahasa inggris ketika dosen menerangkan menggunakan bahasa indonesia. 2 5% 12 30% 20 50% 6 15% 14. saat dosen menerangkan menggunakan bahasa indonesia, saya tidak berkeinginan untuk mempelajari bahasa inggris lebih dalam. 24 60% 11 27,5% 3 7,5% 2 5% 15. kebiasaan menggunakan bahasa indonesian= yang dilakukan oleh dosen membuat saya takut melakukan kesalahan dalam menggunakan bahasa inggris 9 22,5 % 18 45% 11 27,5% 2 5% ratih inayah: improving… 25 improving students’ speaking skill through storytelling technique (an experimental study in a senior high school in bandung) ratih inayah stkip siliwangi bandung abstract in senior high schools, the objective of the speaking skill is challenging, so it is not easy to achieve. the teachers and students may face some problems in the teaching and learning of speaking. thus, this study attempts to investigate the effect of storytelling on students’ speaking ability and students’ attitudes toward its implementation of storytelling technique. this research was conducted at the tenth grade of a senior high school in bandung. it used a quasi-experimental design involving 30 students in the experimental group and in the control group respectively. the experimental group was given the treatment with storytelling technique, while the control group with conventional technique. the instruments used were speaking test (pre-test and post-test) given to both groups, and questionnaires to the experimental group only. the result of this study shows that : 1) the storytelling technique had an effect on improving students’ speaking ability because there was a significant difference between the posttest scores of students in experimental and control groups with the level of significance 0f 0,05 the t-observed (2,106) was higher than t-table (1,684). 2) overall, students’ attitudes toward the implementation of storytelling technique were positive because they enjoyed the learning process and they were interested in the story. moreover, the storytelling technique could help them to improve their speaking ability. keywords: speaking ability, storytelling, technique. eltin journal, vol 3/1, april 2015 26 a. introduction speaking is part of the language skills which is important for language learners to be developed. furthermore, according to richards (2008) as foreign language learners, we should master speaking skill in english as our priority. the indonesian government explicitly emphasizes that the aim of teaching and learning of english in indonesia is to make the students do something good with english. the aim in the speaking skill is challenging, so it is not easy thing. the teachers and students may face some problems in the teaching and learning of speaking. the inconvenient condition was appeared by the monotonous teaching technique used by some teachers. also sometimes the classroom activities tended to be teacher centered. some students sometimes were only passive in the teaching and learning process. this is the challenge for the teachers to control the students’ success in learning, they should be more creative. related to the problems above, it can be considered that in the efl classroom, teachers should try to develop speaking activities. the teachers should help their students by providing written texts to be learned to add their knowledge. the teacher should create a good learning situation in making the students fun, interested, and motivated in learning english. the motivation of learning the language can be enhanced by creating good media , conducive situations, creative activities, in which the students will be actively engaged in the learning process. there are many techniques that can be applied in teaching speaking, storytelling is one of the technique that can be applied in the teaching and learning of speaking. b. literature review 1. the nature of speaking according to thornburry (2005) speaking is a part of daily life that we take it for granted. brown (2001) defines speaking as an interactive ratih inayah: improving… 27 process of constructing meaning, involving producing , receiving, and processing information. its form and meaning are dependent on the context in which it occurs, including the participant, their collective experience s, the physical environment, and the purpose of speaking. related to the process of interaction, they who are involved in interaction will get valuable feedback from each other. harmer (2001) explains , in many situations productive skill is combined with the practice of receptive skills. the conversation between two or more people is a blend of listening and speaking where the comprehension of what has been said is necessary for what the participant says next. the two kinds of language skills: receptive and productive skills should be taught to the students in language instruction. receptive skills are the ways in which people extract meaning from the discourse they see or hear. speaking as one of the productive skills should be mastered by the students in order they can carry out a conversation with other people in a good way. 2. the importance of speaking in language learning speaking is considered as a very important aspect of learning a foreign language. as stated by bailey and savage (in celce and murcia, 2001) that speaking in a second language or foreign language has often been viewed as the most demanding of the four skills. teaching speaking means to teach students to produce the english speech sounds and sounds patterns, to use word and sentences stress, intonation patterns, and the rhythm of the second language, to select appropriate words and sentence according to the proper social setting, audience, situation and subject matter, to organize their thoughts in a meaningful and logical sequence, to use language as a mean of expressing values and judgments, to use the language quickly and confidently with few unnatural pauses, which is called as fluency (nunan: 2003) in line with nunan (2003) burns and joyce state that one of the most important aspects of speaking is that it always occurs within context. when we speak we are both using language to carry out various social functions and choosing forms of lnguge which relate in relevant wy to the cultural and social context. eltin journal, vol 3/1, april 2015 28 nunan (1991) says learning to speak in a second or foreign language will be facilitated when learners are actively engaged in attempting to communicate. speaking is closely related to self-realization; much of impression about people comes from what they say and how they say it. for the reason, the teaching of speaking should be able to give contribution to the improvement of students’ abilities. 3. the problems in teaching speaking skill students sometimes have some problems when they actually want to talk in front of public, or in this case is talk in front of the classroom. according to ur (1996) the problems in speaking activities are s follows : 1. inhibition. students are often inhibited about trying things in foreign language classroom, afraid to make mistakes or to be criticized, and shy to utter words. 2. nothing to say. students sometimes find fault that they do not have something to say. in other words, they cannot express themselves. 3. low or uneven participation. only one participant talks because of some learners dominate, while other speaks a little or not at all. 4. mother tongue use. in the class, all students share the same mother tongue, so they feel unnatural to speak in the foreign language. they are also less exposed and les disciplined or motivated one. burns and joyce (1999) identify three factors that may cause students reluctant to take part in classroom tasks involving speaking. they said learners are unwilling to participate in spoken tasks due to cultural factors, linguistic factors and psychological or affective factors. 1. cultural factors. cultural factors derive from students’ prior learning experiences and expectations created by these experiences. bern (2002) emphasize that each language has its own rules of usage as to when, how, and to what degree a speaker may impose a given verbal behavior on his or her conversational partner. ratih inayah: improving… 29 2. linguistic factors. linguistic factors that inhibit students to speak include (1) difficulties in transferring from the students’ first language to the sounds, rhythms, and stress patterns of english, (2) difficulties with the native speaker pronunciation of the teacher, (3) lack of understanding of common grammatical patterns in english and how these may be different with from their own language, (4) lack of familiarity with the cultural or social knowledge required to process meaning. 3. psychological or affective factors. the psychological or affective factor is one of the dominant factors that can affect language learning especially speaking. the factors include (1) culture shock, especially where new arrival are coming to a new country, (2) previous negative social or political experiences , such as war or personal trauma, (3) lack of motivation, especially where they may not have chosen to learn, have negative views of the target language culture or do not see a purpose in learning the language, (4) anxiety or shyness in class, especially if their previous learning and language learning experiences were negative, and (5) perceptions, some of which may also be cultural (e.g. they are too old to learn a new language). to sum up, the problems in speaking might happen to the students in the teaching-learning process, especially the feeling of anxiety. thus, in teaching speaking, teachers should always encourage the students , not allowing students to become discouraged when they make mistakes. they have to understand that making mistakes is part of the learning process. 4. the classroom speaking activities the teaching of speaking in target language should enable the students to use the language orally for many purposes. the success of the teaching-learning process can be achieved if the teacher can present the materials in such a good way that can increase the students’ interest. the teacher should be creative in presenting english to the students. they also have to practice various techniques of teaching, carefully select the materials, and use interesting instructional media that are eltin journal, vol 3/1, april 2015 30 suitable for the students in order to help them to speak in the language. harmer (2001) states that there are many classroom speaking activities that can be used in teaching a language, such as acting from the script, communication games, discussion, prepared talks, as well as simulation and role play. 5. definitions of storytelling coconi (2013) defined storytelling is the communicating of events through the use of words and sounds. this is an art of expression and improvisation, which revolves around a plot and/or narrative point of view. there are a number of different types of storytelling that are shared within many different cultures of the world, aiming to spread moral values, entertainment, inspiration and advice. maynard(2005) defined stories as the way people communicate their experience, the way they understand the experience of others, the way they liberate their imaginations, the way they make sense of the world and their own position within it. maynard (2005) stated that stories are important to people, politics, and education. stories are how people make sense of themselves and their worlds. "storytelling is a task shared by storyteller and story listeners, it is the interaction of the two that makes a story come to life" (baker and greene, 1985) i emphasize that the story has its own components; storyteller , story listener and a topic , and most of the stories are taken from real life . baker and greene(1985) stated several characteristics of a good story to have a single theme, clearly defined , a well developed plot ; the style should contain vivid words and pictures, having pleasing sounds and rhythm , should have characterization , be faithful to source , have dramatic appeal , be appropriate to listeners , be short and contains simple words and sentences , be effective, contain active verbs , avoid adjectives, contain expressions of opinion , cite quotes, facts, sources , be edited with appropriate punctuation, grammar and capitalization. barzaq ( 2009) defined storytelling as a knowledge management technique, a way of distributing information, targeted to audiences and a sense of information, she added that stories provide natural connection between events and concepts. ratih inayah: improving… 31 there are some types and purposes of storytelling,coconi (2013) divided it into cultural storytelling, family storytelling, personal storytelling, and apocryphal storytelling. 1. cultural storytelling cultural storytelling is defined by the transmitting and conveying of certain values, morals and beliefs. these stories are passed down from generation to generation in an engaging and memorable form. the stories that are given to children in an attempt to teach them the meaning of religion might be understood as cultural stories. 2. family storytelling family storytelling is thought of as the spoken history of a family, maintaining and preserving a long line of various events and experiences, while keeping traditions and expectations alight. storytelling that concerns a family heritage allows for a family identity to emerge, often bringing with it the finest traits of an ancestral history as a reminder to live up to something. this type of story can provide those who hear it with the motivation to live up to past family achievements. 3. personal storytelling through living, everyone is in the constant and ongoing process of composing a personal story. the stories are formed personally and concern individual lives. they are composed to remember, change and find meaning to life. through personal storytelling, the teller is able to share his experiences with others and possibly motivate and inspire. personal storytelling might also take the form of a biography or a biographical novel. 4.apocryphal storytelling apocryphal stories are presented to the listener as unlikely and often unbelievable truths, or doubtful stories told as fact. these stories are more commonly known as "urban myths." "apocryphal" derives from the greek word "apocrypho", meaning "hidden." generally, this is a eltin journal, vol 3/1, april 2015 32 type of storytelling that revolves around things of fear or things that cannot be fully understood. c. research methodology as this research addressed both quantitative and qualitative questions, the methods used in this research falls under mixed methods. according to creswell (2003) mixed methods procedures developed in response to a need to clarify the intent of mixing quantitative and qualitative data in a single study. research question number one is answered quantitatively. this research is conducted to find out the significance of pre recorded narrative text in developing students’ listening comprehension. since experimental method is chosen to test the hypothesis provided, this research tangled two groups; the first group will be control group and the second group will be an experimental group. this research used experimental method because in an experiment, investigators may also identify a sample and generalize to a population, this is inline with cresswell (2003) stated that the basic intent of an experiment is to test the impact of a treatment (or an intervention) on an outcome, controlling for all other factors that might influence that outcome . the research design for this experimental research is the quasiexperimental design. in this design, a popular approach to quasiexperiments, the experimental group a and the control group b are selected without random assignment. both groups take a pretest and posttest. the experimental group receives pre recorded narrative text treatment, while the control group receives other technique. the other technique is direct oral story reading. according to nunan (1992), there are times when, if we are to carry out an experiment at all, it will have to be with intact groups of subjects, that is, subjects who have been grouped together for reasons other than the carrying out of an experiment. in these situations, while the internal validity of the experiment is weakened, it may still be thought desirable to proceed with the research. furthermore, as hatch and farhady (1982) mentioned that due to some limitations it is difficult to construct a true experimental design, however it does not meant that the researcher can abandon the research and let it invalid. that is the reason why, the researcher has to reach the ratih inayah: improving… 33 goal as closely as possible to meet the standards of true experimental design. in cases like this, the research speaks of quasi-experimental design rather than another design. the variables investigated are independent and dependent variables. nunan (1995) states that the variable which the experimenter expects to influence the other is called the independent variable while the variable upon which the independent variable is acting is called the dependent variable. in this research, the dependent variable is students’ achievement in speaking skill, while, the independent variable is storytelling technique. hypothesis this research is begun with null hypothesis (h0) where experimental and control group are similar. h0 : µexperimental = µcontrol it means that there is no difference between the experimental group and the control group in the mean adjustment level (gerald kranzler and janet moursund;1999). hatch and farhady (1982) stated that whenever we hope that some techniques have helped our sample so that they can perform better than the population from which they were selected, we use null hypothesis. by using null hypothesis, every possibility of the research can be shown. if the hypothesis is rejected, it can be concluded that experiment works. while, if the hypothesis is accepted, the experiment doesn’t work. so, the null hypothesis arouses in this research that storytelling technique is not effective in improving students’ speaking skill in learning english. population and samples the population of this research is the tenth grade students of sma x in bandung which is grouped into 5 classes. each class consisted of 30 students, so the total population is 150 students. the samples of this research are two classes (b1 and b2). the first class is the experimental group and the other is the control group. it assumed that both classes have the same range of ability based on the classification made by the school. each class consisted of 30 students. so, the total number of the sample is 60 students. during the experiment, the experimental group was treated by using story telling, and the control group was treated by other technique. eltin journal, vol 3/1, april 2015 34 d.result in conducting the experimental research, both groups taken, experimental group and control group, both should have no difference in means adjustment level at the beginning of the experiment. in order to find out whether or not both groups were homogenous, the result of pretest score of both classes was then calculated by using t-test for independent samples. below is the finding of high achiever students and low achiever students. neni’s answer dimension progress session 1 (pre test) session 2 session 3 session 4 session 5 session 6 session 7 (post test) theme 70 70 75 80 80 80 90 plot 60 70 70 70 70 70 80 setting 70 70 80 80 80 80 90 characters 60 70 70 70 70 70 80 dialogue 60 70 70 70 70 70 80 point of view 50 60 60 60 60 60 70 style 70 70 80 80 80 80 90 hari’s answer dimension progress session 1 (pre test) session 2 session 3 session 4 session 5 session 6 session 7 (post test) theme 40 40 45 50 50 60 60 plot 30 40 40 40 40 50 50 setting 50 50 60 60 60 70 70 characters 40 40 50 50 50 60 60 dialogue 60 70 70 70 70 70 80 point of view 30 40 40 40 40 50 50 style 40 40 50 50 50 60 60 ratih inayah: improving… 35 after doing the statistical computation, this research finds the pretest data to be analyzed: table 4.2 group statistics class n mean std. deviation std. error mean pretest experimental 30 75.60 9.107 1.663 pretest control 30 75.67 6.424 1.173 table 4.3 independent samples test levene’s test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2tailed) mean difference std. error diffrence lower upper pretest equal variances assumed 2.938 .092 .033 58 52.131 .974 .974 -.067 -.067 2.035 2.035 -4.140 -4.149 4.006 4.016 after computing the pretest scores obtained by the experimental and control group, this research discovers that the mean of the experimental group is 75.60, standard deviation 9.107 and the standard error mean 1.663. whereas, the mean score of control group is 75.67, standard deviation 6.424 and standard error mean 1.173. , and sig (2tailed) was 0.974. the analysis of posttest data is performed by doing similar steps as the pretest data. table 4.5 group statistics class n mean std. deviation std. error mean posttest experimental control 30 30 79.30 75.40 8.039 6.185 1.468 1.129 eltin journal, vol 3/1, april 2015 36 table 4.6 independent samples test levene’s test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2tailed ) mean differe nce std. error differen ce 95% confidence interval of the difference lowe r upper posttest equal variance s assumed 2.514 .118 2.106 58 54.421 .040 .040 3900 3900 1.852 1.852 .193 .188 7.607 7.612 from the computation of the posttest scores of both the experimental and control groups, the research shows that after being given some treatments, there are several differences between the scores. the mean score of experimental group is 79.30, with standard deviation 8.039, and standard error mean 1.468. in addition, the control group’s mean score is 75.40, with standard deviation 6.185, and the value of standard error mean is 1.129. in the table t-test for equality of means, it is found that the tobt of the posttest is 2.106 with df =58, and tcrit = 1.684 at the 0.05 level of significance . here, the research shows that tobt is greater than tcrit, so the null hypothesis is rejected , or the different scores on the posttest are statistically significant. in other words, it is assumed that storytelling technique is effective in improving students’ speaking skill. e. conclusions based on the result of the research, it can be concluded that storytelling technique works effectively in improving students’ speaking skill. the result of the research proved that the students who were taught by using ratih inayah: improving… 37 storytelling have better performance in speaking skill than those who were taught by conventional technique. references brown, h.d. 2001. teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: addison wesley longmn inc. burns, a. & joyce, h. 1999. focus on speaking. national centre for english language teaching and reserch. sydney: macquarie. celce, m & murcia. 2001. teaching english as a second or foreign language. (3rd ed). boston: heinle & heinle. coconi,a. 2013. [online] available http://www.ehow.com/info_ 8771474_typesstorytelling.html [ june 11 2014] creswell,j.w.2003.research design, second edition. california: sagepublications, inc. farhady. 1982. research design and statistic for applied linguistics. massachusetts: newburry house publisher, inc. harmer, j. 2004.how to teach english :an introduction to the practice of english language teaching.kualalumpur: longman. maynard .b. .2005. the importance of story. available in : http://subversiveinfluence.com/2005/01/the-importance-ofstory/ [ june 12 2014] richard, j.c. 2008. teaching listening and speaking : from theory to practice. new york: cambridge university press. thornburry, s. 2005. how to teach speaking. essex: stenton associates ur. p. 1996. a course in language teaching: practice and theory. new york: cambridge university press isi jurnal vol 3 no 1.pdf chapter 1 siti.pdf chapter 5 angga maulana.pdf efransyah: teaching derivational process… 23 teaching derivational process to compose proper sentence efransyah efransbae@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract the title of this research is teaching derivational process to compose proper sentence. the objective of this study was to prove whether or not that teaching derivational process influences students’ ability in using the proper words in constructing proper sentence. the group pre-test post-test design and quantitative method were used in this research. there were 26 students in this research to be entire population and they are from smk mohammad toha cimahi. this research used pre-test and post-test as the instruments. the data were collected by giving the instruments to the students, both pretest (before giving the students treatment) and post-test (after giving the students treatment) and to analyze the data, the writer used t-test formula. the result of this study showed that the mean score of pre-test was 50,38, the mean score of post-test was 82,30, the t-obs was 10, 96, the t-table with degrees of freedom (df) was 25 and level significance at 5 % (0,05) was 1,71. from the data analysis, the writer concluded that the students’ understanding about derivational process influenced their ability in using the proper word in constructing proper sentence and it also meant that the t-observe was higher than ttable (10,96 > 1,71), so the alternative hypothesis was accepted. keywords: derivational process, proper sentence. a. introduction according to hornby (1994), language has couple meanings: (1) system of sounds, words, patterns, etc used by human to communicate thought and feelings. (2) form of language used by a particular group, nation, etc. (3) manner of expressing oneself. (4) words, phrase, etc which are used by particular group of people. (5) systems of sign, symbol, gesture, etc used for conveying information.basically, language is a tool of communication therefore the speakers are demanded to enrich their vocabularies, and so in english. most english speakers are misunderstanding about the way to improve their vocabularies by memorizing new words but at the same time they forgot the old ones. actually they can enlarge their vocabularies by understanding the roles of derivation. according to huddleston (2005) derivation is the extension of base from one category to another. in line with this, plag (2002:20) states that derivation is a process to create a new word formation by changing the part of speech or syntactic category. we can set up four large syntactic categories (or words class) on the basis of their positions in english sentence patterns: nouns, verbs, adjectives and adverbs. a very high percentage of english words – possibly as high as 90 per cent – fall into one or more of these classes. mailto:efransbae@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 24 it is necessary to understand part of speech in constructing proper sentence in order to be able to place the proper word. one of the ways to recognize part of speech is by affixation. in this research is emphasizing on derivational process by suffixes not prefixes for derivational suffixes are able to change a part of speech to be others. the most of time, but not always, derivational suffixes mark a difference in word classes. for example: create (verb), creation (noun), creative (adjective), creatively (adverb). learning to derive words correctly comes only with practice. it is impossible, for practical purposes, to make roles concerning which verb take –ment, which take –ion, which take –ence, which take –al, etc, to form noun. we simply have to learn these matters trough practice. based on the introduction above, the purpose of this research was to prove the differences between students’ ability in using proper words of derivational process before having the pretest (treatment) and after having it. b. literature review 1. derivation derivation is the morphological process that results in the formation of new lexemes (lyon, 1997:522). it involves or may involve many variables in an open class (strong, 1968:101). based on croft (1960:125) “derivation is describing a real process of words formation in the english language.” in linguistic, derivation is used to form new words, mostly by combining with affixes. they modify the meaning base. in many cases, derivational affixes change both the syntactic categories and the meaning, the modification of the meaning is sometimes predictable. affixation of derivations are bound morphemes. in that case, derivation differs from compounding. derivation may occur without changing the syntactic category. for example: help (noun) and to help (verb). from the definition, it can be concluded that derivative is a word created by adding affixations both prefixes and suffixes to the base. there are some patterns in derivational process. they are to form verb, noun, adjective and adverb. a. to form verb there some suffixes which are added to the base to form the verb. suffixes “ate, ize. fy, and ize are added to noun, while “ en, ize and fy are added to adjective to form the verb. for example: table 1. to form verb base suffixes derivative facility (noun) ate facilitate (verb) bright (adjective) en brighten (verb) the example above showed that suffixes “ate and en” could be attached to the base words (noun and adjective) to form a new meaning and to change the part of speech. b.to form the noun some suffixes such “age, ance, ment, ing, ion, tion, can be attached to noun, suffixes “ce, cy, ity, ness, ure, and al to adjective and “hood, ship, ism, er, or, ar, cy, ee, er, ian, ist and ster are added to noun to form a new noun. here are the examples. efransyah: teaching derivational process… 25 table 2. to form noun base suffixes derivative carry (verb) age carriage (noun) bright (adjective) ness brightness (noun) brother (noun) hood brotherhood (noun) the example above showed that suffix “age” is attached to carry (verb), “ness” to bright (adjective) and “hood” to brother (noun). they create new meaning and part of speech. c. to form adjective in forming adjective, there are some suffixes are attached to the base of word (noun and adjective). suffixes “y, ful. al, ar, less, ary, ic, ish, en, ed, like, ous are attached to noun while “able, ous, ant, ent, ive, ing and ed to verb” to form adjective. for example: table 3. to form adjective base suffixes derivative blood (noun) y bloody (adjective) agree (verb) able agreeable (adjective) the example above showed that suffixes “y and able” are attached to blood (noun) and agree (verb) become adjective. c. to form adverb adverb can be formed from adjective formation by adding suffixes “ly, and ably” which are attached to the base of the words. here are the example: table 4. to form adverb base suffixes derivative general (adjective) ly generally (adverb) sensible (adjective) ably sensibly (adverb) the example above showed that suffixes “ly and ably” are attached to the base (adjectives) to be adverbs. 2. sentence based on traditional grammar, sentence can be divided into two aspects, which are meaning and function aspect. a sentence is an independent group of word which expressed a complement thought. every sentence must contain a subject (express or implied) and a predicate. the subject is that of which something is said, asserted, and predicated. the predicate is that which is said, asserted, predicated pf the subject. the subject of the sentence must be noun or a noun equivalent; and the predicate must contain a finite verb (one that is capable of asserting, having limit of version and number, which the non finite or infinite, verb lack). eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 26 a. part of sentence 1) subject subject is the second most important syntactic function after the predicate. generally, subject is a noun, a noun phrase, or a noun clause; for example: a) the boy is having breakfast. b) those who believe in god will get a better life in here after. c) internet is a kind of sophisticated media. d) learning english is an obligation for students. e) to understand each other is an important thing in making friendship. subject usually put on the left of predicate, but if the subject has a longer construction then the predicate, the subject can be put in the end of the sentence; for example: a) the child whom you gave money just now is billy. b) billy is the child whom you gave money just now. c) the car which i park in the garage is ferrari. d) ferrari is the car which i park in the garage. e) the plants which mostly grow on the sea shore are coconut trees. 2) predicate predicate is a main construction which followed by subject complement on the left and if there are available, some constituent of object, complement and/or adverbial on the right. it is usual that a predicate of a sentence is a verbal phrase or adjective one. in the typed-sentence of s-p, the predicate put also be a noun phrase, numeral, or prepositional; for example: a) he is sleeping. b) that woman is very beautiful. c) my father is an english teacher. d) his bicycles are two. e) please, you downstairs. 3) object object is a sentence constituent which its attendance is a need for transitive verb in active sentence. it is usually put directly after the predicate. generally, object constituent is a noun, noun phrase or clause; for example: a) she bought a bag. b) she bought a big bag. c) she bought a bag which is the same style as mine. d) she bought a bag which is the same style and the same color as mine. e) she bought a bag which is the same style, the same color and the same price as mine. 4) complement it is understandable that to differ between object and complement is rather difficult, for both constituent are identical. object or complement often formed as a noun, and their place is mostly after the verb; for example: a) she looks beautiful in red. b) he becomes rich after winning the lottery. c) most plants grow fertile in rainy season. d) you drive him crazy thinking about you. efransyah: teaching derivational process… 27 e) i saw him crossing the street. 5) adverbial adverbial is a function having many varieties and could be put in the beginning, the end or even in the middle of a sentence. generally, the attendance of adverbial in a sentence is arbiter. adverbial constituent usually formed as a noun phrase, prepositional phrase or adjective phrase. adverbial meaning is depended on combination of elements which build it; for example: a) i was born in a village forty kilometers east from bandung. b) most students in my class go to school by public transportation. c) she will celebrate her birthday next two weeks. d) i always spend the night in my grand father’s house at weekend. e) sometimes i wonder why i had to do such a fool thing. 3. the correlation between the part of speech and function of words as we discussed previously that every word in a sentence has function and part of speech. subject is always noun and pronoun, predicate is always verb, object is always noun and pronoun, complement is always out of verb, it can be noun, pronoun, adverb and adjective and adverb is both function and part of speech. a) the plane will depart very soon. its departure will be announced. depart as predicate, the part of speech as verb. departure as subject, the part as speech as noun. b) everyone needs education to become educated. education as object, the part of speech as noun. educated as complement, the part of speech as adjective. c) be careful. you must carefully pick out all the bits of the broken glass. careful as complement, the part of speech as adjective. carefully as adverb, the part of speech as adverb. d) i believe in god. such a belief will help me living in the here after. believe as predicate, the part of speech as verb. belief as subject, the part of speech as noun. e) i like science. i want to be a scientist. science as object, the part of speech as noun. scientist as object, the part of speech as noun. 4. sentence construction based on the number of clause, sentence can be classified into simple sentence, compound sentence, complex sentence and compound complex sentence. a. simple sentence the simple sentence contains one subject and one predicate, either or both of which may be compound. it has only the noun-subject and the verb-predicate. the predicate verb may be any finite verb form found in the inflection of a full verb. eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 28 wardaugh (1972:251) stated that simple sentence is a sentence containing a single clause. a simple sentence, also called an independent clause, contains a subject and a verb, and it expresses a complete thought. 1) government made a new regulation on electric tariff. 2) many students have been good at reading english. 3) my sister applied for a job as a secretary. 4) children need attention from their parents. 5) my brother is an active english speaker. b. compound sentence a compound sentence is a composed of two or more independent clauses, either or both of which may contain one or more adjective, adverb or noun clause. wardaugh (1972:238) stated that compound sentence is a sentence containing two or more independent clauses and no dependent clauses. a compound sentence contains two independent clauses joined by coordinator. the coordinators are as follows: for, and, or, but, nor, yet, so. (helful hint: the first letter of each of the coordinator spells fanboys). the following examples are compound sentence. each sentence contains two independent clauses, and a coordinator joins them. 1) government made a new regulation on electric tariff and it caused demonstration in the country. 2) many students have been good at reading english but they are still poor at speaking it. 3) my sister applied for a job as a secretary but she didn’t succeed. 4) children need attention from their parents or they will search for it out there. 5) my brother is an active english speaker and he plans to continue his study abroad. c. complex sentence any sentence that contains one principal clause and one or more subordinate (or dependent) clauses are called a complex-sentence. wardaugh (1972:238) stated that complex sentence is a sentence containing one independent clause and one or more dependent clause or embedded verbal. a complex sentence has an independent clause joined by one or more dependent clauses. a complex sentence always has a subordinator such as because, since, after, although, or relative pronoun such as that, who, or which. 1) government made a new regulation on electric tariff so that most people disagree of the regulation. 2) many students are still poor at speaking english so they must practice more of their speaking ability. 3) my sister did not succeed applying a job as a secretary although she graduated from secretary academy. 4) children will search for attention out there because they cannot have it at home. 5) my brother plans to continue his study abroad after he possesses his diploma degree. d. compound complex sentence a compound complex sentence is a composed of two or more independent clauses and one or more dependent clauses. a compound complex sentence contains coordinator and subordinator to join the clauses. 1) government made a new regulation on electric tariff and it caused demonstration in the country because most people disagree of the regulation. efransyah: teaching derivational process… 29 2) many students have been good at reading english but they are still poor at speaking it so they must practice more of their speaking ability. 3) my sister applied for a job as a secretary but she did not succeed although she graduated from secretary academy. 4) children need attention from their parents or they will search for it out there because they cannot have it at home. 5) my brother is an active english speaker and he plans to continue his study abroad after he possesses his diploma degree. c. research methodology the quantitative research is applied in this research, where the study is designed to test hypotheses through the use of objective instruments and statistical analysis. the research was conducted in al ilyas vocational high school, to be more specific in one class of eleventhgrade students of tkj 1. this class consists of 29 students, 15 boys, and 14 girls. in considering the objectives and the problem in this study, the pre-test pot-test design was applied by the writer. one group pre-test pot-test design differs from the other design that the questionnaire is given two times, the first one as a pre-test (o1) before students get the treatment about the way to put a proper word in the sentence and the second one as pos-test (o2) after students get treatment. in using one group pre-test pos-test design, the writer classified some students from different level of ability. the total number of the students were twenty six students. as the first test to analyze the students’ ability, the writer used pre-test to comprehend derivatives before giving the treatment while the post-test was given to analyze the students’ ability after having the treatment. the population was the first grade students of smk mohamad toha cimahi which was also taken as a sample (entire population). the students consisted of 26 students. the instruments used to collect the data were writing essay test (pre-test and post-test) as instruments of this research. in this research, both of pre-test and post-test were given to the students who had the same problems. there are 10 questions of essay, each question gives 10 points if the students answer correctly. then, teh data collected was analyzed by using t-test formula with significant level at 5%. here is the the t-test formula: 1. t-test t = 21 21 xx xx ss    2. in finding out the mean score from the test, the writer used the following formula:  x = n x 𝑥 = mean ∑x = the students’ score n = the amount of the students eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 30 3. the standard deviation is a short of average distance in measuring the sample mean (burn, 1994:39). s = 1 )( 22    n n x x 4. to compare between the obtained t (tobs) with the table entry for relevant df and level of significance, the degree of freedom is required. the formula of degree of freedom is as follow: df = n-1 d. findings and discussion this section elaborates the result of the research based on the data obtained from pre-test and post test. the followings are the result of pre-test and post-test as follows. table 1. students’ score of pre-test and post test students score pre-test post-test 1 60 100 2 70 100 3 40 60 4 50 90 5 40 80 6 70 100 7 50 70 8 50 80 9 50 80 10 50 70 11 50 70 12 50 90 13 40 80 14 60 100 15 60 80 16 50 90 17 50 70 18 70 90 19 30 90 20 30 80 21 40 70 22 50 70 23 70 90 24 60 80 25 20 60 26 50 100 total 1310 2140 efransyah: teaching derivational process… 31 1. pre-test score table 2. students’ score of pre-test and a. mean  x = n x  x = 26 1310  x = 50,38 b. standard deviation s = 1 )( 22    n n x x s = 126 ) 26 1310 (70100 2   s = 25 37,253870100  s = 25 63,67561 s = 46,2702 s = 5,19 students x x2 1 60 3600 2 70 4900 3 40 1600 4 50 2500 5 40 1600 6 70 4900 7 50 2500 8 50 2500 9 50 2500 10 50 2500 11 50 2500 12 50 2500 13 40 1600 14 60 3600 15 60 3600 16 50 2500 17 50 2500 18 70 4900 19 30 900 20 30 900 21 40 1600 22 50 2500 23 70 4900 24 60 3600 25 20 400 26 50 2500 total ∑x = 1310 ∑x2 = 70100 eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 32 b. post-test score table 3. students’ score of post-test a. mean  x = n x  x = 26 2140  x = 82,30 b. standard deviation s = 1 )( 22    n n x x s = 126 ) 26 2140 (171000 2   s = 25 92,6773171000  s = 25 08,164226 s = 04,6569 s = 8,10 students x x2 1 100 10000 2 100 10000 3 60 3600 4 90 8100 5 80 6400 6 100 10000 7 70 4900 8 80 6400 9 80 6400 10 70 4900 11 70 4900 12 90 8100 13 80 6400 14 100 1000 15 80 6400 16 90 8100 17 70 4900 18 90 8100 19 90 8100 20 80 6400 21 70 4900 22 70 4900 23 90 8100 24 80 6400 25 60 3600 26 100 10000 total ∑x = 2140 ∑x2 = 171000 efransyah: teaching derivational process… 33 the degree of freedom is: df = n-1 n = the amount of the students df = 26-1 df = 25 the critical value of t-table at the 0,05 of significance level for this degree of freedom 5 % from 25 was 1,71. the final calculation is t-test. t = 21 21 xx xx ss    t = 10,819,5 30,8238,50   t = 91,2 92,31   t = 10,96 2. discussion the analyzed data showed that: m 1 = 50,38 m 2 = 82,30 tobs =10,96 the t-critical value degree of freedom (df) = 26-1 = 25 and the significance level = 5 % = 1,71 from the analyzed data above mentioned, the writer could conclude that the alternative hypothesis could be accepted because the tobs was higher than t-table (10.96 > 1,71). it also meant that understanding the part of speech and the function of each word influenced the students’ ability in using proper words in sentence construction. in this case, the proper words by using derivatives. e. conclusion from the data analysis above mentioned, it can be concluded that the alternative of hypothesis was accepted because the t-observe was higher (10.96) than t –table (1,71). it also means that teaching derivation process is influencing students to enrich their vocabularies and to use the proper words in constructing proper sentence. the technique of teaching derivational process is also necessary for the students in supporting their comprehension to use a proper word. therefore, it can be inferred that the students who memorize the suffixes will recognize the part of speech. then, the students who understand the function of each word and the part of speech can place a proper word in constructing proper sentence. finally, the students who understand the function and the part of speech can see the correlation between the previous words and the following one. from this research, some suggestions are proposed both for the teachers and the students such follow: 1) the teachers has to improve his technique, ability in teaching derivatives and giving more exercises to the students to make them familiar with derivational processes 2) to enrich vocabularies, the students need to recognize the pattern of derivatives, part of speech and eltin journal, volume 7/i, april 2019 34 function of words in order to be able to use the words properly and correctly in constructing proper sentence. f. references croft, kenneth. (1960). reading and word study. prentice-hall, inc. frank, marcella, 1972. modern english: a practical reference guide. new jersey. prentice hall, inc. hornby, a.s. 1994. oxford advance learner dictionary. oxford university press. huddleston, rodney and pullum, goeffrey k. (2005). a student’s introduction to english grammar. united kingdom. cambridge university press. lyon, jhon. (1981). language and linguistics. cambridge university press. plag, ingo. 2003. word formation in english. camridge. university press. wardaugh, ronald. (1997). introduction to linguistic. usa: mcgraw-hall inc. utut kurniati: the myth of material 17 the myth of material success as reflected in sam walton: made in america-my story utut kurniati swadaya gunung jati universityof cirebon abstract american myth of material success had been orchestrated five basic beliefs that were reflected in sam walton‟s biography, sam walton: made in america-my story. those beliefs were: 1) having a strong will to be successful man in america, sam walton was aware that the american democracy allowed its citizens to rise above any limitation in which they may have been born; 2) then, he rose up from his limitation by hard work. his hard work successfully brought him to the riches and physical comforts; 3) he believed that those rewards came to those who were deserving of them (virtuous); 4) he also believed that those rewards came to those who had the drive and ambition to attain them. therefore, he was optimistic to attain success in america; 5) hard work to attain success made sam walton a lucky man who received good luck in his life. as a result, his dream of being a successful man in america came true. keywords: the myth of material success, american dream, hard work. a. introduction america is a dream land for everyone who wants to live successfully. every american citizen has desire to be successful because they believe that success will give happiness in their life. they work very hard because they believe that by working hard they will reach success. for most of americans, success itself means material success, such as owning well-known brand of cars, owning nice and big house in elite area, luxurious jewellery, having big salary, having much money, and so on. as it is written in popular culture: an introduction text: they worked hard, rose through the ranks, and were rewarded by fame and or fortune. and that is the american myth of success. with hard work comes achievement, and with achievements comes the material comforts of the american dream and sometimes even great riches and a place in history. (nachbar and lause, 1992: 135) from the statement above, it can be seen that by hard working people will reach good fortune and fame and result in wealth. for americans, being wealthy means holding the power, status, and respect. those are what the people dream in their life. these rewards come to those who deserve them, who have the drive and ambition to attain them. one of popular successful businessman in america is sam walton. he was included in time magazine's list of 100 most influential people of the 20th century. he was honored for all his pioneering efforts in retail in march 1992, when he received the presidential medal of freedom from president george h. w. bush. forbes magazine ranked sam walton as the richest man in the united states. in 1992 he wrote his biography entitled sam walton: made in america-my story. it reveals his true story of a poor town boy who became the richest businessman in america. http://www.answers.com/topic/time-album http://www.answers.com/topic/time-album http://www.answers.com/topic/time-album http://www.answers.com/topic/20th-century http://www.answers.com/topic/1992 http://www.answers.com/topic/presidential-medal-of-freedom http://www.answers.com/topic/george-bush eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 18 according to abram, a biography is recognized as a literary work because it is regarded as a piece of documentary evidences which is believed to be product of the author‟s perception, thought, and feeling. abram in the mirror and the lamp states that “a work of art is essentially the internal made external, resulting from a creative process operating under the impulse of feeling and embodying the combined product of a poet‟s perception, thought, and feeling” (abrams, 1975: 23). sam walton worked very hard to reach american dream and finally he attained success in his life. he communicated the inspiration, heart, virtues, and optimism that drove him to reach his dream. he grew up and everyone could see how determined he was to succeed and as time passed he went from a poor town boy to the richest man in the world. in america, beliefs and values that exist in the society cannot be separated from the existence of myth because myth is the foundation for the development of the beliefs and values in the society. considering that the sam walton‟s biography is about how hard sam walton‟s struggle, ambition, success, wealth, virtues, and popularity, the clearest aspect of popular culture contained in sam walton‟s biography is about american myth of material success. therefore, it will be very interesting to dig up further the american myth of material success as reflected in sam walton‟s biography, sam walton: made in america, my story. b. research method 1. data collection the data are stated in the form of words or sentences. the source of data that was employed in this research was sam walton‟s biography, sam walton: made in america, my story. it was written by sam walton and john huey in 1992 and was published in new york by dobleday. the main source of data of this research were taken from sam walton‟s statements that expressed his ideas, opinions, feelings, thoughts, and his struggle from he was poor boy until he became a successful business and the richest man in america. while the supporting data were taken from other sources like books, essays, websites, articles, etc. which could support the analysis. collecting and analyzing data were done by the researcher at the same time. as stated in metodologi penelitian kualitatif written by h.b. sutopo: “…dalam penelitian kualitatif proses analisis sudah harus dilakukan pada bersamaan dengan pengumpulan data. bilamana hal itu tidak dilakukan maka akibatnya peneliti akan banyak menghadapi kesulitan karena banyaknya data yang berupa deskripsi kalimat” (sutopo, 2002:97). the first step, the researcher started reading the source of data, sam walton‟s biography, sam walton: made in america, my story by sam walton and john huey, published by dobleday in new york in 1992 repeatedly and carefully in order to have deeper understanding and to find out a common issue that was reflected in this biography. the second step was analyzing data by taking notes of the main data related to the issue and finding and analyzing other resources considered as supporting data. the last step was drawing conclusion. 2. analysis success in america is associated with the realization of the american dream component. marsden argued that the lavish array of material objects, which are the components of the american dream (marsden in nachbar and lause, 1992: 135). materialistic view of life which is defined as a view that measures everything based on physical appearance, such as big and utut kurniati: the myth of material 19 luxurious house, expensive car, luxurious jewelers, and so on, motivate the americans to get what they want in anyway. both materialism concept and materialistic view of life is strongly influence the americans to ignore their norms and values in achieving their material comforts. the american people regard money as the most important thing in their life. in their mind, material is the most invisible thing to get happiness. as a result, twentieth century american success mythology fragments into a series of mythological which define riches as a satisfaction of psychological rather than material needs. as stated in the book of popular culture: an introductory text, from the beginnings through the early twentieth century, the american myth of success has been orchestrated around five basic beliefs which have served as recurring motifs: 1) american democracy allows its citizens to rise above any limitations into which they may have been born; 2) hard work brings riches and physical comforts; 3) these rewards come to those who are deserving of them (virtuous) and who; 4) have the drive and ambition to attain them plus; 5) a modicum of good luck (marsden in nachbar and lause, 1992: 144). those five basic beliefs will be discussed as follows: a. american democracy allows its citizens to rise above any limitations into which they may have been born this first belief of the american myth of material success actually inspires those who may have been born in limitation to rise above their life and decide independently what kind of man they want to be. since in the declaration of independence is stated that “all men are created equal”, all american citizens have a deep faith that all citizens have equal value in certain innate rights, such as life, liberty, and the pursuit happiness. they have innate right to decide and to do everything for their own life and their own destinies. thus they independently make up their own minds about whatever their dreams in the future. living in limitation is a common phenomenon in america because not all americans are born and live in prosperous life. there are some of them live in the limitation. sam walton was one of them who lived in limitation. this part discusses about how sam walton aware of his limitation, how he tried to rise above his limitation, and how his limitation could not be his adverse circumstance to keep attaining many achievements at school and college. the great depression in 1930s was a pretty hard time for americans. mass unemployment was the common phenomenon and the biggest problem of the nation. many people lived in the limitation and they had to be able to keep on their life during that time. the real phenomenon was experienced by sam walton and his family. as stated in his biography, sam walton: made in america-my story, during his childhood, sam walton and his family often lacked of food because his parents often did not have enough money for buying some food. a portrait of his limitation can be seen in the following sentence: “one day dad traded his wristwatch for a hog, so we would have food on the table” (walton and huey, 199: 3). the limitation teaches people to be strong to face any problems in his life. their condition enforces them to be creative in the ways of earning money. this phenomenon was experienced by sam walton. as stated in sam walton‟s biography, sam walton: made in america-my story: “i started selling magazine subscriptions, probably as young as seven or eight years old, and i had paper routes from the seventh grade all the way through college. i raised and sold rabbits and pigeons too, nothing unusual for country boys of that era“(walton and huey, 1992: 4). it is clear that because of his limitation, sam walton was forced to learn from a very early age. he thought that it was important for him to help providing for his family to be a contributor rather than just a taker in his family. he helped his family earning money by himself and be an eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 20 independent kid. he learned about how to get his hands on a dollar and what he just did actually was worth thing for his future life. b. hard work brings riches and physical comforts. this second recurring motif in the myth of material success is actually interrelated with the first motif. it means that everyone who wants to be successful in america have to experience the second recurring motif in the myth of material success. it is hard work. people have to work hard to rise above any limitation which they may have been born and to reach their dreams. by hard working, it will bring them into riches and physical comforts. thus the harder they work the more money they will get. this subchapter discusses about how hard sam walton started and worked in retailing business; and as the result he attained success in america and owned riches and physical comforts. most of american people spend the time for working thus they become workaholic. american citizens use the term workaholic to describe a person addicted to work, one who spends as much time as possible on the job and seems to think of little else. hard work sometimes makes people have no enough time to take a rest. their hard workings even make them ignore exhaustion that they feel in their body. though they get exhaustion, they keep going to enforce themselves to work. the high spirit to work harder and harder was reflected in sam walton. he had been working as hard as he ever worked in his life. he was always spirited and he always had lots of energy to reach success. as it is stated in sam walton: made in america-my story, “we did everything. we would wash windows, sweep floors, trim windows. we did all the stockroom work, checked the freight in. everything it took to run a store. we had to keep expenses to a minimum. that is where it started, years ago. our money was made by controlling expenses” (walton and huey, 1992: 28). in america, wealth means power, social status, and respect. the more money or wealth that one has, the higher status that one gets. thus american citizens try hard to make better change for their social status. this phenomenon was experienced by sam walton. working with true dedication, integrity, responsibility and full concentration in running his retailing business made sam walton became the richest man in the world who lived in “the world of wealth”. as stated in the following article: in 1998, walton was included in time magazine's list of 100 most influential people of the 20th century. forbes ranked sam walton as the richest man in the united states from 1985 to 1988, ceding the top spot to john kluge in 1989 when the editors began to credit walton's fortune jointly to him and his four children-s. robson "rob" walton, john t. walton, jim walton, and alice walton (bill gates first headed the list in 1992, the year walton died). the walton family held 5 spots in the top 10 richest people in the united states until 2005. if alive today, sam walton would be the world's wealthiest person, twice as rich as bill gates. walton was also honoured for all his pioneering efforts in retail in march 1992, when he received the presidential medal of freedom from president george h. w. bush. (walton and huey, 1992: 80). in america, most of its citizens tend to value everything with material. since material has double function in the modern era, their hunger in money gave them a predicate of “money lover”. they regarded money as the most important thing in their life. in their mind, material is the most invisible thing to get happiness. they regarded the function of money is a symbol and measurement of one who achieves success. in their mind, money comes to be measured not only for the goods it will buy, but as symbolic evidence of success and thereby of personal worth. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1998 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/time_magazine http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/20th_century http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/forbes http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1985 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1988 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/john_kluge http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1989 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/s._robson_walton http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/john_t._walton http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/john_t._walton http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/john_t._walton http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/jim_walton http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/alice_walton http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/bill_gates http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1992 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/bill_gates http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1992 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/presidential_medal_of_freedom http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/george_h._w._bush utut kurniati: the myth of material 21 c. these rewards come to those who are deserving of them (virtuous) success is not only able to provide someone richness, physical comfort and popularity, but he can also reach high achievements from the community. all those rewards do not come to everybody in america. those rewards only come to those who are deserving of them (virtuous). money is not only regarded as the provider of their happiness, comfort, and luxurious life, but also as the determiner of social status. with money, one can also help others in happiness, kindness, and virtuous. this phenomenon was experienced by sam walton. his hard working not only brought him to be rich and enjoy many of pleasure, comfort, and luxurious life, but it also led him to be powerful in america. his wealth became „his power‟ to do everything he wanted. he spent „his power‟ (wealth) not only for himself and his family but also for many people. he helped many people who needed financial contribution. as stated in sam walton, made in america-my story, sam walton gave financial contribution for a lot of educational institutions, church groups and community projects like zoos, libraries, and recreation facilities. he supported hospitals and medical research programs. he funded arts groups and theatre groups and symphonies. he gave to conservation and environmental causes and veterans‟ group, as well as to economic development groups and free enterprise groups. he supported public schools and private schools. he supported such groups as the citizens against government waste, students in free enterprise, and the arkansas business council which the society around here insist on calling “the good suit club” (walton and huey, 1992: 235). d. these rewards come to who have the drive and ambition to attain them one who wants to be successful in america has to experience the fourth basic beliefs of the myth of material success. it is the drive and ambition. one has to be able to set his mind to the drive and ambition to achieve success in america. sam walton could set his mind very well to the drive and ambition since he was kid. he always tried to be the best he could at whatever he took on. he had always pursued everything he was interested in with a true passion to win. he had always held the pretty high for himself that he had extremely high personal goals in his life. as stated in his biography, sam walton: made in america-my story, as follows: i don‟t know what causes a person to be ambitious, but it is a fact that i have been over blessed with drive and ambition from the time i hit the ground. our mother was extremely ambitious for her kids. she read a lot and loved education, although she didn‟t have too much herself. she went to college for a year before she quit to get married, and maybe to compensate for that, she just ordained from the beginning that i would go to college and make something of myself (walton and huey, 1992: 11) it is clear that when sam walton felt a certain way, he was relentless. he would just wear you out. he would bring up an idea. his mind worked faster than everybody else. if he got something in his mind that needs to be done, regardless of what might have planned and the new idea takes priority, it would be done soon. e. a modicum of good luck as stated in the previous chapter, the last belief which serves as recurring motifs in american myth of success said that success comes to those who deserve a modicum of good luck. the good luck factor is helpful for someone in reaching his success in america. actually, it actually can not be received by all of the people. it only comes by chance to some of them who work hard. this phenomenon was also experienced in sam walton‟s life. sam was a hard worker who had a great optimism, drive, ambition, and strong will in reaching his dreams. his efforts made him a lucky man who deserved good luck. as seen in the sam walton‟s biography, sam walton: made in america-my story, one day in 1945, by chance he met tom bates, his old friend when they were eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 22 kids in shelbina. they had never met for long years. they met again in st. lois. at that time tom was working in the shoe department of butler brothers. tom gave a chance for sam to own business because tom thought that sam was qualified person to have a chance to own retail business. then he explained to sam much information about butler brothers. actually, butler brothers was a regional retailer with two franchise operations: federated stores, a chain of small department stores, and ben franklin, a chain of variety stores, what was called “five and dimes” or “dime store”. tom motivated him to take that chance to run business on butler brother‟s franchise in newport, arkansas (walton and huey, 1992: 20-21). from sam walton‟s biography, sam walton: made in america-my story, it could be seen that the american myth of material success were reflected in sam walton‟s efforts and strong will in attaining success in america. those beliefs were: 1) having a strong will to be successful man in america, sam walton was aware that the american democracy allowed its citizens to rise above any limitation in which they may have been born; 2) then, he rose up from his limitation by hard work. his hard work successfully brought him to the riches and physical comforts; 3) he believed that those rewards came to those who were deserving of them (virtuous); 4) he also believed that those rewards came to those who had the drive and ambition to attain them. therefore, he was optimistic to attain success in america; 5) hard work to attain success made sam walton a lucky man who received good luck in his life. as a result, his dream of being a successful man in america came true. c. conclusion in america, the meaning of success experiences shift of change. it does not lie on the spiritual matter anymore, but it is based on material achievement. in the puritan era, people had to work for god. while in the twentieth century, people work for himself. thus american success is measured with how much material possessions they own. through sam walton‟s biography, sam walton: made in america-my story, it was clear that in the period of free trade where americans were interested in achieving riches and physical comforts, the american myth of material success became the most influential factor in motivating, supporting, and inspiring american citizens in realizing their dream. the myth of material success in america which says that hard work will brings someone to a better life and good fortune in shape of wealth, money, fame, and power, has been orchestrated around five basic beliefs which served as recurring motifs in american society. those five basic beliefs can be seen as follows: 1. the first basic belief is american democracy allows its citizens to rise above any limitation in which they may have been born. sam walton was one with his limitation who had strong wish to be successful man in america. since the declaration of independence allowed american citizens to reach their dreams by their own ways, it actually inspires sam walton to rise up from his limitation. 2. the second belief is hard work brings riches and physical comforts. sam walton was aware that not all people could enjoy and experience all the riches and physical comforts offered in the modern living. therefore, he had to work hard for his entire his life as he believed that hard work brought riches and physical comforts. 3. the third basic belief is those rewards come to those who are deserving of virtuous. sam walton worked hard with virtuous of the community and his associates. as a result he achieved awards from many people. utut kurniati: the myth of material 23 4. the fourth belief is those rewards come to those who have the drive and ambition to attain them. sam walton actually always had the strong will and ambition to achieve success in america. 5. the last basic belief is a modicum of good luck. sam walton‟s hard work to attain success made him a lucky man who by chance received the good luck in his life. as a result, his dream of being a successful man in america came true. references abrams, m.h. 1975. the mirror and the lamp: romantic theory and critical tradition. london: oxford university press. anderson, walt. 1976. a place of power, the american episode in human evolution. santo monica: goodyear publishing company, inc. bradbury, malcom and howard temperley. 1998. an introduction to american studies. second edition. london: longman. buggey, joame. 1980. america! america!. illinois: scott, foresman and company. cary, john h and julius weinberg. 1984. the social fabric american life from the civil war to the present. boston: little, brown and company. carruth, gorton. 1991. what happened when, a chronology of life and events in america. san rafael: a signet book. cincotta, howard. 1994. an outline of american history. new york: united states information agency. eshleman, j. ross. 1993. sociology: an introduction, new york: harper collins college publishers. luedtke, luther. 1998. making america: the society and culture of the united states. washington d.c.: united states information agency. marcus, mordecai and henry f. salermo. 1963. cross section: essay on contemporary america. new york: holt rinehart and winston, inc. martin, james kirby. 1989. america and its people. new york: harper collins. nachbar, jack and kevin lause. 1992. popular culture: an introduction text. bowling green: bowling green state university. sellers, charles. 1975. as it happened: a history of the united states. new york: mcgraaw-hill book. snyder, louis l. 1964. the world in the twentieth century. new jersey: d van nostrand company inc. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 24 spillers, robert. 1981. late harvest essays and addresses in american literature and culture. new york: greenwood press. stevenson, k. doughlas. 1998. american life and institutions. washington d.c.: united states information agency. storey, john. 2001. cultural theory, popular culture: an introduction. london: henry ling ltd. sutopo, h.b. 2002. metode penelitian kualitatif. surakarta: sebelas maret university press. walton, sam and john huey. 1992. sam walton: made in america-my story. new york: dobleday. williams, robin m. 1960. american society: sociological interpretation. new york: alfred a knopf. http://www.answers.com/topic/sam-walton, taken from website on 20 july 2006, 9.03am. http://www.as.wiley.com/wileycda/wileytitle/productcd-0471748129.html, taken from website on 1 november 2006, 9. 15am. http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/a0772005.html, taken from website on 6 october 2006, 7.50am. http://www.littlerock.sbout.com/cs/homeliving/a/aasamwalton.htm, taken from website on 20 july 2006, 8.58am. http://www.nndb.com/people/006/000029916/ , taken from website on 5 october 2006, 8.45am. http://www.stfrancis.edu/ba/ghkickul/stuwebs/bbios/biograph/waltonl.htm, taken from website on 21 july 2006, 8.45am. http://www.walmart.com/catalog/product.do?product_id=403453, taken from website on 5 october 2006, 8.24am. http://www.who2.com/samwalton.html , taken from website on 21 july 2006, 8.52am. http://www.answers.com/topic/sam-walton http://www.as.wiley.com/wileycda/wileytitle/productcd-0471748129.html http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/a0772005.html http://www.littlerock.sbout.com/cs/homeliving/a/aasamwalton.htm http://www.nndb.com/people/006/000029916/ http://www.stfrancis.edu/ba/ghkickul/stuwebs/bbios/biograph/waltonl.htm http://www.walmart.com/catalog/product.do?product_id=403453 http://www.who2.com/samwalton.html samosir, tarigan, & manalu: the correlation…. 1 the correlation between the students' interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry at sma kartika i-2 medan hepnyi samosir1, merry susanty tarigan2, erika kartika mastiur manalu3 hepnis@yahoo.com, merrysusanty@yahoo.com, erimanalu@gmail.com abstract this study is a correlational design with the aim of finding out if there is any positive correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry at sma kartika i-2 medan. the study was conducted at sma kartika i-2 medan. the product moment correlation formula was used to determine the correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry. the hypothesis was tested by comparing the value of rcount to rtable on the degree of freedom (df) = 30 2 = 28 with α = 0.05 significance level and df = 28 (0.361). it was found that rcount was higher than rtable (0.726> 0.361), and thus null hypothesis was successfully rejected. the result of the study shows that there was any positive correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and students’ ability to analyze poetry at the eleventh grade students of sma kartika i – 2 medan. the correlation coefficient was 0.726, and the regression line was y = 12.07 + 0,948x. the contribution of the students’ interest in reading poetry to their ability to analyze poetry is 47.29%. keywords: ability, analyze, correlation, interest, poetry a. introduction language teaching and learning process focus on the four skills namely reading, writing, listening and speaking. one alternative way of learning english can be expected to evoke a sense of pleasure in studying english is by using poetry as a medium. using poetry in the teaching and learning process is expected to be useful in increasing the students’ achievement in four skills. students are expected to be able to develop their reading and speaking (pronunciation) skills when they are asked to recite poetry. they are also expected to be able to listen well when the teacher reads the poetry as well as develop their writing skills when they are asked to analyze the poetry and find out how the poetry built up. this way has been used by english teachers in sma kartika i-2 medan. although teachers have implemented the method, it is found that the students’ interest in reading poetry was still poor. they have not realized the benefits they can gain by reading poetry, that reading poetry also can improve their ability in reading, writing, listening and speaking. reading poetry is also a path to optimize students’ ability to analyze the structure of poetry. hence, with the students’ interest in reading poetry, it is expected that they are able to diagnose and discover the elements that built up poetry. according to nunan (2003) reading is fluent process background knowledge to build meaning. it means reading is a process that expects the readers to gain mailto:hepnis@yahoo.com mailto:hepnis@yahoo.com mailto:hepnis@yahoo.com eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 2 information and add knowledge by reading the text. in addition, chatton (2010:5) writes that poetry is the act of paying thoughtful attention to language to carefully express thoughts, feelings, and observations. in other words, the poetry is regarded as a part of the language used to describe the feelings, thoughts, and observations of a poet and expressed lyrically or in such a beautiful way. andrew in dean (2004) writes: “poetry presents particular problems for teachers and students alike in that it is not widely read – like shakespeare – comes at the bottom of young people’s preferences in reading literature; the language diction of poetry often seeming impenetrable; the range of poems studied in often narrow; it is taught in conventional way that presupposes the purpose of teaching is to elucidate ‘difficult’ language and for students to gain appreciation of ‘high culture’; and it is often reduced to a hunt for similes and metaphors, as if they were the sine qua non of poetry (when in fact they are features of many different types of writing).” it means the difficulties are found in learning poetry because poetry is still regarded as something that is stern and only demanded by certain of people only. in teaching how to analyze poetry, a teacher should guide the students through the poetic language comprehension, critical and analytical reading, and also the development of aesthetic appreciation. based on the data gained from pre-observation in sma kartika i-2 medan, the poetry was awkward to analyze because the students were only taught how to read poetry. they were not taught how to analyze it. it was also found that students were not interested in reading poetry because the method used was the traditional one in which the teachers were the main source of poetry reading. the students found poetry extremely arid and behind the times. increasing the students’ interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry cannot be separated from a various factor that related to inhibiting factor and supporting factor to the students’ interest in reading, obiter: internal and external factors. the internal factor is that the students have less interest in reading. the external ones are parental, teachers, economic, facility factors, the difficulty in reading material and so on. the following are data gained from pre-observation: 1. the students’ interest in reading poetry seems low, 2. it is assumed that the students’ ability to analyze poetry is affected by students’ interest in reading poetry, 3. the interest in reading poetry can increase the students’ ability to analyze poetry. the students of sma kartika i-2 medan are not able to both interpret or discover the content of poetry and find out the structure that builds a poem up so that students perceive learning poetry is very difficult and drab and thus to ascertain whether the interest in reading poetry correlates to the ability to analyze poetry, the researcher conducted a study, entitled “the correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry at eleventh grade students of sma kartika i – 2 medan”. samosir, tarigan, & manalu: the correlation…. 3 the problem of the study is “is there any positive correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry at eleventh grade students of sma kartika i – 2 medan?” regarding the problem, the objective of the study is to find out whether there is any positive correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry at the eleventh grade students of sma kartika i – 2 medan, and thus the hypotheses of the study are: ha : there is any positive correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry at eleventh grade students of sma kartika i – 2 medan. ho : there is no any positive correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry at eleventh grade students of sma kartika i – 2 medan. b. literature review 1. interest in reading poetry degarmo (2009) writes interest seems to indicate a state of feeling, yet it is often extended to the objects toward which the feeling extends. he also writes interest is a feeling accompanies the idea of self expression. in addition, ostermann and shaw (2009), the word interest is derived, as is well known, from latin verb “interesse” being a compound of the preposition “inter,” signifying between, and the verb “esse,” signifying to be, its original and proper meaning is “to be between” in space. moreover, according to dewey (2009) interest is the accompaniment of the identification, through action, of the self with some object or idea, because of the necessity of that object or idea for the maintenance of a self-initiated activity. in conclusion, interest is the feeling of wanting to give attention to something or to be involved with something. 2. reading poetry reading is a process of looking at words or symbols and understanding what they mean. nunan (2003) states that reading is a fluent process of readers to combine information from a text and their own background knowledge to build meaning. similarly, seylar (2004) state reading as the process of obtaining or constructing meaning from a word or cluster of words. moreover, wineburg (2001), reading is not merely a way to learn new information but becomes a way to engage in new kinds of thinking. in reading poetry, a reader learns new information obtained through the written words. it is a literary work that arranged to create a certain effect to communicate ideas, and feelings that actually exist in a poet’s mind. poetry is a beauty. many people have an interest in poetry. they can feel the beauty of the poetry and take pleasure in reading it. alden (2012) describes poetry is the art of representing human experiences, in so far as they are of lasting or universal interest, in metrical language, usually with chief reference to the emotions and by means of imaginations. moreover, chatton (2010) defines poetry as the act of paying thoughtful attention to language to carefully express thoughts, feelings and eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 4 observations. similarly, stedman (2004) state that poetry is rhythmical, imaginative language, expressing the invention, taste, thought, passion, and insight, of the human soul. wordsworth in alden (2012) explain that poetry is the spontaneous overflow o powerful feelings: it takes its origin from emotion recollected in tranquillity: the emotion is contemplated till, by a species of reaction, the tranquility gradually disappears, and an emotion, similar to that which was before the subject of contemplation, is gradually produced, and does itself actually exist in the mind. besides, chapman and welton (2010), poetry is writing that communicates intensely and intimately through and beyond language, using rhythm, sound, style and meaning. poetry is a form of literature as beatty (1992) explains that poetry is a special type of literature in which words are arranged and chosen to create a certain effect. a poet has a very well-chosen of words for their sounds and meanings. the selected words are combined in different and unusual ways to deliver ideas, feelings, and new ways of looking at things, experiences, and sometimes stories. the statements explained come to the conclusion that the interest in reading poetry is the feeling of wanting to read and to learn poetry, and also to understand the contents of the poetry by reciting and analyzing the it. reading poetry requires strategies. according to beatty (1992) here are the strategies to read poetry: (a) read the poem loud, (b) visualize the images, (c) figure out who the speaker is, (d) carefully at individual words and phrases, and (e) think about the poem’s message or theme. 3. analysis of daffodils by william wordsworth the poem daffodils, also known as "i wandered lonely as a cloud”, was written by william wordsworth. here the poem is quoted from poem in two volumes by william wordsworth (2009). a. stanza wordswort’s poem “daffodils” consists of four stanzas. i wandered lonely as a cloud that floats on high o’er vales and hills when all at once i saw a crowd a host, of golden daffodils; 1 beside the lake, beneath the trees, fluttering and dancing in the breeze. continuous as the stars that shines and twinkle on the milky way, the stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay: 2 ten thousand saw i at a glance, samosir, tarigan, & manalu: the correlation…. 5 tossing their heads in sprightly dance. the waves beside them danced; but they outdid the sparkling waves in glee: a poet could not but be gay, in such a jocund company: 3 i gazed---and gazed ---but little thought what wealth the show to me had brought: for oft when on my couch i lie in vacant or in pensive mood, they flash upon that inward eye which is the bliss of solitude; 4 and then my heart with pleasure fills, and dances with the daffodils. b. rhyme scheme scoot (2003:101), rhyme scheme is a regular pattern of the ends of lines, indicated by using letter in alphabetical order to signify lines that rhyme with each other. i wandered lonely as a cloud a that floats on high o’er vales and hills, b when all at once i saw a crowd a a host, of golden daffodils; b beside the lake, beneath the trees, c fluttering and dancing in the breeze. c the rhyming scheme of the above stanza is abab (a cloud and crowd; b hills and daffodils) and ending with a rhyming couplet cc (c trees and breeze) c. meter according to scoot (2003:101), meter is the rhythm of a poem, usually scanned and counted in a feet. the meter of “daffodils” is iambic tetrameter, which just means that each line has four ("tetra") iambs. i wan|-dered lone|-ly as | a cloud that floats | on high | o’er vales | and hills. d. sense the sense of “daffodils” poem is happiness that inspired by nature. wordsworth expresses his feeling of seeing a group of daffodils when he is wandering alone. he expresses his bliss of seeing such beautiful daffodils. e. intention a poet undoubtedly writes certain poetry for he/she has an intention. wordsworth in “daffodils” emphasizes that finding new friends in the world around you, even when you are by yourself and lonely and missing your friends, can be by your imagination. he makes a heaven out of a windy day and a bunch of daffodils. the intention to be conveyed by wordsworth on “daffodils” is that sometimes the loneliness may bring happiness or pleasure in human life. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 6 f. tone wordsworth uses ”i wandered lonely as a cloud” it first implies a negative mood. “lonely” gives the reader a connotation of sadness, being left alone or not with other people. but in the two last stanzas, wordsworth personifies they “dance” and have “glee”. it is used to highlight the tone that comes from depressing to enjoyment or pleasure. g. title the title 'daffodils' reminds the arrival of the spring season in which the field is full of daffodils. a daffodil is commonly seen in the spring. it is a yellow bell-shaped flower with a long stem, having an amazing shape and beautiful fragrance. a bunch of daffodils symbolizes the great happiness of life. h. speaker the speaker in “daffodils” is metaphorical compared to a cloud, “i wandered lonely as a cloud”. the speaker becomes a part of nature. he floats above and experiences a kinship with the gentle elements. the daffodils are considered as people dancing and "tossing their heads" gently swaying in the wind. i. imagery the following is the daffodils imagery: i wandered lonely as a cloud that floats on high o’er vales and hills, when all at once i saw a crowd a host, of golden daffodils; beside the lake, beneath the trees, fluttering and dancing in the breeze. the poem is rich with imagery. in the first stanza, wordsworth describes the scene as he wanders "as lonely as a cloud". he compares himself to a solitary cloud that is floating over the valleys and the hills and then he sees a "crowd" of golden daffodils which are under the trees and beside a lake and are "fluttering and dancing in the breeze". his soft and gentle choice of words expresses as if there is a silent music in the background to which the daffodils are dancing. he forms a mental picture for the daffodils as things that come alive just for him and they have a human like quality in the way they are behaving. in the second stanza, he compares the daffodils to the shining stars that twinkle in the milky way as the numbers of daffodils lined near the river seems to be thousands in number. in the third stanza, he sees the waves of the river move as if they are dancing better than the "sparkling" waves in a way that is giving strong feelings of happiness and excitement to him as he looks at the scene and the "jocund" company he is in. in the last stanza, he describes how that scene has affected him because whenever he is indoors in his home and on his own "in the bliss of solitude" the memory of those flowers makes him full of enjoyment or pleasure. he feels his heart "dances with the daffodils". again the use of words like "bliss" allows the readers to feel his happiness each time the memory of those flowers and the way they dance that day comes back to him. samosir, tarigan, & manalu: the correlation…. 7 j. figure of speech the figures of speech of “daffodils” are: 1. a personification means treating something as if it were in the form of a human being by giving human qualities to non human ideas or objects. a) the waves beside them danced; a personification is used here to give such a sense of a living situation. waves here is said to have an ability to dance. in fact that wave is arising line of water that moves across the surface of water. it is a figurative sense which does not literally dance like a dancer does. b) beside the lake, beneath the trees, fluttering and dancing in the breeze. the last sentence in this stanza of the second poem also uses personification. the dance here is personified by the wind blowing daffodils that makes that daffodils move as if they were dancing. the feeling of bliss is mixed with the magnificent view that people see, makes the flower here seem to dance as they were alive. c) tossing their heads in sprightly dance. wordsworth personifies the daffodils as a group of dancers performing energetically for someone on a stage. 2. a hyperbole is a way of speaking or writing which uses exaggeration or overstatement to emphasize meaning. in “when all at once i saw a crowd, a host, of golden daffodils”, he conceives the beauty of the spring that will come soon. here hyperbole is used to give a sense of a magnificent view how lovely daffodils are. 3. a metaphor is an expression which describes a person or object in a literary way by referring to something that is considered to have a typical quality with the person or object that are trying to describe the comparison helps make a mind picture. in “ when all at once i saw a crowd, a host, of golden daffodils”, wordsworth speaks metaphorically as he compares the sets of daffodils to crowd which most likely pertains to people. the lines represent the quantity of the flowers to that of a crowd of people 4. a simile is the use of an expression comparing one thing with another using the words like or as to show how the items alike. in “i wandered lonely as a cloud”, he uses a simile to make a mental picture of how he wants to wander around like the cloud. cloud here is said to have a slow, relaxed, and tranquil movement. c. research methodology the design of this research is a correlational study that aimed at finding out the relationship between two independent variables; the interest in reading poetry and the ability to analyze poetry. the data of this research are the interest in reading poetry and the ability to analyze poetry. this research was conducted at sma kartika i-2 medan, located on jalan brijend.h. a. manaf lubis kelurahan helvetia tengah kecamatan medan helvetia, and the population of this research was the eleventh graders of sma kartika i-2 medan. data were gained from 30 students taken as the samples of the study. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 8 the instruments of the study were questionnaire and test. the questionnaire was scored with attitude scale by likert in mar’at (1981:166).a set of test consisted of 20 multiple choice item, with reference to the poem “daffodils” by william wordsworth, was administrated to measure the students’ ability to analyze poetry. to analyze the relationship between the variables x and y using the simple correlation analysis product moment formula.the hypothesis was tested at level α = 0,05 with criteria compare the score of rcount and rtable. if rcount is higher than rtable (rc > rt), it means that the null hypothesis is successfully rejected. d. findings and discussion having the data acquired, the data then calculated. table 1 the students’ interest in reading poetry category interval frequency percentage (%) vh 73 – 82 1 3.33 h 63 – 72 2 6.67 m 53 – 62 10 33.33 l 43 – 52 8 26.67 vl 32 – 42 9 30 total 30 100 the ability to analyze poetry test can be seen in the following table: table 2 the ability to analyze poetry interval frequency percentage grade 80 – 100 2 6.67 a (very good) 66 – 79 7 23.30 b (good) 56 – 65 12 40.00 c (fair) 40 – 55 8 26.70 d (less) <39 1 3.33 e (failed) total n=30 100 samosir, tarigan, & manalu: the correlation…. 9 the mean was 59.5. the students’ ability to analyze poetry at the eleventh grade students of sma kartika i-2 medan were on fair (c) category, with the result of the mean was 59.5. the correlation coefficient obtained was 0.726. it is categorized high. based on the result of the correlation coefficient calculation, hypothesis was tested by comparing the the result of rcount to rtable on the degree of freedom (df) = 30 2 = 28 with α =0.05 significance level and df = 28 (0.361). it is founf that rcount was higher than rtable (0.726> 0.361), and thus null hypothesis was successfully rejected. in accordance with the testing criteria to test the "r" the correlation of the interest in reading poetry and the ability to analyze poetry in this study is a significant correlation, meaning that the higher interest of the students read the poem the better the ability of students to analyze poetry. the size of the effect between the two variables, the interest in reading poetry and the ability to analyze poetry following, was measured by the size of the coefficient of determination r2 obtained. the contribution of the students’ interest in reading poetry to their ability to analyze poetry was 47.29% through regression equation y= 12.07 + 0,948 x. the problem of the study has been answered by testing the hypothesis stated, and all the null hypotheses has been successfully rejected. the results lead to conclusion that the students’ interest in reading poety contributes to their ability to analyze poetry. it is found that there is any positive correlation between the students’ interest in reading poetry and students’ ability to analyze poetry at eleventh grade students of sma kartika i – 2 medan. moreover, based on the calculation of interest in reading poetry data (questionnaire), found that the results of students’ interest in reading poetry at eleventh grade students of sma kartika i-2 medan 2013/2014 academic year categorized as low (l) category, with the result of the mean was 50.03 and the students’ ability to analyze poetry at the eleventh grade students of sma kartika i2 medan was on fair (c) category, with the result of the mean was 59.5. based on the result, the mean score of the students’ ability to analyze poetry indicates that there may be other factors that impact the students’ ability to analyze poetry. efforts to increase the students’ interest in reading poetry and students’ ability to analyze poetry need the teachers’ creativity to use appropriate teaching approach and in accordance with the teaching materials, which will create a fun learning environment. teachers are expected to strive constantly to improve learning conditions for students to obtain maximum score. and do not rule out the existence of other weaknesses are sourced from external factors. however, the results of this study at least able to give us an idea of how important interest in reading poetry to analyze poetry. e. conclusion it can be concluded that the student’s interest in reading poetry and their ability to analyze poetry are strongly correlated. the correlation is a positive and significant category. that is, the higher the students’ interest in reading poetry, the more they are able to analyze poetry. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 10 english teachers should improve the teaching of english poetry by providing activities that can increase students’ interest in reading poetry such as poetry reading contest, making the poetry surgical group and so on. f. references alden, raymond macdonald. 2012. an introduction to poetry: for students of english literature. new york: henry holt and company. beatty, jane n. 1992. literature and language. illinois: mc. dougal, little & company. chapman, margareth and kathleen welton. 2010. poetry: for beginners. danbury: writers and readers inc. chatton, barbara. 2010. using poetry across the curriculum: learning to love language. santa barbara: library unlimited. dean, geoff. 2004. improving learning in secondary english. london: david fulton publishers. degarmo, charles. 2009. interest and education. new york: the macmillan company. dewey, john. 2009. interest and effort in education. illinois: southern illinois university press. mar’at. 1986. sikap manusia perubahan serta pengukurannya. jakarta: ghalia nunan, d. 2003. practical english language teaching. new york: mcgraw hill. ostermann, wilhelm and edward richard shaw. 2009. interest in its relation to pedagogy. chicago: e. l. kellogg & co. priyatno, dwi. 2008. mandiri belajar spss. yogyakarta: media com. scott, james. 2003. poetry: close readings for cooperative learning units. delaware: prestwick house inc. seylar, dorothy u. 2004. the reading context: developing college reading skills. new york: pearson education inc. stedman, edward clarence. 2004. the nature and the elements of poetry. montana: kessinger publishing. wineburg, sam. 2001. historical thinking and other unnatural ants: charting the future the past. philadelphia: temple university press. wordsworth, william. 2009. poems, in two volumes: vol ii. (1870). toronto: standard publications. aseptiana parmawati: the effectiveness of cooperative e 63 the effectiveness of cooperative integrated reading and composition (circ) to teach writing viewed from students’ creativity aseptiana parmawati stkip siliwangi bandung abstract the research was conducted at finding out whether (1) circ is more effective than direct method; (2) the eighth grade students of smp n 2 cepu central java who have high creativity have better writing skill than those having low creativity; and (3) there is interaction between teaching methods and students’ creativity to teach writing. this research was done in smp n 2 cepu central java. the subject of the research is the eighth grade students in the academic year of 2012 – 2013. the method which was applied in this research was experimental study. the samples were taken by using cluster random sampling technique. the class 8f was used as the experimental class and class 8e as the control class. each of the classes consisted of 30 students. the data were obtained from students’ score of creativity test and score of writing test. to analyze the data, researcher used descriptive analysis, anova, and tukey test.the result of the research shows that: (1) circ is more effective than direct method in teaching writing for eighth grade students of smp n 2 cepu central java; (2) students who have high creativity have better writing skill than students who have low creativity; (3) there is an interaction between teaching methods and students’ creativity in teaching writing at the eighth grade students of smp n 2 cepu central java. based on the findings, it can be concluded that circ is an effective method to teach writing viewed from students’ creativity at the eighth grade students of smpn 2 cepu central java. recommendations are addressed to english teachers and future researchers. english teacher should consider utilizing circ due to the benefits of the method. for future researchers, it is suggested to conduct more sophisticated research on the same topic. keywords: circ, direct method, creativity a. introduction indonesian government through the 2006 curriculum of senior high school states that the students are able to communicate in oral and written and are able to achieve the literacy level. the english foreign language students are also expected to have not only receptive skills (listening and reading) but also productive skills (speaking and writing). the students have to understand kinds of the text: descriptive, narrative, procedure, and recount. writing is one of english skills besides listening, speaking, and reading. according to coben and reil (1989: 2), writing is a communicative act, a way of sharing observation, information, thoughts or ideas with ourselves and others.writing is usually directed to others for a specific purpose. for students, it can provide the opportunity to express themselves through a written form. writing can also develop the writer’s understanding of an issue by organizing their ideas on a piece of paper. harsyaf (2010: 3) states that writing is transforming thoughts into language; it means that we need to think about the content of our writing first and then arrange the ideas using appropriate language (e.g. grammar and vocabulary). consequently we must learn about organizational skills in writing. to produce a piece of a good writing demands standard forms of grammar, syntax, and word choice. besides, writing needs good mechanics, organization of paragraph, content the writer’s process, and purpose. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 64 byrne (1984: 43) states that writing is transforming thought into language. it means that in writing, the writers have to express their thought through sentences. this statement is supported by paul and goione (1973: 25), who state that writing is translating the idea from a thought into a word and writing it. and then when someone reads it, he/she will translate it back into a thought. so writing is a process of translating idea from someone’s thought into someone else thought. in addition, nunan (2003: 88) says that writing involves both physical and mental act. eventhough witing skill is important, it does not get enough attention and proper time allocation in the teaching and learning process. byrne in matthews (1985: 89) mentions that most teachers consider that class time should be almost entirely devoted for developing oral skill except for few exceptions, such as activities closely linked to some forms of oral work. however, writing is not just about accuracy. it is also about having a message and communicating it successfully to other people. to do this, we need to have enough ideas, organize them well and express them in an appropriate style. based on the researcher’s experience in writing class, the students frequently get difficulties in writing. there are many grammatical errors in the students’ writing. some of them write fragments, run-on sentences, and misplaced modifiers instead of sentences. the students also are not interested in writing class. they feel that writing is a boring activity. another difficulty is that students cannot manipulate the language well and they lack confidence. most of them do not know what to write and if they do, they do not know how to write it. they are not able to organize their ideas accurately in the written form. therefore, to have a good writing, language learners should be provided an appropriate strategy when starting to write a composition. based on the observation result in the preliminary study conducted by the researcher in the eighth grade students of smp n 2 cepu central java, it was found that the students had problems in organizing ideas when they were asked to write a text. some of them did not know how to start writing and what to write. as a result, the students had poor ability in writing text. they were bored and unmotivated to join the writing class. in other words, the students were passive in the classroom. besides that, the classroom atmosphere was individual competition and the students did the writing assignments individually. they were not accustomed to sharing ideas. they never worked cooperatively when they were writing. considering the above conditions, the researcher proposes a research entitled the effectiveness of cooperative integrated reading and composition (circ) to teach writing viewed from students’ creativity. cooperative integrated reading and composition (circ) is assumed as an effective method to solve the english foreign language classroom’s problem on writing and give benefit to the learning process such as in motivating students, improving social interaction in the classroom, creating a positive learning environment, and improve students’ writing achievement. circ is a comprehensive program for teaching reading and writing/language arts (slavin, 1995: 106). in the circ, students cooperate, interact, share material, and help each other to achieve the goal. here, the students understand that they have different roles of specific tasks to allow opportunities for all group members to participate. it is a comprehensive program for teaching reading and writing in which students are assigned to teams composed of pairs of students from two or more different level. here students work in pairs within their teams on a series of cognitive engaging activities. during the class, students engage in a writer’s workshop, writing drafts, revising and editing one another’s work, and preparing for publication of team or class books. aseptiana parmawati: the effectiveness of cooperative e 65 circ program consists of three principal elements: basal-related activities, direct instruction in reading comprehension, and integrated language arts/writing. in circ activities, students follow a sequence of teacher’s instruction, team practice, team pre-assessment, and quiz. students do not take the quiz until their teammates have determined that they are ready. in teaching writing, during language arts periods, teacher use a specific writing curriculum especially developed for the program. here, students participate in a writer’s workshop, writing their own topic. after that , the teacher present ten minute lessons at the beginning of each period on writing process, style or mechanic, for example brainstorming for topics, conducting a peer revision conference, eliminating run-on sentences, or using quotations. here, students spend the main part of period planning, drafting, revising, editing and publishing their writing. informal and formal peer and teacher conferences are held during this time. here, the teacher directs the lessons on specific aspects of writing, such as organizing ideas and ensuring noun-verb agreement, and the students practice and master these skills in their teams. to implement circ, there are several procedures to be done, such as grouping students, establishing seat arrangement, designing lesson plan, setting the learning objectives, and designing appropriate media. according to sabarun in jurnal studi agama dan masyarakat (2009: 111-112), the implementation of circ in teaching writing is divided into three stages: prewriting, whilst writing, and post writing. prewriting activities involve selecting and developing the topic, and writing the first draft. before coming to the topic discussed, the teacher asks students questions related to the topic. this is done in order to direct the students to the topic, and to build on student’s previous experience. to implement circ in prewriting, the teacher gives a sample of a text. then, he or she asks each group to analyze the text given. each group has to find the topic, the supporting details, the concluding sentence, and the transition signals used in the text. in this stage, each student discuses and share ideas within group members. next, the teacher assigns students to make a text by list the interesting topics. then, they are assigned to discuss and share the topic selected with their group members. each member of a group gives comments and suggestions to his or her member’s topic. there are two writing activities in whilst writing. drafting and revising. to implement the circ in whilst writing, the teacher assigns the students to write the first draft and revise their compositions in close collaboration with group members. in this case, students draft composition after consulting group members about their ideas and organizational plan, and work with group members to revise the content of their compositions. post writing stage includes editing, writing and reporting the final draft. editing a paragraph is the last stage in the process of writing. editing refers to correcting grammatical errors, rewriting misspelled words, and changing punctuation. to implement circ in the post writing stage, the teacher assigns each student to write the final draft based on member’s comments, suggestions, and revisions. based on the theories, it can be concluded that there are three stages in teaching writing by circ. they are prewriting, whilst writing, and post writing. in prewriting, the teacher assigned the students to list the interesting topic. in this sense, they are assigned to share ideas with their own group members. before coming to the topic discussed, the teacher asks students questions related to the topic. this is done in order to direct the students to the topic, and to build on student’s previous experience. in whilst writing, the teacher assigns the students to write the first draft and revise their compositions in close collaboration with group members. in the post writing, the teacher assigns each student to write the final draft based on member’s comments, suggestions, and revisions. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 66 in this research, cooperative integrated reading and composition (circ) will be compared with direct method. nearly all teachers believe that students are bored when they study english in the conventional classroom-atmosphere which puts them as passive learners rather than active learners. in writing class, the students only receive teacher’s message rather than actively involved in learning process. students are only expected to pay attention to teacher’s presentation, do the exercises in the classroom and finally do the independent exercises at home. these phases are the principals of direct method. besides teaching methods, the students writing skill is also influenced by creativity. creative behaviour is facilitated by creating a nonpunitive atmoshphere in the classroom, by providing challenges or offering difficult task, and by the stimulation of curiosity (rockler, 1988: 48-49). as a teacher, creativity is behavior that can be facilitated and encouraged in the classroom. to enhance the creativity atmosphere in the classroom, the teacher can provide opportunities for the students to work together on project, especially in writing activities. actually, creativity cannot be measured by using creativity test and cannot be associated with personality types. the teacher can see the students’ creativity when the teacher gives the students task, such as writing tasks. in writing task, the students are asked to compose a text and develop the text to be a good text. the process to make the text to be a good text, sometimes is not easy for some students. the students must be creative in developing the ideas, writing interesting things, and using grammar, vocabularies, punctuation, etc. creativity cannot be seen only from students’ writing result, but also in the process of composing the text. b. literature review the objectives of the study are: 1. finding out whether or not circ is more effective than direct method to teach writing. 2. finding out whether the students who have high creativity have better writing skill than those who have low creativity. 3. finding out whether there is interaction between teaching methods and creativity to teach writing. c. research methodology the design of this research is experimental research. the research was conducted in the eighth year students of smp n 2 cepu. it is located at jl. kampung baru-karangboyo no.53 cepu. the population of this research was the eighth grade students of smp negeri 2 cepu in the academic year of 2012/2013. the sample of this research was the students of viii f which consisted of 30 students. this class was the experiment group. in this class, teacher taught writing using circ. and the control group of this experiment was the students of viii e . it consisted of 30 students. in this class, teacher taught writing using dm. the researcher took these classes randomly. the technique used to get the sample is cluster random sampling. the data that researcher used in this research are the result score of creativity test and score of writing test. for the creativity test, the researcher takes creativity score of eighth grade students from the student’s creativity test. to know the students’ writing skill the writer used tests. the test is used to obtain the data of the students’ writing skill. aseptiana parmawati: the effectiveness of cooperative e 67 to analyze the writing test, the researcher used analytical scoring rubric. in order to have more objective result of the scores, the students’ writings are scored by two persons, researcher and other person who understands how to score writing (inter-rater technique). classroom evaluation of learning is best served through analytic scoring, in which as many as five major elements of writing are scored. the scoring standard based on reid (1993: 236-237) design an analytical scale that specifies five major categories and a description of five different levels in each category. to analyze the data, descriptive analysis and inferential analysis are used. descriptive analysis is used to know the mean, median, mode, and standard deviation of the score of test. the normality and homogeneity of the data should also be known, it is done before testing the hypothesis. anova test is used to find out the significant difference between two groups of means. the data are analyzed using multifactor analysis of variances 2x2. ho is rejected if fo > ft. the design of multifactor analysis of variance is as follows: table 1 factorial design 2 x 2 teaching method creativity circ (a1) direct method (a2) high (b1) a1b1 a2b1 b1 low (b2) a1b2 a2b2 b2 total a1 a2 note: a1 : the mean score of writing test of experimental class which is taught using circ a2 : the mean score of writing test of control class which is taught using dm b1 : the mean score of writing test of students having high creativity b2 : the mean score of writing test of students having low creativity a1b1 : the mean score of writing test of students having high creativity who are taught using circ a2b1 : the mean score of writing test of students having high creativity who are taught using dm a1b2 : the mean score of writing test of students having low creativity who are taught using circ a2b2 : the mean score of writing test of students having low creativity who are taught using dm after analyzing the data by anova, the researcher used tukey hsd (honestly significant difference) test. tukey test is used to test the significance of unplanned pair wise comparisons. to know whether there is significant difference or not, qo is compared with qt. if qo is higher than qt, it can be concluded that there is significant difference. then, to know which one is better, the means are compared. if the circ has higher score than dm, it means that circ is more effective than dm to teach writing. d. research findings this research used data gained from the students’ writing scores taken from the experimental class treated by using circ (cooperative integrated reading and composition), and control class by using dm (direct method). after the writing scores were gained, they were then sorted in accordance with their creativity. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 68 after classifying the data into their groups, the researcher analyzed the normality and the homogeneity of the data. the summary of the normality using lilliefors test shows that all of the values (lo) gained are lower than ltable. therefore, it can be concluded that all of the populations based on both teaching methods and creativity levels were normal. the result of homogeneity test shows that χo 2 (4.14) is lower than χ t 2 (7.81). then, it can be summarized that ho is accepted and the data are homogeneous. the data analysis is done by using multifactor analysis of variance 2 x 2. ho is rejected if fo is higher than ft (fo > ft), it means that there is a significant difference and an interaction. after knowing that ho is rejected, the analysis is also continued to know the difference between the two groups and cells using tukey test. to know which group is better, the mean scores of groups and cells are compared. the summary of the data is presented as follows: table 2 the summary of a 2x2 multifactor analysis of variance source of variance ss df ms (ss/df) fo ft(.05) between columns (teaching method) 106.667 1 106.667 4.52662 4.016 between rows (creativity) 160.067 1 160.067 6.79277 4.016 columns by rows (interaction) 129.067 1 129.067 5.47722 4.016 between groups 395.8 3 131.933 within groups 1319.6 56 23.5643 total 1715.4 59 the summary of a 2x2 multifactor analysis above shows that: a. the impacts of employing teaching methods (cooperative integrated reading and composition and direct method) upon the students’ writing skill. as it is seen from the result of two-way anova with the same columns, the value of fo is compared to the ftable in which dfnumerator is 1 and dfdenominator is 56 at the level of significance α=0.05. based on the table, the value of fo is 4.52, while the value of ftable is 4.01. it means that ho is rejected. therefore, it can be concluded that cooperative integrated reading and composition differs significantly from direct method in their effect on the students’ writing skill. based on the mean score, it is seen that the mean score of the students who are taught by using cooperative integrated reading and composition (81.43) is higher than the mean score of the students who are taught by using direct method (78.76). it means that cooperative integrated reading and composition is more effective than direct method to teach writing. b. the effect of creativity level upon the students’ writing ability. based on the result of two-way anova with the same rows, the value of fo is compared to the ftable in which dfnumerator is 1 and dfdenominator is 56 at the level of significance α=0.05. based on the table, the value of fo is 6.79, while the value of ftable is 4.01. it means that ho is rejected. therefore, it can be concluded that the difference between students’ writing skill of those subjects with high creativity and those with low creativity is significant. based on the mean score, it is seen that the mean score of the students who have high creativity (81.73) is higher than the mean score of the students who have low creativity (78.46). it means that the students who have high creativity have better writing skill than the students who have low creativity. c. the interaction effect of teaching methods and creativity level upon the students’ writing skill. aseptiana parmawati: the effectiveness of cooperative e 69 based on the result of two-way anova with the same cells, the value of fo is compared to the ftable in which dfnumerator is 1 and dfdenominator is 56 at the level of significance α=0.05. based on the table, the value of fo is 5.47, while the value of ftable is 4.016. it means that ho is rejected. therefore, it can be concluded that there is an interaction effect between teaching techniques and creativity upon students’ writing skill. thus, the effect of teaching techniques on performance of writing depends on the degree of creativity. table 3 summary of tukey test between groups qo qt(.05) meaning category a1 a2 3.008862 2.89 qo > qt significant b1 b2 3.685856 2.89 qo > qt significant a1b1 a2b1 4.346624 3.01 qo > qt significant a1b2 a2b2 -1.52004 3.01 qo < qt not significant 1. because the qo between columns (3.01) is higher than qtable (2.98), the difference of the mean between columns is significant. it means that the effect of teaching writing using cooperative integrated reading and composition to the eighth graders of smp negeri 2 cepu in the academic year of 2012/2013 differs significantly from that teaching writing using direct method. the mean score of the students taught using cooperative integrated reading and composition (81.43) is higher than the means score of the students taught using direct method (78.76). so, it can be concluded that cooperative integrated reading and composition is more effective than direct method to teach writing. 2. because the qo between rows (3.68) is higher than qtable (2.89), the difference of the means between rows is significant. it means that there is significant difference between students’ high and low creativity level upon the students’ writing competence. the mean score of the students having high level of creativity (81.73) is higher than the mean score of the students having low level of creativity (78.46). so, it can be concluded that students having high creativity have better writing competence than the students having low creativity 3. because qo between columns high creativity (4.34) is higher than qtable (3.01), the difference between the students having high creativity taught writing using cooperative integrated reading and composition and the students having high creativity taught writing using direct method is significant. it means that the students having high creativity taught writing using cooperative integrated reading and composition differs significantly from the students having high creativity taught writing using direct method. the mean score of the students having high creativity taught writing using cooperative integrated reading and composition (84.53) is higher than the mean score of the students having high creativity taught writing using direct method (78.93). it means that cooperative integrated reading and composition is more effective than direct method for students who have high level of creativity. 4. because qo between columns low creativity (-1.52) is lower than qtable (3.01), the difference between the students having low creativity taught writing using cooperative integrated reading and composition and the students having low creativity taught writing using direct method is not significant. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 70 e. conclusions the conclusions of the research which are based on the statistical analyses and the findings can be drawn as follows: 1. cooperative integrated reading and composition (circ) is more effective than direct method to teach writing to the eighth grade students of smp negeri 2 cepu in the academic year of 2012/2013. 2. the students have high level of creativity have higher writing score especially than those having low level of creativity to the eighth grade students of smp negeri 2 cepu in the academic year of 2012/2013. 3. there is an interaction between teaching methods and students’ creativity in teaching writing. this can be seen from the findings of this research that students taught by using circ and having high creativity are able to get better writing ability than those having high creativity and taught by using direct method. it means that circ is more effective than direct method to teach writing for students who have high level of creativity. on the other hand, there is no significant different between students who have low creativity who are taught by using circ and the students who have low creativity who are taught by using direct method. so, there is no significant different between direct method and circ to teach writing for students who have low level of creativity. it means that circ is an effective method to teach writing for the eighth grade students of of smp negeri 2 cepu in the academic year of 2012/2013. 4. by following the steps above, cooperative integrated reading and composition can be applied well in teaching writing. therefore, the students’ writing creativity can be improved significantly. based on the conclusions and implications above, there are some suggestions proposed for teachers, students, and future researcher reference byrne, donn. 1984. teaching writing skill. singapore: four strong printing company calderon.(1992). adapting circ to meet the needs of bilingual students. texas. boise state university. coben and reil.1989. teaching writing skill. new york: longman, inc. csikszentmihalyi, m. 1996. creativity: flow and the psychology of discovery and invention. new york: harper collins. freeman, diane larsen. 1983. techniques and principles in language teaching. oxford: oxford university press. harsyaf. 2010. teaching writing. jakarta: ministry of national education directorate general of quality improvement of teachers and education personnel center for development and empowerment of language teachers and education personnel jurnal studi agama dan masyarakat, volume 6, nomor 1, juni 2009 nunan, david (ed). 2003. practical english language teaching. singapore: mc.graw hill companies. aseptiana parmawati: the effectiveness of cooperative e 71 paul, raymond and goione, pellegrino w. 1973. perception and persuasion: a new approach to effective writing. new york: harper & row publisher inc. reid, joy m. 1993. teaching esl writing. london: prentice hall englewood cliffs slavin, robert e; madden, nancy a; stevens, robert j. (1989). cooperative learning models for 3r’s. academic research library. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 107 teacher’s difficulties in teaching speaking using audio visual aid for autistic students acep haryudin1, siti ariani jamilah2 haryacep@gmail.com, arianijamilah@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract this article was to identify and to find out the teacher’s difficulties in teaching speaking to autistic student using audio visual. this research used descriptive design and qualitative research method. the instrument of the research are observation, interview and questionnaire about expressions of greetings. the data are collected by giving the teacher and autistic student interview, questionnaire and does observation and video recording. additionally, the writer found that respondent’s difficulties in teaching speaking using audio visual aid for autistic student, divided into two sections: internal; insecure and external that are 1) student; perform unique and unfamiliar character, deficit attention and concentrations, different of learning style, habit, and socialite with others, hard to produce and distinguish words with proper pronunciation, hard to perfect in pronunciation, easily affected by their surroundings, using verbal and imagination in the way of learning. 2) media; looking for a precise and compelling media, requiring a long time preparation. 3) teaching process; should be interesting, should provide examples that are easy to understand, always tuck the material outside of school hours, need a lot of repetition, takes a long time. additionally, it is recommended for further researchers to conduct similar studies in different contexts deeper. keywords: teacher’s difficulties, teaching speaking, audio visual a. introduction in teaching english, teachers are required to choose a media that is suitable for achieving the goal of teaching with ease, so that students are be motivated to learn more. this concept have related to apply instructional media, teachers must consider many things such as teaching materials, the level of students, classroom management and many other aspects. instructional media are used in improper technique can cause a lot of trouble or student and teacher fail to teach them and also will be a burden.who stated definition of teaching is “the work of the teacher”. according to anthony (1963:63) teaching is “a process of communication that is the proces of sending information from the teacher as a resource of information to the learners as the receivers”. speaking english as a foreign language is perceived as a difficult skill to be taught and learned since the learners have to think and speak at the same time to present their idea orally. they might also encounter some problems that obstruct them to be good english speaker. the problems include lack of self confidence, fear of making mistake, and lack of vocabularies and grammar. thornbury (2005:225) states that essentially, learner – speaker face two main areas of difficulties, namely knowledge factors and skill factors that effect other factors such as lack confidence or self-consciousness. mailto:haryacep@gmail.com mailto:arianijamilah@gmail.com haryudin & jamilah: teacher’s difficulties... 108 autism is a lifelong developmental disability that prevents individuals from poperly understanding what they see, hear and otherwise sense. this results in severe problem of social relationships, communication and behaviour (treatment and educational of autistic and communication handicapped children program (teachcp) in wall (2004)). characteristics of children with autism, which generally occurs. for example impaired social skills, difficulty empathizing, not like physical contact, not like loud noises, not like some scent, do not like bright light, unbalanced development, speech disorders and the like repetitive actions. hogan (2001) in the son rise programme autism, autism is complex developmental disability that typically appears during the first 3 years of life. it can result in challenges in language, communication, emotion, behaviour, fine, and gross motor skills and social interaction. characteristics of students that students with special needs (autism). based on research, these students including mild autism, which is still able to communicate well. teach autistic student is a very difficult with characteristics of children of autism, which generally occurs. for example impaired social skills, difficulty empathizing, not like physical contact, not like loud noises, not like some scent, do not like bright light, unbalanced development, speech disorders and the like repetitive actions. the autistic students like to learn from things that movement, the effective teacher in taught autistic students not only book and pencil to learn but with audio visual aid. the research question of this research was; what were the teacher’s difficulties in teaching speaking using audio visual aid for autistic student? and the objective of the research to find out the teacher’s difficulties in teaching speaking using audio visual aid for autistic student. b. literature review 1. teaching speaking according to brown (2007:8) teaching refers to guiding and facilitating learning, enabling the learner to learn, setting the conditions for learning. furthermore, carr (1996:98) stated that teaching is one of the means by which education is often achieved (if it is) and education i s a common purpose of teaching. in addition, richards and renandya (2002:6) stated that: a teaching theory is viewed as something that is constructed by individual teachers. from perspective, teaching is viewed as driven by teachers attempts to integrate theory and practice. furthermore, brown (2007:8) stated that a theory of teaching, in harmony with your integrated understanding of the learner and of the object matter to be learned, will point the way to successful procedures on a given day for given learners under the various constraints of the particular context of learning. bailey and savage in celce-murcia (2005:103) stated that speaking is an activity requiring the integration of many subsystem of these factors combine to make speakinga second or foreign language a formidable task for language learners yet for many people, speaking is seen as the central skill.moreover, richards (2008:19) stated that the mastery of speaking skills in english is a priority for many second-language or foreign-language learners. consequently, learners often evaluate their success in language learning as sell as the effectiveness of their english course on the basic of how much they feel they have improved in their spoken language proficiency. furthermore, richards and renandya (2002:204) stated that effective oral communication requires the ability to use the language appropriately in social interactions that involves not only verbal communication but also paralinguistic elements of speech such as pitch, stress, and intonation. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 109 based on the statement above, the writer concludes that speaking english is one of the language skills which would give benefit for those who practice it, therefore speaking english should be practiced either at school or out of school. practicing english is hard to do and can be assumed as a basic for teaching in particular speaking english is giving instructions to others to communicate. 2. audio visual aid using audio visual aid as media in teaching english as foreign language can be helpful to the teacher. it is a tool to support the learning that is used as medium in instruction to deliver the materials to the learners. (heinich et al, 1985; van els et al.,1984 cited in syaifullah, 2008). in general, there are three kinds of instructional media. it comprises audio aid, visual aid, and audio visual aids. audio aids are media that can be listened to such as cd’s, radios and cassettes while visual aids are media that can be seen such as pictures, graphics, models and slides. then are instructional media that involve the senses of sight and hearing are named as audio visual media. it includes movie, video, and television (kasbolah, 1993:57 cited in syaifullah, 2008; piaget, 2006; heinich et al, 1985: 5) 3. the basic principles in using audio visual aid in using audio visual aid as media in class, there are some considerations that should be carefully planned by the teacher. the brief of these points in turn are suggested by xiaoning (2007: 3), namely: a. choose the materials that are relevant to the topic or themes in the class. using video or short film which related to the topic to provide integrated activities such as listening, reading, writing, and speaking will make students know more information and improve their english practical. while the purpose of showing the video is to arouse the students’ interest and require the context in the topic of the lesson so that they can learn better. so it is important that the material included in video should be relevant to the topic of the lesson. b. video or short film used should not be too long or too short. the appropriate duration may be five to ten minutes. if it is too long, it will spend ,much time that may affect the other materials or activities which will be provided in the class such as the analysis of the text, the language focus or practice section. if the short film or video is too short, it will be difficult for the student to understand whole plot. so try to consider the limited time in the class when choosing the video or short film. teacher can choose a little part of the video which really relate to the material in class so it can make full use of students’ interest. c. activities should be provided after students watch the video or short film. discussion or talk between teacher and students after watching the video or short film is quite necessary. it is for clarification or check students understanding about the content of it. after watching, students should try to practice the language by speaking. to train or to improve student listening and speaking skills and competence is what the teacher has to achieve. teachers can prepare some questions before class for students to answer promptly. they can also ask students to have a discussion in groups first and then ask them to give their report. if possible, they can also let students first do some preparation and then perform a debate on a certain problem. after seeing the clip, teachers can also ask students to answer the question. haryudin & jamilah: teacher’s difficulties... 110 4. teacher’s difficulties in teaching speaking according to brown (1996:216), “difficulties is mistake, misjudgments, miscalculations and error form an important aspect of learning in acquiring information”.difficulties are usually compared with impotence. in order to analyze the learner language in an appropriate perspective, it is crucial to make a distinction between difficulties and impotence.in this case, difficulties in teaching speaking is the teacher who teaching speaking to autistic student. 5. analysis of difficulties analysis is separation into parts possibly with comment and judgment (hornby. 1948:29), in the language teaching, either native language or a second language teaching, studying about learner difficulties is very important. the word analysis usually implies at least two elements: (a) a breakdown of something into parts or ideas, and (b) a discussion or description of those parts using a point of view or a method. if, for example, we are ask to analyze the text of a reading, we will choose several main or important ideas from it, then discuss each in turn using some kind of special point of view, theory, or method. to analyze difficulties, there are some steps which have to be conducted by writer, the first step in the process of analysis is identification the difficulties, it crucially depends on correct interpretation of the teacher’s teaching. it can be solved by authoritative or plausible interpretation.the second step is describing the difficulties. it begins only when an identification stage has taken place. the description of teachers is difficulties involve comparison of the teachers teaching speaking using audio visual aid for autistic student. c. research methodology research methodology consists of three methods; qualitative research method, quantitative research method, and mixed method. and this research used qualitative method. qualitative research methods are used to examine question that can be best answered by verbally describing how participants in a study perceive and interpret various aspects of their environment. the respondent of this research is a teacher of ninth grade of junior high school who gave the result of observation, interview and questionnaire of difficulties in teaching speaking using audio visual aid. however, when she was worried about her lack of experience in teaching students with special needs, then she wanted to find out how to support her student with autism and best meet his needs. in qualitative data validity might be addressed through the honesty, depth, richness and scope of the data achieved, the participants approached, the extent of triangulation and conformability of the researcher (tavakoli, 2012:699). the writer used questionnaires, interview and observation. mcmillan (2001:128) stated that observation allow the description of behavior as it occurs naturally. the writer took observation to explain the using of audiovisual in classroom. while, interview was used to gain specific information or very us eful data about students’ feeling or opinion which is notaccessible through observation (merriam, 1998) as cited in apsari (2018). eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 111 d. findings and discussion in investigating, the researcher used three kinds of instrument which has explained entirely in the third chapter. firstly, the writer gathered the information from the observation to the respondent in teaching speaking using audio visual aid in the class, secondly the researcher gathered the information from the interview to the respondent, thirdly the writer clarified the data by conducting observation which was recording the respondent, and in the end, the bias data were avoided by giving the respondent a questionnaire. the data of the three instruments then analyzed, and it was integrated to several subcategories of analysis. finding the teacher’s difficulties in teaching speaking using audio visual aid for autistic student, the writer found the data of result from interview that the most dominant media performed by the respondent is audio visual aid. moreover, in finding respondent’s difficulties in teaching speaking using audio visual aid for autistic student, the writer divided the analysis into two sections: 1. internal a. insecure the first respondent’s difficulty in teaching speaking using audio-visual aid for autistic student is insecure. insecure is the unconfident feeling, especially in uncomfortable situation. the insecure can appeared from her own self because there is no enough preparation or she finish the job. the following explanation would gather an analysis concerning why insecure applied as one of difficulties having by respondent to teach speaking for autistic student. the writer analyzed it is because the respondent fear of wrong pronunciation, in teaching speaking which required her to speak accurately and fluently. while fluency and accuracy in communicative language courses is an initial goal, accuracy is achieved to some extent by allowing students focus on the elements of phonology, grammar, and discourse in their spoken output. the result above showed that insecure causing difficulties in teaching autism students due to the respondent’s educational background were not specifically english education but special needs education. when the respondent teaches speaking using audio visual aid in observation of this study, she waited for the record in video of speaking material and the respondent followed the speaker in delivered greeting material. due the reason above, it is considered that the insecure of respondent in teaching speaking also influence to the insecure of respondent in using audio visual aids. so, it can be concluded that insecure of respondent is an internal difficulties. 2. external external is belonging to or forming the outer surface or structure of something in difficulties of teachers another own self in teaching speaking using audio visual aid. looking from external are including three of respondent difficulties that are student, media and teaching. a. student the writer considered and analyze that students can be an external trouble in teaching speaking using audio visual aid for autistic student. looking from their characteristic, the following explanation elaborate what characters which become the difficulties, as follow: 1) perform unique and unfamiliar character. haryudin & jamilah: teacher’s difficulties... 112 the character of the autistic student is considered to be particularly important in the diagnosis of autism. autism is a life-long developmental disability that prevents people from understanding what they see, hear, and otherwise sense. this result showed the severe problems are including social relationships, communication, and behavior make the student autistic perform unique. communication with autistic children something delays an even hard to do or total lack of. the development of spoken language (not accompanied by an attempt to compensate through alternative modes of communication such as gestures or mime) and behavior that stereotyped and repetitive motor mannerisms (e.g., hand or finger flapping or twisting, or complex wholebody movements). based on theory of major categories characteristic of student autistic (columbia, 2000:9), there are four major categories from communication characteristics, social interaction characteristics, unusual behavior characteristics, learning characteristics. 2) deficit attention and concentrations. the other respondent's difficulties in teaching autistic student are her deficit attention and concentrations. the autistic student has very weak concentrations in learning because the autistic student often have difficulty in paying attention to relevant cues or information in their environment and may focus their attention only on a restricted part of the environment, to the exclusion of what is relevant. for example, a student may look at the ball but not at the person to whom the ball is to be thrown. this is referred to as stimulus over-selectivity. 3) different of learning style, habit, and socialite with others as mentioned above, the respondent had difficulty in encountering deficit the lack of attention and concentrations of a student the other external difficulty of respondents are different of learning style, habit, and socialite with others. (columbia, 2000: 22) stated in qualitative impairments in communication autistic student as manifested by at least one of the individuals with adequate speech, marked impairment. in the ability to initiate or sustain a conversation with others. the explanation above, in communication autistic student difficulty in the conversation with others. the habit of autistic student often demonstrate unusual and distinctive behaviors, including: restricted range of interests, and a preoccupation with one specific interest or object and inflexible adherence to a non-functional routine. thus, those characteristic of student is absolutely become respondent's one of difficulties. it considered a problem because the respondent should think over in how she can use the audio visual aid as appropriate as possible technique in teaching speaking for autistic student. 4) hard to produce and distinguish words with proper pronunciation. the other factors which often involved in respondent's difficulties in teaching speaking are student’s difficulties in pronouncing and distinguishing words. it because the autistic student has inflexibility in style of conversation.autistic student sometime have a difficulty in comprehending oral and written information—for example, following directions or understanding what they read. yet some higher-functioning individuals or people called ‘normal student’ may be relatively capable of identifying words, applying phonetic skills and knowing word meanings. eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 113 5) hard to perfect in pronunciation. the other difficulty is in teaching speaking of pronunciation due to the autistic student perfect in pronunciation perfect for a student is different from other common student of the letters. it makes autistic student has difficulty in comprehending utterances. it because the reason, the respondent need more time to repeat the material of speaking to teach autistic student. 6) easily affected by their surroundings. the upcoming teacher’s difficulties in teaching speaking to autistic is student who easily affected by their surroundings. this may be linked to cognitive or motor difficulties. autistic student may need to process each discrete piece of the message or request, and therefore need extra time to respond. providing extra time generally, and allowing for ample time between giving instructions and student responses are both important tactics for supporting autistic student. but, the autistic student easily to low concentration and the student attempt to search something who he liked. 7) using verbal and imagination in the way of learning the other teacher’s difficulties in teaching autistic student is speaking in using verbal and imagination in the way of learning who often involved in student learning in daily behavior.similar to the low concentration factor autistic students and easily affected by reviews their surroundings. reviews these two factors are interrelated because when the concentration is already weak autistic student would talk to reviews their imagination so that the respondent difficulties in teaching speaking. that is why the respondent must recognize and put so much attention to the autistic student. this explanation supported by the interview result in point 6. from the six evidences point 1 6 which cited above, a conclusion could be drawn that all of the instruments said similar in saying that the respondent have to understand with behavior, her students daily activity, gave more attention and kept focus and concentration in teaching speaking to autistic student. with all of factors in student, the respondent have to take long time to teachingspeaking, the respondent did not force student to speak with perfect pronunciation like another normal student. b. media there is no single method for teaching speaking to autistic students which can consider successful for all of students. students’ needs change over time, making it necessary for teacher to try other approach with media in teaching. this factors of media in teachers difficulties in teaching speaking; there are three factors that are; 1) looking for a precise and compelling media columbia (2000: 27) stated the most strongly recommended approach for teaching students with autism is to use visual aids. students often demonstrate relative strengths in concrete thinking, rote memory, and understanding of visual-spatial relationships, and difficulties in abstract thinking, social cognition, communication, and attention. pictographic and written cues can often help the student to learn, communicate, and develop self-control. 2) requiring a long time preparation. difficulty in teaching speaking used media is requiring a long time preparation. the respondent have to preparation before learning that take a long. haryudin & jamilah: teacher’s difficulties... 114 c. teaching process 1) should be interesting many difficulties of teaching dealing with the respondent are about approach and strategies in teaching speaking. as already mentioned before, the respondent is teacher who teach autistic student in special children school. the respondent has teaching speaking that interesting because in learning the autistic student easier low attention. she has difficulties in teaching speaking to autistic student. because everything there is in speaking in english, the respondent has delivered the material of interesting in teaching. 2) should provide examples that are easy to understand in certain teacher’s difficulties in teaching, the examples from material speaking can influenced the student understood. for example, in informing or saying something to just write or just used tpr, the student will can not understood about the material speaking. the teacher has give examples that are easy to understand. 3) always tuck the material outside of school hours in teaching speaking, the autistic student need take long time in understood learning speaking. the respondent’s difficulties is has smart for used time in delivered material speaking so that the autistic student can accepted all of material speaking from the respondent. the respondent has always tucked the material outside of school hours. 4) need a lot of repetition the overall responses concerning using audio visual aid in teaching speaking, the student low understood and make respondent’s difficulties and need a lot of repetition. 5) takes a long time the autistic student may need longer to respond than other students. this may be linked to cognitive and/or motor difficulties. the autistic students may need to process each discrete piece of the message or request, and therefore need extra time to respond. providing extra time generally, and allowing for ample time between giving instructions and student responses are both important tactics for supporting autistic student. the overall make the respondent’s difficulties in teaching speaking. finally, the conclusion from overall explanation above can be portrayed by this figure below: eltin journal, volume 6/ii, october 2018 115 e. conclusion and suggestion the findings of this research on teacher’s difficulties can be summed into two aspects: internar and internal.internal aspect covers insecure and fear of wrong pronunciation. while external includes the characteristic of student autistic, media and teaching process in line with conclusion stated above, for better teaching and learning process in teaching speaking using audio visual aid to autistic student, the teacher needs to consider several thing such as eye level of the student, the position of the teacher in relation to the student, and distracters that may interfere with attention. in addition, the teacher also need to consider the time required to shift visual attention and careful attention to aversive visual stimuli and attempts to reduce the effect of these stimuli will assist managing the student’s behavior and help the student learn. f. references anthony, e. m, (1963). approach, method, and teachnique. english language teaching, 17 apsari, y. (2018). reflective reading journal in teaching writing. indonesian efl journal, 4(2), 39-47. bailey, kathleen, m. (2005). practical english language teaching speaking. new york: the mcgraw-hill companies. brown, gillian, and george yule. (1983). teaching the spoken language. london :cmbridge university brown, d.h. (1996). teaching by principles. new jersey: prentice hall regents brown, h. douglas. (2007). principle of language learning and teaching fifth edition. san fransisco: pearson education. inc carr, david. (1996). making sense of education. new york: routledge falmer haryudin & jamilah: teacher’s difficulties... 116 celce-murcia, (ed). (2005). teaching english as a second or foreign language. 3rd edition. boston, ma: heinle & heinle creswell, jhon w. (2012). education research : planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research fourth edition. united states america: pearson education.inc columbia, british. (2000). teaching student with autism. columbia:canadian cataloguing in publication data hanbury, m.(2005). education pupils with autistic spectrum disorders: a practical guide, london: paul chapman publishing. heinich, r., molenda, m., russel, j.d., & smaldino, s.e. (1985). instructional media and technologies for learning (7th ed.). ohio: pearson education, inc hogan. (2001) the son rise program autism, available at: www. autismtreatmentcenter.org hornby, albert sidney. (1948). oxford advanced learners dictionnary of current english. oxford: oxford university press. lee, w.r & coppen, helen. (1968). simple audio visual aids to foreignlanguage teaching. london: oxford university press punch, keth f. (1998). introduction to social research. london: sage publication richards, j. c., (2008), teaching listening and speaking: cambridge university press richards, j.c., renandya, w.a. (2002). methodology in language teaching.usa: cambridge university press shuttleworth, martyn. (2008). descriptive research design. london: dubbson publishing special programs branch of the british columbia ministry of education (2000) syaifullah. (2008). some theories about english teaching media. (online). available at: http://syaifullaheducationinformationcenter.blogspot.com/2008/11/som e-theoriesabout-english-teaching.html tavakoli, h. (2012). a dictionary of reasearch methodology and statistics in applied linguistics. tehran: rahnama press thornbury, s. (2005). how to teach speaking. england: pearson educational limited xiaoning, wang. on the use of video clips in college english teaching. vol.3 no.2 april 2007 (online). available at : http://iocg.ignou.ac.in/wiki/images/8/83/es-201%28unit-7%29.pdf (august 23, 2010) http://iocg.ignou.ac.in/wiki/images/8/83/es-201%28unit-7%29.pdf http://iocg.ignou.ac.in/wiki/images/8/83/es-201%28unit-7%29.pdf http://iocg.ignou.ac.in/wiki/images/8/83/es-201%28unit-7%29.pdf http://iocg.ignou.ac.in/wiki/images/8/83/es-201%28unit-7%29.pdf http://iocg.ignou.ac.in/wiki/images/8/83/es-201%28unit-7%29.pdf http://iocg.ignou.ac.in/wiki/images/8/83/es-201%28unit-7%29.pdf eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 38 improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text using genre based approach (gba) at the eighth grade students of smp islam terpadu fitrah insani siti masitoh & dasep suprijadi stkipsiliwangi bandung abstract based on the phenomena that students have difficulties in writing descriptive text, students could not write because the students do not have any ideas when they areasked to write. so, they need some ways which could help them in writing. the problems in writing can be solved by implementing some strategies in teaching writing. one of approach that teacher can use to help students write a good text is gba. the main objective of this study is find out if gba can improve students’ ability in writing descriptive text. the research method used is quantitative research, or more specifically quantitative with one group pretestposttest design. pretest was given before the students received treatment and posttest was given after students received the treatment. the sample is one class (viii al quds) in smp islam terpadu fitrah insani and test as the instrument. data analysis shows that the observed value of t (9.474) is bigger than the critical value of t (2.07). gba has a significant impact on improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text. the teacher should apply the gba as the alternative for teaching writing descriptive text. keywords: improving, writing, descriptive text, and genre based approach a. introduction writing is one of the four language skills that can be measured from literacy development in a country, but that condition is not for all country, especially eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 39 in indonesia. the writing skill is regarded as the most difficult and complex language skill because it requires extent of perception and involves thinking process extensively. furthermore, writing differs from other skills. it is unique. harmer (2004:31) states “ writing encourage students to focus on accurate language use and because they think as they write, it will provoke language development as they resolve problems which the writing puts into their minds”. in fact, most indonesian students face some difficulties in writing including developing ideas, unenthusiastic student’s attitude to the lesson, and difficulty in grammar. in writing english text, they have to consider the grammar to make their writing understandable. therefore, some of english text require different tense, so students have to know some tense according to the text they are going to write. the curriculum in indonesia requires students to be able to write some kind of text like recount, report, discussion, explanation, exposition, new item anecdote, narrative, procedure, description, and review. descriptive text is one of the genres taught for the eighth grades students at junior high school. the problems in writing can be solved by implementing some strategies in teaching writing. one of approach that teacher can use to help students write a good text is gba. the genre approach to language learning is first developed in australia through the work of educational linguists and educators who have been working with disadvantaged groups of students. the approach is now widely used in all sectors of education. in the 2013 curriculum there are three types of text that should be taught in junior high school, they are descriptive, recount and narrative. process genre based approach make students comprehensively understand the texts as a whole, including the schematic structure and linguistic features of the genre in general. process genre based approach can help students learn english language specially on the writing skill. b. literature review a. theoretical framework 1. writing according to brown (2001: 336), writing is a thinking process. furthermore, he states that writing can be planned and given with an unlimited number of revisions before its release. linse (2006:98) also stated that writing is a combination of process and product of discovering ideas, putting them on paper and working with them until they are presented in manner that is polished and comprehensible to readers. thus, it is be stated that writing is a thinking process of discovering ideas then written on the paper. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 40 according to harmer (2004: 4-5) writing process has four main elements : planning, drafting, editing (reflecting and revising) and final version. the first is planning. planning is any activity that encourage students to write. it is become a way of warming up writers brain before write. writers have to think about three main issues. first, they have to consider the purpose of their writing. secondly, writers think of the audience they are writing for and thirdly, writers have too consider the content structure of the piece. the second is drafting. in the drafting. writer ‘go’ at text is often done on the assumption that it will be amended later. at this stage, the writers focus on the fluency of writing and are not preoccupied with grammatical accuracy or the neatness of the draft. third is editing (reflecting and revising). in this process, writer read through what they have written to see where it works and where it doesn’t. the teacher does not need to be the only person to give students feedback, their classmate, caregivers, or classroom aides can help students revise. revising is not only checking for language errors, but also improve global content and the organization of ideas so made clearer the reader. the last is final version. it means that writers have edited their draft and produce their final version. they edit their own or their peer’s work for grammar, spelling, punctuation, diction, sentence structure and accuracy of supportive textual material such as quotations, examples and the like. 2. descriptive text a. definition of descriptive text kane (2005:352) states “description is about sensory experience how something looks, sounds, tastes. mostly is about visual experience, but description also deals with other kinds of perception.” gerot and wignell (1995:208) define “descriptive text is kind of text which is aimed to describe a particular person, place or things. it can be conclude that descriptive text is a text for describe person, place or a thing by visual experience. it is used to create a visual image of people, place, even of time days or season. it may also be used to describe the outwards appearance people. it may tells about their traits of character and personality b. social function of descriptive text the social function of descriptive text is to describe a particular person, place or thing. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 41 c. generic structure of descriptive text gerot and wignell (1994:208) state that the generic structure of descriptive writing are: a) identification which identifies phenomenon that will be describe b) description which describe parts, qualities, or characteristics of something or someone in detail. d. grammatical features of descriptive text knapp and watkins (2005:98-99) write there are several grammatical features of descriptive writing as the following: a) in descriptive text, the present tense is predominantly used b) although present tense may be used in literary description, it is past tense that tends to dominate c) relational verbs are used when classifying and describing appearance/qualities and parts/function of phenomenon. d) action verbs are used when describing behaviors/ users. e) mental verbs are used when describing feeling in literary descriptions. f) adjective are used to add extra information to nouns and may be technical, everyday, or literally, depending on the text. g) personal and literary description generally deal with individual things. 3. genre based approach (gba) the genre approach is concerned with providing students with explicit knowledge about language. it values teacher – learner interaction as well as interaction between students. the approach is now widely used in all sectors of education. the cycle of teaching and learning activities in the genre approach consists of a number of stages which the teacher and students go through so that students gradually gain independent control of a particularly text-type. this cycle consists of four main stages; they are building knowledge of field, modeling of text, join construction of text and independent construction of text. it aims to provide support for learners as they go through each stage of the cycle. the following elaboration of the teaching and learning cycle is adapted from paltridge (2001: 31). 1. building knowledge of field (bkof) this stage focuses on building up a shared experience and cultural context about the topic of text. 2. modeling of text (mot) this stage focuses on introducing particular genre though a model of text that deals with the field that the students have already explored in the stage of building knowledge of field. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 42 3. joint construction of text (jcot) in this stage, teacher and students work together to construct texts that are similar to the text that have already being learnt in the previous stage. 4. independent construction of text (icot) in this final stage, students are ready to work independently to produce their own text within the chosen genre. first stage are functioned as the pre activities such as pre-listening, reading, speaking and writing. it called starting point. the core idea of all activities at this is the interaction between teacher and class or students and students. for the second stage, modeling of the text, focuses on introducing the target text through a model of text by exploring the text’s social function, text organization and linguistic features. it points out that the activities involve analysis of rhetorical staging on the text, the lexical and grammatical resources used. at the third stage, teacher and students work together to construct the text of the focused genre. in constructing the text, attention should be paid to the schematic structure, linguistic features and knowledge of the field of the text. at the last stage, referred as independent construction, students work independently and individually to produce the chosen genre. in the other word, at this stage, each student produces the text, as addition. it can be done ideally if the students have successfully produced a jointly constructed text or understanding of the text. b. previous studies there are two previous researches that are used by the researcher, they are: 1. research entitled improving students’ ability in writing descriptive texts through a picture series-aided learning strategy of tenth grade of sma negeri i kembangbahu lamongan, indonesia in the academic year of 2010 by halimatus sa’diyah. it is explained that using picture as a media in teaching descriptive text is very helpful in producing the words or sentences because the students can see something through picture which give imagination for students to describe something or place, so they are able to choose the appropriate vocabularies according to the description based on the picture. the result of her research is increased from 56.86 prior to the teaching learning process to 77.87 at the end of the treatment. the similarity are that this research focused on writing descriptive text and use picture as media. 2. thesis entitled improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text through wholesome scattering game of eight grade of mts sunan ampel patean kendal in the academic year of 2010/2011 by widodo hami. it is explained that drill wholesome scattering game can help eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 43 students to imagine the ideas in writing and develop their sentences. the similarity are that this research focused on writing descriptive text and research of eight grade students in junior high school. based on two previous studies, there are similarity with the writer title is improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text, but there are differences method the previous studies with the writer. the first is using picture series-aided learning and second is using wholesome scattering game, while the writer is using gba. the writer is using gba to know whether beside that two method, gba can improve students’ ability in writing descriptive text. c. research methodologhy 1. research design the research used experimental design. “an experimental design is the traditional approach to conducting quantitative research” (cresswel, 2012:294). there are three experimental which can use to find out the data, namely: pre-experimental design, true experimental design and quasiexperimental design. the research took place as quantitative one group pretest-posttest design. “one-group pretest-posttest design is a single group measured or observed not only after being exposed to a treatment of some sort, but also before”, fraenkel et al (2012:265). pretest (o1) were given to the students before get treatment using genre based approach (gba) (x) and posttest (o2) were given after the students get treatment. one group pre-test post-test design described below. pretest treatment posttest o1 x o2 2. research method in this research the writer using quantitative method. “quantitative research methods are used to examine questions that can best be answered by collecting and statistically analyzing data that are in numerical form” (crowl, 1996:16). 3. population and sample “populations are groups consisting of all people to whom a researcher wishes to apply the findings of a study” (crowl, 1996:15). the population of this research is the eighth grade students of smp islam terpadu fitrah insani. the sample of the research is class viii al quds. “samples are eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 44 subsets of people used to represent populations” (crowl, 1996:15). the sample was selected by using random sampling technique. 4. instrument in this research the writer used pretest and posttest. the writer gave pretest before the teaching learning process and give posttest after the teacher learning process has been completed. 5. data collection technique and analysis this information obtained through a set of work sheet paper which given to the students. the data took from the result of a writing test pretest and posttest. the data collection processed approximately in january 2015 until february 2015. variables employed in this research are the data obtained from the students’ worksheet paper concerning the use gba in learning genre of text material. the variable of the research are both in interval scale. as it was seek for mean comparison, the best analyzing statistic is the test. the writer analyzed and processed the data using spss to get the result. according to fraenkel and wallen (2009:186) spss is a computer program that can be used to calculate many of descriptive statistic that we describe in text, including means and standard deviations, z scores, correlations, and regression equations. spss can also be used to conduct many hypothesis tests, including independent and repeated measures t-test, analysis of variance (anova), and chi-square tests. in this case the writer counted the data to see the homogeneity and normality of the instrument before the writer give the pre test, treatment and post test to the student. d. result and discussion a. result 1. pretest and posttest scores pretest was administered to the students in class viii al quds before they received the treatment and after it students received the posttest to find out the result of treatment. the treatment are: treatment 1  students are given a descriptive story in indonesian language. this activity helps students to get to know what text descriptive  students are given a descriptive story in english  students are encouraged to be able to see the similarities between the two stories formation treatment 2 eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 45 explicitly teachers explain the generic structure and linguistic features of the text form of descriptive text. teachers make text analysis table to enable students to easily assess the generic structure and lexical grammatical every sentence. in addition it is also presented the text seen communicative purpose of social purpose. closed with students assess their own texts that have been provided and write in the journal treatment 3 this meeting is intended to look at a series of recursive writing process. teacher gives some images that should be in the text descriptive made by students in groups. teachers and students are discusses together. teachers revise if there a wrong text. treatment 4 students are given a 'picture cards' students are welcome to choose the images they wish to develop into a text. they are expected to demonstrate an understanding and expertise in writing the text descriptive after attending a series of activities above. the pretest and posttest scores were presented in the table below: table 4.1 the scores of pretest and posttest of viii al quds no name scores pretest posttest 1 student 1 48.8 71.6 2 student 2 47.6 82.4 3 student 3 51.2 83.6 4 student 4 59.2 76.8 5 student 5 49.6 80 6 student 6 48.8 72.8 7 student 7 44 82 8 student 8 44 76.4 9 student 9 32 76.4 10 student 10 76 80.4 11 student 11 75.6 85.2 12 student 12 48.4 84.4 13 student 13 59.6 82 14 student 14 20 86.4 15 student 15 76.4 84.8 16 student 16 49.6 81.6 17 student 17 64 84.8 eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 46 18 student 18 48.4 77.6 19 student 19 50.4 79.2 20 student 20 62.4 82.4 21 student 21 71.6 91.2 22 student 22 65.6 78.8 23 student 23 66 84.4 2. the testing of normality distribution the testing of normality distribution was aimed at finding out whether or not the research population was normally distributed. that population is normally distributed means that the sample is drawn from the same population. the normality distribution has been tested using spss. the result of calculating the normality test for the pretest and posttest scores is presented in the table below: table 2. tests of normality kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statist ic df sig. pretes t .165 23 .104 .938 23 .160 postte st .110 23 .200 * .975 23 .805 a. lilliefors significance correction  this is a lower bound of the true significance. the table shows that the value of kolmogorov-smirnov in pretest is 0.104 and posttest is 0.200. this data is normally distributed, because the both of values are higher than 0.05. field ( 2009:144) states “if the test is non-significant (p > 0.05) it tells us that the distribution of the sample is not significantly different from a normal distribution (i.e. it is probably normal). if, however, the test is significant (p < 0.05) then the distribution in question is significantly different from a normal distribution (i.e. it is non-normal)”. 3. the testing of homogeneity of variance eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 47 after testing the normality distribution, the next step was to analyze the homogeneity of variance. according to field (2009:152) homogeneity of variance is the assumption that the spread of scores is roughly equal in different groups of cases, or more generally that the spread of scores is roughly equal at different points on the predictor variable. the result of calculating the homogeneity test using spss is presented in the table below: table 3. test of homogeneity of variance levene statistic df1 df2 sig. pretest based on mean 18.691 1 44 .00 0 based on median 11.506 1 44 .00 1 based on median and with adjusted df 11.506 1 25.9 88 .00 2 based on trimmed mean 19.519 1 44 .00 0 from the test of homogeneity of variance above, the significant values for probability based on mean is 0.000, the probability based on median is 0.001, the probability based on median and with adjusted df is 0.956, and the probability based on trimmed mean is 0.920. the probabilities are less than 0.05 shows that the variances are significantly different. field (2009:152) states “if levene’s test is significant (sig. in the spss table is less than 0,05) then the variances are significantly different in different groups. 4. the analysis of t-test the result of t-test calculation for pretest and posttest scores are presented in the table below: table 4. paired samples statistics mean n std. deviatio n std. error mean eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 48 pair 1 prete st 54.7478 23 14.00327 2.91988 postt est 81.0957 23 4.53386 .94538 paired samples correlations n correlatio n sig. pair 1 pretest & posttest 23 .305 .157 table 4.4 shows that the correlation between the students’ score s before and after the treatment was r= 0.305 with probability (sig) = 0.157. this means the students score before and after the treatment had a strong correlation since r value was close to 1. according to field (2009:57), r = 0.10 was small effect, r = 0.3 was medium effect and r = 0.5 was large effect. table 5. paired samples test paired differences t df sig. (2tailed)mean std. devi ation std. erro r mea n 95% confidence interval of the difference low er upper pai r 1 pret est postt est 2.634 78e1 13.3 3720 2.78 100 32.1 1526 20.5803 9 9.474 22 .000 from the table, the significant value (sig. 2 tailed) was 0.000, the value < 0.05, thus was significant and t obtained was 9.474 at the significant level of 0.05 and the degree of freedom 22. it means that there was significant in writing descriptive text using genre based approach. field (2009:333) has stated “if the value is less than 0.05 then the means of the two conditions are significantly different”. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 49 5. progress of student achievement progress of student achievement on the use of the test were analyzed by using the normalized gain score formulas and calculations as follows : g= (meltzer,2002:183) = 81.0957−54.7478100−54.7478 = 0.58 % table 4.6 classification n-gain n-gain interpretation g > 0.7 high 0.3 < g < 0.7 medium g < 0.3 low (hake, 1999) the result indicate that there is progress of student between pretest and posttest, the normalized gain is 0.58. it means treatment has succeeded. b. discussions after the writer conducted the research in smp islam terpadu fitrah insani in class viii al quds, the writer found the following on the improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text using genre based approach (gba). as described in early chapter, the mean of posttest was higher than the mean of pretest. null hypothesis (ho) was rejected because based on the table 4.5, tobserved was 9.474 at the significant level of 0,05 and the degree of freedom 22 and the critical value of ttable 2.07, it can be seen that tobserved 9.474 was higher than critical value of ttable 2.07. it shows that the alternative hypothesis was supported and null hypothesis was rejected. in other words, gba can improve students’ ability in writing descriptive text. the research has related to the previous studies, entitled “improving students’ ability in writing descriptive texts through a picture seriesaided learning strategy of tenth grade of sma negeri i kembangbahu lamongan” and “improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text through wholesome scattering game of eight grade of mts sunan ampel patean kendal”. hypothesis was accepted. it can be concluded that improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text using gba has shown positive significance. this study confirmed the previous study that beside eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 50 using picture and wholesome scattering game, using genre based approach is significantly to improve students, ability in writing descriptive text. e. conclusions and suggestions a. conclusions based on the data result of analysis, it can be concluded that using gba can improve students’ ability in writing descriptive text in junior high school. it is proved by the students’ score of tobserved (9.474) and ttable (2.07). it can be seen that tobserved 9.474 was higher than the critical value of ttable 2.07. in addition, it was clear that the alternative hypothesis was accepted, there was significant, p value was 0.000 (p<0.05). in other word, the null hypothesis was rejected. using gba to improving students’ ability in writing descriptive text is easier and more understandable. it helped students to write a descriptive text easily and accurately to write the parts and characteristics of the object. this way can also help the teacher develop their ideas about text. b. suggestions in relation to the conclusion given, some points are suggested as follow: 1. it is advisable for english teacher to apply the gba because it was proved can improving students’ ability in writing text based on genre, especially descriptive text. 2. for students, the first is students have to interest in english first, so they will feel enjoy along learning. the second students should be more discipline, use the times correctly, control themselves during the class, and more carefully to use the words that appropriate in writing descriptive text. 3. for the readers, may this study will bring good understanding to the readers in helping them how to improve students’ writing achievement by applying the gba. 4. for the next researcher, this research use one group pretest posttest it employees limited samples, thus the next researcher expected to use the more large samples, and this technique not only conducted in the eighth grade of junior high school, but also appropriate to students in different grade. f. references brown, h. douglas. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. great britain: longman. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 51 crowl, thomas k. (1996).fundamental of educational reseach. new york:brown &benchmark. creswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. boston: pearson education, inc. field, andy. (2009). discovering statistic using spss third edition. california : sage. firkins, a., forey, g., & sengupta, s. (2007). a genre-based literacy pedagogy: teaching writing to low proficiency efl students. english language teaching journal , 3. fraenkel, j. r., & wallen, n.e. (2009). how to design and evaluate research in education seven edition. new york: mcgraw-hill inc. fraenkel, j. r., wallen, n.e., & hyun, h.h.. (2012). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york: mcgraw hill companies. gerrot, linda., & wignell peter. (1995). making sense of functional grammar. sydney: antepodean educational enterprises. hake, r.r. (1999). analyzing change/gain scores. dept. of physics indiana university. (online). from http://www.physics.indiana.edu in 21-9-2011 harmer, jeremy. (1998). the practice of english language teaching. new york: cambridge university press harmer, jeremy. (2004). how to teach writing. england : pearson. kane, thomas. s. (2000). the oxford essential guide to writing. [online].available in http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/text_linguistics. kaswan, et al. (2014). metode dan teknik penulisan karya ilmiah. cimahi: stkip siliwangi bandung knapp, peter., & megan watkins. (2005). genre, text, and grammar. sidney: university of new south wales. linse, caroline t. (2006). practical english language teaching : young learners. ny: mc graw hill eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 52 meltzer. (2002). the relationship between mathematics preparation and conceptual learning gain in physics : a posible “hidden variable indiagnostic pretest scores”.american journal physics. nugroho, t. & hafrizon. (2009). introduction to genre based approach. jakarta: ministry of national education paltridge, b. 2001. genre in the language learning classroom. michigan, university ofmichigan press. isi jurnal vol 3 no 1.pdf chapter 1 siti.pdf chapter 2 ruswinarsih.pdf chapter 5 angga maulana.pdf cynantia rachmijati: an analysis of the slang e 97 an analysis of the slang language used in the movie “juno” cynantia rachmijati stkip siliwangi – bandung cynan_tia@yahoo.com abstract this research entitled “an analysis of the slang language used in the movie juno” is a descriptive analysis of how slang language is used among youngster from the movie entitled “juno”. the objective of the research is to analyze the slang language and to see whether “juno” can be used as teaching materials. the research method is descriptive analysis to analyze the slang languages and utterances that found from the movie. the amount of slang utterances that found in this movie are : juno has 38 lines, mac has 8 lines, bren has 7 lines, mark has 6 lines, vanessa has 2 lines, leah has 5 lines, paul has 3 lines and other supporting roles has 5 lines– which makes the total of 73 slang utterances. it is concluded that “juno” is suitable as teaching materials, especially for esl who are interested in studying slang. keywords : analysis, slang, language, movie a.introduction humans are a beautiful creature that god created. not only god gives them instinct, but also brain and knowledge to adapt to this world. in the process of being evolved into a better human posture and forms these past years, as charles darwin called it “evolution” – human has the need to talk and communicate with others. therefore in order to understand each other perfectly well with others, human needs to communicate. and thus language created. language is thought to have originated when early hominids first started cooperating, adapting earlier systems of communication based on expressive signs to include a theory of other minds and shared intentionality. this development is thought to have coincided with an increase in brain volume. language is processed in many different locations in the human brain, but especially in broca‟s and wernicke‟s areas. humans acquire language through social interaction in early childhood, and children generally speak fluently when they are around three years old. the use of language has become deeply entrenched in human culture and, apart from being used to communicate and share information, it also has social and cultural uses, such as signifying group identity, social stratification and for social grooming and entertainment. with language evolves, and then it is impossible for human being to talk in the nicest and modest way of all time. and so they started to categorized which one is informal situation and which one is not. and thus slang language created. slang is the use of informal words and expressions that are not considered standard in the speaker‟s dialect or language (taken from http://www.uncp.edu/home/canada/work/allam/1914-/language/slang.htm). slang is often to be found in areas of the lexicon that refer to things considered taboo. it is often used to identify with one‟s peers and, although it may be common among young people, it is used by people of all ages and social groups. during this modern language, slang language keeps involving within youngster conversation and spread through many media. the television, cell phone, internet and even daily conversation are some of the media where youngster used slang language. and one media that keeps offering the mailto:cynan_tia@yahoo.com http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/theory_of_mind http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/intentionality http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/neurolinguistics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/brain http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/broca%27s_area http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/wernicke%27s_area http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/language_acquisition http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/culture http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/identity_%28social_science%29 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/social_stratification http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/social_grooming http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/entertainment http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/word http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/dialect http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/language http://www.uncp.edu/home/canada/work/allam/1914-/language/slang.htm http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/taboo eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 98 newest slang language is movie. and this movie, “juno”(2007), not only won numerous award from its story, acting and soundtrack – but also offering a different point of view from a pregnant 16 years old female, juno. the dialogue of this movie is more than just a quirky punch liner, but something that comes from her personality. her feelings with her loved ones, family and friends. therefore the language in this movie we should see through it even more – in order not just to understand the language, getting familiar with it but also to have a more knowledge on what so called “slang language” among youngsters. the objectives of this research has some purposes, as follows: 1. to find out about the slang languages that used in the movie “juno” 2. to see whether “juno” can be used as teaching materials, especially in teaching slang language materials. b.literature review 1. the function of language in communication language may refer either to the specifically human capacity for acquiring and using complex systems of communication, or to a specific instance of such a system of complex communication. the scientific study of language in any of its senses is called linguistics. the approximately 3000– 6000 languages that are spoken by humans today are the most salient examples, but natural languages can also be based on visual rather than auditive stimuli, for example in sign languages and written language. codes and other kinds of artificially constructed communication systems such as those used for computer programming can also be called languages. a language in this sense is a system of signs for encoding and decoding information. the english word derives from latin lingua, “language, tongue”. according to roman jakobson‟s model of the functions of language distinguishes six elements, or factors of communication, that are necessary for communication to occur: (1) context, (2) addresser (sender), (3) addressee (receiver), (4) contact, (5) common code and (6) message. each factor is the focal point of a relation, or function that operates between the message and the factor. the functions are the following, in order (louis hebert, 2006) : (1) referential – the referential function is oriented toward the context (the dominant function in a message like ,“water boils at 100 degrees”). (2) emotive – the emotive function is oriented toward the addresser (as in the interjections “bah!” and “oh!”). (3) conative – the conative function is oriented toward the addressee (imperatives and apostrophes). (4) phaticphatic function serves to establish, prolong or discontinue communication [or confirm whether the contact is still there] (as in „hello?‟). (5) metalingual – the metalingual function is used to establish mutual agreement on the code (for example, a definition). (6) poetic – the poetic function (e.g., „smurf‟), puts „the focus on the message for its own sake‟. 2. formal and informal language no living language is simply one set of words which can be used the same way in all situations. the nature of language is such that there are in infinite variety of different ways to arrange its elements. what this means is that there are many ways to say the same thing, depending on where you are, who you are talking to, and how you feel. you are all advanced enough in your study of english to realize that you do not talk to a roommate the same way you would talk to your http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/communication http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/linguistics http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/natural_language http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/natural_language http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/natural_language http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sign_language http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/written_language http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/code http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/constructed_language http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/programming_language http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/system http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sign_%28linguistics%29 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/encoding http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/decoding http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/information http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/latin cynantia rachmijati: an analysis of the slang e 99 roommate or your mother. you do not talk to a bartender the same way you would talk to a judge. you do not refuse a panhandler with the same words you would use to refuse a second helping of mashed potatoes at a formal dinner. one of the main factors which determine which words and structures are appropriate is the degree of formality of the situation in which you are using the language.(taken from http://www.bu.edu/mfeldman/slang/). all words in english can be put in one of four categories based on johnson (1962): 1. standard diction is accepted, “educated” set of words used in informal or semi-formal occasion. for example, standard diction is used by nation wide news broadcaster or the reportorial column of newspaper. 2. technical words which have a highly specific application to a particular craft or occupation. almost every professional has special term for the equipment and processes necessary to it. for example, mathematics has its sigma, theorems and so on. 3. formal words are those used by people of education in situation calling for prescribe behavior, so we use formal language on those occasions when we are dealing with relative, strangers, or people of worthy of courtesy and respect. in order to communicate with them, we have to choose or words very carefully and pay more attention to the traditional use of language. 4. informal diction is the assortment of words and phrases that we use in ordinary, daily conversation with our friends and families. it is impossible if we always at the most elegant and polite speech all the time, sometimes we speak shorter, tend to “sounds” less precise and widely used and less important in literary usage. all of them are type of informal diction. other common types of informal diction are colloquialisms, which are appropriate to ordinary speech but not to informal writing. contractions are often considered a type of colloquialism for instance “tv” for television and “phone” for telephone. contraction is also reason for the youngster‟s efficiency of their communication. 3. the definition and function of slang slang is casual spoken language which differs from dialectical speech and jargon as well as formal speech. some linguists think of slang as the sprinkles of color in a language, since slang is often unique, unusual, and sometimes startling. as a general rule, slang is not used in formal spoken language, or in writing, unless the speaker is attempting to achieve a deliberate effect. some slang terms, however, make the jump from slang to accepted common usage, as was the case with “ok.” (http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-slang.htm) and slang can be functioned as : 1) first, slang is an efficient and effective way in communicating thoughts and feelings. through slang people can make more communication more quickly, easy and personal (flexer, 1967) it can be shorthand way to express concept to say ,”that party was a bomb” merely saying,” it was a good party”. 2) second, slang shared the emotional experience (edward,1979). an example pfm ”hell yeah, i got sick a fuckin‟ worm out o‟ his ass nagging” is more than merely saying,”yeah i got sick and tired of his nagging all the time”. 3) third, slang is an especially helpful indicator of personality. it directs the listener to social status in group connection and shows the feelings and attitudes of the speakers (kahn and illson, 1985). 4) fourth, slang shows the group of membership and can show our social economics, geographical, national, racial, religious, educational, occupational, group interest and membership (flexner, 1967). 5) fifth, slang increase intimacy. it is most spoken among friends and close social peers. by using slang, the speaker and addressee will know that they are friends (spolsky,1998). 6) sixth, slang makes life seems little fresher and little more personal (flexner,1969). http://www.bu.edu/mfeldman/slang/ http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-jargon.htm http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-slang.htm eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 100 slang vocabularies are particularly rich in certain domains, such as violence, crime, drugs, and sex. slang very often involves the creation of novel meanings for existing words. it is common for such novel meanings to diverge significantly from the standard meaning. thus, “cool” and “hot” can both mean “very good,” “impressive,” or “good-looking”. slang terms are often known only within a clique or in-group. other types of slang include sms language used on mobile phones, and “chatspeak,” (e.g., “lol”, an acronym meaning “laughing out loud” or “laugh out loud” or rofl, “rolling on the floor laughing”), which is widely used in instant messaging on the internet. c.research methodology descriptive analysis refers to investigation which utilizes already existing data and focuses on the description of a specific constituent in order to get the clear explanation about the research object. on this term, it means, the writer try to “analyze” and “describe” the slang languages that are used in the movie “juno”. the subject of the research is the movie “juno”. juno is a 2007 comedydrama film directed by jason reitman and written by diablo cody. the film has also received both criticism and praise from members of both the pro-life and pro-choice communities regarding its treatment of abortion.steps that the writer doing in order to gather the data through observation and document analysis. after watching the movie “juno” to be the source of instrument and then transcribed the text in dvd into a written text in order to data easily be recapped. d. research findings these are the slang utterances that found from the movie : 1)juno’s lines no sentence meaning evidence 1 geez banana, shut your friggin’ gob, okay ! be quiet please 01:34 2 i just weight myself in sunny d and i gotta go pronto i just drank a lot and need to go to the bathroom now 04:40 3 i’ve taken three pregnancy test and i’m like shiz up the spout i‟ve taken three pregnancy test and i‟m positively pregnant 07:33 4 that was the kind of emotion that i was searching for on the first take that was the kind of emotion that i was hoping you show earlier 08:03 5 well, you know, i was thinking i’d just nip it in the bud before it gets worse i‟m thinking i am going to do an abortion before my pregnancy is shown 10:47 6 jocks like him always want freaky girls – girls with horn rimmed glasses and vegan footwear – who dreams to be a librarian. oh yeah, jocks totally eat that shit up. athlete like him tends to like an unusual type of girls. they really do, just don‟t show it to other people. 12:13 7 i can’t copy your work. i’m kind of a deadbeat lab partner, aren’t i ? i can‟t copy your work. i‟m not a very useful lab partner, aren‟t i? 13:06 8 i’m just calling to procure a hasty abortion. it’s been 2 months and 10 days since the sex. mind you, it’s just, like, a guesstimation i need an abortion right away. it‟s been 2 months and 10 days since it happened. i think it is just my rough estimation. note : juno put “guess” and 14:28 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/violence http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/crime http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/psychoactive_drug http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sex http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/clique http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ingroup http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sms_language http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/lol http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/rofl file:///i:\wiki\comedy-drama file:///i:\wiki\comedy-drama file:///i:\wiki\jason_reitman file:///i:\wiki\diablo_cody file:///i:\wiki\pro-life file:///i:\wiki\pro-choice file:///i:\wiki\abortion cynantia rachmijati: an analysis of the slang e 101 no sentence meaning evidence “estimation” and put it into “guesstimation” 9 thanks a heaps coyote ugly. this cactus-gram stings even worse than your abandonment thank you very much. this many cactus actually smell even worse than your abandonment 15:40 10 “how are you?” “you know, i’m pretty solid” you know, i‟m just fine 16:52 11 yeeessh, they sound like a freaking cult ! they’re just like greedy little bitches oh no, they sound like a weird community. probably they just greedy 21:40 12 so i’m not really sure how i’m gonna spit this out well i‟m not really sure how am i going to tell you 23:00 13 if it is any consolation, i haven’t taken a dump since wednesday morning if it is any consolation, i haven‟t had any passing since wednesday morning 24:02 14 wicked pic in the pennysaver by the way. it was a really beautiful photo you had in the pennysaver 28:23 15 can we just kick this old school? can we just do things like in a traditional way? 30:28 16 being pregnant makes me pee like seabiscuit being pregnant makes me passing urine frequently note : seabiscuit is a name of a famous horse race 32:17 17 it’s clinique happy. get a whiff of those sparklin’ top notes it‟s clinique happy. smell this beautiful odor. 33:37 18 she’s got you on a long leash there she keeps an eye on you / she is watching you 34:10 19 what happen if you crack the neck? (to guitar) what happen if you broke the neck? 34:27 20 nuh-uh ! other way to say “no” 34:45 21 you want to know how your kid’s a-cookin’. i get it. you want to know how your child is growing. i understand. 36:26 22 but maybe i could, you know, drop by later but maybe i will come by later 39:10 23 it’s amazing that there’s actually saps that cry at this it‟s amazing that there‟s actually a naïve person that would cry over this matter 40:03 24 bren, use a dick ! i love it ! bren, that was awesome ! i love it ! 41:20 25 wow, what kind of swag did you score? wow, what kind of things did you buy? note : “swag” could means style, goodies or properties 48:18 26 you don’t think that i’m going to flake out on you? you‟re not assuming that i will broke my promises, are you? 48:50 27 they said they wouldn’t narc you out to your folks they said that they wouldn‟t tell your parents about it 52:23 28 prom is for weenuses prom is for those people who are 01:02:57 eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 102 no sentence meaning evidence anyway. as soon as you’re old enough to go, it’s not so cool anymore weak (loser). as soon as you‟re old enough to go, it‟s not cool anymore 29 your mom must be pretty stoked that you’re not taking me your mom must be happy that you didn‟t ask me out 01:03:33 30 you just take katrina the douche packer to prom. i’m sure you two will have, like, a real bitchin’ time please just take katrina the annoying one to the prom. i‟m sure you two will have a great time together 01:05:00 31 hells, yeah ! other way to say “off course” 01:06:59 32 how about some tuneage? how about some music? 01:07:14 33 dances are for nerds and squares dances are for those weird people note : squares referring to the amount of people 01:08:09 34 i’m not young, i’m 16. i know when someone acting like a total a-hole. i‟m not young, i‟m 16. i know when someone acting like a real jerk. note: a-hole is short for asshole 01:10:22 35 i think i’m just gonna like shove out for a sec i think i‟m going to get out for a while 01:20:21 36 you’re golden, man you are amazing 01:23:06 37 either i just peed in my pants or thundercats are go ! either i just passing urine or my water just broke! 01:24:00 38 as boyfriends go, paulie bleker is totally boss. he is the cheese to my macaroni for being a boyfriend, paulie bleeker is great. he completes me 01:29:00 2)mac’s lines no sentence meaning evidence 1 damn skippy, you’re not ! you don’t even remember to give l.b her breathing meds obviously, you‟re not! you don‟t even remember to give l.b her breathing medication 25:17 2 i don’t want you to get ripped off by a couple of baby-starved wing nuts i don‟t want you being robbed by a couple of baby lovers 25:50 3 i’m not ready to be a pop pop i‟m not ready to be a grandparent / grandpa 26:29 4 hey big puffy version of june bug hey there a bigger fatter juno 01:17:56 5 you’re looking a little morose, honey. what’s eating you? you look a little gloom, honey. is there something wrong? 01:18:16 6 that’s kind of messed up. that’s pretty skanky. skivvy. tore up from the floor up? that‟s not right. it‟s pretty weird. real ugly. note : “skivvy” could also be a slang for male underwear 01:19:00 7 the right person will think the right person will accept you 01:19:48 cynantia rachmijati: an analysis of the slang e 103 no sentence meaning evidence that sun shines out of your ass. that’s the kind of person that’s worth sticking with the way you are. that‟s the kind of person that we should take care of 8 your dear old d-a-d will always love you, support you, no matter what kind of pickle you’re in your dad will always love you, support you, no matter in any problems or situation you‟re having with 01:20:05 3)bren’s lines no sentence meaning evidence 1 do you know my nice urn? there was some blue shit in there this morning do you know my nice urn? there was some blue stuff in there this morning 16:17 2 somebody is getting a precious blessing from jesus in this garbage dump of situation somebody is getting a precious blessing from jesus in this whole mess 25:34 3 maybe they do a far shittier job of raising a child rather than my dumb-ass step daughter ever would maybe they will do a far more worse job in raising a child rather than my stupid step daughter ever would 40:48 4 we both ought to stick to what we know. you think you’re so special because you can get to play picture pages up there? my 5 years old daughter can do that and she’s not the brightest bulb in the tanning bed. why don’t you go back to the night school and learn a real trade? we should do things that we know best. you think you‟re so special just because you know ultrasonography? my 5 years old daughter can do that and she is not the smartest person. why don‟t you back to the night school and learn something more useful? 41:06 5 you don’t know squat about the dynamics of marriage you know nothing about marriage life 51:07 6 can we give my kid that damn spinal tap already? can we give my daughter here her spinal block already? 01:25:02 7 you look like a new mom. scared shitless. you look like a new mom. terrified 01:28:21 4)mark’s lines no sentence meaning evidence 1 do we come off as paranoid yuppies or something? do we look like those drunk paranoid or something? 33:26 2 he’s totally demented. we’re talking about buckets of goo he‟s really crazy. we‟re talking about a lot amounts of fake blood 45:36 3 here’s to dovetailing interest here‟s to figure out your liking 46:13 4 you can wait for a few more months. it’s not the baby’s going to come storming in here and demanding dessert-colored walls you can wait for a few more months. it‟s not the baby will be rushing and coming in here demanding some yellow color on his wall 55:29 eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 104 no sentence meaning evidence 5 well, yuki is a real bad-ass well, yuki is a really strong character (tough) 01:07:06 6 i thought you’d be cool with this i thought you‟d be alright about it 01:09:02 5)vanessa’s lines no sentence meaning evidence 1 i don’t think people knows how to feel in this situation because it’s not set in stone i don‟t think people knows how to feel in this situation because it is still uncertain 48:44 2 he’s just got cold feet. being a guy he‟s just feeling a bit hesitant. being a guy 01:11:44 6)paul’s lines no sentence meaning evidence 1 she smells like soup she is not nice note : “smells like soup” referring to physical appearance 54:37 2 you have no reason to be mad at me. you broke my heart. i should be royally ticked off at you. you know. i should be really cheesed off. you have no reason to be mad at me. you broke my heart. i should be really mad at you. i should be really upset 01:04:24 3 i think i’m pretty much set until college on the tic-tac front i think i have enough of tic-tac supply until college 01:21:46 7)leah’s lines no sentence meaning evidence 1 oh my god ! oh shit ! phuket thailand ! oh my god ! how unfortunate ! 07:58 2 you should look for them in the ads. i saw them on pennysaver. it’s totally legit you should be looking for advertorial section on pennysaver. it‟s legal 20:50 3 god,spermie, must you always feed? oh god, do you need to eat that much? note : “spermie” is short from “sperm” 52:14 4 i wish my funbags would get bigger i wish my breast would get bigger 01:01:23 5 what? honest to blog? what? for real / seriously? note : “honest to blog” is adlib from “honest to god”. 07:20 cynantia rachmijati: an analysis of the slang e 105 8)supporting roles’ lines e. conclusion and suggestion after the writer has analyzed those lines, she will put forward some conclusions as follow: 1. “juno”(2007) can be used as a teaching material – it is a great movie with many moral educations in it and the slang languages that used in the movie can be introduced to high school students since it is a good examples how to use slang in daily life. 2. the amount of slang utterances that found in this movie are : juno has 38 lines, mac has 8 lines, bren has 7 lines, mark has 6 lines, vanessa has 2 lines, leah has 5 lines, paul has 3 lines and other supporting roles has 5 lines– which makes the total of 73 slang utterances 3. slang languages are closely related to crude, rude and sexual matters therefore slang languages can only be used among close friends, relatives and acquaintances. 4. in communicating area, we are as esl (english second language) at least should be getting familiar with slang languages to make it easy to communicate. people sometimes have more confident in speaking with slang (casually) rather than in formal type of speech. 5. in getting familiar with slang, one can start practice speaking with a native. but easier media such as television, movies, internet and magazines are great places to study. references book: cohen,louis .(2000).research method. london and new york : routledge crystal, david. (1995). the cambridge encyclopedia of the english language. cambridge: cambridge university press louis hébert .(2006),.the functions of language, in louis hébert. quebec : rimousky pateda,mansoer. (1987).sosioloinguistik. bandung : angkasa _____(1995).oxford advanced learner’s encyclopedia dictionary. new york : oxford university press. internet: http://www.bu.edu/mfeldman/slang/ http://www.bukisa.com/articles/19815_slang-the-pop-culture-of-language http://www.uncp.edu/home/canada/work/allam/1914-/language/slang.htm http://www.urbandictionary.com http://www.wikipedia.com no sentence meaning evidence 1 clerk at convenience store – your egg is preggo you‟re pregnant 04:27 2 clerk at convenience store – this is one doodle that can’t be undid, home skillet this is one picture that can‟t be deleted 05:43 3 a boy in the classroom – call me when you get off the rag call me when your menstruation cycle is finished 13:40 4 clerk at woman now – please fill this and don’t skip any hairy details. we need to know about every score and every sore please fill this form and do not leave anything behind. we need to know as much information as possible 18:52 5 vijay – what a trip,huh? it‟s upsetting, isn‟t it? (it sucks) 38:03 http://www.bu.edu/mfeldman/slang/ http://www.bukisa.com/articles/19815_slang-the-pop-culture-of-language http://www.uncp.edu/home/canada/work/allam/1914-/language/slang.htm http://www.urbandictionary.com/ http://www.wikipedia.com/ eltin journal, volume 6/i, april 2018 34 risk-taking and students’ speaking ability: do they correlate? lilis suryani1, ningtyas orilina argawati2 suryani.lies3@gmail.com, tyas.orilina@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract the students’ speaking ability somehow depends on some psychological issues such as motivation, self-esteem, or risk-taking. this research aims on examining the correlation of students’ speaking skill especially with their level of risk-taking. the method used in this research is quantitative research method with correlational design. the null hypothesis was “there is no correlation between risk-taking and speaking ability”.the researchers used speaking test and questionnaire about risk-taking as the instruments to gather the data. before examining the correlation between those two variables, the normality test was conducted. the result showed that the data were in normal distribution so that the analysis was statistically continued using pearson product moment. from the calculation, sig. 2-tailed of both risk-taking and speaking were 0.000 which was lower than the level of significance (0.05). it means that the null hypothesis is rejected and the final result told that there is a correlation between risk-taking and speaking ability. while the pearson correlation reached the point of 0.685 which means that the correlation between those two was large. finally, we could conclude that risk-taking can be an issue to take into account on choosing some methods of teaching speaking. keywords: risk-taking, speaking capability, correlation design. a. introduction as a language teacher, one should understand some psychological issues relate to their students during their learning process. one of those psychological issue is their level of risk-taking. risk-taking is a willingness of the students to make a decision involving something new and different without putting the primary focus on success or failure (bang, 1999:13). every student has his or her own level of risk-taking. it will definitely influence their way of learning language. risk-taking also affects the students’ way of learning for basic skills, especially productive skills such as speaking and writing. in writing skill, students perform the act of communication in the form of written text to accomplish goal and extending and deepening the students’ knowledge (argawati & suryani, 2017). therefore, on writing, a mistake can be minimalize since we can evaluate our work. it does not go the same as speaking. something we have already said will be considered an answer, and if the answer is wrong it will affect the students feeling to re-state their sentence. that is why the level of risk-taking does play role in speaking. mailto:suryani.lies3@gmail.com mailto:tyas.orilina@gmail.com suryani: risk taking and .... 35 cervantes (2013) found that if risk takers seek more opportunities to use the target language, it can be argued that they will learn more and improve their language proficiency significantly. when students speak, they test out their hypotheseabout the language. if learning is the result of taking risks, then risk taking is worth trying. it goes the same way as speaking. speaking is a prerequisite skill that should be learnt by the students. it is supported by boonkit (2010), speaking is one of four macro skills to be developed as means of effective communication in both first and second language contexts. it means that speaking as the basic skill for the students to communicate effectively. moreover, speaking in college has reached the level of real communication where they have to implemented their skill to the real life and get used to use it in any situations (argawati & syahrizal, 2016). in fact, the students have limited exposure in speaking. this is in line with this theory, students who study english as foreign language (efl) usually have limited opportunities to speak english outside of the classroom and also limited exposure to english speakers or members of the international community (zhang, 2009). relating to the statement above, the researchers come to the thinking that speaking skill is considered difficult for almost language learners in indonesia. most students say that speaking needs not only skill but also brave to deliver the speech. this is in line with maeng (2008) who believes that based on four skills, speaking becomes the most stressful for the students. therefore, teachers need to seek an appropriate method of teaching to solve the problem however, seeking new method to see the appropriateness of it with the students in a particular classroom is not a piece of a cake. teachers need to analyse and observe the condition of the students before they determine the method to be applied. one of the students condition can be related with the psychological variable, in this case, risktaking. from the background explained above, the researchers tend to conduct research to know whether or not there is a positive correlation between risk-taking and the students’ speaking capability, especially on the second semester students of ikip siliwangi. the null hyphotesis arranged was there is no correlation between risktaking and speaking ability. b. literature review 1. speaking ability speaking is the first mode in which children acquire language (hasanah, 2017). they first acquire the knowledge of language from the activity of listening, then they could create words on their mind to deliver their thought through speaking activity. speaking somewhat becomes a measurement of someone wheter he or she can use the language or not. as stated by bygate (1997), it is the skill by which they are most frequently judged, and through which they may make or lose friends. bygate pointed the use of speaking on making friends and he mentioned losing friends at the same time. that is an emphasis that speaking is important in students’ daily life. eltin journal, volume 6/i, april 2018 36 brown (2007: 4) defines speaking as an interactive process of constructing meaning that involves producing, receiving and processing speech of sounds as the main instrument. while thornbury (2005) says that speaking is an interactive process and requires the a36bility to cooperate in the management of speaking turn. moreover, argawati (2014) argues that speaking is an oral expression of an interactive process of constructing meaning which involves phonological and grammatical system and requires the ability to cooperate in the management of speaking turn in order to give information and ideas. to assess the students ability on speaking, thornbury (2005: 115) suggest that the teachers need to compile the planning of the assignment in the issue of how to find the right balance between accuracy (vocabulary, grammar, pronunciation) and fluency. however, argawati adds one point to make it complete and meaningful. the point is comprehension. this is how the students understand what they say during the speaking activity. 2. risk-taking there are some psychological variable which may influence the students way of learning four basic skills of english, one of them is risk-taking. beebe (1983) as cited in meriem (2015) said risk taking as: “a situation where an individual has to make a decision involving choice between alternatives of different desirability; the outcome of the choice is uncertain; there is a possibility of failure”. risktaking behavior refers to a “developmental trait that consists of moving toward something without thinking of the consequences” (alshalabi, 2003, p. 22 as cited in cervantes, 2013). in addition, gass & selinker (2000) as cited in burgucu, et.al (2010) state risk-taking is not only one of the dimensions of individual differences (ids), but also, it is one of the important parts in second language learning process; moreover, it is a language learning strategy for good language learners who are willing to take risks. brown (2001: 149) in argawati & suryani (2017) states that risk-taking is an important characteristic of successful learning of a second language which refers to the learner’s ability to gamble a bit, to be willing to try out hunches about the language, and take the risk of being wrong. this enables students to try something new and reduce the fear of being wrong. liu and jackson (2008) who stated that there was a significant and positive relationship between language class risk-taking and students’ self-rated proficiency in l2 english speaking. in addition, luft (2007: 2) identifies four characteristics and behaviors related to risk-taking: (1) being willing to appear foolish in order to communicate and get the message across; (2) using the language when not required to do so; (3) being comfortable with uncertainty and willing to try out guesses; and (4) being willing to make mistake in order to learn and communicate. based on the theories above, it can be concluded that risk-taking is an important characteristic of successful learning of a second language referring to students’ willingness to make decision involving something new and different without putting the primary focus on success or failure. suryani: risk taking and .... 37 c. research methodology the researchers used quantitative as research method. according to crowl (1996:as cited in suryani (2015), “quantitative method is used to examine questions that can be best answered by collecting and statistically analyzing data that are in numerical form”. the research design used correlation. creswell (2012) stated that correlational research design is used to describe and measure the relationship between two or more variables or sets of score without controlling and manipulating the variables as in an experiment. this correlation examines the relationship between psychological variable (risk-taking) and the dependent variable (speaking ability). there were two variables involved; risk-taking and speaking ability. the popuation covered all students in the second semester ikip siliwangi which consisted of three classes. each class had 30-40 students. from this population, the sample taken was class a3 with the total students was 30. the sample was choosen randomly using cluster random sampling.the researchers used two instruments; risk-taking questionnaire and speaking test. the questionnaire used consisted of 26 questions. the questionnaire is presented in table 1 as follows. table 1 questionnaire of risk-taking diskusi kelompok, saya akan mengambil kesempatan tersebut no statements scores 1 2 3 4 st s ts s ss 1. ketika saya ragu untuk memberikan respon dalam bahasa inggris, saya menghindar untuk memberi respon 2. saya berusaha mengandalkan kemampuan saya sendiri untuk menebak jawaban yang paling besar kemungkinan benarnya 3. dalam diskusi kelompok, saya tidak akan memberi pendapat lagi ketika ide baru saya ditertawakan 4. saya tidak menerapkan prinsip “malu bertanya sesat dijalan” karena saya tidak suka bertanya ketika saya merasa ragu 5. saya tidak pernah merasa frustasi dalam belajar bahasa inggris meskipun sering berbuat kesalahan 6. saya merasa malu apabila ide-ide baru yang saya ajukan dalam sebuah diskusi kelompok ternyata ditolak 7. saya menggunakan bahasa indonesia untuk mengungkapkan difficult words untuk menghindari kesalahan 8. saya merasa lebih tertantang apabila berbahasa inggris dengan teman atau guru yang berlatar belakang bahasa inggris 9. saya menggunakan kalimat sederhana untuk menghindari kesalahan meskipun akan mendapat nilai yang tidak maksimal 10. saya penasaran untuk membaca artikel berbahasa inggris meski tidak seluruhnya tahu isinya 11. saya merasa belum siap apabila mendapatkan tawaran untuk mengikuti kompetisi dalam bahasa inggris 12. saya selalu memberikan solusi terhadap masalah-masalah kompleks yang sulit dipecahkan dalam kelompok 13. saya belum percaya diri apabila berbicara bahasa inggris langsung dengan native speaker 14. saya berusaha menghindar ketika berbahasa inggris dengan orang yang menggunakan kalimat yang kompleks 15. jika saya mendapatkan kesempatan untuk memimpin sebuah eltin journal, volume 6/i, april 2018 38 16. saya tidak suka mengerjakan tugas individu karena saya tidak mau menanggung resiko sendiri ketika salah 17. saya lebih suka berbicara bahasa inggris dengan orang yang kemampuannya lebih baik daripada saya 18. saya tidak percaya diri bila karangan saya ditempel di madding karena jika ada kesalahan akan diketahui banyak orang 19. jika saya mengajari sesuatu dan salah maka saya tidak akan membetulkannya 20. saya tidak pernah merasa putus asa belajar bahasa inggris meskipun telah membuat banyak kesalahan 21. ketika saya membuat kesalahan, saya akan mengalihkan topic sehingga kesalahan saya tidak mendapat perhatian 22. saya hanya siap menyatakan pendapat saya dalam bahasa inggris jika materinya sudah disiapkan terlebih dahulu 23. dalam melakukan kegiatan speaking, saya tidak perlu membuat outline apa saja yang akan saya ungkapkan 24. saya mengatakan kosakata baru dalam bahasa inggris secara berulang-ulang tanpa suara sebelum saya menggunakannya 25. saya akan mengambil setiap kesempatan untuk pengalaman pengalaman baru agar kemampuan bahasa inggris saya senantiasa berkembang 26. setiap menemui kosakata baru, saya akan melatih untuk mengucapkannya terlebih dahulu sebelum menggunakannya saat kegiatan speaking the questions on the questionnaire served in bahasa indonesia. it was done to avoid missunderstanding of the students. the researchers wanted to make sure that all of the students understand the questions so that they could easily answer the questions without hesitation. it was hoped that the result really reflect the condition of the students especially in relation to their level of risk-taking. meanwhile, the speaking test was an instruction for the students to describe their favorite activities during college break. grading was based on the scoring rubrics by hughes (2003) as described in table 2 below. table 2 scoring rubrics for speaking test no. aspect score criteria 1. grammar 1 grammar almost entirely inaccurate except in stock phrases 2 contrast errors showing control of very few major patterns uncontrolled and frequently preventing communication 3 frequent errors showing some major patterns uncontrolled and causing occasional irritation and misunderstanding 4 occasional errors showing imperfect control of some patterns but no weakness that causes misunderstanding suryani: risk taking and .... 39 5 few errors, with no pattern of failure 6 no more than two errors during speaking 2. vocabulary 1 vocabulary inadequate for even the simplest conversation 2 vocabulary limited to basic personal and survival areas (time, food, transportation, family, etc) 3 choice of words sometimes inaccurate, limitations of vocabulary prevent discussion of some common professional and social topics 4 professional vocabulary adequate to discuss special interests; general vocabulary permits discussion of any non-technical subject with some circumlocutions 5 professional vocabulary broad and precise; general vocabulary adequate to cope with complex practical problems and varied social situation 6 vocabulary apparently as accurate and extensive as that of an educated native speaker 3. fluency 1 speech is halting and fragmentary that conversation is virtually impossible 2 speech is very slow and uneven except for short or routine sentences 3 speech is frequently hesitant and jerky; sentences may be left uncompleted 4 speech is occasionally hesitant, with some unevenness caused by rephrasing and grouping for words 5 speech is effortless and smooth, but perceptively non native in speed and evenness 6 speech on all professional and general topics as effortless and smooth as a native speaker’s 4. comprehension 1 understands too little for the simplest type of conversation 2 understand only slow, very simple speech on common social and touristic topic; request constant repetition and rephrasing 3 understands careful, somewhat simplified speech when engaged in a dialogue, but may be require considerable repetition and rephrasing 4 understand quite well normal educated speech when engaged in a dialogue, but requires occasional repetition or rephrasing 5 understands everything in normal educated conversation except for very colloquial or low frequency items, or exceptionally rapid or slurred speech 6 understands everything in both formal and colloquial speech to be expected of an educated native speaker 5. pronunciatio n 1 pronunciation frequently unitelligible 2 frequent gross errors and very heavy accent make. understanding difficult, require irrequent repetition 3 foreign accent” requires concentrated listening, and mispronunciation lead to occasional misunderstanding. apparent errors in grammar and vocabulary eltin journal, volume 6/i, april 2018 40 figure 1. profile of the students speaking ability 4 market “forget accent” and occasional mispronunciation which do not interfere with misunderstanding 5 no conspicious mispronunciations, but would not be taken for a native speaker 6 native pronunciation, with no trace of “foreign accent” the grade of this speaking test was done collaboratively between the two researchers. the final score was the result of the combination score by the researchers as graders then devided by two. the data collected, both the score of the questionnaire and the score of speaking test, were then analysed through several steps using spss 19. the first one, the data were tested the normality of them. if the data were in a normal distribution, the calculation would be continued using pearson product moment. d. findings and discussion the researchers applied speaking test for gathering the score of speaking, and gave risktaking questionnaire to determine the students level of risk-taking. those two steps were conducted in the target class which consist of 30 students. here are the result of the speaking test and the answer of risk-taking questionnaire. 1. speaking test speaking test was conducted on the thirty students orally using instruction. it was done in the same day so that the students did not have differrent time to prepare. the students then explained their answer one by one in front of the two researchers. the scoring rubric used was based on the instrument prepared above. it took approximately 3-5 minutes for each student to perfom their speech. they showed various attitude towards the test. some studens felt nervous, but not few of them who enjoyed the test given by the researchers. from the test, we could see the students’ profile of speaking ability as shown by figure 1. figure 1. the students’ profile of speaking ability poor fair good excellent 0 excellent good fair poor 100 80 60 40 20 suryani: risk taking and .... 41 figure 3. profile of the students’ level of risk-taking from thirty students in that class, 20% (6 students) gained > 80 on speaking test; 36.67% (11 students) got 70-80, 33.3% (10 students) got 60-70, and only 10% (3 students) out of them reached < 60. second instrument provided by the researchers was questionnaire of risk-taking. the questionnaire used was taken from the research conducted by argawati and suryani (2017) which had already been tried out to another class. therefore, it was already valid and reliable. this questionnaire consisted of 26 item of questions which served four aspects of risk-taking. the profile of students’ level of risk-taking based on thore aspect can be seen on figure 2 below. figure 2. result of risk-taking based on the four aspect table 3 above shows the profile of students’ risk-taking viewed from each aspect, namely: a lack of hesitancy, willingness to use linguistic elements, tolerance of possible incorrectness, and inclination to rehearse a new element. we can see there that all of the four aspects, only few students who showed a low level of risk-taking; even, there is no students who were low on tolerance of incorrectness. it means that all of them had feeling that doing incorrectness is not always a problem so that they feel that others can tolerate it. moreover, the result of the overall score of risk-taking questionnaire is presented in figure 3 below. high fair low tolerance of inclination to possible rehearse a new incorrectness element willingness to use linguistic elements perceived a lack of hesitancy 100,00 80,00 60,00 40,00 20,00 0,00 high fair low 0 high fair low 50 50 100 80 60 40 20 0 eltin journal, volume 6/i, april 2018 42 from the figure above, we can see that 50% students had high level of risk-taking, and 50% had a fair level of risk-taking. students with low level of risk-taking is 0%. there was no students with low level of risk-taking. then, we can conclude that this class has a good level of risk-taking since they did not show the students with low level of it. 2. normality test after gaining the score of speaking and score of risk-taking, the next step done was the test of normality to identify whether or not the data were in normal distribution. below is the table 3 which showed the result of normality test conducted by the researchers. table 3 tests of normality kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. risktaking ,123 30 ,200* ,944 30 ,115 speaking ,118 30 ,200* ,967 30 ,457 a. lilliefors significance correction *. this is a lower bound of the true significance. based on the table above we can gain information relates to the result of normality test. both risk-taking and speaking capability gained 0.200 which more than the level of significant 0.05 (5%). therefore we can conclude that the data were in normal distribution. due to the data were in normal distribution, the next test conducted was correlation test using pearson product moment. after calculating the data from both score of risk-taking and speaking test, the researchers revealed the result as presented in table 4 below. table 4 result of correlations test risk taking speaking risk taking pearson correlation 1 ,685** sig. (2-tailed) ,000 n 30 30 suryani: risk taking and .... 43 speaking pearson correlation ,685** 1 sig. (2-tailed) ,000 n 30 30 the result showed that the sig. 2-tailed both risk-taking and speaking are 0.000 lower than the level of significant (0.05). by this calculation, null hypothesis (ho: there is no correlationbetween students’level of risk-taking and their ability on speaking) is rejected. it means that there is a correlation between risk-taking and speaking ability. then, based on cohen (1988:79-81), if the pearson correlation is among 0.50-1.0, we can say that the correlation between those two variables is large. e. conclusions english language students in indonesia clearly need to improve their ability or mastery on the four basic skills of english. from those basic skills, speaking is considered the most difficult skill to improve. it needs both macro and micro skills of speaking. it does stop there. the language learners should maintain their courage to deliver the idea. if they can do it well, the mastery of speaking will be reached. however, many problems accurred during the teaching and learning process. beside method, technique, media or approach of teaching, students’ psychological issues do affect their way of learning. one of these psychological issues is risk-taking. this research aims on examining the correlation between risk-taking on the students’ level of speaking ability. the sampel was 30 students from second semester. all of them were asked to to two difference tests; speaking test and risktaking test. the speaking test used instruction to the students to make a speech on their favourite activities during the scholl break, while the risk-taking test was through questionnaire which consisted of 26 questions and was built based on four aspect decide by some experts. the result reveal that null hypothesis was rejected which means there is a positive correlation between risk-taking and students’ speaking ability. from this result, we can understand something. students with high lebvel of risk-taking will tend to try to do more, in this case is speaking. he or she will be encouraged to produce new and more vocabularies to built up their sentences without feeling hesitate. by doing all of that, they will understand the feeling of creating some sentences by their own. if the sentences are correct, it will encourage them more. however, if the sentences are wrong it will not affect their motivation since they have tolerance of incorrectness and they will keep trying. if the students keep trying on speaking, it will build their courage more and more and automatically will improve their way of saying something, in other word their speaking ability. therefore, it can be concluded that the students with high level of risk-taking, they will create more opportunity to improve themselves on building sentences and increase their conficence on saying the words into sentences. shortly, students with high level of risktaking will have a good speaking ability. eltin journal, volume 6/i, april 2018 44 from the conclusion gained by the researchers, some suggestions are then formulated. first, teachers need to improve the students’ level of risk-taking first if they want to make the students improve the speaking ability. it can be done by choosing such method which can accomodate the students need of trying something new. second, the students themselves should realize that by trying more, they can create and speak more english words and sentence, so they need to have willingness to improve their level of risk-taking to then improve their ability of speaking. references argawati, n. o. (2014). improving students’speaking skill using group discussion (experimental study on the first grade students of senior high school). eltin journal, 74-81. argawati, n. o., & syahrizal, t. (2016). the use of task-based instruction to improve speaking skill to the second semester students of stkip siliwangi bandung on the academic year of 2014-2015. jurnal p2m stkip siliwangi. argawati, n. o., & suryani, l. (2017). teaching writing using think-pair-share viewed from students' level of risk-taking. erjee, 109-116. bang, y. (1999). factors affecting korean students’ risk-taking behavior in esl classroom. dissertation. ohio university. ohio. retrieved from http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=osu1243019322 boonkit, k. (2010). enhancing the development of speaking skills for non native speaker of english. procedia social and behavioral science, 13051309. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. san francisco: pearson education, inc. brown, h.d. (2007). principles of language learning and teaching. new york: pearson education, inc. burgucu, a. et. al. (2010). who are our students? investigating learners’ risk taking ability and achievement on second language acquisition. 2nd international symposium on sustainable development. taken from http://eprints.ibu.edu.ba/320/1/issd2010socialscience_p1-p6.pdf bygate, m. (1997). speaking. new york: oxford university press cervantes, i.m. (2013). the role of risk-taking behavior in the development of speaking skills in esl classrooms. revista de lenguas modernas, no. 19, 421 435. cohen. (1988). spss survival manual: a step by step guide data analysis using spss for windows third edition. new york: open university press. creswell, j.w. (2012). educational research. buston: pearson education. hasanah, h. u. (2017). teaching speaking using tea party technique. okara: jurnal bahasa dan sastra, vol. 11, no. 2, november 2017, 263-276. http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=osu1243019322 http://eprints.ibu.edu.ba/320/1/issd2010socialscience_p1-p6.pdf eltin journal, volume 6/i, april 2018 34 hughes, a. (2003). testing for language teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. liu, m., & jackson, j. (2008). an exploration of chinese efl learners’ unwillingness to communicate and foreign language anxiety. the modern language journal, 92(1), 71-86 luft, s. (2007). language classroom risktaking behavior in a performed culture based program. thesis, school of the ohio state university. retrieved on august, 2012 from http://etd.ohiolink.eduview,cgiacc.num= osul 1229701363. maeng, u. (2008). english teachers’ language anxiety in the intensive teacher training program and in the classroom. english language & literature teaching, 14(149-172). meriem, b. (2015). the effects of risk taking on the learning of spoken english at university. expression: juny no 1, p 8494 suryani, l. (2015). the effectiveness of role play in teaching speaking. eltin journal, october, volume 3/ii, 106-109. thornbury, s. (2005). how to teach speaking. new york: pearson education inc. zhang, y. (2009). reading to speak: intergarating oral communication skills. english teaching forum , 42-43. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 22 an analysis of teachers’ pedagogical competence in lesson study of mgmp smp majalengka raynesa noor emiliasari raynesanoor@yahoo.co.id universitas majalengka abstract this research reports an in-depth view of teachers’ pedagogical competence as they participated in the lesson study activities. in order to collect the data, observations, notes, videotaping and interviews were used to get comprehensive data in the field. it was revealed that there was a difference between senior and junior teachers in their pedagogical competence. senior teachers had a better pedagogical competence in terms of: classroom management, understanding the students’ characteristics, curriculum development, lesson plan, and teachers’ talk. meanwhile, junior teachers were good at: the use of ict and the development of media in teaching. it was also discovered that both senior and junior teachers were still less in mastering the theory of basic principles in teaching and developing students’ potential. there was no reflective action in teaching and teachers’ less understanding in classroom action research were other factors that affect teachers’ pedagogical competence. it is suggested that in order to improve the quality of teaching, teachers’ pedagogical competence is very important to be improved. keywords: teachers’ pedagogical competence, lesson study a. introduction to perform the task professionally, the teachers must have the competencies according to the applicable standards (uu no. 14 tahun 2005). one of these competencies is pedagogic competence which has a strong influence on the quality of learning. pedagogic competence is teachers’ capability in managing the teaching and learning process from planning to evaluation. it consists of understanding students, basic principles in teaching, curriculum development, lesson plan, ict mastery, students’ potential development, teachers’ talk, evaluation and reflective action (permendiknas no. 16 tahun 2007). one of the indonesian government’s efforts in improving teacher professionalism and quality of education is by adopting the concept of lesson study from japan. lesson study is an ongoing professional development process of improving a lesson through teacher collaboration (haithcock: 2010). lesson study involves a group of teachers meeting regularly to work on the design, implementation, testing and improvement of one or several research lessons (stigler & hiebert: 1999) that are: teacher’s problem, goal or vision of pedagogical practice, observing, analyzing/reflecting, and discussing (lewis & tsuchida: 1998). the government also sets the regulation for teachers to form the professional organization as a forum to improve competence, career, educational insight, professional protection, welfare, and community service (law no. 14 the year 2005). thus, mgmp (subject mailto:raynesanoor@yahoo.co.id emiliasari: an analysis of teacher’s … 23 teacher consultation) which is formed as one of the professional organizations has a big role in improving teachers’ professionalism (depdiknas: 2008). as the three phases of lesson study closely related to the teachers’ pedagogic competence in teaching and learning process (planning, implementing and evaluating), this paper is aimed at presenting an elaborate description of teachers’ pedagogical competencies during their participation in lesson study conducted in mgmp smp majalengka. this paper only concerns ten pedagogical competencies that are promoted by indonesian government as the standard for teacher professionalism (permendiknas no. 16 tahun 2007). b. literature review 1. mgmp the improvement of academic qualifications and teacher competence needs to be well programmed, it is necessary to provide an independent and professional teacher training (kementrian pendidikan nasional: 2010). in addition to the teachers working group (kkg), the subject teachers consultation (mgmp) is another teachers’ professional organization. therefore, kkg and mgmp have an important role in supporting the development of professional teachers (depdiknas: 2008). mgmp can be a forum to gather the subject teachers from provincial, district, sub-district and school level (yunusshofa, 2008: 2) to communicate, learn and exchange ideas and experiences to solve all problems in teaching and learning process in order to improve their performance as practitioners of learning (mahmud, 2013). in addition, mgmp aims to foster teachers' enthusiasm to improve their skills in preparing, implementing and evaluating teaching and learning programs as well as developing the ability of teaching and learning process so as to support educational activities (sudrajat, 2010: 7, in listyawati, 2012). in another word, mgmp is a mediator to enhance and to develop teachers’ competence (devi, 2010). 2. lesson study lesson study is a model of professional education through collaboration and continuous learning based on the principles of collegiality and mutual learning to build learning communities (hendayana et al., 2006). meanwhile, according to styler and hiebert (in susilo et al, 2009: 3) lesson study is a collaborative process for a group of teachers when identifying learning problems, designing a lesson plan (including searching for books and articles on topics to be taught); implementing the lesson (one teacher teaches while others are watching), revising the lesson plan, evaluating the teaching process, and sharing the results with other teachers (disseminating). in addition, widhiartha, et al (2008:9) add the lesson study process involves teachers in small discussion groups with activities such as discussing the lesson plan, teaching the lesson, observing the learning process and conducting discussions after learning for the improvement of the next learning process. by conducting lesson study, teachers are able to control and review the learning process together (murata and takahashi: 2002). other researchers (stigler & hiebert, 1999, lewis, 2002) also argue more than two decades, lesson study is helpful in improving the quality of learning so that students get good results. in general, the implementation of lesson study consists of three phases: plan, do, and see (sukirman: 2006; putra, et al.: 2010; hendayana, et al.: 2006). by implementing the three phases of lesson study, it is hoped that teachers will have more understanding in managing the teaching and learning process from planning, implementing and evaluating the lessons. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 24 3. pedagogic competence pedagogic competence is a competence that will determine the success of teaching and learning process and also the students’ learning outcomes. pedagogic competence is teachers’ ability in managing students’ learning from planning, implementing and evaluating the process and the learning outcome which consists of teachers’ understanding of: (a) educational foundation, (b) students’ characteristics, (c) curriculum development, (d) lesson plan, (e) implementation of educational learning, (f) implementation of dialogic learning, (g) ict utilization, (h) learning outcome evaluation, (i) students’ potential development (mulyasa, 2007:75), and (j) reflective action (permendiknas no. 16 the year 2007). meanwhile, based on voss, kunter, and baumert (2011) and könig et al. (2011), the main components of the pedagogic competence are: knowledge of classroom management; knowledge of teaching methods; knowledge of classroom assessment; structure of learning objectives and the lesson process, lesson planning and evaluation; and, adaptability dealing with heterogeneous learning groups in the classroom. in terms of the students’ characteristics, teachers should know the children’s world, educational process, and characteristics such as children’s interest, talent, motivation, learning absorption, intelligence level and social development (janawi, 2011). another component of teachers’ pedagogical competence is that teachers should be able to master the educational foundation and its principle concepts of teaching which consists of the role and function of educational institutions (musfah, 2011). in the curriculum development process, teachers are the most important person to get involved with. so, it is important for teachers to be the implementers for the successful and meaningful curriculum development process (alsubaie, 2016). in order to create an effective education, an effective classroom management is considered important. classroom management which consists of planning and preparation of teaching materials, organizing materials, classroom decorations, creating hope and enforcement of rules and routines in the classroom (tan, et.al. : 2003) is important for teachers to be mastered since it can help teachers in creating an effective teaching and learning process. it is important for teachers to plan their lessons before they entered the classroom. ur (1996) uses the metaphors such as roadmap, blueprint, or game plan for the lesson plan. a lesson plan itself is a very important tool that consists of a combination guide, resource, and historical document reflecting the teachers’ teaching philosophy, student population, textbooks, and teachers’ goals for their students (jensen in celce-murcia, 2001). a lesson plan is essential for both novice and experienced teachers (jensen in celce-murcia, 2001). in teaching and learning process, teachers should implement an educational and dialogic learning. according to callander (2013: 38) dialogic learning involves students’ extended and supported use of talk (involving both teacher-to-student and student-to-student interactions) that includes open-ended questions, reflections, extended exchanges of dialogue, authentic feedback, and uptake/building on the ideas of others to collaboratively engage in knowledge construction within a safe learning environment. it means that teachers and students should create a communicative and an attractive communication in order to help students to develop their understanding of the teaching and learning process. in order to increase students’ interests, teachers can utilize ict to modify their teaching methods and techniques (thapaliya: 2014). teachers should take advantage of ict to ease emiliasari: an analysis of teacher’s … 25 them in teaching or to create interesting materials so that students can increase their interests and motivation. schools and teachers also need to facilitate their students to develop students’ talents by providing them with challenging learning opportunities. schools can provide students with extracurricular activities (eca) which have positive effects for students to become productive students and adults where they can learn lessons in leadership, teamwork, organization, analytical thinking, problem-solving, time management, learning to juggle many tasks at once and it allows them to discover their talents (massoni, 2011). in related to the evaluation process, teachers need to create and develop the learning evaluation to find out students’ achievement in learning, students’ difficulties in learning, and to know teachers’ strategies in learning (arifin, 2010). c. research methodology this study used the descriptive qualitative method. it tried to investigate, find, describe and explain the understanding and the implementation of teachers’ pedagogic competence during the lesson study activities. the participants of the study were 25 english teachers of junior high school. the data gathered from observations during plan, do, see stages to find out the teachers’ pedagogical competence, and interviews to the ‘guru model’ and to five observers focusing on their pedagogical competence during lesson study activity. the data were analyzed to get the conclusion of teachers’ pedagogical competence in the implementation of the lesson study after they were reduced. the results of interviews and observations were described in detailed explanation d. findings and discussions to be more informative in presenting the research setting where the data were collected, it is necessary to show the steps of lesson study in which the teachers’ pedagogical competence were shown in every step of lesson study in this research. at the beginning, two experts in lesson study, presented the material on history, definitions, objectives and benefits of lesson study as well as the stages of lesson study, the tools needed in lesson study and examples of lesson study implementation. the lesson study activity was held in two cycles. there was one (1) ‘guru model’ for each cycle. it means that there were two (2) ‘guru model’ that performed the teaching and learning process. both ‘guru model’ performed the lesson study based on the lesson study stages. at the plan stage, the chairman of the mgmp led the discussion. at this stage, the ‘guru model’ was assigned. other teachers who did not assign as ‘guru model’ became the observers. then, the rpp was requested to be discussed together. the observers examined other lesson study supporting devices such as student worksheets (lks), assessment instruments, methods and media. analysis of problems faced by teachers in the learning process was also discussed. then jointly find solutions to these problems and poured in the form of rpp preparation. the rpp that has been through the process of observation is the rpp model that will be used by the ‘guru model’ in the open class. at this stage, the identification of ‘standar kompetensi’ (sk) and ‘kompetensi dasar’ (kd) is conducted to determine which materials will be discussed and considered difficult by the learners. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 26 the second stage was the do stage. the do stage is the stage where the open class is conducted. in accordance with the previously agreed, the ‘guru model’ conducted the open class for 2 (two) meetings. when the ‘guru model’ performed the teaching and learning process, the process was observed by the observers. the task of the observers was to record everything that happens during teaching and learning process on the field notes that had been prepared previously. the third stage is see/reflection stage. reflection was done after the open class was implemented. all observers and ‘guru model’ sit together to discuss everything that happened during the teaching and learning process conducted by the ‘guru model’. reflection was led by one of the teachers. this stage was held so the participants of the lesson study could learn the weaknesses and strengths of the ‘guru model’ to be used as a reference for them in improving their performance. 1. teachers’ pedagogical competence during participating in lesson study pedagogic competence is the ability of teachers in managing learners based on approaches by taking into account the understanding of learners, planning and implementation of learning, evaluation of learning outcomes and development of learners’ potential. pedagogic competence in lesson study activities is explained based on pedagogic competence structure as stated in permendiknas number 16 the year 2007. here is the explanation about the analysis of pedagogical competence of junior high school english teachers who join the lesson study activities. teachers who attended the event consisted of inexperienced teachers (junior) and experienced teachers (seniors). a. mastering the characteristics of learners from the physical, moral, spiritual, social, cultural, emotional, and intellectual aspects.the mastery of students’ characteristics could be seen from the ‘guru model’ (gm) when they conducted the open class activities. gm 1 and 2 had similarities in identifying and analyzing the students’ potential in learning, including students’ learning difficulties. b. gm 1 who was a junior teacher has not overly mastered the background and the provision of teaching his students. the interview result states that gm 1 recognizes the character of its students in general due to the limitations of gm 1 in the mastery of esq and character education (psychology of students in person). in the reflection stage, gm 1 revealed his difficulty in teaching because of his passive students. while the data from the observation showed that gm 2 apparently understand the background of the students. in the refection stage, gm 2 who was an experienced teacher explained that two of her students were unenthusiastic in learning due to their unhealthy physical condition. another one’s background is due to the psychological condition of the student who is unstable since his childhood. however, the results of the observations showed that gm 2 was very good at approaching and invited students and involved them in learning. this proves that gm 2 is more able to identify and master the characteristics of learners. from the interview on gm 1, he said that he did not prioritize the physical condition of his students and his learning did not require the student to be active (except in games). while gm 2, she was more concerned about the physical condition of her students. it is because emiliasari: an analysis of teacher’s … 27 there are some students who have a history of serious illness such as heart disease. from the findings above, it can be concluded that gm 2 more understand her students’ characteristics than gm 1 since she had already known her students’ world, social development and intelligence level as janawi (2011) mentioned. both ‘guru model’ can recognize their students’ potential and difficulties, but in the social-emotional, moral, spiritual, and socio-cultural background, both still have to study each of their students since it takes a long time to master all these aspects. c. mastering learning theories and learning principles in education based on observations, both gms used conventional methods such as lectures and discussions. they also had a strategy in teaching when they were faced with students who were less active or those who had problems when teaching and learning process so that the teaching and learning process could be done well. the strategy of gm 2 when facing the passive students was to pay more attention to them. giving them a longer guidance and direction. gm 1 asked the active students as a student center and asked them to help their passive friends. gm 1 added that his students rarely join the competition, this was because the students' selfconfidence was still very low. the gm 2 used her knowledge of her students’ backgrounds when approaching the passive students with compliments and pleasant words, so students feel comfortable in learning.in terms of instructional techniques, both gms had attempted to use creative learning techniques using printed worksheets, video display and role play. so the students did not feel bored. however, the results of interviews the reflection stage revealed that there were teachers who did not yet understand the approach, methods, strategies and techniques. they pointed out that they still did not understand the difference between the three terms. they also asked for an explanation from the other teachers about the types of approaches, methods, strategies and techniques. gm 1 added that the lack of training and participation in training made teachers less understanding of approaches, methods, strategies and learning techniques. based on these data, it can be concluded that the mastery of teachers in the theories and principles of learning is still low. it means that the teachers have yet to master the educational foundation and its principle concepts of teaching. this is inappropriate with musfah’s (2011) statement which mentions that teachers should be able to master the educational foundation and its principle concepts of teaching which consists of the role and function of educational institutions. related to that, some teachers asked for some kind of training on approaches, methods, strategies and learning techniques. d. developing a curriculum related to the subjects being taught based on the observations, it was known that the ‘guru model’ had been able to determine the learning objectives. it can be seen from the lesson plan that was used by the ‘guru model’. the learning objectives were written in the lesson plan. during teaching and learning process, ‘guru model’ explained the learning objective to the students at the beginning of the teaching and learning process. the observers also suggested that the learning objectives should be written clearly in the lesson plan. learning objectives help teachers organize: learning materials in accordance with the characteristics of learners, tasks and activities, as well as indicators and assessment instruments. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 28 from the observations, it was found that gm 1 was not too proficient in making a scoring rubric for role play. while gm 2 was much better in designing assessment instruments. however, interviews from one of the observers revealed that some teachers do not understand the principles of the curriculum. when determining the learning objectives they usually only copy the lesson plans or materials from other teachers. this proves that the teaching experience of being a teacher influences teachers' understanding of curriculum principles, including the determining of learning objectives, selecting materials and organizing materials. thus, it can be concluded that mastery of the development of curriculum principles of junior teachers is less than senior teachers. senior teachers have been able to develop the curriculum principles and become the implementers for the successful and meaningful curriculum development process (alsubaie: 2016). e. organizing educating lesson in terms of the learning design, senior teachers tend to be more masterful. from the observation during the plan stage. senior teachers dominated in providing input and revision to the lesson plan made by gm 1 (junior teacher). among the teachers who participated in lesson study activities, there were some teachers who have become district coaches of learning design. the interviews with junior teachers revealed that the lesson plan was one of the most difficult things to be mastered and required time and special training to be understood. it caused some teachers who tried to make their lesson plan by looking at examples with the provisions of the knowledge they got during undergraduate. some of them used existing lesson plan or copied of other teachers’ lesson plans. in terms of implementing the learning media, almost all teachers said that the limitations of facilities and infrastructure such as books, projectors, speakers, language labs, and internet connections were some factors that affected the creativity and type of instructional media used by teachers. so it made teachers used the conventional media (paper, drawing, blackboard). it can be concluded that in designing a lesson plan, senior teachers are better than the junior teachers who are still in the learning phase. in terms of implementing learning and using the media, teachers are limited by insufficient facilities and infrastructure so that they cannot implement innovative, creative and interactive learning. f. utilizing information and communication technology for the benefit of learning icts are things that can help teachers in implementing learning where teachers can pour out their ideas when going to teach. however, based on the interview results, the unavailability of ict facilities and infrastructure made teachers unable to apply their ideas and were forced to use conventional methods. in addition, interview results revealed that some senior teachers did not want to try to study the development of ict with reasons of age and the inability to use the ict. they charge more for the use of icts to junior teachers because junior teachers are considered to be quicker to understand technological developments. interviews with junior teachers indicate that inadequate or unavailable facilities and infrastructures are an obstacle for them to apply the technology. based on the findings emiliasari: an analysis of teacher’s … 29 above, it can be concluded that facilities and infrastructure in ict are still very poor, so that teachers who want to develop and use ict in learning cannot be accommodated. g. facilitate the development of potential learners to actualize various potentials the interview results mentioned that to develop the potential of learners required time, effort, cost and special place of activity. in some urban schools, the extracurricular was supported by a better infrastructure. so that the participants were motivated to develop their own potential and play an active role in following the competition. however, in rural areas, the schools had inadequate facilities and infrastructure as the extracurricular activities are extremely difficult to be developed. the interview results add that in relation to english language learning, it was difficult to motivate the students to join the competitions such as speech contest, storytelling or debate. this was due to limited human resources and facilities that could improve skills in english. the findings above illustrate that the desire of teachers and learners is high in increasing the students’ potential skills by participating in the competitions or events but not supported by facilities, personnel, and costs. h. communicate effectively, emphatically, and courteously with learners during the observations in the do stage (open class), gm 1 and gm 2 had been able to communicate effectively, emphatically and politely to the students. it can be seen as they gave effective and polite instructional sentences during teaching. gm 2 provided words of praise that can make students comfortable when learning. moreover, when facing passive students, both gms used wise words and did not insult the students. both gms involved all students to be active. they invited the passive students to communicate and guided them to be more confident in answering and discussing. both gms use local languages, national languages and english when conducting the lessons. the results of the interview mentioned the reasons of gm used the three languages so that students could easier to understand the material presented so the purpose of learning can be achieved. from the observation, it can be seen that the students responded to the instructions given by teachers well. the students showed the activeness in answering, discussing and role play in front of the class with great enthusiasm. from the findings above, it can be concluded that teachers use a good communication strategy with their students. teachers can provide instruction and persuasion to their students in order to participate actively in discussions, frequently asked questions and games. teachers give rewards in the form of praise for their students. i.organize assessment and evaluation of the learning process and outcomes the results of interviews and the analysis of lesson plan documents indicated that teachers had been able to understand the principles of assessment and evaluation of process and learning outcomes in accordance with the characteristics of subjects. this was seen from the existing form of assessment in the lesson plan was adjusted to ‘standar kompetensi’, ‘kompetensi dasar’, objectives, indicators, and teaching materials. however, during the open class it was found that the assessment was sometimes was not done. there were circumstances in which teachers rely on their assumptions and feelings when judging without being included with the assessment rubric. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 30 it can be concluded that in general teachers have mastered the principles of assessment and have been able to write it down in the lesson plan but not fully done in the teaching and learning process. j. utilizing assessment and evaluation results for the benefit of learning from the results of the interviews, the teachers stated that they used the results of the assessment as a measure of students' learning mastery. if they found the results of the evaluation of student learning that was less meet the standard of graduation, then the teacher used it to determine the remedial or enrichment. gm 1 mentioned that the students who had not reached the minimum limit of graduation were given a task or a structured task to improve their score. while the remedial was given after the middle or at the end of the semester. teachers added that the results of the assessment and evaluation of the students were reported to the principal. in addition, the results of the assessment were also given to ‘guru wali’ to be used as material reports for parents. it can be concluded that the teacher uses and utilizes the results of the assessment and evaluation for the consideration of the students' graduation. in addition, they also make an assessment as a benchmark for their success in teaching so that it can be used as a basis for improving the quality of learning. k. performing reflective actions to improve the quality of learning the results of the interviews stated that the activities that could accommodate the reflection of learning were still low almost in every school. so that the teachers could not exchange their ideas or found their weaknesses and strengths of each. in mgmp they only met and shared experiences and problems encountered. but it was still not enough. the teachers have not been able to utilize the results of reflection for the development and improvement of the quality because the reflection activities are still lacking. it can be concluded that reflective activities for improving the quality of learning are still low. teachers expect regular meetings, training and coaching to improve the quality of their learning. they added that lesson study activities become an opportunity for them to increase experience and become a medium to meet, exchange ideas, hear opinions, comments and constructive criticism for improving the quality of learning. they are very appreciative of the activities of this lesson study so they can see the real weaknesses and advantages of themselves. 2. the improvement of teachers’ pedagogical competence during lesson study activity the improvement of teachers’ pedagogical competence can be seen from the data of fourtime observations in open class and the interview to ‘guru model’ and observers. the data showed that there were some positive changes in teaching and learning process, although the change was not quite drastic. it can be found that ‘guru model’ who performed after the previous ‘guru model’ showed positive changes in teaching, especially in managing the classroom, giving the material and evaluating students’ achievement. it is possible that the first performance of ‘guru model’ becomes a good emiliasari: an analysis of teacher’s … 31 example and valuable lesson for the next ‘guru model’, namely, by improving and correcting some of the weakness from the previous ‘guru model’ and making sort of innovation so that they can make anticipation for the next performances. the realization of the weakness and the innovation to the problems found in the classroom were usually discussed in the reflection stage. e. conclusions based on the discussion above, it can be concluded that senior teachers have a better understanding and implementation of pedagogical competence than junior teachers. it means that experience can be one of the factors which affect the understanding and the implementation of pedagogical competence. in addition, pedagogical competence is the ability of teaching that cannot be comprehended in short time. lesson study can be an effective process to be used by teachers in enhancing their pedagogical competence since in this study, by conducting lesson study some positive changes in the pedagogical competence of the participants can be improved well. f. references alsubaie, m.a. 2016. curriculum development: teacher involvement in curriculum development. journal of education and practice. vol. 7, no. 9, 2016. arifin, z. 2010. evaluasi pembelajaran prinsip teknik prosedur. bandung. pt. remaja rosdakarya. callander, d. 2013. dialogic approaches to teaching and learning in the primary grades. a project for the degree of master of education. university of victoria. celce-murcia, m. 2001. teaching english as a seond or a foreign language. 3rd edition. boston: ma. heinle & heinle. departemen pendidikan nasional republik indonesia. 2008. standar pengembangan kelompok kerja guru (kkg) dan musyawarah guru mata pelajaran (mgmp). jakarta: direktorat jenderal peningkatan mutu pendidik dan tenaga kependidikan. devi, p. k. 2010. peningkatan kompetensi guru kimia melalui program pelatihan di “mgmp wilayah”. disertasi. bandung: universitas pendidikan bandung. haithcock, f. 2010. a guide to implementing lesson study for district and school leadership teams in differentiated accountability schools. 1st edition. florida department of education. florida. hendayana, s., et al. 2006. lesson study, suatu strategi untuk meningkatkan keprofesionalan pendidik (pengalaman imstep-jica, fpmipa upi dan jica). bandung. janawi, 2011. kompetensi guru citra guru profesional. bandung: alfabeta. kementerian pendidikan nasional. 2010. rambu-rambu pengembangan kegiatan kkg dan mgmp. jakarta: direktorat jenderal peningkatan mutu pendidik dan tenaga kependidikan. eltin journal, volume 6/1, april 2018 32 könig, j., blömeke, s., paine, l., schmidt, w.h., & hsieh, f.-j. 2011. general pedagogical knowledge of future middle school teachers: on the complex ecology of teacher education in the united states, germany, and taiwan. journal of teacher education, 62(2), 188 -201. lewis, c. & tsuchida, i. 1998. a lesson is like a swiftly flowing river: research lessons and the improvement of japanese education. american educator, winter, 14-17 & 50-52. lewis, c. 2002. brief guide to lesson study. excerpted from catherine lewis, “lesson study: a handbook for teacher-led improvement of instruction,”philadelphia: research for better schools. listyawati, s. 2012. pengelolaan mgmp untuk meningkatkan kualitas pembelajaran ekonomi sma di kota salatiga. thesis. universitas muhammadiyah surakarta. mahmud, i. 2013. musyawarah guru mata pelajaran (mgmp) sejarah untuk meningkatkan profesionalisme guru sma di kota batu. http://jurnal online.um.ac.id/data/artikel/artikel0a912ad11a85d3a3818737c69f986891. pdf massoni, e. 2011. possitive effects of extra curricular activities on students. essai. volume 9 article 27. mulyasa e. 2007. standar kompetensi dan sertifikasi guru. bandung: remaja rosdakarya. murata, a and takahashi, a. 2002. district-level lesson study: how japanese teachers improve their teaching of elementary mathematics. paper presented at the research presession of national council of teachers of mathematics annual meeting. las vegas, nv. musfah, jejen. 2011. peningkatan kompetensi guru (melalui pelatihan dan sumber belajar teori dan praktik). jakarta : prenada media group. peraturan menteri pendidikan nasional republik indonesia nomor 16 tahun 2007 tentang standar kualifikasi akademik dan kompetensi guru. putra, y., et al. 2010. belajar dari pembelajaran: best practice implementasi lesson study. jakarta: direktorat tenaga kependidikan, dirjen pmptk kementerian pendidikan nasional. stigler, j. w dan hiebert, j. 1999. the teaching gap. new york: the free press. sukirman. 2006. peningkatan profesional guru melalui lesson study pada diklat lesson study bagi guru berprestasi dan pengurus mgmp mipa smp se indonesia tengah. yogyakarta: fmipany. susilo, h., et al. 2009. lesson study berbasis sekolah. malang: bayu media. tan o.s., et al. 2003. educational psychology: a practitioner-researcher approach. http://jurnal-online.um.ac.id/data/artikel/artikel0a912ad11a85d3a3818737c69f986891.pdf http://jurnal-online.um.ac.id/data/artikel/artikel0a912ad11a85d3a3818737c69f986891.pdf http://jurnal-online.um.ac.id/data/artikel/artikel0a912ad11a85d3a3818737c69f986891.pdf emiliasari: an analysis of teacher’s … 33 australia: thomson. thapaliya, m.p. 2014. english teachers’ perceptions and practices of information and communication technologies (icts) in kathmandu district, nepal. international journal of academic research in education and review. vol. 2(10), pp. 251-258, december 2014. doi: 10.14662/ijarer2014.056 undang-undang nomor 14 tahun 2005 tentang guru dan dosen. ur, p. 2006. a course in language teaching: practice and theory. (module 15: lesson planning. cambridge: cambridge university press. voss, t., kunter, m. and baumert, j. 2011. assessing teacher candidates' general pedagogical/psychological knowledge: test construction and validation. journal of educational psychology, 103, 952-969. widhiartha, a. p., et al. 2008. lesson study: sebuah upaya peningkatan mutu pendidik pendidikan nonformal. surabaya: prima printing surabaya. yunusshofa. 2008. keefektifan mgmp pai smp terhadap peningkatan profesionalisme guru pai kabupaten cianjur. (online), (http:// yunusshofa.blogspot.com/2008/05/keefektifan-mgmp-pai dalammeningkatkan.html) eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 12 the use of pictures in improving writing procedure text ability of the first year students of smpn 5 dumai ruswinarsih smpn 5 dumai, riau abstract this study inform the use of pictures in improving the writing ability of students. this study employed a classroom action research which consisted of three cycles. it involved a class of the first grade students in smp n 5 dumai. the data were collected through two techniques, encompassing reading test and observation. the data were analyzed based on the result of the test and the observation. the findings of this study show that the use of pictures can improve the writing procedure text ability of the first grade students in smp n 5 dumai. it can be seen from the research findings in terms of student’ reading score and their classroom activities. the first point is that there was an increase in students’ writing test mean score from cycle 1 (57.5) to cycle 2 (65.25) to cycle 3 (80). the second point is in terms of the students’ classroom activities. based on the writer’s observation, it can be seen that, quantitatively, their activites improved from cycle 1 (54.16%) to cycle 2 (70.83%) and to cycle 3 (87.5%). those improvements were the effect of the use of pictures in teaching writing procedure text in the class. in conclusion, it can be stated that the use of pictures can improve the writing procedure text ability of the first grade students of smpn 5 dumai. keywords: picture, writing ability, procedure text a. introduction writing is one of the best ways to improve the students’ ability in mastery english as a communication tool. there are some reasons that writing is absolutely important. first, writing is one of the communication ways to communicate with other people in the world. second, writing ability is required in almost in part of jobs. the last, writing can be assumed, as one of the characteristics of an educated people. the students are expected to be able to write correctly for this purpose, particularly for junior high school students. furthermore, the importance of ruswinarsih: the use of pictures …. 13 writing skill in determining the students’ academic achievement has been stated by the government in the statements of passing competence standard (skl) of writing skill for the junior high school students (bsnp, 2015). it is stated in competence standard that the junior high school students are required to express the meaning of written simple interpersonal and transactional text, formally or informally, in form of recount, narrative, procedure, and report in daily life context. thus, it means that writing english skill is very essential for the junior high school students to be mastered. however, regarding to the writer’s observation in the class, it was found that the students’ writing ability seemed still unsatisfactory. it was proved by the students writing test score. there were still many students who cannot reach the standard score. in the latest daily exam, there were only 15 out of 33 students who reach standard score (80). the writer observed that there are some factors which influence this problem related to the students and the teacher. the teacher usually has lack of strategy and media which affect the students’ motivation, enthusiastic, interest and passion in writing english text. the students found difficulties in writing a good paragraph. the problems were that they did not know how to start writing, they had lack of vocabulary, and they did not given intersting and appropriate media which can help them to write a text easily. thus, it is a need for the teacher to do extra efforts in solving the problems. one of the effort which can be done is by using interesting media. many interesting media can be used by the teachers in improving students’ writing ability. in this case, the teacher can use picture to improve the writing ability, particularly in writing procedure text. pictures is a painting, drawing, sketch of something, especially as work. pictures are a type of media, which is very interesting to study especially the various pictures; and pictures that the students like are the colorful and amusing pictures (hornby, 1980:629). moreover, traditionally, the purpose of using pictures has been to describe or illustrate a written or recorded passage (wright, 1984:2). furthermore, one of the text which is taught for junior high school students is procedure text. procedure text can be taught by using picture. procedure text is a kind of text which aims to give guidance about steps to do something. basically, this text consists of tips or sequence of steps in making something or in doing such activity (djuharie, 2007:38). on the basis of the previous explanation, this study focuses on the use of pictures in improving writing procedure text ability of the first grade students of smpn 5 dumai. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 14 b. literature review 1. pictures picture is one of the media that can be used by the teacher in teaching writing skill. in this case, it focuses on teaching writing procedure text for junior high school. pictures is a painting, drawing, sketch of something, especially as work. pictures are a type of media, which is very interesting to study especially the various pictures; and pictures that the students like are the colorful and amusing pictures (hornby, 1980:629). picture can help the students to create or produce a procedure text by showing some pictures that related with the topic. it can develop their imagination and open their mind about how to make or produce something. students can construct their knowledge during learning procedure text easily by using media. pictures are several or sequence events, actions or steps that come in photographic representation of people, places, and things and happened one after the other. it can be used to make the students learn more easily and the teacher teaches easily is the main part of the learning process. the media must be used in integrated way in teaching and learning and not only as ice breaker of teaching and learning. in addition, pictures are often used to present situation to help the students work with grammar and vocabulary. pictures do not only help the students to get ideas more realistic in understanding the procedure text but also in constructing ideas to create it. then, picture can play a key role in motivating students, conceptualizing the language they want to use and giving them a reference (wright, 1997). traditionally, the purpose of using pictures was to describe or illustrate a written or recorded passage. there are three reasons for using picture in language teaching (wright, 1984:2): 1. it provides interest and motivation 2. it provides a sense of context for the language 3. it provides the specific reference point and stimulus furthermore, there are some positive effects of using aids in writing process through pictures is intended for learners of english at lower level (heaton, 1986:101). picture can be a common base that leads to a variety of language activities. by using picture, students can focus in special sentence, structure and language form. it clears that picture can help and increase the students’ ability in writing. in short, writing by using picture can help the students write a good sentence. in addition, variety of pictures with various objects can avoid a boring class situation as well as prevent the students from getting bored. it is know that there are some types of pictures that can used to make students interested in studying. they are poster, photographs, and charts. furthermore, picture can be found almost everywhere like in magazines, album, textbooks, outdoor either as signs, at billboards, on cans, or even just ruswinarsih: the use of pictures …. 15 somewhere on the walls. picture as visual aids can be helpful to the teachers of foreign language in a number of different ways. it can brighten up the classroom and bring more variety into language lessons. pictures give students motivation to develop their ability (andriani, 2006: 18) 2. procedure text procedure text is a text which is taught to the junior high school students in the first year. procedure text is a kind of text which aims to give guidance about steps to do something. basically, this text consists of tips or sequence of steps in making something or in doing such activity (djuharie, 2007:38). moreover, it is also a kind of text which we can find in daily life, such as in manual and recipes (emilia, 2011:98). the communicative purpose of this text is to tell of how to do and to make something in a chronological order (emilia, 2011:98). furthermore, the generic structures of procedure text (djuharie, 2007; emilia, 2011): 1. goal: telling about the aim of activity and predict the conclusion might happen. 2. materials: materials that needed to make something or to do the activity. 3. steps consisting steps in sequential order to complete the procedure of making or doing something. every steps are written in form of imperative or command. then,the language features found in a procedure text are (djuharie, 2007; emilia, 2011): 1. using action verb inform of imperative and command, such as; pour some water into the glass. 2. using simple present 3. using sequence connector, for example: first, second, then, while, next, etc 4. using number, such as three eggs, four kgs of flour, etc. 5. using words, phrase or clasu which indicate when certain step will be done. for example: when the spot is dry, record the time it has taken. 6. sometime using adverb of manner, or words, phrase, and clause which indicate of how to do something. for example: with the measuring jug, fill the bottle..., carefully..., quickly... some examples of procedure texts are how something works or how to use instruction /operation manuals e.g. how to use the video, the computer, the tape recorder, the photocopier, the fax; how to do a particular activity e.g. recipes, rules for games, science experiments, road safety rules; texts that deal with human behavior e.g. how to live happily, how to succeed. moreover, each type of procedure text has a format. recipes usually have the information presented in at least two basic groups: ingredients and method. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 16 games instructions usually include instructions on how to play, rules of the game, method of scoring, and the number of players. scientific experiments usually include the purpose of the experiment, equipment, procedure, observations and conclusion. 3. the relevance of learning achivement and the use of picture by using pictres, it is expected that the students are able to reach the maximum learning achivement, obtain the academic knowledge and the social skill in learning and working in groups. this can be seen in the result of students examination in action cycles. c. research methodology the study employed classroom action research. it is a kind of research which is conducted by the teacher in the classroom by planning, doing the action, observing and reflecting it in aims to improve teaching and learning quality which affect to the students’ achievement. moreover, classroom action research is being systematic about changing your teaching and making sure the changes are in the right direction; that your students are now learning better than they used to (biggs, 2003 in alwasilah, 2011:69). moreover, the research was conducted in smpn 5 dumai from march to may 2015. the researcher chose the school and the class because she is the teacher in the site which make it easier for her to conduct the research. in addition, the subjects of this research were students in class vii.1 of smpn 5 dumai. there are thirty three (33) students in the class which was considered as the sample of the research. furthermore, the following is the reserach procedure. the first stage is plan. this covers the preparation related to the teaching sets, the materials, and other things needed in the teaching and learning process. the second stage is action. this is the core process of using pictures in teaching writing procedure text. the third stage is observation. the last one if reflection or the result of the observation. this covers the explanation of the cycles which have been conducted. the following is the detail of the action stage. cycle 1: a. planning th epalnning stage consisted of: deciding research time (march to may 2015), deciding the subject of the research (class viii.1 of smpn 5 dumai), deciding the material to be taught (proceduretext), deciding the amount of cycles to conduct (3 cycles), designing the lesson plan, designing observation sheet, and creating test items b. action ruswinarsih: the use of pictures …. 17 starting activities: 1. greeting 2. motivation core activities:  the teacher explain the procedure text as well as its communicative purpose, generic structures, and language features  the students will be divided into four or five groups  the teacher provide the students with the series of picture and also some clues of each picture to each group  the students discuss the pictures and try to write a procedure text based on the pictures and some clues of each picture given.  representative of each group present their text. last activities: 1. individual test in which the students, individually, are asked to write a procedure text 2. making conclusion of the material 3. greeting. c. observing in this case, the observer observes the teacher and the students’ activitities during the learning process. d. reflecting. the result of observation will be used as the material to reflect in order to make better planning to the next cycle. cycle 2 and 3: the second cycle was planned based on the reflection from the first cycle while the third cycle was based on the second one. these cycles also consist of four step involving planning, doing the action, observing, and reflecting. there are two data collection techniques which were used in the study. they were through writing test and observation. writing test was done in order to measure the students writing ability the completeness of students’ achivement in form of examination result. while observation sheet was related to the teacher and the students activity during the teaching and learning process. furthermore, after doing the action and collecting the data, the researcher analyzed it. the analysis consisted of two components: the analysis of students’ learning achievement (writing test) and the analysis of students activity during the action. the first is the analysis of students learning achivement. there were five components of writing that were used as the indicators to assess the students’ writing procedure text. the following are the details of the components of writing, the scale of scores as well as the eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 18 description as the guideline for the raters (harris, 1969 in hughes, 2003: 101-102): table 1. the components of writing skill, the scores, and the description no aspect score description 1. grammar 6 5 4 3 2 1 few (if any) noticeable errors of grammar or word order. some errors of grammar or word order which do not, however, interfere with comprehension. errors of grammar or word order fairly frequent; occasional rereading necessary for full comprehension errors of grammar or word order frequent; efforts of interpretation sometimes required on reader’s part errors of grammar or word order very frequent; reader often has to rely on own interpretation. errors of grammar or word order so severe as to make comprehension virtually impossible. 2. vocabulary 6 5 4 3 2 1 use of vocabulary and idiom rarely (if at all) distinguishable from that of educated native writer. occasionally uses inappropriate terms relies or circumlocutions; expression of ideas hardly impaired uses wrong or inappropriate words fairly frequent; expression of ideas may be limited because of ideas inadequate vocabulary. limited vocabulary and frequent errors clearly hinder expression of ideas. vocabulary so limited and so frequently misused that reader must often rely on own interpretation vocabulary limitation so extreme as to make writing virtually impossible. 3. mechanics 6 5 4 3 2 1 few (if any) noticeable lapses in punctuation or spelling. occasional lapses in punctuation or spelling which do not, however, interfere with comprehension. errors in punctuation or spelling fairly frequent; occasional rereading necessary for full comprehension frequent errors in spelling or punctuation; lead sometimes to obscurity. errors in spelling or punctuation so frequent that reader must often rely on own interpretation errors in spelling or punctuation so severe as to make comprehension virtually impossible 4. style 6 5 4 choice of structures and vocabulary consistently appropriate; like that of educated native writer. occasional lack of consistency in choice of structures and vocabulary which does not, however, impair overall ease of communication. ‘patchy’, with some structures or vocabulary items noticeably ruswinarsih: the use of pictures …. 19 3 2 1 inappropriate to general style. structures or vocabulary items sometimes not only inappropriate but also misused; little sense of ease of communication. communication often impaired by completely inappropriate or misused structures or vocabulary items. a ‘hotch-potch’ of half learned misused structures and vocabulary items rendering communication almost impossible. 5. organiza tion 6 5 4 3 2 1 highly organised; clear progression of ideas well linked; like educated native writer. material well organized; links could occasionally be clearer but communication not impaired. some lack of organization; re-reading required for clarification of ideas. little or no attempt at connectivity, though reader can deduce some organization. individual ideas may be clear, but very difficult to deduce connection between them. lack of organization so severe that communication is seriously impaired. in addtion, to analyze the level of the students’ writing skill, the writer used the following formula: score = g + v + m + s + o note: s = students’ score g = students’ skill in grammar v = students’ skill in terms of vocabulary m = students’ skill in terms of mechanics s = students’ skill in terms of style o = students’ skill in terms of organization moreover, to know the real score of the students, the writer used the following formula: =30 100 note: rs = real score of each individual ts = total score of the components of writing 30 = the possible highest scores that the students get from the teacher furthermore, to know the average score, the data was analyzed by using the following formula: ruswinarsih: the use of pictures …. 19 3 2 1 inappropriate to general style. structures or vocabulary items sometimes not only inappropriate but also misused; little sense of ease of communication. communication often impaired by completely inappropriate or misused structures or vocabulary items. a ‘hotch-potch’ of half learned misused structures and vocabulary items rendering communication almost impossible. 5. organiza tion 6 5 4 3 2 1 highly organised; clear progression of ideas well linked; like educated native writer. material well organized; links could occasionally be clearer but communication not impaired. some lack of organization; re-reading required for clarification of ideas. little or no attempt at connectivity, though reader can deduce some organization. individual ideas may be clear, but very difficult to deduce connection between them. lack of organization so severe that communication is seriously impaired. in addtion, to analyze the level of the students’ writing skill, the writer used the following formula: score = g + v + m + s + o note: s = students’ score g = students’ skill in grammar v = students’ skill in terms of vocabulary m = students’ skill in terms of mechanics s = students’ skill in terms of style o = students’ skill in terms of organization moreover, to know the real score of the students, the writer used the following formula: =30 100 note: rs = real score of each individual ts = total score of the components of writing 30 = the possible highest scores that the students get from the teacher furthermore, to know the average score, the data was analyzed by using the following formula: ruswinarsih: the use of pictures …. 19 3 2 1 inappropriate to general style. structures or vocabulary items sometimes not only inappropriate but also misused; little sense of ease of communication. communication often impaired by completely inappropriate or misused structures or vocabulary items. a ‘hotch-potch’ of half learned misused structures and vocabulary items rendering communication almost impossible. 5. organiza tion 6 5 4 3 2 1 highly organised; clear progression of ideas well linked; like educated native writer. material well organized; links could occasionally be clearer but communication not impaired. some lack of organization; re-reading required for clarification of ideas. little or no attempt at connectivity, though reader can deduce some organization. individual ideas may be clear, but very difficult to deduce connection between them. lack of organization so severe that communication is seriously impaired. in addtion, to analyze the level of the students’ writing skill, the writer used the following formula: score = g + v + m + s + o note: s = students’ score g = students’ skill in grammar v = students’ skill in terms of vocabulary m = students’ skill in terms of mechanics s = students’ skill in terms of style o = students’ skill in terms of organization moreover, to know the real score of the students, the writer used the following formula: =30 100 note: rs = real score of each individual ts = total score of the components of writing 30 = the possible highest scores that the students get from the teacher furthermore, to know the average score, the data was analyzed by using the following formula: eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 20 note: : the average score of the test⅀ : the total or sum score of the students n : total number of the students (hatch and farhady, 1982:55) morever, to know the level of the skill of the students, the following classification was used: table 2. the students’ score skill level test score level 81 – 100 excellent 61 – 80 good 41 – 60 average 21 – 40 fair 0 – 20 poor harris (1969) the second analysis was related to the students activity during the action. in this case, the students in general (not individual) were given score in range of 1 to 4 for each indicators. there are four indicators that were used in this research encompassing (1) the students pay attention to the teacher’s explanation about procedure text, (2) the students sit in their own group, (3) the students pay attention to the picture provided by the teacher, (4) the students discuss in their own group about the picture, (5) the students work in group to write a procedute text based on the text given, and (6) the students, idividually, write a procedure text based on the pictures provided by the teacher. the criteria of evaluating the students’ activity during the action are as follows: = the total scoresthehighest scorecanbeachievedx100% table 3. students’ categories based on the students’ activity during the action interval (%) category 75 – 100 very good 65 – 74 good 55 – 64 enough 0 – 54 poor ruswinarsih: the use of pictures …. 21 d. research findings and discussions 1. students’ writing test the research consisted of three cycles. the followings are the reports of the students’ writing procedure text test results in the three cycles. the students’ writing score in the end of cycle 1 show that the students’ mean score was still low. it was 57.5 which was categorized in average level. the details are as follows. table 4. students’ writing score in cycle 1 no. test score interval level the total of students and the percentage (%) 1 81 – 100 excellent 0 (0%) 2 61 – 80 good 12 (36.3%) 3 41 – 60 average 21 (63.7%) 4 21 – 40 fair 0 (0%) 5 0 – 20 poor 0 (0%) total of students 33 mean score 57.5 category average in addition, the students’ writing score in cycle 2 was becoming better than cycle 1. the students’ mean score was 65.25 and was categorized as good level. the following table shows the detail: table 5. students’ writing score in cycle 2 no. test score interval level the total of students and the percentage (%) 1 81 – 100 excellent 0 (0%) 2 61 – 80 good 23 (69.7%) 3 41 – 60 average 10 (30.3%) 4 21 – 40 fair 0 (0%) 5 0 – 20 poor 0 (0%) total of students 33 mean score 65.25 category good furthermore, the students’ writing score in cycle 3 improved very significant. the students’ mean score in cycle 3 was 80 and was categorized as good level. the following table shows the detail: table 6. students’ writing score in cycle 3 no. test score interval level the total of students and the percentage (%) 1 81 – 100 excellent 14 (42.4%) 2 61 – 80 good 19 (57.6%) 3 41 – 60 average 0 (0%) 4 21 – 40 fair 0 (0%) eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 22 5 0 – 20 poor 0 (0%) total of students 33 mean score 80 category good thus, it can be seen from those previous tables that the students show improvement in their writing procedure text ability from cycle 1 to cyle 2 and cycle 3. the following chart shows the detail of the improvement. chart 1: the comparison of students’ score in cycle 1, cycle 2, and ycle 3 chart 2 shows the comparison of the students’ writing score from cycle 1 to cyle 2 and cycle 3. it indicates that there was a kind of significant improvement of students’ writing mean score from cycle 1 (57.5) to cycle 2 (65.25) and to cycle 3 (80). thus, it can be stated that the use of pictures can improve writing procedure text ability of the first grade students of smp n 5 dumai. 2. students’ classroom activities the second reserach instrument is observation sheet which showed the students’ classroom activities. in this case, the students’ activities were observed and analyzed quantitatively. in addition, there were six indicators to be observed. they were (1) the students pay attention to the teacher’s explanation about procedure text, (2) the students sit in their own group, (3) the students pay attention to the picture provided by the teacher, (4) the students discuss in their own group about the picture, (5) the students work in group to write a procedute text based on the text given, and (6) the students, idividually, write a procedure text based on the pictures provided by the teacher. the following is the quantitavely recapitulation of the students’ classroom activities: 0 20 40 60 80 cycle 1 cycle 2 cycle 3 57,5 65,25 eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 22 5 0 – 20 poor 0 (0%) total of students 33 mean score 80 category good thus, it can be seen from those previous tables that the students show improvement in their writing procedure text ability from cycle 1 to cyle 2 and cycle 3. the following chart shows the detail of the improvement. chart 1: the comparison of students’ score in cycle 1, cycle 2, and ycle 3 chart 2 shows the comparison of the students’ writing score from cycle 1 to cyle 2 and cycle 3. it indicates that there was a kind of significant improvement of students’ writing mean score from cycle 1 (57.5) to cycle 2 (65.25) and to cycle 3 (80). thus, it can be stated that the use of pictures can improve writing procedure text ability of the first grade students of smp n 5 dumai. 2. students’ classroom activities the second reserach instrument is observation sheet which showed the students’ classroom activities. in this case, the students’ activities were observed and analyzed quantitatively. in addition, there were six indicators to be observed. they were (1) the students pay attention to the teacher’s explanation about procedure text, (2) the students sit in their own group, (3) the students pay attention to the picture provided by the teacher, (4) the students discuss in their own group about the picture, (5) the students work in group to write a procedute text based on the text given, and (6) the students, idividually, write a procedure text based on the pictures provided by the teacher. the following is the quantitavely recapitulation of the students’ classroom activities: cycle 3 80 students' mean scores eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 22 5 0 – 20 poor 0 (0%) total of students 33 mean score 80 category good thus, it can be seen from those previous tables that the students show improvement in their writing procedure text ability from cycle 1 to cyle 2 and cycle 3. the following chart shows the detail of the improvement. chart 1: the comparison of students’ score in cycle 1, cycle 2, and ycle 3 chart 2 shows the comparison of the students’ writing score from cycle 1 to cyle 2 and cycle 3. it indicates that there was a kind of significant improvement of students’ writing mean score from cycle 1 (57.5) to cycle 2 (65.25) and to cycle 3 (80). thus, it can be stated that the use of pictures can improve writing procedure text ability of the first grade students of smp n 5 dumai. 2. students’ classroom activities the second reserach instrument is observation sheet which showed the students’ classroom activities. in this case, the students’ activities were observed and analyzed quantitatively. in addition, there were six indicators to be observed. they were (1) the students pay attention to the teacher’s explanation about procedure text, (2) the students sit in their own group, (3) the students pay attention to the picture provided by the teacher, (4) the students discuss in their own group about the picture, (5) the students work in group to write a procedute text based on the text given, and (6) the students, idividually, write a procedure text based on the pictures provided by the teacher. the following is the quantitavely recapitulation of the students’ classroom activities: ruswinarsih: the use of pictures …. 23 table 7. students’ classroom activities indicators cycle 1 cycle 2 cycle 3 score score score 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 √ √ √ 2 √ √ √ 3 √ √ √ 4 √ √ √ 5 √ √ √ 6 √ √ √ percentage 54.16% 70.83% 87.5% category poor good very good table 7 shows the students’ activity in cycle 1, 2, and 3. it indicats that there was significant improvement in students’ activities, quantitatively, from cycle 1 (54.16%) to cycle 2 (70.83%%) and to cycle 3 (87.5%) which proved by the observation sheet result. the students show that they were getting better in conducting discussion related to the use of pictures to write a procedure text in their own group which affect their individual competence in writing a procedure text by using pictures provided by th teacher. thus, it can be stated that the use of pictures can improve writing procedure text ability of the first grade students of smp n 5 dumai. e. conclusions based on the research findings which are elaborated in chapter iv, in indicates that the students’ writing procedure text ability improved from cycle 1, cycle 2 and cycle 3. the improvement can be seen from two main aspects. the first is from the students’ writing mean score. in this case, it was found that there was significant improvement of their mean score from cycle 1 (57.5) to cycle 2 (65.25) and to cycle 3 (80). the second is from their classroom activities. quantitavely, it improved significantly from cycle 1 (54.16%), to cycle 2 (70.83%) and to cycle 3 (87.5%). in cycle 1, generally, the result was still unsatisfying. it can be seen from the students activities that they still face diffculties to discuss in their own group in using pictures to write a procedure text which affect their individual competence in writing that text. then, in cycle 2 and cycle 3, the students seemed already comfortable to work cooperatively in their own group to use the pictures well in writing a procedure text. it also can reflect to the improvement that thay show in their writing skill, individually in the end of each cycle. eltin journal vol 3/1, april 2015 24 in conclusion, it can be stated that the use of pictures can improve writing procedure text ability of the first grade students of smp n 5 dumai. references alwasilah, a chaedar. (2011). pokoknya action research. bandung: pt kiblat buku utama andriani, i. (2006). improving vocabulary mastery of the second year students of smp negeri 1 parepare by using mimicry– memorization [undergraduate thesis , universit y of muhammadi yah parepare] . parepare: fkip universitas muhammadiyah parepare. bsnp. 2015. retrieved from http://bsnp-indonesia.org/id/?page_id=103/ on 12th april 2015 djuharie, o. s. (2007). genre dilengkapi 700 soal uji pemahaman. bandung: cv. yrama widya. emilia, e. (2011). pendekatan genre-based dalam pengajaran bahasa inggris: petunjuk untuk guru. bandung: rizqi press. harris, d. p. (1969). testing english as a second language. new york: mcgraw-hill. hatch, e.,& farhady, h. (1982). research design and statistics for applied linguistics. ny: newbury house publishers, inc. heaton, jb. (1975). writing english language test practical guide for english as a second language. london: group limited. hornby, a. s. (1980). oxford advanced learner’s dictionary of current english. new york: oxford university press. hughes, a. 2003. testing for language teachers: second edition.cambridge: canbridge university press. wright, a. (1997). pictures for language learning. cambridge: cambridge university press wright, t. (1984) understanding classroom role relationships, roles of teachers and learners. oxford: oxford university press. isi jurnal vol 3 no 1.pdf chapter 1 siti.pdf chapter 5 angga maulana.pdf eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 72 the analysis of students’ team achievement divisions (stad) used in learning practice of translating and interpreting anita rakhman isry laila syatroh nitzluv@gmail.com stkip siliwangi bandung abstract this research deals with the analysis of student teams achievement division (stad) used in learning practice of translating and interpreting. this research explores the implementation of stad and find out the advantages and disadvantages of stad used in learning practice of translating and interpreting. the objective of the research was to motivate students and encourage them to be active in learning, to accelerate student achievement, to improve behavior in learning, and to find out the students’ ability with stad method. data collection technique focused on participant observation, interviews, and documentation. stad is one type of cooperative learning model using small groups with a number of members of each group of 4-5 students in heterogenic way. it begins by delivering the objectives of learning, delivering of material, group activities, quizzes and group rewards. stad method also is an effective method of cooperative learning. as with other learning methods, stad method also has advantages and disadvantages. in the learning process there are good interactions among students, good attitude, increased interpersonal skills. it’s effective in increasing student participation and can train students to be more focus, more concentrate in answering questions from the teacher. it can make students eager to learn. but if the chief of the group can not resolve conflicts that arise constructively, it will be less effective in a group work. and if the number of groups is not considered, that is less than four, it would tend to withdraw and less active during the discussion. and if the number of groups of more than five, then chances for them to be passive in task completion keywords: student team achievement division (stad), cooperative learning. a. introduction learning english is fun. if you want to master english then you should like learning english. english teaching is carried out in many parts of the world. indonesia, for example, treats english teaching successful, we have to consider some factors such as quality of the teacher, school buildings, library, and books. the teacher should combine it as a formula to teach. teachers should know how to teach english well and how to make students fun by learning english. as the experience of the researcher, sometimes many students attend their class only want to sign the attendance list with no participation at all. they sit with no sound. then the researcher found the way how to make the learning activity alive. how to alive the class, even somehow it’s not always perfect. there are many ways to teach english. teacher should know the best way to teach english in order the entire student satisfied with it. the researcher want to share a research about learning innovation. it’s about cooperative learning. according to slavin (in dat tran, 2013), cooperative learning comprises “instructional methods in which teachers organize students into small groups, which then work together to help one another learn academic content”. cooperative learning is defined by a set of processes which help people interact together in order to accomplish a specific goal or develop an end product mailto:nitzluv@gmail.com anita rakhman dan isry laila syatroh: analysis of student e 73 which is usually in a specific content. in the cooperative learning the teacher maintains complete control of the class, even though the students work in groups to accomplish a goal of a course. there are various types of cooperative learning; one of them is student teams-achievement divisions (stad). according to slavin (in van wyk, 2010) “the main idea behind stad is to motivate students to encourage and help each other master skills presented by the teacher”. in student teams-achievement divisions (stad), students are assigned to four or five member learning groups. the groups are set of high, average, and low performing students, and of boys and girls of different racial or ethnic backgrounds. thus, each group is a microcosm of the entire class. in a glance about using student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method, the teacher first introduces new materials to be learned. the team members then study worksheets on the material until they master the material. individual quizzes are taken on the material studied. the teacher then combines the scores to create team scores. members of the winning team are given the highest scores for the final scores accepted. translation has its own excitement, its own interest. a satisfactory translation is always possible, but a good translator is never satisfied with it. it can usually be improved. translating is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text (newmark, 1988: 5). while interpreting refers to the process of changing massage produced in one language immediately into another language (gentile, 1996). in learning practice of translating and interpreting, the teacher teach in a short case the definition about translating and interpreting and its differences then practice it. in order to get maximum participation from all the student about the subject, so the researcher try to take student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method. by practicing translating and interpreting used student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method, the researcher hope all the student can enjoy the subject, and they excite it. the class becomes alive. so, the writer will take the title “the analysis of student teams-achievement divisions (stad) in learning practice of translating and interpreting“. b. literature review 1. cooperative learning 1) definition of cooperative learning. cooperative learning is a broader concept covering all types of group work including more forms led by the teacher or directed by the teacher. cooperative learning is generally considered to be more directed by the teacher, where the teacher assigns tasks and questions and provide materials and information designed to help learners to solve the problem in question. teachers usually set up the particular exam at the end of the task. (suprijono, 2013:54). in other words, we can say that cooperative learning provides students with an opportunity to practice skills or learn content presented by the teacher, emphasizes team goals, and team success only if each individual learns and conducive for creating successful inclusive experiences with students with disabilities. according to the johnson & johnson model (in felder and brent, 2007):, cooperative learning is instruction that involves students working in teams to accomplish a common goal, under conditions that include the following elements: a) positive interdependence. team members are obliged to rely on one another to achieve the goal. if any team members fail to do their part, everyone suffers consequences. b) individual accountability. all students in a group are held accountable for doing their share of the work and for mastery of all of the material to be learned. c) face-to-face proactive interaction. although some of the group work may be parceled out and done individually, some must be done interactively, with group members providing one another with feedback, challenging reasoning and conclusions, and perhaps most importantly, teaching and encouraging one another. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 74 d) appropriate use of collaborative skills. students are encouraged and helped to develop and practice trust-building, leadership, decision-making, communication, and conflict management skills. e) group processing. team members set group goals, periodically assess what they are doing well as a team, and identify changes they will make to function more effectively in the future. cooperative learning is not simply a synonym for students working in groups. a learning exercise only qualifies as cooperative learning to the extent that the five listed elements are present. 2) cooperative learning models there are several terms to refer to social-based learning; there are cooperative learning and collaborative learning. panitz distinguish it into two. collaborative learning is defined as a philosophy of personal responsibility and attitude of respect for others. learners are responsible for their own learning and trying to find information to answer the questions which given by the teacher. the teacher acts as a facilitator, providing support but do not steer the group towards the results that had been prepared beforehand. the forms of assessment by fellow students used to see the results of the process. cooperative learning is a broader concept that includes all kinds of group work including more forms led by a teacher or directed by the teacher. generally considered to be more cooperative learning directed by the teacher, which teachers assign tasks and questions as well as provide materials and information designed to help students solve the problem in question. teachers usually assign a specific test form at the end of the task (suprijono, 2013:54). 3) the implementation of cooperative learning. there are six main steps or stages in using cooperative learning. the measures shown in table 2.1 table 2.1 the implementation of cooperative learning. phase teachers’ behavior phase 1 outlines the objectives and motivate students teachers convey all the objectives of learning in the subjects and motivate students in learning. phase 2 delivering information the teacher presents information to students with demonstrations or through the reading material. phase 3 organize students into cooperative groups the teacher explains to students how to form study groups and help each group in order to make the transition efficiently. phase 4 guiding team work and learn teachers guide study groups when they do their work. phase 5 evaluation teachers evaluate learning outcomes about the material lesson who have studied or each group presented their work. phase 6 reward teachers looking for the better ways to appreciate the effort and the learning outcomes of individuals and groups. ibrahim at all in trianto (2007:48). anita rakhman dan isry laila syatroh: analysis of student e 75 2. students’ team achievement divisions (stad). 1) definition of students’ team achievement divisions (stad). cooperative learning students' team achievement divisions (stad) is one type of cooperative learning model using small groups with a number of members of each group of 4-5 students heterogenic. in conveying the lesson begins with the objectives of learning, delivery of material, group activities, quizzes and group awards. slavin (in nur 2000:26, in trianto (2007: 52) states that, the students' team achievement divisions (stad) students are placed with learning teams of 4-5 people who are a mixture according to the level of achievement, gender and ethnicity. the teacher presents a lesson, and then the students work on their team to make sure that all team members have mastered the lesson. then, all students are given a test on the material; at the time of this test they should not help each other. 2) preparations of implementation the students' team achievement divisions (stad). as with the other learning, students' team achievement divisions (stad) also requires preparation before learning activities is implemented (trianto, 2007:52). preparations include: a) learning device. prior to conducting this study need to be prepared learning device, this includes lesson plans, student books, and student activity sheet along with the answer sheet. b) forming cooperative groups. determining the group members with the ability of students in a group which are heterogenic and the ability between one group to another relatively homogeneous. c) determining the initial score. initial score that can be used in a cooperative classroom is the previous test scores. the initial score may change after the quiz. d) seating arrangements the seating arrangements in the cooperative classroom should also be regulated; this is conducted to support the successful of cooperative learning. if there is no seating arrangement can lead to chaos that led to the failure of cooperative learning in the classroom. e) teamwork to prevent barriers to cooperative learning students' team achievement divisions (stad), first held practice teamwork. it aims to introduce each individual in the group. 3) five main steps of implementation students' team achievement divisions (stad). according to suprijono (2013:133), there are some steps in implementing students' team achievement divisions (stad) as follows: a) form groups of 4-5 students in heterogeneous members (mix according to achievement, gender, ethnicity, etc.). b) teachers present the lessons. c) teacher gives a task to the group and it will be answered by members of the group. members who already understand can explain to other members until all members understand. d) teacher gives a quiz or question to all students. when answering the quiz should not help each other out. e) giving the evaluation f) conclusions. 2. learning translating and interpreting in the field of translation theory the terms of translation and interpretation are used in different contexts even though the term was focused to transfer the messages from the source language to eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 76 the target language (nababan, 2008:18). translation has been defined in various ways with the theoretical background and a different approach. catford (in machali, 2009: 25) uses the language in view of the translation and he defines it as "the replacement of textual material in one language (sl) by equivalent textual material in another language (tl)". newmark (1988) also gives a similar definition, but more clearly "rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text". further disaggregation can be concluded that the translation is an attempt to replace the source language text with the text equivalent in the target language. a translation is something that has to be discussed. translation is for discussion. interpreting refers to the process of changing massage produced in one language immediately into another language (gentile, 1996). why interpreting is needed? first is the diversity of language. every country around the world or even in one country has more then one language used by the citizen this condition made the people need a method to communicate between speakers from different languages and from this case interpreting appears. second is multilingual condition. this multilingual condition not always require an interpreting, in this situation, communication problem maybe overcome by use a lingua franca. and lingua franca generally not uses a mother tongue. third is a geographical boundary. this condition leads people to have a little understanding of the language of others who lived even a little distance away. this condition may lead to the social antagonism and event conflict. this condition can be resolved by a having a lingua franca or by using an interpreter. fourth is citizen or people awareness. in this condition certain social groups gain multilingual skill, their try to understand more then one language. c. research methodology 1. research method in conducting the research, an appropriate methodology plays an important role because it deals with a system of ways of doing or studying something. the method of this research is qualitative research. it is based on the research focus to analyze the implementing of student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method in practice of translating and interpreting on class a2 2011 english education stkip siliwangi bandung. bodgan and biklen (in sugiyono, 2010:9) state that qualitative research has some characteristics as follows: 1. qualitative research has the natural setting as the direct source of data and researcher is the key instrument. 2. qualitative research is descriptive. the data collected is in the form of words of pictures rather than number. 3. qualitative research is concerned with process rather than simply with outcomes or products. 4. qualitative research tends to analyze their data inductively. 5. “meaning” is essential to the qualitative research. 2. instrument of the research in this research, the researcher itself as an instrument or as a tool of the research. by the researcher as an instrument which must be valid of how far the qualitative researcher is ready to conduct further research into the field. in terms of qualitative research instruments, lincoln and gaba (in sugiyono 2010: 223) states that: “the instrument of choice in naturalistic inquiry is the human. we shall see that other forms of instrumentation maybe used in later phases of the inquiry, but the human is the initial and continuing mainstay. but if the human instrument has been used extensively in earlier stages of inquiry, so that an instrument can be constructed that is grounded in the data that the human instrument has product”. anita rakhman dan isry laila syatroh: analysis of student e 77 3. time and place the researcher conducted the research on class a2 2011 english department on stkip siliwangi, bandung. this research was conducted from 7th until 28th of june 2014. 4. data collection technique in this research, in qualitative research the data obtained from various sources, using data collection techniques (triangulation), and carried out continuously until data are collected. in qualitative research, data collection is conducted with natural setting, the primary data source, and data collection techniques more on participant observation, in dept interviews, and documentation (sugiyono, 2010:225). 1) observation marshall (1995, in sugiyono 2010: 226) stated that through observation, the researcher learns about behavior and the meaning attached to those behaviors. observations enable the researcher to gather data on the physical setting, human setting, interactional setting, and program setting. by doing observation, the researcher can see and know the students’ ability in practicing translating and interpreting used student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method. 2) interview esternberg (in sugiyono, 2010:231) stated that an interview is a meeting of two persons to exchange information and idea through question and responses, resulting in communication and joint construction of meaning about a particular topic. in this research, researcher will do the interview with the three representative students of clas a2 2011 to ask more about student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method used in practice of translating and interpreting. . 3) documentation documentation is the past event note. document may take the form of text, images, or the monumental works of a person (sugiyono, 2010:240). by this method, researcher seeks the data about implementing of student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method used in translating and interpreting of class a2 2011 english department students of stkip bandung. 5. data analysis technique in qualitative research, the data obtained from various sources, using data collection techniques and continuously conducted until data are collected (sugiyono, 2010:243). data analysis can be defined as the process of bringing the order, structure, and interpretation to the mass of collected data. in this research, researcher will use qualitative data analysis. we get the qualitative information from data such as journals, interviews, and observation notes. there are some processes in data analysis; such as making notes in the process of implementing student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method in the classroom. data analysis on the field was done when collecting data and after collecting the data. the activities on the qualitative data were done interactively and continue until complete. there are three activities on data analysis; data reduction, data display, and conclusion drawing/ verification. 1) reduction of the data data obtained is quite a lot from the field, for it should be noted carefully and more detail. in reducing the data, the researcher will be guided by the objectives to be achieved. the main goal of qualitative research is the finding. reduction refers to resume the data, choosing main things, focusing on the important things, look for the theme. therefore, data that was reduced will give clearer drawing and make the researcher easier to collect the next data. next steps from these activities are focusing, and make simpler the data, and transforming raw data that were written on the field note. reduction steps in this research are: eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 78 a) resume the result of documentation b) classify the result of documentation and interview the students. c) the result of interview and documentation will be transforming into the note. 2) display the data after reduction the data, next step is display the data. display the data is the collection of information which arranged and gives possibility to get the conclusion and take the action. by displaying the data, the data will be organized, arranged. therefore, it will make easier to be understood. on the qualitative research, displaying data can be done on the short description, draft, flowchart, etc. some activities of display the data on this research are: a) display the documentation and interview data that was done and has been arranged into written text. b) display the data from the observation about student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method analysis and its advantages and disadvantages. 3) conclusion drawing/ verification. the third step in the analysis of qualitative data according to miles and huberman is the conclusion and verification. verification refers to the process which is able to answer research questions and research objectives. beginning conclusion is still temporary, and will be changed if there isn’t strong data that support on the next step in collecting data. but, if the beginning conclusion is supported by valid data and consistent, when the researcher backs to the field, so the conclusion is credible. on this research, withdrawing the conclusion is doing by comparing between observation data, documentation data, and interview data. the researcher will get conclusion about the analysis of students’ team achievement divisions (stad) used in learning practice of translating and interpreting. d. findings and discussion 1. findings researchers conducted a field study to find information and data that has been prepared in advance. in obtaining the information, the researchers ask questions through observation and interviews. here is a description of the observation and interviews with the representative of students of the class a2, 2011. data of implementation of students’ team achievement divisions (stad) used in learning practice of translating and interpreting activities are described as follows: a. first meeting, may 7th, 2014. first activity, at the first meeting of the learning activity, the researchers focused on the introduction of student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method and the purpose of student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method in learning practice of translating and interpreting to the students of class a2 2011. this section will be built in 90 minutes. as with other learning, the researcher has preparation before learning activities undertaken. before going to the class, the researcher prepares her lesson plans and student activity sheet along with the answer sheet. second activity, the researchers go to class, it starts with greeting then prayed together. then as usual researchers asked the day and date to the students and then ask the student about the last material. the researcher review the last material at the last meeting and starts to introduce student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method and the purpose of student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method in learning practice of translating and interpreting. after talking about student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method then the researcher start to form the cooperative groups. the researcher classified the members anita rakhman dan isry laila syatroh: analysis of student e 79 which appropriate to their achievements. in every each groups they have the members who have well in score. in this first meeting, the researcher already has the score of the students on the previous quiz in the last meeting. the initial score may change after the quiz. so, the researcher just mixes the group members to make the learning alive. there are ten groups which divided into each group 5 students. after forming groups, researcher arranges the seats to support the success of implementing cooperative learning. to prevent barriers in students' team achievement divisions (stad), the researcher held practice teamwork. it aims to introduce each individual in the group. then they can learn as a team and can help in understanding the materials each other. the researcher read the attendance list. before entering the core activity, researchers conveyed the learning objectives and the researcher have conversations with students. third activity, the researcher begins to present the lesson. it begins with the material about methods of translation. there are eight methods of translation. the researcher starts to explain in front of the class about the methods of translation one by one. the researcher only explains four of eight methods of translation because of the time constraint. members who already understand can explain to other members until all members understand.. the researcher gives a task to the groups which have to be answered by the members of the group. the researcher’s walking around the class to see communication and participation in every each groups. in order when they’re answering the quiz they should not help each other out. the researcher collected the entire quiz and then returns it back by way of exchange answer sheet of students. fourth activity, the researcher corrected the answers. the first step that must be done in this activity is to calculate the value of the group and the value of the development of individual and group achievement reward. the awarding of the group based on the average value of the development of individuals in the group. the researcher gave the stars to the winning team. the researcher provided an evaluation of the material and the results of the students' answers. fifth activity, this is the last activity learning on the first meeting is conclusion. the researcher reviews four methods of translation and for the four methods more will be continued at next meeting. the last is the researcher say greeting to the students. b. second meeting, may 14th, 2014. first activity, at the second meeting of the learning activity, the researcher just about to continue on the last material it’s about the methods of translation by using student teamsachievement divisions (stad) method in learning practice of translating and interpreting to the students of class a2 2011. this section will be held in 90 minutes. the researcher has preparation before learning activities undertaken. the researcher prepare her lesson plans, student activity sheet along with the answer sheet. second activity, the researcher came into the class, it starts with greeting then prayed together. the researcher read the attendance list. then the researcher starts to order the students to seat accordant to the last meeting. it appropriated with the achievements they had from the last meeting. there are ten groups which divided into each group 5 students. they can learn as a team and can help in understanding the materials each other. before entering the core activity, researchers conveyed the learning objectives and the researcher have conversations with students. third activity, the researcher begins to present the lesson. she continued the material about methods of translation. there are still more four methods of translation which didn’t explain yet. the researcher starts to explain in front of the class about the methods of translation one by one. members who already understand can explain to other members until all members understand.. the researcher gives a task to the groups which have to be answered by the members of the group. the researcher’s walking around the class to see the communication and participation in every each groups, in order when they’re answering the quiz they should eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 80 not help each other out. the researcher collected the entire quiz and then returns it back by way of exchange students answer sheet. fourth activity, the researcher corrected the answers. the first step that must be done in this activity is to calculate the value of the group and the value of the development of individual and group achievement reward. the awarding of the group based on the average value of the development of individuals in the group. the researcher gave the stars to the winning team. the researcher provided an evaluation of the material and the results of the students' answers. fifth activity, the last activity learning on the second meeting is conclusion. the researcher reviews the last four methods of translation and reviews all the methods of translation. the last is the researcher say greeting to the students c. third meeting, may 21st, 2014. first activity, at the third meeting of the learning activity, the researcher starts to begin the new material. this section will be held in 90 minutes. the researcher prepare her lesson plans, student activity sheet along with the answer sheet. second activity, the researcher came into the class, it starts with greeting then prayed together. the researcher read the attendance list. then the researcher starts to order the students to seat accordant to the last meeting. there are ten groups which divided into each group 5 students. they can learn as a team and can help in understanding the materials each other. before entering the core activity, researchers conveyed the learning objectives and the researcher have conversations with students. third activity, the researcher begins to present the lesson. the researcher begins to explain about the modes of interpreting. the researcher starts to explain in front of the class about the methods of translation one by one. members who already understand can explain to other members until all members understand.. the researcher gives a task to the groups which have to be answered by the members of the group. the researcher’s walking around the class to see the communication and participation in every each groups, in order when they’re answering the quiz they should not help each other out. the researcher collected the entire quiz and then returns it back by way of exchange students answer sheet. fourth activity, the researcher corrected the answers. the first step that must be done in this activity is to calculate the value of the group and the value of the development of individual and group achievement reward. the awarding of the group based on the average value of the development of individuals in the group. the researcher gave the stars to the winning team. the researcher provided an evaluation of the material and the results of the students' answers. fifth activity, the last activity learning on the third meeting is conclusion. the researcher reviews the modes of interpreting. the last is the researcher say greeting to the students. d. fourth meeting, may 28th, 2014. first activity, at the fourth meeting of the learning activity, the researcher explained about the comparison between translation and interpretation. this section will be held in 90 minutes. the researcher prepare her lesson plans, student activity sheet along with the answer sheet. second activity, the researchers go to class, it starts with greeting then prayed together. then as usual researchers asked the day and date to the students and then ask the last material. the researcher read the attendance list. then the researcher starts to order the students to seat accordant to the last meeting. there are ten groups which divided into each group 5 students. they can learn as a team and can help in understanding the materials each other. before entering the core activity, the researcher conveyed the learning objectives and the researcher have conversations with students. third activity, the researcher begins to present the lesson. she compared the differences between translating and interpreting. the researcher starts to explain in front of the class about anita rakhman dan isry laila syatroh: analysis of student e 81 compared the differences between translating and interpreting. members who already understand can explain to other members until all members understand.. the researcher gives a task to the groups which have to be answered by the members of the group. the researcher’s walking around the class to see the communication and participation in every each groups, in order when they’re answering the quiz they should not help each other out. the researcher collected the entire quiz and then returns it back by way of exchange students answer sheet. fourth activity, the researcher corrected the answers. the first step that must be done in this activity is to calculate the value of the group and the value of the development of individual and group achievement reward. the awarding of the group based on the average value of the development of individuals in the group. the researcher gave the stars to the winning team. the researcher provided an evaluation of the material and the results of the students' answers. fifth activity, the last activity learning on the fourth meeting is conclusion. the researcher reviews the differences between translating and interpreting. the last is the researcher say greeting to the students. here is a description of the results of interviews with three students who can be described as follows: 1) student 1 the first responder called kholidah rizkiah, she was born on april 4th, 1993. she lives in cikampek, karawang. she is a chief of class a2 2011. according to the results of interviews conducted by researchers, can be presented as follows: as a type of cooperative learning by using stad method in the learning process, it’s quite effective in increasing student participation and can train students to be more focus, more concentrate in answering questions from the teacher. and of course this is different from another, it’s fun. students feel more exciting in learning process. the weakness of stad method as one of a type in cooperative learning is when the method is carried out not all of the students participates into it. there is no active and passive. while this method is so exciting but, there are still some of them try to be cool in learning (no participate). the advantage is that students are trained to be responsive in answering questions of teachers. and it can crease their ability of using english in the classroom. 2) student 2 the second responder called aiga ulfa saputri, she was born on may 24 1993. she lives in sarijadi street block 13 bandung. she is a student of class a2 2011. according to the results of interviews conducted by researchers, can be presented as follows: to follow the lesson it’s not difficult, because it is easy to understand and can be understood. it’s different from the ordinary teaching methods, stad method can lead the students to feel more fun because the students can cooperate with other friends in a group as teamwork to ask something that is not understand yet, without any shame to ask. the learning activity felt so different, more active and the students feel fun. the disadvantages of stad method may be one of the members of the group who did not say anything because they feel less confident. the advantages of learning stad method is so easy to understand. 3) student 3 the third responder called dea anugerah suci; she was born on april 3rd 1994. she lives in tirtajaya karawang. she is a student of class a2 2011. according to the results of interviews conducted by researchers, can be presented as follows: eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 82 stad method in cooperative learning makes students eager to learn. so that students are motivated to show themselves and this type make students feel fun to learn. disadvantages of stad method or its weakness is the position seat of a group; it’s affected to the activity of a group. the seat position of the group where behind, can lead to the less noticed from the teacher. the advantage of stad method is students more active to answer the questions of the teacher in order to get points 2. discussions the implementation of students’ team achievement divisions (stad) method with the advantages and disadvantages of students’ team achievement divisions (stad) used in learning practice of translating and interpreting students’ teams achievement division (stad) is one method in a simple cooperative learning, it is for teachers who are just beginning to use cooperative approach in the classroom. stad method also is an effective method of cooperative learning. student teamachievement division (stad) is one type of cooperative learning model using small groups with a number of members of each group of 4-5 students in heterogenic way. it begin by delivering the objectives of learning, delivering of material, group activities, quizzes and group rewards (trianto, 2007:52). students work together in achieving its objectives by upholding the norms of the group. motivate students to increase their passion of learning. it’s important to form study groups so that each student has a sense of responsibility and a feeling of positive interdependence because each member has a role as well in achieving the group's success. model of cooperative learning is an approach or a series of strategies specifically designed to give a boost to the learners to cooperate during the learning process. stad method also adds an extra source of learning within the groups because some high achievers act as a role of teacher, which result in high achievements. it enables the students according to the requirements of the modern society to work with their colleagues competently and successfully. the stad method is most appropriate for teaching well-defined objectives with single right answers. however, it can easily be adapted to use with less well-defined objectives by incorporating more open-ended assessments, such as essays or performances. the situation in the classroom needs to be planned and constructed in such a way that students get the opportunity to interact with each other. this interaction will form a community that allows them to understand the process of learning and understanding each other. things to remember in implementing stad method as follows: 1) students work toward mastery of material. 2) can use whatever method works best will in teams. 3) cannot help one another out during quizzes. 4) score is based on previous score; higher individual score is higher team score. 5) must test every week for it to work, look for improvements. 6) keep accurate records of scores, improvements, same, or less than week before. 7) recognize team scores in form of a newsletter. in carrying out the study, the researcher felt at the end of the study that by using stad method it showed there are some advantages and disadvantages in stad method. by using student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method encourage them to argue. in the laerning process by using student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method, there are good interaction among students, improve positive attitude, good attitude, increased interpersonal skills. it’s effective in increasing student participation and can train students to be more focus, more concentrate in answering questions from the teacher. stad method can lead the students more fun in learning process because the students can cooperate with other friends in a group as teamwork to ask something that is not understand yet, without any shame to ask. stad method in cooperative learning makes students eager to learn. students like to contribute mean that he is work harder, see improvements, and see learning as social instead of anita rakhman dan isry laila syatroh: analysis of student e 83 isolated. students begin help one another out. great for academics, making connections to others. the advantages and disadvantages of stad methods. according to slavin in hartati (1997: 21) cooperative learning has advantages and disadvantages as follows: advantages: 1) can develop student achievement, both in results of teacher-made test as well as a standard test. 2) students' self-confidence increased, students feel more controlled for academic success. 3) cooperative strategy provides an impressive development in interpersonal relationships between members of different ethnic groups. disadvantages: 1) if teachers are not reminding students to always use the skills cooperative in the dynamics of the group, it will stuck. 2) if the number of groups is not considered, that is less than four, for example three, then a member would tend to withdraw and less active during the discussion and if the number of groups more than five, then chances for them to be passive in task completion. 3) if the chief of the group can not resolve conflicts that arise constructively, it will be less effective for group work. e. conclusion and suggestions 1. conclusion students’ teams achievement division (stad) is one of a simple method in cooperative learning for teachers who are just beginning to use cooperative approach in the classroom. student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method also is an effective method of cooperative learning. student team-achievement division (stad) is one type of cooperative learning model using small groups with a number of members of each group of 4-5 students in heterogenic way. it begins by delivering the objectives of learning, delivering of material, group activities, quizzes and group rewards. as with other learning methods, student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method also has advantages and disadvantages. there are good interactions among students, improve positive attitude towards subject, good attitude, increased interpersonal skills. student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method can lead the students more fun in learning process because the students can cooperate with other friends in a group as teamwork to ask something that is not understand yet, without any shame to ask. student teams-achievement divisions (stad) method in cooperative learning makes students eager to learn. but if the chief of the group can not resolve conflicts that arise constructively, it will be less effective in group work. and if the number of groups is not considered, that is less than four, it would tend to withdraw and less active during the discussion. 2. suggestions 1) student team achievement division (stad) learning method can be an alternative learning model. however, the suitability of the material should be viewed with a learning model that will be used. the use of alternative models of teaching and learning need to be added to the students, so that students can more easily understand the material. 2) through cooperative learning, teachers are expected to be able to more effectively manage the classroom. 3) active role teacher as a peer to further enhance the success of the group. 4) the implementation of stad method, preferably in one member of the group assigned to read different sections, so that they can gather and exchange information. eltin journal, volume 3/ii, october 2015 84 5) teachers can evaluate on all parts of the material. in this way, each member feels responsible to complete the task well. references gentile, adolfo. 1996. liaison interpreting. a handbook. australia. melbourne university press. hartati, sri. 1997. strategi pembelajaran kooperatif dalam proses belajar mengajar biologi di sma. jakarta: edukasi. nababan, m, rudolf. 2008. teori menerjemah bahasa inggris. yogyakarta. pustaka pelajar. newmark, peter. 1988. a textbook of translation. uk. prentice hall international ltd. sugiyono. 2013. metode penelitian kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r&d. bandung. alfabeta. suprijono, agus. 2013. cooperative learning. teori dan aplikasi paikem. yogyakarta. pustaka pelajar. trianto. 2007. model-model pembelajaran inovatif berorientasi konstruktivistik. konsep, landasan teoritis-praktis dan implementasinya. jakarta. prestasi pustaka. journals van wyk, micheal. 2010. do student teams achievement divisions enhance economic literacy? an quasi-experimental design. south africa. department of curriculum studies, faculty of education, university of the free state. tran, van dat. 2013. effects of student teams achievement division (stad) on academic achievement, and attitudes of grade 9th secondary school students towards mathematics. australia. faculty of education, la trobe university. simanjuntak: pre-services teachers’ teaching...…. 85 pre-service teachers’ teaching performance in teaching english to young learners: instrumental case study approach debora chaterin simanjuntak debora.simanjuntak@unai.edu universitas advent indonesia (unai) abstract the ultimate purpose of conducting this study is to explore teaching performance of pre-service in teaching english to young learners. this is an instrumental case study, using explanatory approach which scrutinize a particular case to gain insight to an issue or theory by involving sources of information to provide in-depth study. furthermore, the findings of this research is expected to underpin realistic aims and current curricular innovation for teaching english to young learners (teyl). the findings of this study are classified into four aspects: teaching aim, teaching reflection, teaching approach, and teaching challenges. pre-service teachers understood their purpose in teaching english young learners. throughout the classroom observations and interviews, it was found that pre-service teachers provided relatable tasks for young learners; they focused on course objective; they established good bond with young learners before implementing the lessons. their challenges in teaching are to establish parent-teacher relationship and to identify learners’ learning skills. this study is expected to contribute insights to english language teaching area about pre-service teachers’ teaching performance in teaching english to young learners by immersing into the world of teaching english to young learners. keywords: young learners; pre-service teachers; teaching performance, top-down; bottom-up processing. a. introduction in the world of education, teachers should be thoughtful and skillful in teaching english to young learners. oecd (cited in anderson, sarah, terras, & katherine, 2015) stated that students’ low level of skills, teachers’ insufficient ability and imbalanced resources have become imperative highlights for educational development. sutton (2011) claimed that study after study have been conducted to train pre-service teachers to possess 21st century skills so that they could go out in to the teaching world and be adequately prepared. mafiani (2014) added that this is something that teachers educators should focus more because engaging pre-service teachers to enhance lessons that have been taught is absolutely necessary. in addition to that, baksh (2016) stated that pre service teachers should have developed certain skills in teaching english to their students therefore pre-service teachers who plan to become english teachers in the near future should be well-trained in handling and guiding young learners. especially nowadays parents demand teachers to possess particular quality in teaching their children. chan, (2015) conducted a study about teachers’ beliefs and practices’. the result of her study showed that teachers tend to be under pressure from parents’ demands on their children’s academic abilities and expectations. in consequence, teachers should be provided with qualified trainings to teach young learners. mailto:debora.simanjuntak@unai.edu 86 kam (cited in johnston & irujo, 2013) stated that in asian esl/efl contexts, teaching english to young learners has become common problem because non-english-speaking teachers have insufficient and inadequate teaching quality; wherein, they have limited language proficiency. therefore brown (cited in wahyuningsih, 2014) accentuated that teachers should be able to provide meaningful learning so that their learners will experience what they have taught in order for the students to have long-term retention. in order to overcome this common problem, nunan (2003) emphasized that there have been many attempts implemented to enhance the quality of nonspeaking-english teachers in public schools and also to develop their professional skills. the focus of this study is upon the performance and challenges that pre-service teachers experienced in teaching young learners. in describing, analyzing and interpreting their experiences, this instrumental case study describes aspects of teaching performance and challenges as pre-service teachers strive for better improvement in teaching english to young learners. accordingly, this study aimed to answer the central question of the study, ‘what is the overall performance of pre-service teachers in teaching english to young learners?’ in order to investigate the central question, sub-questions were prepared to obtain the findings: 1. what type of designed tasks do pre-service teachers integrate into their teaching for the following skills? a. reading b. writing c. listening d. speaking 2. how do pre-service teachers make their designed tasks successful in teaching young learners? 3. what challenges that the pre-service teachers encounter in teaching english to young learners? b. literature review 1. teaching aim learning english can be the richest experience for young learners. through english, young learners may develop their competence, confidence, and creativity, and positivity in learning. nevertheless, unfocused teaching aim may cause young learners to be less creative (cremin, bearne, dombey, lewis, 2009). additionally, schiering, bogner, and buli-homber (2011) explained that the responsibility of teachers encompasses a lot of presentation and processing of information. teachers view this responsibility as academic education because it is related to what and how they teach. teachers should emphasize that a classroom environment affects emotional factors. therefore, they should know how the class interacts when learning becomes social part of education by realizing that every students is unique; they have different ability and personality. halliwell (cited in yildirim & torun, 2014) stated that young learners should be prepared to think and learn in ways that encourage them to have deeper understanding of language in order for them to be engaged with the tasks given to them 2. challenges in teaching english to young learners apparently, young learners are taught foreign languages worldwide (brewster, ellis, & girard, 2004; cameron, 2001; doyé & hurrell, 1997; edelenbos, johnstone, & kubanek, 2006; ellis, 2004; ytreberg, 1997 as cited in şada, 2015). therefore teaching english at the earlier stages will most likely help young learners establish language development which enables them to learn vocabulary and more developed conversational skills (cameron, 2001). english teacher holds different kinds of role in the classroom; they can be scaffolder, manager, facilitator, and so forth. however, what is important of being a teacher is that he or she should be a well planner in the classroom, knowing how to plan his lesson in order to have effective learning process (nguyen, 2017). aside from that, scott and ytreberg (1990) said that in teaching english to young learners, teachers should not rely on spoken word yet they are obliged to be involved in movement and simanjuntak: pre-services teachers’ teaching...…. 87 senses to demonstrate learning objectives that may help young learners learn. in addition to that, pollard (2008) emphasized that teachers should understand their roles in the class: to explain the lesson, to give vivid instructions, to ask questions to students, and so forth. in terms of all the roles, the teacher will take over the class. richards and nunan (1990) accentuated that pre-service teachers should be equipped with techniques and skills to be applied in the classroom so that they will be able to develop theories of teaching and have the ability to make effective decisions and teaching strategies. in dealing with young learners, teachers should be able to provide different task types to achieve particular indicators. however skehan and foster (cited in nunan and carter 2001) stated that some teachers may provide tasks that lead to different impacts: strong accuracy and fluent yet less complex language, more complex and accurate language, more complex but less accurate language. it is considered that linguistic complexity and cognitive complexity of the tasks are inter-related with one another. brown (2007) said that young learners who learn english as their target language or second language significantly manifest difficulty to acquire the language due to several reasons. therefore, in order to teach them successfully, teachers should develop peculiar skills, approaches and intuition that may help young learners acquire english language as their second language (l2). additionally, shin (2006) stated that ‘teaching english to young learners is a dynamic field that is sure to change in the years to come as ministries of education around the world keep lowering the age of compulsory english education, as established teaching english to young learners programs become better developed, and as teachers of english to young learners become better trained.’ speaking of training, teachers should be aware of bottom-up and top-down processing approaches before designing their activity to teach particular english skill to young learners. a. top-down processing and bottom-up processing it is considered that teachers mostly tend to give little attention on bottom-up and top-down processing towards teaching english as foreign or second language; wherein, bottom-up and topdown instructional approaches are imperative for language teaching (moskovsky, jiang, alan, and seamus (2015). top-down processing is driven by background knowledge called schema; which is divided into two types: content schema—a general knowledge based on life experience and previous learning, and textual schema—based on knowledge of language and content used in particular situation. the learners’ brain applies what it knows, expects, and perceives. meanwhile bottom-up processing is a stimulus-driven processing; wherein, in english teachers focus on various parts: vocabulary, grammar, phrases, and so forth. this bottom-up process helps learner make sense of what they hear, feel and do (nunan, 2011). understanding these two approaches helps future teachers organize their english lessons—how to start from small things then expanding it into something bigger and useful for learners. basically bottom-up processing is the approach where teachers start with simple details, namely, learning names of objects to enhance vocabulary toward mastering the english skills. for instance, a teacher teaches pronunciation to his/her students, she will introduce the arrangements and sounds of letters in words. meanwhile in top-down approach, teachers will start with something broad that goes into specific details. the learners are expected to have prior knowledge on something that they have experienced. however lovrich (2007) stated that awareness on utilizing the approach has been neglected in the world of education by teacher educators. it is very important because these 88 two approaches contain critical component in language toward students’ focus, object recognition, and problem solving. b. teaching as reflective practice pedagogically, english teachers are responsible to make young learners engage with every given english task. shulman (cited in impedovo & malik, 2016) emphasized that pre-service teachers should be adequately prepared with the ability to accommodate learners with different education background and learning styles apart from sharing the knowledge in their discipline. hence reflective practice should take place in teaching because it is considered as part of the competence to be effective teacher (korthagen & tateo, cited in impedove & malik, 2016). the importance of reflection in teaching and learning lies in encouraging one to view problems from different perspectives. as a teacher having critical reflection is a highly valued and widely applied learning approach in the world of education; teachers will get ample benefits (watson & kenny, 2014). in addition to that, reflective practice can be useful in designing teacher education and sustainable professional development. conscious reflection is an important element for helping teachers and learners in problem-solving and decision-making processes and fostering their critical-thinking abilities (aldahmash, alshmarani, almufti (2017). c. research methodology in this study, a qualitative research paradigm was utilized as the method of collecting and analyzing data. additionally, qualitative approach provides in-depth understanding of the case. the research design of this study was an instrumental case study; it is a design to investigate process rather than outcome by employing data collections and involving several sources of information. the purpose of using instrumental case study is to obtain understanding of research questions by scrutinizing a particular case (stake, 1995); moreover, this approach is appropriate for the problem of this study because the researcher was searching for in-depth understanding of a studied case. by utilizing this design, the researcher was able to provide in-depth study on particular areas. with this type of research, purposive sampling method was suitable to be used to recruit participants (koerber & mcmichale, cited in alloh, tait, & taylor, 2018). according to palingkas et.al. (2016 pp. 533) ‘purposive sampling is widely used in qualitative research for identification and selection of information-rich cases related to the phenomenon of interest’. the researchers should be able to get key participants that could give relevant information to the study. therefore the followings are the inclusion criteria to recruit participants that have rooted linkage to english teaching: 1. key informants majored in english education. 2. they were pre-service teachers who have taken teyl course: the course is worth 2 credit hours which translated into 100 minutes session each weak. 3. the achievement in teyl course is within 89 – 100 percent. 4. they had the experience teaching young learners with the same range of age. 5. available to be involved in this study during research period: august – june 2018. all the key informants must meet all the criteria above. each of them were contacted in person and agreed to take part in this study. the data for this study were obtained through in-class observation and semi-structured interview. in-class observation is an effective way to gather data and monitor the key informants’ performance (allwright, 2000). meanwhile semi-structured interview is utilized to identify pre-service teachers challenges in teaching young learners as well as to explore particular responses. the researcher transcribed, categorized and interpreted the data in order to seek answers of the research questions. to provide clear understanding on research simanjuntak: pre-services teachers’ teaching...…. 89 plot, the researcher derived stages of cohen, manion, morrison (2011), which is illustrated as follows: this qualitative component of the current study is intended to provide deeper insights about the performance of future teachers and the challenges they face as they teach english to young learners. 1. in-class observation the researcher conducted in-class observation to the key informants. each of the key informants were required to teach english to young learners at this range of age 6 to 8 years old. to collect the data through the observation, the researcher utilized camera phone and observation sheets. this in-class observation took almost six months to obtain the best result of observation. 2. semi-structure interview questions for the interview were designed and administered in accordance with galletta’s (2013) terms and concepts on how to conduct the interview. the researcher and the key informants were engaged in a formal interview. the interview sessions for each participant lasted for around 25 minutes. the researcher utilized semi-structured questions as interview guide; however, the researcher did not strictly follow a formalized list of questions. the interview protocol included opened-ended questions, allowing for engagement between the interviewer and the key informants as well as giving freedom to the key informants to express their opinions and perception related to the topic. the topic guide covered questions pertinent to participants’ experience in teaching young learners. this semi-structured interview were preceded by in-class observation, informal and unstructured interview with a purposes to allow the researcher to achieve solid understanding of the intended topic of interest, as well as to establish good relationship with the key informants. in addition to that, the researcher adopted kvale’s (1996) interview cycle to collect the data: come up with research question set theoretical definition of aspects of analysis, main categories, sub categories to identify goals and objectives start with a wide field of focus progressive focusing: conduct semi-structured interviews and observations make a draft interpretation or report by avoiding generalization stag es 90 planning phase formulate relevant questions, establish communicative atmosphere doing phase deliver the questions, listen to the interviewees, evaluate the response, probe the response, record the information analysis phase transcribe the interview, provide interview records, analyze the transcriptions reflecting phase identify information obtained, prepare the next interview by repeating the first phase again in terms of data analysis, the researchers peruse all the transcribed data. she drew significant statements that were extracted from each of the participants’ data. d. results and discussion there are five research questions investigated in this case study. below is the research findings as they correspond to each research question. 1. the designed tasks of pre-service teachers in terms of designing tasks to young learners, pre-service teachers should be aware of developing learners’ four macro skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing. a. reading the pre-service teachers were observed while teaching reading to their students. during the observation, pre-service teachers performed different kinds of task toward their students. the followings are the variety of tasks performed by the key informants: key informant 1: nursery rhymes. she chose songs that have rhymes or songs that were familiar then she composed different lyrics from the original with a purpose to teach young learners specific vowel and consonant sounds. #evidence 1: the fat bat fly to the sky they sky is so high. it flies at night. why? it sleeps in a day. she gave the following rhymes to help young learners recognize the different sounds of vowel ‘a’ in ‘bat’, ‘at’, ‘a’, ‘day’ also the sounds of vowel ‘e’ such as in ‘the’ and ‘sleeps’. after giving this nursery rhymes, she let her learners to read different words in which vowel ‘a’ and ‘e’ appeared. she was able to identify whether the learners were able to recognize the sound as they read the given words. key informant 2: minimal pairs she utilized the concept of minimal pairs to teach young learners to recognize sounds of letters and the letter shapes. she created flipped cards. she purposely provided flipped cards to allow the young learners to experience series of sound changes of consonant as they read the words. the following evidence is illustration of the given flipped card to teach blending sound ‘un’ by placing different consonant as the initial letter. #evidence 2: b un f r s simanjuntak: pre-services teachers’ teaching...…. 91 key informant 3: flash cards she provided picture flash cards, the front part of the card was the display of an object meanwhile the back part was the object’s name. after showing the pictures, she guided the learners to read properly the name of the object. mostly, the words of the cards had similar final sounds. #evidence 3: key informant 4: minimal pairs she had the same concept as key informant 2, using the concept of minimal pairs. however, she had different teaching aid. she prepared boards of sentences. in each board she wrote sentences that contain two words that differ in only one singular sound. the learners were led to experience the contrast of two words. #evidence 4: key informant 5: picture naming & song lyrics she pasted several pictures on the board and required each young learner to learn names of the pictures. after naming each of the pictures, they would sing several songs that had names of the pictures in the lyrics of the songs. #evidence 5: she showed picture of a cow on the board and sang ‘old macdonald’ song in which in the lyric the word ‘cow’ appears. the following is the summary of activities that the pre-service teachers prepared for young learners in developing reading skills: table. 1 reading task initiator nursery rhymes key informant 1 minimal pairs key informant 2 & 4 flash cards key informant 3 picture naming & song lyrics key informant 5 in terms of teaching reading, pre-service teachers should be able to provide shifting activities to know whether the activity is applicable for young learners or not. conclusively, most of the activities that were given to students utilize the concept of minimal pairs. behrens and parker (2010) stated that “minimal pairs is a pair of words that differ by only one sound, which is thus considered as ‘minimal’ difference. the sound that differentiates the two words in terms of meaning is phoneme. the differentiation of two words by phonemes can be seen by the phonemes /h/ and /s/ that differentiate the word hat and sat” (pp. 52). meanwhile nursery rhymes are deemed to be appropriate activity to help young learners recognize letter sounds and their shapes. those concepts led the pre-service teachers to create activities that would help learners comprehend different speech sounds. there is a bat in a mat. picture of a desk desk the front part the front part the back part 92 b. writing during the observation, pre-service teachers performed similar activities in teaching writing to young learners. the following are the writing activities performed by the pre-service teachers: key informant 1, 3, 4, 5: tracing and repeating the key informants 1,3, 4, and 5 provided tracing activity to develop writing skills. they considered tracing as a task which require learners to copy letters and moves through to produce words wherein after the tracing was done, learners were required to sound the words. the key informants were aware that writing is a physical act, they taught the learners to hold their pencils properly while tracing the letters. once the tracing activity was done, the learners were asked to repeat the words they traced without having the tracing lines/dots. key informant 2: tracing & picture coloring and naming meanwhile key informant 2 provided pictures next to the tracing column with a purpose to match the wording with the object next to it. when the tracing was done the learners were required to read the traced words by seeing the object next to the word then later colored the object. this activity triggered learners to know name of objects through tracing which led them to establish spelling ability. the following is the summary of activities that the pre-service teachers prepared for young learners in developing writing skills: table. 2 writing task initiator tracing and repeating key informant 1,3,4,5 tracing and picture coloring and naming key informant 2 ‘writing is one of the most important aspects in english language acquisition. teaching writing has its own challenges since there are some steps and requirements that teachers should prepare to undertake in the classroom’ (aryanti, 2016 pp. 263). the most designed task was tracing. tracing is a task which requires learners to copy letters and moves through to produce words. the preservice teachers considered by tracing, learners were encouraged to have mental images of the letters they traced. however, pre-service teachers should have deliberated various tasks in terms of teaching writing. c. listening in teaching listening, all pre-service teachers seemed to utilize similar concepts of task. they provided young learners with shifting activities: sing a song, listen to a story, then play a game that is related to tpr technique. key informant 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5: songs and rhymes, tpr techniques, story-telling ‘up and down and shake . . . shake . . . shake. . . (2x) shake to the left and shake to the right up and down and shake . . . shake . . . shake . . . up and down and jump . . . jump . . . jump (2x) jump to the left and jump to the right up and down and jump . . . jump . . . jump . . . up and down and run . . . run . . . run . . . (2x) simanjuntak: pre-services teachers’ teaching...…. 93 run to the left, and run to the right up and down and run . . . run . . . run . . . among several songs given by the key informants to their students, the researcher chose the song of key informant 2, 4, 5 as the evidence that through song a follow-up activity could be given. through that song, students were required to listen and comprehend several actions like ‘shake’ ‘run’ and ‘jump’. after singing the song, most common activity was given; it was tpr; it was an activity in which learners should perform several actions. some students were commanded to come forward to the front of the classroom. the rest sat and watched. the pre-service teachers would give motion to the students to perform an action. ‘stand up, please’ then ‘go to the right side’ then ‘run’ through this task, pre-service teachers would identify whether the learners had understood the meaning of the given action word through the way they performed the action. after providing action game to the students, pre-service teachers continued with an activity which was storytelling task. each of the pre-service teachers retold children story for their students to listen to. the following is the evidence a children story rendered by key-informant 1 & 5: a boastful rabbit liked to talk about how fast he could run. he often belittled a turtle for being so slow. one day there was a race and the turtle challenged the rabbit to race with him. the rabbit was startled . . . ‘hahahaha’ he burst into laughter. ‘you want to race with me? let’s race! i’ll defeat you.’ the rabbit accepted the challenge. a giant fox was chosen to be the umpire of the race. as the race began, the rabbit raced way ahead of the turtle, just like everyone thought. the rabbit got to the halfway point and could not see the turtle anywhere. he was hot and tired and decided to stop and take a short nap. even if the turtle passed him, he would be able to race to the finish line ahead of him. all this time the turtle kept walking step by step by step. he never quit no matter how hot or tired he got, ‘i can do it. . . i can do it’ he kept motivating himself. however, the rabbit slept longer than he had thought and woke up. he could not see the turtle anywhere. he went at full speed to the finish line but found the turtle there waiting for him. each of the pre-service teachers deliberated the story with theatrical voice and action to stimulate their students’ mind into grasping the story. there were times they did repetitions on the open-class words, making sure that their students comprehended the meanings. conclusively, in planning listening activity for young learners, teachers should develop appropriate listening activity to support the learning process (nunan, 2011). in enhancing listening skills, pre-service teachers provided tasks which were enjoyable for young learners. the followings are the summary of the given tasks in enhancing young learners’ listening skills: 94 table. 3 listening task initiator children song: “coconut” action game: simon says story telling: rabbit and turtle key informant 1 children song: “up and down action game: tpr story telling: daniel and goliath key informant 2 children song: “coconut” action game: tpr story telling: lazy donkey key informant 3 children song: “up and down” action game: tpr story telling: noah built the ark key informant 4 children song: “up and down” action game: hide and seek story telling: rabbit and turtle key informant 5 d. speaking pre-service teachers prepared various speaking activities however they all come down in the same category, elicit information. young learners were taught how to respond to daily greetings which led them to have cohesive conversation. below is one of the evidence: key informants 1, 2, 3, 4, 5: elicit information pre-service teacher : hello, nayla. how are you today? nayla : i’m fine, and you? young learners were also taught to start cohesive conversation with their teachers. below is the evidence: nayla : good morning, teacher pre-service teacher : good morning, nayla nayla : how are you today? pre-service teacher : i’m fine, and you? nayla : i’m fine, thank you. pre-service teacher : are you happy today? nayla : yes, i am another common activity in eliciting information was playing the ‘what is this?’ game. young learners were triggered to utter the object names that were inquired by the teacher. below is the evidence: pre-service teacher : it’s time to play ‘what is this?’ game. i’ll pick an object and ask you its name by asking, ‘what is this?’ you have to provide me with the correct answers. later it’s your turn to ask me names of object. simanjuntak: pre-services teachers’ teaching...…. 95 every time the pre-service teachers asked the question, ‘what is this?’ the learners should give their answer by beginning it with this phrase, ‘it is a ______.’ in summary, elicit information is the most obvious task given by pre-service teachers. when working with young learners, pre-service teachers spoke often times with slow-to-normal pace in order for the young learners to grasp what they said. however speaking needs process because it is a complex skill to develop. in establishing young learners to be competent and fluent in speaking takes a long process. it is considered to be superior skill among the four english language skills. therefore speaking should be given high priority while teaching instead of just eliciting information. 2. making designed task successful in teaching, pre-service teachers should be able to design their teaching tasks based on the school curriculum so that their young learners will profoundly profit from their teaching. the researcher conducted interview stage to derive accurate and vivid answers towards this questions, ‘how do pre-service teachers make their designed tasks successful for their young learners?’ each key informant was interviewed based on the interview guide. records of interview were transcribed and analyzed with all other researcher’s side notes taken during the interview. the researcher conducted the data analysis manually to allow familiarity of researcher with the transcripts and participants experiences. after a careful analysis, the researcher came up with following answers: a. focus on the task objective designing lesson plans is a must-follow priority in teaching because lesson plan is a very important step before the teaching implementation (sudirman, 2017). the pre-service teachers have to design effective lesson plan to reach the course objectives, especially when they have to blend two curriculums: school curriculum and national curriculum (designed by the government). the key informants claimed that focusing on the task objective is quite a challenge. therefore they said that they were very selective in choosing activity that would lead their learners to achieve the task objective. the evidence is the following: “i make sure that every class activity that i selected is based on the task objective that stated in the lesson plan that i designed. for instance, i designed minimal-pairs activity on that day because the task objective is to recognize specific sounds of vowel a and e.” the pre-service teachers reckoned that by adhering to the task objective would make their designed tasks successful for the young learners. the evidence is the following: “first thing first i should know what my learners would achieve today. i pretty much follow the lesson plan that i have made.” b. create bond with young learners after a careful interpretation, it is found that in order for young learners to achieve the course objective, they should establish good bond with the young learners before implementing the lessons. the evidence is the following: 96 “i try my best to get along with my students. i teach them songs with movement. we have so much fun singing the song. after having so much fun, they will listen to me” “i sing some songs with my students. you know, children love to sing. it’s a good start to make them like me and enjoy my teaching. they are very active and i need to find ways to direct their attention.” the purpose to establish good bonding with their students is to be able to get their attention in teaching-learning process. they claimed that their learners were very active; all they wanted to do was to play and explore. without good bonding, it would be difficult to make them sit still and listen to their instructions. 3. challenges in teaching young learners after a careful analysis, it is found that pre-service teachers faced challenges in teaching to young learners. the challenges that have been identified and highlighted are establishing parent-teacher relationship and recognizing learners’ learning skills. a. parent-teacher relationship in the interview, pre-service teachers stated that one of their biggest challenges in teaching english to young learners is establishing parent-teacher relationship. “to motivate maria outside the class. i must collaborate with her mother to help her practice reading activity. but sometimes, her parent would just smile and shrug. to me it is like a code, telling me that it’s my responsibility to make her understand.” it is obvious that not all parents are involved in their children’s learning. they want teachers to get on with their teaching responsibility (nunan, 2011). b. recognition of learners’ learning skills one of the most difficult challenges in teaching is to recognize learners’ learning skills. they said that every child has different way of learning; the way their students process what they have learned is pretty much different. this may be caused by students’ prior knowledge in english. “i realize every child is different . . . each of them have different learning skills. i should know that, so that everyone can understand my lesson.” as scott and ytreberg (1990) stated, teachers should not rely on spoken word yet they are obliged to be involved in movement and senses to demonstrate learning objectives that may help young learners learn. the findings of this study can serve practical implications to educational institutions to train pre-service teachers to be well-equipped before entering the world of teaching. e. conclusions this study aimed to answer the central question of the study, ‘what is the overall performance of pre-service teachers in teaching english to young learners?’ it is very imperative for pre-service teachers to establish good performance in teaching because their performance may influence their students’ learning outcome. (bennell and akyeampong cited in bello & jakada, 2017). throughout classroom observations and interviews conducted in this study, the researcher have yielded results of their overall performance by formulating the results into four aspects: teaching aim, teaching reflection, teaching approach, and teaching challenges. simanjuntak: pre-services teachers’ teaching...…. 97 table. 4 pre-service teachers’ overall performance teaching aim all pre-service teachers apparently know the needs of their young learners in terms of teaching english. it is shown from the designed tasks they provided to young learners and how they made their designed tasks successful. teaching reflection pedagogically, pre-service teachers are responsible to make young learners engage with every given english task. throughout the observations, in teaching english, the pre-service teachers focused on the course objective and they establish good bond with their students before implementing their english lessons. however they should have been more aware of their learners’ background and learning styles. as stated by shulman (cited in impedovo & malik, 2016), pre-service teachers should be adequately prepared with the ability to accommodate learners with different education background and learning styles. teaching approach throughout the observations, the most significant approach in teaching english to young learners is the bottom-up processing approach. they should have been more aware of top-down processing approach. the pre-service teachers designed their tasks based on bottom-up approach; wherein, it may be caused by young learners’ limited background knowledge of english. most designed tasks that were given to young learners are relatable. the followings are the prepared tasks: minimal pairs flipped/flash cards tracing drawing and coloring singing a song action game retelling children story eliciting information challenges in teaching one of the pre-service teachers’ challenges in teaching to young learner is to establish parent-teacher relationship; baksh (2016) even stated that teachers plan to become english teachers in the near future should be well-trained in handling and guiding young learners, especially nowadays parents demand teachers to possess particular quality in teaching their children. another challenge that the pre-service encountered was to recognize young learners’ learning skills. 98 f. references aldahmash, a. h., alshmrani, & almufti (2017). secondary school science teachers: views about their reflective practices. journal of teacher education for sustainability. 19 (1). 43 – 53. alloh, f. t., tait, d. & taylor, c. (2018). away from home: a qualitative exploration of health experiences of nigerian students in a u.k. university. journal of international studnets. 8 (1). pp. 1-20. allwright, d. (2014). observation in the classroom. routledge. anderson, sarah, terras, katherine (2015). teacher perspective of challenges within the norwegian educational system. international education journal: comparative perspectives. 14 (3). 1-16. aryanti (2016). the teaching of efl writing in indonesia. dinamika ilmu. 16 (2). 263-277. baksh, s. a. (2016). using games as a tool in teaching vocabulary to young learners. english language teaching. 9 (7). p. 210. bello, g. b. & jakada, m. 2017. monetary reward and teachers’ performance in selected public secondary schools in kano state. journal of education and practice. 8 (7) 1-4. brown, h.d. (2007). teaching by principles an interactive approach to language pedagogy (3rd ed.). pearson longman. cameron, l. (2001). teaching languages to young learners. cambridge university press. chan, w.l. (2015). the discrepancy between teachers’ beliefs and practices: a study of kindergarten teachers in hong kong. teacher development; an international journal of teachers’ professional development. 20 (3). 417-433. cohen, l., manion l., morrison, k. (2011). research methods in education. routledge. galleta, a. (2013). mastering the semi-structured interview and beyond. new york university press. johnston, b & irujo, s. (2013). (eds). research and practice in language teacher education: voices from the field. university of minnesota: carla. kvale, s. (1996). interviews: an introduction to qualitative research interviewing. sage publication. lovrich, d. (2007). classroom applications of top-down and bottom-up processing. national science teacher association. 74(1). 28-32 mafiaani k. d. polyglot jurnal ilmiah. enhancing students’ behavioral engagement by implementing role play technique strategy for grade iii students at sdk abc batam. vol. 10 no.1 juni 2014. pp. 69. universitas pelita harapan moskovsky, jiang, alan, and seamus (2015). bottom-up or top-down: english as a foreign language vocabulary instruction for chinese university students. tesol quarterly: a journal for teachers of english to speakers of other languages and of standard english as a second dialet. 49(2). 256-277 nguyen, h. t. m. (2017). models of mentoring in language teacher education. springer nunan, d. (2011). teaching english to young learners. anaheim unviersity press. nunan, d. (december, 2003). tesol journal. the impact of english as a global language on educational policies and practices in the asia-pacific region. vol. 37, pp 589-613. palingkas, l.a. et.al. (2016). purposive sampling for qualitative data collection and analysis in mixed method implementation research. policy mental health. 42 (5). 533-544. richard j. & nunan d. (1990). second language teacher education. cambridge university press. sad, s. n. (2015). do prospective classroom teachers perceive themselves as effective and willing to teach young learners english. edam: educational sciences: theory & practice. 15 (5) 1257-1269. simanjuntak: pre-services teachers’ teaching...…. 99 scott w.a. & ytreberg l.h. (1990). teaching english to children. longman shin, j. k. (2006). ten helpful ideas for teaching english to young learners. english teaching forum. vol. 2. pp. 2-13. stake, r. e. (1995). the art of case study research. sage. sudirman (2017) efforts to improve teacher competence in developing a lesson plan through sustainable guidance in smkn 1 mamuju. journal of education and practice. 8(5). 114119. issn 2222-288x sutton, s. r. (2011). the pre-service technology training experiences of novice teachers. international society for technology in education. 28(1) 39-47. watson, g. p. l. & kenny, n. (2014). teaching critical reflection to graduate students. learning and teaching. 7 (1). yildirim, r. & torun, f.p. (2014). exploring the value of animated stories with young english language learners. tojet: the turkish online journal of educational technology. 13 (4). 47-60. sebuah kajian pustaka: agustina & joni: the subtitling strategies... 54 the subtitling strategies used in indonesian film noni agustina1 and joni2 noni@esaunggul.ac.id dan joni@esaunggul.ac.id universitas esa unggul abstract the social phenomena can be represented through film providing images, soundtrack, voice over, dance, and some art such as theatrical dan fine art. the indonesian film played in xxi since 2017 must have english subtitling because the viewers nowadays are not only indonesian people but also foreigner. the film subtitling is challenging because it is different from the other translation medium. a subtitler requires an appropriate translation strategy. thus, this study aims to explore the subtitling strategies used in indonesian film. the approach employed was qualitative with content analysis as a research design. the data used was english subtitling of ‘a man called ahok’ film. the result showed that the dominant substitiling strategies used were repetition indicating the literal translation and addition strategy showing more information given. respectively, transmutation and detraction strategies are also employed. former indicated some changes in internal order such as lexical change, passive to active, etc. the latter showed deletion or condension unnecessary or inrelevant information. substitution strategy is the least used in subtitling which it indicates lack of pharaprasing. this study offers the theoretical and practical contribution on subtitiling strategies especially from bahasa indonesia to english. keywords: film, audiovisual translation, subtitling, translation strategies. a. introduction film is equipped by some technology consisting of images, soundtrack, voice-over, dance, and some art such as theatrical dan fine art. delabastita (1989) dan gottlieb (1998) in mubenga (2010) urge that film has multisemiotic and multimodal. mubenga also describes film as medium comprising vebal and non-verbal information in representing the information to the viewers. thus, many generations are still keen on watching the film. the preliminary research conducted through interviewing one of marketing manager of xxi cinema jakarta suggested that the indonesian film played in xxi since 2017 must have english subtitling because many foreigners’ viewers watch it in xxi cinema spreading in indonesia. the subtitling is very important because it gives the viewers to grab the message or information of film especially for foreigners. they can follow the story well by comprehending it. subtiling which is part of audiovisual translation develops rapidly because of the advancement of techology (munday, 2008). the internet growth contributes to the subtitling thriving because mac’s research finding (2009) showed that amateur subtitlers came up to mailto:noni@esaunggul.ac.id eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 55 make the foreign movies subtitiling and japanese animation on internet (tang, 2014). moreover, the demand of indonesian film subtitiling also contributes to its enhancement. some previous studies undertaken by some researchers to scrutinise the subtitling. tang (2014) investigated the subtitling strategies conducted by professional and amateur subtitlers concerning on the cultural representation of kung-fu panda film. it is translated from english to mandarin. mollanazar, nasrollahi, & allameh (2017) also focused on the subtitling strategies on western films which were subtitled into persian language. nisaa, (2011) analysed the technique, method and ideology of film subtitling entitled beckham unwrapped. kusumastuti (2011) investigated the technique used in dubbing and subtitling of dora the explorer film. guillot (2010) studied the french thriller by exploring the english subtitles regarding the linguistic representation and culture. mcclarty, (2014) explored the practice of creative subtitiling. from the previous studies, english subtitling from indonesian film is under researched. it is important to conduct the research by investigating the subtitling strategies in indonesian film context. b. literature review 1. subtitling subtitle is texts written on the screen functioning to adding or substituting the soundtrack or live performance synchronized of the speech or voice-over uttered by the characters. it provides the benefits for the viewers. it gives the viewers’ understanding on the story line (mollanazar et al., 2017). similarly, bogucki (2016) urges that subtitling as part of audiovisual translation has purpose to message comprehension. guillot (2010) suggests that subtitling which is used by foreign films does not only help the viewers to understand the story but also to explore the different culture. caimi (2013) also sees that subtitling is also beneficial for the students as the viewers because it provides the linguistic and cultural comprehension in formal and informal settings. price (1983) in caimi (2013) investigates english second language students watch the subtitled tv program and result shows that their foreign language or culture acquisition is developed. bogucki (2016) urges that subtitling as part of audiovisual translation has some convention such as the subtitling template, constraints and easy effort for audience to process it. karamitroglou in bogucki (2016) explains some conventions in subtitiling in detail. it must fit to the spatial parameter and layout which concern on the position of the screen, line numbers, characters per line, typeface and the color of background. it also focuses on the temporal parameter such as duration, leading-in and out time. the other elements shoud be considered by the subtitlers are punctuation, segmentation, omission guidelines, syntax alteration, the use of taboo or cultural aspects. 2. strategies subtitling some scholas have some terminologies in translation studies such as procedure, technique, method, operation and strategies. chesterman (2005) in mollanazar et al. (2017) recognizes them more or less same. in this study concerns on subtitling strategies. strategies refers to ‘a general way of translating in its basic problem-solving sense as a plan that is implemented in a given context and is cognitive procedure not linguistic” (mollanazar et al., 2017). agustina & joni: the subtitling strategies... 56 the subtitling strategies refers to debalastita’s (1989) theory on ancient rhetoric which consists of repetitio, adiectio, detractitio, transmutatio and substitutio. repetitio strategy is called literal or imitation translation which reproduces or renders the identical manner. adiectio strategy refers to the adding phrase, clause, sentence, expression, etc in order to give more important information. it does not mean alter the original or source language significantly. detraction strategy is used to delete, decimate or condense the phrase, clause, sentence, expression, etc because of some consideration such as spatial and temporal limitation. transmutatio strategy is used to render in some changes such as lexical changes, active to passtive or vice versa, negative to positive, etc. substitutio strategy is used to modify or paraphrase which alter phrase, clause, sentence, expression from the source text. substitutio strategy commonly occurs in idioms, proverbs or saying. c. research methodology the research method used was content analysis with qualitative approach. the sources data was “a man called ahok” film. it was played in november 2018 and in 4 days it reached five hundred thousand viewers. it was also watched by one million viewers. it was controversial film because some of indonesian citizen thought that it brought political issues or political campaign but some of them considered it delivered the moral value such as emphaty, honesty, hard-working, kindness, and so on. the data analysed were indonesian voice-over and english subtitling. the research procedures undertaken were visiting the production house and giving the consent form, watching the film, transcribing the indonesian dan kek voice-over, rewriting the english subtitle and some indonesian subtitle if the character uttered kek language, analysing the voice-over and subtitling by applying delabastita’s theories on ancient rhetoric (repetitio, adiectio, detractio, transmutatio and substitutio) and interpreting the findings and taking the conclusion. d. findings and discussion from the interview undertaken to the producer, the enlgish subtitiling was made by a professional subtitler. it was found 961 data consisting of phrase, clause or sentences uttered by the characters. the subtitling strategies occurrence was different (table 1). the most dominant strategies used was repetitio. its frequency was 632. it indicated that film used literal translation so the subtitler just imitated the source text to target text. it could be seen in the excerpts below: [ahok] voice over: papa subtitle: papa [ahok] voice over: rumah sakit? subtitle: hospital? [ahok] voice over: gratis subtitle: free of charge eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 57 then, the following strategy was adiectio which came up 112 times. the subtitler tended to add more information for the viewers so they comprehended the story. the underlined phrases ‘the people’ and ‘goals’ were the additional information given. for detailed instances were as follows: [ahok] voice over: di kampung gantung, belitung timur subtitle: by the people of gantung village in east belitung. [ahok] voice over: tapi kita bisa memilih mimpi kita subtitle: however, we can determine our goals and dreams. the subtitler also applied transmutatio strategies but the frequency was not more than repetitio and adiectio, only 97. it occurred in pronoun changes and active-passive or vice versa. the excerpt was as follows: [ahok] voice over: urang-urang di kampungku mengenalnya sebagai tauke subtitle: in the village he was also known as “tauke” the excerpt showed that there was change from active to passive. urang-urang means people or villagers. people or villagers were subject which did an action ‘knew’ (active voice) but in subtitling, it was changed into passive voice. detractio strategy did not occurr frequently which it was 73 times. the subtitler reduced or diminished some irrelevant or uncessary information. it could be happened because of temporal and space restriction. the instances were as follows: [ahok] voice over: tentu kalua ajak bapak, ibu melakukan aksi seperti itu subtitle: ...if you continue. [civil servant staff] voice over: ini pak kim nam.saye bawa dokumen. pak kim nam harus tanda tangan subtitle: you need to sign the contract for the project. the least strategy used was subtitio. its occurrence was 47 times. the less subtitio use indicated lack of paraphrasing process in rendering the message. it was used mostly for rendering idioms, proverbs or saying. the strategy could be seen in the excerpt as follows: [ahok’s dad] voice over: oknum-oknum itu benar-benar merepotkan subtitle: those people are getting on my nerves. the findings were not fully similar to the research conducted by mollanazar et al. (2017). they found that the dominant strategy used was repetitio (1495 occurrence). respectively, the other strategies were detractio (601), transmutatio (416), adiectio (358) and substitutio (301). they showed detraction was used after repetitio because they urged that temporal and spatial restriction influenced their way to render. on the other words, it fitted to the subtitiling convention in terms of subtitling template bogucki (2016). agustina & joni: the subtitling strategies... 58 this study did not only find english subtitling but also some indonesian subtitling. it happened because some characters spoke kek language (mandarin language variation) and belitung language. the belitung language sounds similar to bahasa indonesia such as urangurang (belitung language) represented orang-orang (bahasa indonesia). it was found 31 utterances of kek language. the instance was as follows: [civil servant staff] voice over: ni hao subtitle: apa kabar? how are you? table 1. subtitling strategies of “a man called ahok” film strategy frequency repetitio 632 adiectio 112 detractio 73 transmutatio 97 substitutio 47 total 961 e. conclusion the subtitiling which is part of audiovisual translation had different strategies. based on debalastita’s (1989) theory on ancient rhetoric, the subtitling stragies comprise repetitio, adiectio, detractitio, transmutatio and substitutio. in ‘a man callled ahok’ film, the subtitiling strategies have different occurrence. the most dominant ones are repetitio and adictio. then respectively the others are detraction, transmutation and substitution. the other finding shows indonesian subtitling also comes up because some kek language is spoken. some characters not only speak bahasa indonesia but also kek and belitung language as their mother tongue. it is found 31 utterances of kek language. f. references bogucki, l. (2016). areas and methods of audiovisual translation research (second). frankfurt: peter lang. caimi, a. (2013). subtitles and language learning. in y. gambier & l. van doorslaer (eds.), handbook of translation studies. amsterdam: john benjamins publishing company. guillot, m. (2010). film subtitles from a crosscultural pragmatics perspective. the translator, 16(1), 67–92. https://doi.org/10.1080/13556509.2010.10799294 kusumastuti, f. (2011). analisis kontrastif subtitling dan dubbing dalam film kartun dora the explorer seri wish upon a star: kajian teknik penerjemahan dan kualitas terjemahan. universitas sebelas maret. mcclarty, r. (2014). in support of creative subtitling : contemporary context and theoretical framework. perspectives: studies in translatology, 22(4), 592–606. https://doi.org/10.1080/0907676x.2013.842258 eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 59 mollanazar, h., nasrollahi, z., & allameh. (2017). audiovisual translation – research and use. in m. deckert (ed.), audiovisual translation-research and use. frankfurt am main: peter lang. mubenga, k. s. (2010). investigating norms in interlingual subtitling : a systemic functional perspective. perspectives: studies in translatology, 18(4), 251–274. https://doi.org/10.1080/0907676x.2010.482993 munday, j. (2008). introducing translation studies: theories and applications (second). oxon: rouledge. nisaa, r. k. (2011). analisis teknik, metode dan ideologi penerjemahan subtitle film beckham unwrapped dan dampaknya pada kualitas terjemahan. universitas sebelas maret. tang, j. (2014). translating kung fu panda’s kung fu-related elements: cultural representation in dubbing and subtitling. perspectives: studies in translatology, 22(3), 437–456. https://doi.org/10.1080/0907676x.2013.864686 kaswan: elicitation technique 47 elicitation technique and its impact on communicative competence (an experiment study conducted at smp pasundan 1 cimahi) kaswan stkip siliwangi, bandung abstract this study is inspired by the fact that the english teaching and learning is still dominated by the teacher centred approach. as a result, students‟ communicative competence is below expectation. for that reason and another, the teacher should shift their teaching approach from the teacher centred approach to learner centred approach by using elicitation technique. the main objective of this study is to find out the impact of elicitation technique on students‟ communicative competence. accordingly, the research method used is quantitative research, or more specifically the quasi-experimental design with the matching-only posttest-only control group design which consists of two classes (86 students) as the sample. data analysis shows that the observed value of t (2.36) is bigger than the critical value of t (1.67). as a conclusion, the elicitation technique has a significant impact on students‟ communicative competence. keywords: teacher centred approach, communicative competence, elicitation, learner centred approach a. introduction teachers are very familiar with what is called “lockstep” in which the teacher wholly controls the content, stages and pace of the lesson (nolasco and arthur (ed), 1998: 39). in this form of language teaching, the teacher typically takes up a position in front of the class and is responsible for controlling who should speak and when. as a result, students have less time to use english as a means of communication, self-expression, and social interaction. in other words, this style of learning has led to the students‟ poor communicative competence. to develop the students‟ communicative competence, teachers should shift their approach of teaching from teacher-centred instruction to learner-centred approach – that is, , a belief that attention to the nature of learners should be central to all aspects of language teaching, including planning teaching, and evaluation. learning is dependent upon the nature and will of the learners (richards and schmidt, 2010:326-7). in addition, learner centred instruction includes techniques that focus on or account for learners‟ needs, styles, and goals (brown, 1980: 46 ). furthermore, learner-centred approach is based on humanistic approaches and constructivist approaches (paul, 2003).two essential things adhering to this approach are that (1) the teacher is a “facilitator” who steps back and encourages children to learn “naturally,” and (2) all students are active learners. as mentioned above, learner-centred approach comprises a number of techniques, one of which is elicitation (harmer, 1983). elicitation, as stated by richards and (2010:.191). is any technique or procedure that is designed to get a person to actively produce speech or writing, for example, asking someone to describe a picture, tell a story, or finish an incomplete sentence. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 48 this research is focused on answering the following research questions: a. how good is the students‟ communicative competence? b. to what extent does elicitation influence students‟ communicative competence? b. literature re view there are two main concepts which will be reviewed in this section: elicitation and communicative competence. 1. elicitation elicitation technique, or elicitation procedure is defined by richards and schmidt (2010: 191) as “any technique or procedure that is designed to get a person to actively produce speech or writing, for example asking someone to describe a picture, tell a story, or finish an incomplete sentence. in linguistics, these techniques are used to prompt native speakers to produce linguistic data for analysis,” elicitation is a technique reflecting the learner-centred approach with the following advantages:  elicitation enables the students to participate fully in all states of material presentation.  elicitation activates the known language  elicitation increases students‟ motivation  elicitation can provide students with more time to talk  through elicitation students can learn useful incidental language  elicitation makes students more confident and less dependent on a teacher (edge, 1999; brown, 2000; nolasco and arthur, 1988; kaswan: 2010; .case, 2009). elicitation in the model of new language introduction can be depicted in figure 1. the figure describes that during the lead-in, the context is introduced and the meaning or use of the new language is demonstrated. during the elicitation stage, the teacher tries to see if the students can produce the new language. if they can, it would be wasteful and de-motivating if a lot of time was spent practing the language they already know. if they cannot, the teacher will move on to the explanation. during the explanation stage, the teacher shows how the new language is formed. in the accurate reproduction stage, students are asked to repeat and practice a certain number of models. finally, in the immediate creativity stage, students try to use what they have just learnt to make sentences of their own. students perform well lead-in elicitation explanation accurate reproduction immediate creativity students perform badly figure 1 general model for introducing new language (adopted from harmer, 1983: 57) kaswan: elicitation technique 49 looking again at the diagram more closely, we will com to the conclusion that the model above is flexible. if the students perform well during elicitation, the teacher can move straight to immediate creativity. if at that stage they perform badly, the teacher finds it necessary either to return to a short accurate reproduction stage, or in extreme cases, to re-explain the new language. there are a lot of ways the teacher can do to elicit new language. the following are some of them:  pause after asking a question, to give all students time to think.  if there is more than one possible answer, encourage a range of answers from different students.  elicit vocabulary by using word association or structure onto the white/blackboard, writing as students offer suggestion 2. communicative competence a communicative competence is a term in sociolinguistics for a speaker‟s underlying knowledge of the rules of grammar ( understood in its widest sense include phonology, orthography, syntax, lexicon and semantics) and rules for their use in socially appropriate circumstances (mcarthur, 1992:239). communicative competence includes :  knowledge of the grammar and vocabulary of the language  knowledge of rules of speaking (e.g. knowing how to begin and end conversations, knowing what topics may be talked about in different types of speech events, knowing which address forms should be used with different persons one speaks to and in different situations)  knowing how to use and respond to different types of speech acts, such as requests, apologies, thanks and invitations  knowing how to use language appropriately (richards and schmidt, 2010). there are four components of communicative competence which can be identified :  grammatical competence.: the mastery of the linguistic code, the ability to recognize the lexical, morphological, and phonological features of a language and to manipulate these features to form word and sentences.  sociolinguistic competence : an interdisciplinary field of inquiry having to do with the social rules of language use.  discourse competence is concerned not with the interpretation of isolated sentences but with the connection of a series of sentences and utterances to form a meaningful whole.  strategic competence :the strategies that one uses to compensate for imperfect knowledge of rules – or limiting factors in their application such as afatigue, distraction, and inattention (savignon, 1983). c. research methodology 1. research design in this study, the writer used the quasi-experimental design with the matching-only posttestonly control group design (frankel, wallen, and hyun, 2012) this design does not include the use of random assignment. one group receives the experimental treatment while the other does not, and then both groups are posttested on the dependent variable. a diagram of this design is as follows: eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 50 experimental group m x o control group m c o the symbol x represents exposure to the treatment and o refers to the measurement of the dependent variable. the m in this design means that the subjects in each group have been matched (on certain variables) but not randomly assigned to the groups. 2. data collection to get the data, the writer constructed the test items reflecting communicative competence based on the existing curriculum (school-based curriculum). after that, the test was administered. the scores of students‟ communicative competence (soscc) constituted the data. the data were presented in tabular forms (table 1 and table 2). table 1 soscc of experimental/treatment group students’ (conceived) identities scores students’ (conceived) identities scores se 1 97 se 23 80 se 2 100 se 24 54 se 3 93 se 25 93 se 4 93 se 26 90 se 5 83 se 27 100 se 6 100 se 28 100 se 7 90 se 29 93 se 8 97 se 30 83 se 9 83 se 31 83 se 10 94 se 32 90 se 11 100 se 33 87 se 12 97 se 34 100 se 13 87 se 35 90 se 14 97 se 36 93 se 15 97 se 37 83 se 16 77 se 38 87 se 17 97 se 39 80 se 18 97 se 40 93 se 19 93 se 41 90 se 20 90 se 42 100 se 21 93 se4 3 63 se 22 77 total 3864 kaswan: elicitation technique 51 table 2 soscc of control group students’ (conceived) identities scores students’ (conceived) identities scores sc 1 83 sc 23 73 sc 2 77 sc 24 97 sc 3 80 sc 25 63 sc 4 83 sc 26 87 sc 5 60 sc 27 93 sc 6 97 sc 28 87 sc 7 93 sc 29 80 sc 8 97 sc 30 76 sc 9 90 sc 31 90 sc 10 70 sc 32 87 sc 11 73 sc 33 80 sc 12 100 sc 34 97 sc 13 87 sc 35 73 sc 14 100 sc 36 80 sc 15 93 sc 37 93 sc 16 80 sc 38 73 sc 17 97 sc 39 80 sc 18 97 sc 40 93 sc 19 83 sc 41 100 sc 20 97 sc 42 60 sc 21 73 sc4 3 80 sc 22 90 total 3642 3. data analysis and interpretation the data in this research are analyzed using t-test for independent, that is, a parametric test of significance used to determine whether there is a statistically significant difference between the means of two independent samples (frankel, wallen, and hyun, 2012: g-9). in addition, the data are analysed using spss with the following results: table 3 paired samples statistics mean n std. deviation std. error mean pair 1 var00001 89.8605 43 9.71641 1.48174 var00002 84.6977 43 11.02062 1.68063 table 4 paired samples test paired differences t df sig. (2tailed) mean std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair var00001 var00002 5.16279 14.31937 2.18368 .75594 9.56964 2.364 42 .023 eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 52 based on the table 3 and table 4, it was interpreted as follows:  communicative competence of experimental group or the students taught through elicitation techniques (89.86) was better than that of control group or the students taught without elicitation technique (84.70).  the spread of scores of the experimental group (9.72) is smaller than the spread of scores of the control group (11.02). it means that the scores of the experimental group are more homogeneous than those of the control group 4. hypothesis testing and effect size the hypothesis proposed in this research is as follows: “the students who are taught using elicitation technique have better communicative competence than those who are taught using another technique.” based on table 4, the observed-t value was 2.36 and the critical t value was 1.67 and f sig(2tailed) of 0.02 with df (degree of freedom) of 84 (n1 + n2 -2) at the significance level of 95 % for one-tailed test. since the observed-t value ( 2.36 ) was bigger than the critical t value (1.67), or sig(2-tailed) of 0.02/2 was smaller than 0.05 level of significance, the hypothesis was accepted. this proved that the students who are taught using elicitation technique have significantly better communicative competence than those who are taught using another technique. in other words, the elicitation technique has a significant effect on the communicative competence. to know effect size of elicitation technique on the communicative competence, the formula used is: r = t 2. t 2 + df based on the formula above, it was obtained that the effect size of elicitation technique on the communicative competence was 0.34. this means that the effect size was medium and fairly substantial (field, 2009: 341). e. conclusions and suggestions 1. conclusions  the communicative competence of students belonging to both experimental and control group are respectively 89.8684.70. they reflect the effective learning mastery, which is beyond minimum mastery criteria (kkm) of 70.  elication technique has a significant impact on students communicative competence . in other words, the students who are taught using elicitation technique have significantly better communicative competence than those who are taught using another technique. 2. suggestions  elicitation technique should be considered as an alternative teaching technique in teaching or introducing new english learning material.  this study is limited in terms of educational setting (secondary school). therefore, the next researcher(s) should replicate it in different setting, such as primary school, high school (sma or smk), or university. (field, 2009: 332) kaswan: elicitation technique 53 references brown, douglas h. (1980). principles of language learning and teaching. usa: prentice hall. case, alex. (2009). the advantages and disadvantages of eliciting in the efl classroom. retrieved on january 3, 2013 from: www. usingenglish.com. edge, jukian. (1999). essentials of english language teaching. london: longman. field, andy.(2009). discovering statistics using spss. oxford: sage. frankel, jack r., norman e. wallen and helen h. hyun. (2012). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york: mcgraw hill. harmer, jeremy. (1984). the practice of english language teaching. london: longman. kaswan. (2010). a brief introduction to language acquisition. cimahi: stkip siliwangi press mcarthur (ed). (1992). the oxford companion to the english language. oxford: oxford university press. nolasco, r. and arthur l. (1988). large classes. london: macmillan publisher. paul, david,(2003). teaching english to children in asia. hongkong: pearson education bort asia limited. richards, jack c. and richarss schmidt. (2010). longman dictionary of language teaching and applied linguistics. london: pearson education limited. savignon, sandra j ( 1983) communicative competence : theory and classroom practice . massachusetts : addison-wasley publishing company. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 54 books review: pokoknya sunda: interpretasi untuk aksi. first edition. a. chaedar alwasilah. 2006,194 pp pt. kiblat buku utama bandung. isbn 979-3631-76-7 pokoknya rekayasa literasi. first edition. a. chaedar alwasilah. 2012, 280 pp edited by hawe setiawan. pt. kiblat buku utama bandung. isbn 978-979-8001-22-2 language, culture, and education: a portrait of contemporary indonesia. new edition. a. chaedar alwasilah. 2010, 130 cv. andira bandung. isbn 979-9296-25-0 a. introduction this review examines three alwasilah‟s books entitled: 1) pokoknya sunda: interpretasi untuk aksi; 2) pokoknya rekayasa literasi; and 3) language, culture, and education: a portrait of contemporary indonesia. the reviewer endeavors to evaluate the author‟s point of view and the contents of the books supported by a set of extant theories dealing with the similar issues. these books are designed as a set of foundations and learning materials of some subjects taught by the author. the author explores the insight concerning various contemporary issues dealing with policy, literacy, language as well as culture and education in this beloved country, indonesia. dasep suprijadi: book review on pokoknya 55 review #01 on : “pokoknya sunda: interpretasi untuk aksi” regarding alwasilah‟s book entitled pokoknya sunda (nothing but sundanese), readers might smile and look at it in such a way that, to a certain extent, there is an unfair treatment of the author to different ethnics‟ languages and cultures. this also might persuade the readers to think that the author has a belief that sundanese language and culture is better than those of others. in this case, sugiharto (2013) puts forward his view that anyway, readers, especially those from other languages and cultures, may cast a suspicion that the book is too sundanese – centric, exclusively exposes cases of the sundanese language and culture and bringing varied perspectives from his language and culture. nevertheless, pokoknya sunda might also means “the most prominent matters of sundanese” rather than “nothing but sundanese”. hence, this book is not aimed to claim that sundanese society is better than others. with this thought in mind, harrison and huntington (2000, p. 126) claim that there is no scientific basis for the evaluation of another society‟s practice, except as the people in that particular society themselves evaluate the practices. hence, this book is simply regarded as an auto critic of the author himself. interpretation and contextualization of sundanese symbols coloring this book cannot be separated from the author‟s intellectual who is grown up and well educated and who joyfully administers any activities in sundanese atmospheres, in which he has to think seriously to maintain the existence of sundanese language and culture. this is obviously shown by the author himself in alwasilah (2006:11). he admits that unconsciously and shockingly, his articles in mass media are mostly dealing with the reconstruction of sundanese culture. his success in devoting his profession to issues on advocating the existence of sundanese language and culture is due to his deliberate effort to write these sundanese matters gradually. in line with this, he quotes wodehouse‟s wise words in alwasilah (2006:11): “success comes to a writer, as a rule, so gradually that is always something of a shock to him to look back and realize the heights to which he has climbed.” the book also reflects the author‟s passion, of which he has an extremely strong feeling of love and enthusiasm in revitalizing sundanese language and culture, which, in turn, may reinvent sundanese in strengthening the national culture and promoting cultural diversity. the author fears that sundanese language will suddenly vanish, unless sundanese society has a political awareness of local language. with this thought in mind, the author puts forward seven verses as a solution to prevent sundanese language from its distinction, namely: 1) sundanese‟s excellent achievements must be recognized nationally and internationally; 2) sundanese‟s prosperity should be better than that of others; 3) political function of sundanese speakers is more qualified; 4) sundanese speakers have a prominent role in the local, national, or even international education system; 5) written tradition is highlighted; 6) the use of technology is put forward; and 7) the instructional goal of teaching and learning sundanese language should be deliberately formulated to enable students to communicate fluently. preventing local language from the extinction might be regarded as cultural heritage preservation. therefore, the primacy of sundanese as a mother tongue in teaching-learning process cannot be neglected. in this case, suherdi (2012, p.34) surprisingly states that mother tongue plays a crucial role in the 21 st century education. successful mother tongue learning is required by successful learning in the whole students‟ schooling history. the better mother tongue is learned, the better learning as a whole will be. moreover, he asserts that placing mother tongue in its best place is imperative if high standard of excellence is our target. in addition, mother tongue is eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 56 very closely related to students‟ cultural heritage. in other words, successful mother tongue learning not only preserves an extremely large variety of our country‟s valuable cultural heritage but also secures better access for our people to high quality education. hence, the revitalization of local language and the promotion of local culture among others are regarded as a smart strategy to strike the balance against the dominance of other languages and cultures. thus, sundanese language as one of the ethnic languages should be given a large portion in the national or international language planning. no less important is the insight of alwasilah‟s idea of growing the sundanese society‟s literacy. in this case the word literacy is appropriately defined by the author in a broader scope. kern (2009: 2) justifies that literacy felicitously conveys a broader scope than the terms „reading‟ and „writing‟ and thus permits a more unified discussion of relationships between readers, writers, texts, culture, and language learning. seemingly, discontent with the government‟s lack of interest in enabling people to be literate, the author tries to “provoke” the readers to secure themselves from being illiterate by among others: 1) empowering sundanese museum; 2) highlighting music as the art of thinking; 3) changing the mind of the nation and creating prosperity; and 4) empowering mass media. this school of thought and enthusiasm have, indeed, fulfilled the expectation of deklarasi bogor (bogor declaration), which is formulated in an international conference on nature, philosophy and culture of ancient sunda civilization conducted in bogor, held on october 27, 2010 and supported by national education ministry, indonesia national commission for unesco, and indonesian ambassador for unesco as well. the main points of bogor declaration are among others: 1) motivating the youths through education to grow their enthusiasm and love toward the local culture; 2) reinforcing educational institutions and mass media to proactively promote, develop, and maintain the existence of sundanese culture and art; and 3) creating publication of journals and international website in sundanese language or in bahasa indonesia containing the discussions of sundanese culture in relation to philosophy, politics, economics, and social science; 4) informing the results of the research dealing with sundanese culture through local wisdom based education system; and 5) organizing the existence of archeological sites concerning sundanese cultural heritage. (http://www.disparbud.jabarprov.go.id/wisata/stcontent.php?id=18&lang=id) review #02 on: “pokoknya rekayasa literacy” the issues of literacy, policy of language, and language planning tend to be rarely given most time, energy, and attention by the noted indonesian language scholars. the study of language is frequently considered unimportant. the lack of published research related to this issue indicates the ignorance of the prominence of bringing these matters to be noticed by public. yet, recently there is a circular of dirjen dikti no.152/e/t/2012 addressed to all heads of universities throughout indonesia of which scientific publication is forced to be a must to administer by undergraduate and postgraduate students. hitherto, regarding that circular, it is expected that such scholars may engineer their literacy. the policy of language education in indonesia seems to be in a hard situation in which people are not sure what to do, cannot take action simply because they are waiting for somebody else to take the action and to make a decision. this book entitled pokoknya rekayasa literacy (nothing but literacy engineering) gives us angin segar (fine opportunity) to melt down such a hard situation. it represents the author‟s feeling of worry about the death of local wisdom, local great intelligence and artistic ability as well. http://www.disparbud.jabarprov.go.id/wisata/stcontent.php?id=18&lang=id dasep suprijadi: book review on pokoknya 57 this feeling of worry is based on the author‟s point of view on a phenomenon showing that “our national education […] is characterized with the loss of traditional and local culture so that it is unsuccessful in providing indonesian people to live creatively in the scope of multicultural indonesia.” another author‟s angle advocating his own anxiety is dealing with the failure of national education to provide learners with knowledge and skill for achieving a meaningful and harmonious life. this author‟s choice may refer to his decision on national education. it is a political act, which is advocating the primacy of progressive education. long time ago, beeby (1979: 263) states that “every major decision on education is a political act in the sense that it is an authoritative resolution of tensions between competing interests and purposes in a situation where a common policy is called for.” he asserts that the choices in education around which tensions develop is, among others, the choice between ends which some people consider good in themselves and which others see as bad. he exemplifies the choice between secular schools and education controlled by religious organizations, or between formal schooling of the older conventional type and progressive education with its new emphasis on the emotional, creative and aesthetic development of the individual. what‟s more, in this book, the author highlights the prominence of liberal education to be applied in indonesia. liberal arts education may refer to the course of instruction which is design to exclude professional studies. it emphasizes humanities rather than vocational skills. though the tension in such an exclusion or inclusion may be both open and intense because it is frequent between different philosophies of life, alwasilah deliberately persuades the readers to advocate the urgency of liberal education to be applied in the country. the emergence of liberal arts education is in line with its lofty missions. the yale report of 1828 in alwasilah (2012:197) states that “the course of instruction given to undergraduates in the college is not design to include professional studies. the object is not to teach what is peculiar to any one of the professions; but to lay the foundation which is common to them all.” meanwhile, shapiro in duderstadt in alwasilah (2012:197) elaborates the mission as the need to better understand ourselves and our times to discover and understand the great traditions and deeds of those who came before us, the need to free our minds and our hearts from unexamined commitments in order to consider new possibilities that might enhance both our own lives and build our sympathetic understanding of others‟ quite different from us , the need to prepare all thoughtful citizens for an independent and responsible life of choice that appreciate the connectedness of things and people. review #03 on: “language, culture, and education: a portrait of contemporary indonesia” the author of the book teaches anything empowering in terms of language, culture, and education which, to a great extent, enables the readers to be independent learners. the book, simply like its author, gives us a paradigm shift that is a great and important change in the way language education and culture is thought about. it also opens a new space in which its readers may freely re-conceptualize the traditional nature of language planning, language education, and culture in the country. as we see the school of thought of its author, this book shows us the author‟s feeling and expression of great sadness or disappointment of indifferent politicians, power holders and bureaucrats. showing a lack of care, thought, and effort, they seem having no interest in solving eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 58 communication problems in all walks of life, social, political, economic, educational, and cultural. “many times bureaucrats are criticized for their sloppy use of indonesian and retort saying that language problems are to be left to language specialist. this naive attitude shows lack of appreciation and understanding of the function of language as a means of political and national development.” regarding the political and national development, government should realize its commitment in making education the primary means of achieving successful competitive nation. the commitment should be realized based on the amended 1945 indonesian constitution-article 31: section 1) every citizen has the right to education; 2) every citizen must participate in primary education and the government has the obligation to provide funds for education; 3) the government attempts and organizes a national education system designed to increase the nation‟s faith and obedience to god as well as good morale in order to improve the nation‟s intelligence, subject to the existing constitution; 4) the state prioritizes education budget at least 20 % of the state as well as regional income and expense budget in order to fulfill the needs of the national education; and 5) the government develops science and technology by upholding religious values and the national unity to create an advanced and prosper human civilization. based on these principles as suggested by ali (2009, p.ii), the central and regional governments are obliged to allocate at least 20 percent of the state and regional income and expense budget. moreover, the prominence of quality human resources through education should be highlighted by the national development program as well. this book also intimates to readers its strong desires to, for example, more recognize writing; understand plagiarism; develop writing skills from childhood; highlight writing in school lessons; resurrect literature in schools; reform english language teaching; improve college english to function to the full; or pursue language democratization that build critical thinking. these are all possible to continue to discuss, since the ideas and the results of the research proposed by the author in this book is intended to give every new nuance of language, culture, and education. let say, we may find the author‟s smart analysis on the relationship between immaterial and material cultures, between education and social awareness development, between community newspapers and boosting literacy, between right education and building democracy, and even between social and global vision of hajj pilgrimage. alwasilah presents these three books in such a way that readers may give particular annoying reactions. nevertheless, for the sake of making the readers‟ awareness better, he endeavors to serve the menu of language education and culture provocatively. hence, the author deserves a sobriquet “the provocateur of the year.” *** reviewer: dasep suprijadi stkip siliwangi bandung dasep suprijadi: book review on pokoknya 59 references ali, mohammad.(2009). education for indonesian national development. bandung: pt imperial bakti utama beeby, c.e. (1979). assessment of indonesian education: a guide in planning. wellington: oxford university press disparbud jabar.(2013). international conference on sundanese culture: reinventing sunda in strengthening national culture and promoting cultural diversity .http://www.disparbud.jabarprov.go.id/wisata/ stcontent.php?id= 18&lang=i d harrison, l.e and huntington, s.p. (2000). culture matters. united states of america: basic books kern, richard (2009). literacy and language teaching. new york: oxford university press sugiharto, setiono. (2013). revitalizing language policy. jakarta: sunday post suherdi, didi. (2012). toward the 21 st century english teacher education: an indonesian perspective. bandung: celtics press http://www.disparbud.jabarprov.go.id/wisata/%20stcontent.php?id=%2018&lang=i%20%20d dina rachmawati: an analysis of the violations 25 an analysis of the violations of cooperative principle in the weekly humor (humor pekan ini ) in pikiran rakyat news paper dina rachmawati universitas sultan ageng tirtayasa abstract jokes are cp-violating text, and at least violate one maxim of grice‟s cooperative principle. this study found that maxim of manner and maxim of quality are the most common places for the violation. jokes violated the cp by giving obscure expression, unnecessary prolixity, and by giving false evidence/fact. the study concludes that the first, violations are manipulated to provoke laughter and amusement. second, both jokes producer and readers share the same common knowledge. keywords: gricean principle, cooperative principle, jokes a. inroduction in every communication we expect our interlocutor to be cooperative, and to get the true information from them as well as expecting that our interlocutor will not misinterpret what we are trying to convey. as cited by grice that conversation is a cooperative effort wherein each speaker gives contribution to reach the goal of the conversation. however, there are many times people do not cooperative to each other as in the case of jokes as supported by attardo salvator in journal of pragmatics that jokes are cp-violating texts, and they involve the violation of (at least) one maxim of cooperative principle (cp). previous study conducted by the writer: an analysis of the violations of cooperative principle in tpi comedian competition has also shown that joke indeed violated cp. the violations occurred in all maxims of cooperative principle. 34, 52% occurred in maxim of quality, 6, 45% in maxim of quantity, 1, 19 % in maxim of relevance, and 57, 73% took place in maxim of manner. that finding shows that the comedians tended to violate maxim of manner and maxim of quality in performing their jokes. moreover, the violations were carried out through giving unnecessary prolixity, obscure expression, and giving false evidence/ fact. in conclusion, giving unnecessary prolixity, obscure expression and false evidence were the best way to trigger laugh and amusement. however, tpi comedian competition was a live comedy performance where the jokes were carried out orally. the jokes might be accompanied by paralinguistic feature such as gesture and intonation to trigger laugh and amusement which were missing and undetected in the analysis of the writer‟s previous research. triggered by that reason in this research the writer wanted to analyze the violations of cooperative principle in the written form which is assumed free from paralinguistics feature. to specify my research i took jokes which were published weekly in pikiran rakyat news paper to be the source of my study. it is because the jokes were made by readers hence i assumed that they are more “fresher” than the other printed/ written jokes and they are free from paralinguistic features. moreover, this research was conducted within the framework of the following questions: eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 26 1) where do the violations occur? 2) how do they violate the cooperative principle? to make a reliable study, the researcher designed the steps of the research into; first data collection: the data were gain firstly by collecting weekly humor column in teropong supplement in pikiran rakyat news paper which was published once within two weeks on monday. than picked out jokes which showed the phenomena of violations of cooperative principle. the data were taken from teropong supplement which were published on, 11 th september and 11 th december 2006, 22 nd january, 26 th march, 9 th and 23rd april 2007 and 19 jokes were collected. furthermore, for the analysis the researcher divided the jokes based on the type of maxim that was violated. then finally, the researcher analyzed the manner of the violations. b. literature review 1. the cooperative principle the theory of cooperative principle (cp) and its related maxims aroused from the same tradition of ordinary language philosophy when grice and j.l. austin worked together in the 1940s to 1950s. grice believed that in conversational interaction people share the same assumption that they work on the same set of rules. moreover, he believed that conversation is a cooperative behavior, where both speakers and their interlocutor have to follow certain rules in order to get mutual goal of their conversation that is achieving effective communication. and grice called it as cooperative principle. cp stated that make your contribution such is required, at the stage at which it occurs, by the accepted purpose or direction of the talk exchange in which you are engaged. to work out this principle grice proposed four maxims (thomas, 1995: 63-64): a. maxim of quantity the main point of this maxim is the amount of information given by speakers to the interlocutor. under the category of quantity fall the fallowing maxims: 1) make your contribution as informative as is required (for the current purposes of the take exchange). 2) do not make your contribution more informative than required. b. maxim of quality this maxim concerns the quality of information which is given by speakers to their interlocutor. it falls into more specific maxims that are: 1) do not say what you believe to be false. 2) do not say that for which you lack adequate evidence. c. maxim of relevance this maxim is concerned with relevancy of contribution made by speaker in a talk exchange. under the category of relevance there is only one maxim, that is: 1. be relevant. d. maxim of manner this maxim is concerned with the way or how speakers say what they have to say not to what they say. in this principle fall some maxims: 1) avoid obscurity of expression. 2) avoid ambiguity. dina rachmawati: an analysis of the violations 27 3) be brief (avoid unnecessary prolixity). 4) be orderly. 2. the nature of jokes as has been mentioned earlier that the claim that all jokes involve the violation of (at least) one maxim of the cp. this fact is supported by many researchers as grice stated that irony and humor might be connected to violations of the conversational maxims and searl in attardo (1991: 541) defines jokes as a “parasitic form of communication where normal input/ output conditions do not hold. the process of understanding utterances produced by speaker (comedians) that their utterances mean a joke or is intended to generate humor take some process. according to attardo (1991: 55) the process run as follows: first the hearer processes the text is mislead by the violations of the principle of cooperation, backtracks and misinterpret the information provided in the text on the basis of humor maxims, switch to the non-bona-fide of humor, and reacts accordingly (i.e. laughing, smiling etc). moreover, attardo believed that joke is a communicative text since joke works in interactions between people and that (at least some) jokes convey some information. and joking is a successful interpersonal and/or communicative exchange. c. findings and discussions this research found that violations of cp occurred only in two maxims of cp, which is maxim of quality and maxim of manner. the analysis also revealed that from all violations, most of them occurred in maxim of manner (15 violations) and only 4 violations in maxim of quality. the examples of the violations are presented by two examples (1) and (2): (1) ratna: “ni, kalau bahasa inggrisnya selamat pagi apa? ari: “good morning.” ratna: “kalau selamat berenang?” ari: “nggak tahu, good swimming, mungkin.” ratna:” bukan. good jubar.” (2) “kenapa kamu pukkul agus, pak? apa kesalahannya? bela si ibu. ayah yang tidak mau tahu berkata: “tidak ada. tapi besok ia akan terima rapot sekolah, sedangkan aku akan ada di luar kota besok. example (1) shows a dialogue which involved two participants. the first participant, in the first question ratna asked the second participant, ari about the english equivalent of selamat pagi. and ari managed to answer the first question. then ratna proposed second question about the english equivalent of selamat berenang and ari answered it by saying i don’t know, probably it’s good swimming. ratna corrected ari‟s question by stating that the correct english equivalent for selamat berenang is good jubar. by saying that, ratna has given false evidence/ fact to ari. it is because good jubar is not the english equivalent of selamat berenang. good jubar is actually a wordplay/ pun of sundanese kecap panganteur: gujubar when a thing or someone gets into water. it indicated that ratna‟s answer good jubar has violated maxim of quality. example (2) shows a dialogue between a husband and his wife. they are arguing about their son. the wife thought that their son was innocent and asked his husband why he was tortured. than her husband answered that there was nothing wrong with their son, it just that he wouldn‟t have eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 28 been there when their son received academic report. the utterance “tidak ada. tapi besok ia akan terima rapot sekolah, sedangkan aku akan ada di luar kota besok” indicated that the husband has violated maxim of manner because he did not answer the question clearly. in the first question he said that there was nothing wrong with their son while in the second answer tapi besok ia akan terima rapot sekolah, sedangkan aku akan ada di luar kota he implied that his son academic report would be bad. therefore, their son should be tortured because he wouldn‟t have been out of town. the analysis also showed there are three ways the violations were carried out. from 19 violations, 13 violations were carried out through giving obscure expression, 2 violations by giving unnecessary prolixity, and 4 violations were carried out by giving false evidence/ fact. (3) seorang ibu muda yang sudah beranak dua mendatangi dokter untuk memberi nasihat soal kb. ibu:”dokter, saya ingin ikut kb. tapi saya tidak mau pakai iud. takut. saya tidak mau minum pil dan suntik nanti gendut. saya juga tidak mau tubektomi.” dokter:”hhnn suami ibu?” ibu:”suami saya juga tidak mau pakai kondom apalagi vasektomi. bagaimana dong dok?” dokter:”minum air jeruk saja.” ibu:”air jeruk?apa benar-benar sip?” dokter:”iya, minum air jeruk saja dan jangan berbuat yang lain-lain!” (4) seorang pria pergi ke kantor polisi dengan tujuan ingin menemui pencuri yang semalam berhasil masuk ke rumahnya dan berniat untuk mencuri. “oh, tidak boleh. kau akan dapat kesempatan berbicara dengan dia di pengadilan. tenanglah jangan emosi,” kata polisi yang bertugas saat itu. “oh tidak, tidak…bukan begitu!,”kata pria tersebut. ”aku ingin menemuinya hanya ingin sekedar bertanya, bagaimana dia bisa masuk ke dalam rumahku tanpa membangunkan istriku! padahal, aku sudah mencoba hal itu selama bertahun-tahun, tapi tidak pernah berhasil.” (5) seorang tentara yang bertugas di timur tengah sudah jenuh dan capai menjaga di wilayah konflik itu. dia ingin pulang tapi situasi belum memungkinkan. akhirnya dia menghadap ke atasannya minta cuti dengan alas an istrrinya akan melahirkan. permohonan cuti dikabulkan. temannya yang mengetahui hal itu bertanya. “kapan persisnya istri mu melahirkan?” “sembilan bulan lagi, dihitung dari kedatangganku di rumah.” example (3) was a story about a patient who is asking for advice to her doctor how to avoid pregnancy without using protector and without implanting tubektomi or vasektomi. hence, the doctor advised her to drink orange juice. the doctor‟s answers/ advise: “minum air jeruk saja.” and ”iya, minum air jeruk saja dan jangan berbuat yang lain-lain!” have violated cp in maxim of manner by giving obscure expression. it is because his answer was unclear: how can we avoid pregnancy by just drinking orange juice. however, the doctor‟s answer meant/ implied something else, which is you are stupid because there is not other ways to avoid pregnancy is they did not want to use protector, tubektomi or vasektomi. example (4) showed a dialogue between a man asking for permission to see a man who robbed his house to a policeman. the policeman did not permit his and advice him to see him in the dina rachmawati: an analysis of the violations 29 court. then the men said that he just want to ask him how he managed to get into his house without waking up his wife. the man utterance: “oh tidak, tidak…bukan begitu!,”kata pria tersebut. ”aku ingin menemuinya hanya ingin sekedar bertanya, bagaimana dia bisa masuk ke dalam rumahku tanpa membangunkan istriku! padahal, aku sudah mencoba hal itu selama bertahun-tahun, tapi tidak pernah berhasil.” showed the phenomena of cp violation which occurred in maxim of manner. the violation was performed by giving unnecessary prolixity (verbosity) in that conversation context. example (5) tell a story a about a shoulders who are asking for a leave because his wife was about to give birth her baby. then his request was approved. and one of his friends asked him when his wife will give birth her baby and then he asked that his wife would give birth the baby nine months after his arrival at home. the utterance “sembilan bulan lagi, dihitung dari kedatangganku di rumah.” contradicted the fact that he asked a leave for his wife would give birth baby. hence, he has performed a violation by giving false evidence/ fact. d. conclusions after all the procedure to answer the questions of the research have been conducted and the analysis showed the findings some conclusions can be drawn. first, joke tends to violate cooperative principle, the maxim of manner and quality become the common places of the violations. it is because they have tremendous effect in provoking laughter and amusement. second, both jokes producers (comedians) and readers (audience) share the same common knowledge. hence, the joke can be perceived or understood by the readers/ audience as have been intended by the jokes producers. no sample of expression violations to maxims qual qunt rlv mnr 1 hadi : buat tiga pertanyaan dengan satu jawaban! farah : mana ada tiga pertanyaan yang jawabannya hanya satu. hadi : ada. farah : misalnya? hadi : di kebun binatang ada apa? kera, mas. di kamar mandi sedang apa? keramas. kaki kamu kenapa? keras, mas 2 “kenapa kamu pukul agus, pak. apa kesalahannya?? bela si ibu. ayah yang tidak mau tahu berkata:”tidak ada. tapi besok ia akan terima raport sekolah, sedangkan aku akan ada di luar kota besok. 3 peter : hei, kenapa engkau memakai sepasang kaus kaki yang aneh seperti itu, yang sebelah kanan biru dan yang sebelah kiri hijau. jim :iya betul-betul aneh, aku eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 30 no sample of expression violations to maxims qual qunt rlv mnr juga bingung. soalnya di rumahku masih ada lagi satu pasang kaus kaki yang persis sama dengan kaus kaki yang aku kenakan ini. 4 tersebutlah seorang juragan yang terkenal pelit bernama abdul. pada suatu hari abdul pergi ke sebuah plasa dan melewati rumah makan. dia berhenti sebentar, dilihatnya pada dinding kaca rumah makan tersebut ada ditempel sebuah brosur yang menarik perhaiannya “makan sekarang, cucu anda yang akan bayar”. abdul melihat hal itu sebagai sebuah kesempatan. dia masuk ke rumah makan tersebut dan memesan sebanyakbanyaknya dan pesanan dimakan sampai puas. setelah selesai, ia segera hendak berlalu dari tempat tersebut. belum sempat melewati pintu dia dihalang oleh seorang pegawai yang menyodorkannya selembar bon makan. abdul: ”bagaimana kau ini, di ditukan disebut, makan sekarang, yang bayar nanti cucu saya.” pegawai: “betul pak, tapi bapak lihat dulu bon ini, ini bukan bon makanan yang bapak makan tadi. ini adalah bon makanan kekek anda yang dulu makan di sini. jadi giliran bapak membayarnya sekarang!” 5 si badrun akan pergi merantau ke luar kota. sebelum pergi, ayah berpesan: ayah: “ nak, jaga diri baik-baik yah!kalau di sana kamu harus pintar-pintar bergaul dengan orang. kalau kamu bertemu sama orang ajaklah bicara. kalau misalnya kamu ketemu dengan tukang sayur, bicaralah tentang dina rachmawati: an analysis of the violations 31 no sample of expression violations to maxims qual qunt rlv mnr sayur. kalau kamu bertemu dengan tukang tahu, bicaralah tentang tahu. kalau kamu bertemu tukang lontong, bicaralah tentang lontong. si badrun berpikir sejenak, “kalau aku bertemu dengan ketiganya sekaligus, bagaimana? ayah: “oh, kalau itu bicaralah tentang gado-gado!” 6 seorang pencuri sandal jepit di pabrik sandal tidak terima putusan hakim hakim : “kamu saya vonis 3 tahun penjara. maling : “saya tidak terima pak hakim.” hakim : “kenapa?” maling : “sya pikir krisis di indonesia masih berlangsung 5 tahun lagi, makanya hukum saya 5 tahun 3 bulan saja! 7 suatu waktu, dirjen pajak melakukan dengar pendapat dengan dpr.”adalah suatu kehormatan bagi kita sebagai warga negara untuk membayar pajak dengan tersenyum.,”ujar sand dirjen memaparkan programnya. “alhamdullah, tadinya kusangka pajak harus dibayar dengan uang”ujarnya dengan tersenyum. 8 seorang tentara yang bertugaw di timur tengah sudah jenuh dan capai menjaga di wilayah konflik itu. dia ingin pulang tapi situasi belum memungkinkan. akhirnya dia menghadap ke atasannya minta cuti dengan alas an istrrinya akan melahirkan. permohonan cuti dikabulkan. temannya yang mengetahui hal itu bertanya. “kapan persisnya istri mu melahirkan?” “sembilan bulan lagi, dihitung dari kedatangganku di rumah.” eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 32 no sample of expression violations to maxims qual qunt rlv mnr 9 suatu waktu ada tes wawancara untuk penerimaan tenaga guru sekolah dasar. seorang dari madura tampak sedang diwawancara. “apa bapak tahu, bagaimana hubungan pancasila dengan undang-undang dasar 1945?” tanya seorang penguji. “eeee….saya kira hubungan mereka harmonis. selama ini tidak ada masalah. mereka baik-baik saja. alhamdullilah! jawabnya polos. 10 siapa yang mengkumandangkan adzan di tv setiap hari? itu mah si saat!” “loh, dari mana kamu tahu namanya?” “kan di tv juga dijelaskan, mari kita ikuti saat azan magrib.” 11 ratna: “ni, kalau bahasa inggrisnya selamat pagi apa? ari: “good morning.” ratna: “kalau selamat berenang?” ari: “nggak tahu, good swimming, mungkin.” ratna:” bukan. good jubar.” 12 ocin dan onah bermain tebaktebakan di halaman rumah. ocin:” serangga apa yang paling sehat?” onah:”belalang..kupu-kupu..siang makan nasi, kalau malam minum susu.” ocin:”danau apa yang lucu?” onah:” danau, kaninau, indrau.” 13 seorang penjual obat berpromosi di depan pasar. penjual:”mas..mas silahkan mampir, ada obat mujarab dari saya.” sidik:”obat untuk penyakit apa saja?” penjual:”semua jenis penyakit ada obatnya.” sidik:”kalau sakit pilek?” penjual:”minum obat saya, hilang pilekna.” dina rachmawati: an analysis of the violations 33 no sample of expression violations to maxims qual qunt rlv mnr sidik:”kalau sakit batuk?” penjual:”minum obat ini hilang batuknya.” sidik:”kalau sakit kepada?” penjual:”minum obat saya, hilang kepalanya.” 14 suatu hari terjadi kecelakaaan sepeda motor di depan rumah seorang mantra kesehatan. tak lama kemudian seorang pemuda menolongnya. “beruntung anda terjatuh dekat rumah mantra karim, jadi saya tidak perlu repor-repot membawa bapak ke rumah sakit.” “kamu lebih beruntung nak, tidak perlu report-repot memanggil mantra, karena aku mantra karim yang kamu maksud.” 15 seorang pengendara motor tengah melajukan mobilnya di jalan tol. tiba-tiba handphonenya berbunyi dan segera dijawab. ia mendengar suara istrinya sedang mengingatkan untuk berhati-hati, “papi, saya baru saja dengar bahwa ada sebuah mobil yang berjalan dengan arah yang salah di jalan tol. tolong berhatihati.” “gila!!bukan cuma satu, tapi ada ratusan jumlahnya!” kata sang pengendara. 16 seorang ibu muda yang sudah beranak dua mendatangi dokter untuk memberi nasihat soal kb. ibu:”dokter, saya ingin ikut kb. tapi saya tidak mau pakai iud. takut. saya tidak mau minum pil dan suntik nanti gendut. saya juga tidak mau tubektomi.” dokter:”hhnn suami ibu?” 17 ibu:”suami saya juga tidak mau pakai kondom apalagi vasektomi. bagaimana dong dok?” dokter:”minum air jeruk saja.” ibu:”air jeruk?apa benar-benar sip?” dokter:”iya, minum air jeruk saja eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 34 no sample of expression violations to maxims qual qunt rlv mnr dan jangan berbuat yang lainlain!” 18 seorang pria pergi ke kantor polisi dengan tujuan ingin menemui pencuri yang semalam berhasil masuk ke rumahnya dan berniat untuk mencuri. “oh, tidak boleh. kau akan dapat kesempatan berbicara dengan dia di pengadilan. tenanglah jangan emosi,” kata polisi yang bertugas saat itu. “oh tidak, tidak…bukan begitu!,”kata pria tersebut. ”aku ingin menemuinya hanya ingin sekedar bertanya, bagaimana dia bisa masuk ke dalam rumahku tanpa membangunkan istriku! padahal, aku sudah mencoba hal itu selama bertahun-tahun, tapi tidak pernah berhasil.” 19 dua perampok sedang merencanakan target operasinya. “bank yang ada di tengah kota ini, besok kita rampok,” ujar si jabrik pada rekannya. “maaf bos, sebaiknya jangan bank yang itu.” “memang kenapa?kamu takut?” “bukan begitu bos. uang hasil rampokan kita pekan lalu , saya simpan di bank itu. references attardo, s. (1999). irony as relevant inappropiateness. youngstwon state university. attardo, s. (1993).violations of conversational maxims and cooperation: the case of jokes. journal of pragmatics. north holand. levinson, s.c.(1983). pragmatics: london: cambrige university press. thomas, j. (1995). meaning in interaction. london: longman. sebuah kajian pustaka: parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 43 improving students’ speaking skill through english movie in scope of speaking for general communication aseptiana parmawati1, ratih inayah2 aseptianaparmawati@gmail.com, ratih.inayah@gmail.com ikip siliwangi abstract speaking for general communication is compulsory subject that must be taken by students during second semester. in reality, most of the students at ikip siliwangi face some problems related to speaking skill. to improve the students’ speaking skill, the lecturers need to know what media is the most suitable for the students. this research used collaborative classroom action research (car). the objectives of the study are: 1) finding out whether or not english movie can improve the students’ speaking skill 2) finding out classroom situation when english movie implemented in speaking class. to collect data, the researcher used instruments of observations, tests and questionnaires. the finding showed that the use of english movie was effective in improving the speaking abilities of the student in class. this can be seen from the improvements after each cycle. the average score of pre test was 70.5. after the implementation of english movie in every cycle, the students’ speaking score were getting better. it can be seen from the result of students’ average score 76.5 in cycle 1 and 81 in cycle 2. therefore, it can be concluded that english movie can improve students’ speaking skill and improve speaking classroom into a better situation. keywords: improving, speaking, english movie a. introduction speaking for general communication course is compulsory subject that must be taken by students during second semester. in this course students are expected to be able to speak english well in accordance with the learning themes contained in the syllabus and lesson plans for speaking for general communication courses. through this course, students are expected to further deepen their knowledge of linguistics. darmadi (2015) defines speaking as a productive skill that can be observed directly and empirically. these observations are always colored by the accuracy and effectiveness of the listening maker's ability, which of course interferes with the reliability and validity of oral production tests. kosdian (2016) in rifa’at (2018) argues that "of all four simplex skills (listening, reading, speaking, writing) speaking seems to be the most important because people who know languages are referred to as 'speakers' of that language, as if speaking includes all other types know the language." from the statement above, it can be concluded that speaking is important for communication, besides speaking is one of the productive skills besides writing. however, most of students in second semester of english education department of ikip siliwangi still have difficulties eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 44 in mastering english, especially in speaking skills. in addition, speaking is one of four language skills that must be mastered by students in addition to listening, reading and writing. dewi (2016) states that there are several factors that make it possible to make student speaking skills unsuccessful as follows: a) english is not used outside the classroom or in the community as a foreign language, b) lack of exposure to english in the community and environment, c) learning english on campus lacks emphasis on speaking skills, but focuses more on the structure and enrichment of vocabulary, d) shame and fear of making mistakes when speaking exercises, e) english is not a primary requirement, unless there is an opportunity to go to an english-speaking country to continue education or tourist visit. learning to speak in english not only in class, but also in everywhere. in addition, student habits can help to learn english, especially in speaking. for example, listening to songs, using chat applications, or even watching movies. this habit helps students improve their speaking skills in a fun and comfortable way, especially watching movies. when students watch english films, they can explore and enrich vocabulary, formal or even informal. in addition, students can improve their pronunciation when watching movies (english movie). when students have a lot of vocabulary, they can use it for communication. therefore, the researchers are very interested in conducting a classroom action research using the english movie in speaking for general communication courses. b. literature review 1. `speaking skills harmer (2007) states that there are three main reasons for making students speak in class. first, speaking activities provide training opportunities opportunities to practice speaking in real life in a safe class. second, speaking assignments where students try to use one or all of the languages, they know provide feedback for lecturers and students. everyone can see how well they are doing: how successful they are, and also what language problems they experience. and finally, the more students have the opportunity to activate the various elements of the language they have stored in their brains, the more their use of these elements will automatically. speaking is a production skill that falls into two main categories: accuracy and fluency. accuracy consists of the use of vocabulary, grammar and pronunciation through several activities, fluency takes into account "the ability to keep going when speaking spontaneously" (derakhshan, khalili, & beheshti, 2016). sidik (2013) argues that "it shows that oral interactions can be characteristic in terms of routines, which are conventional ways of presenting information that can focus on information or interaction". according to koşar & bedir (2014), speaking is an interactive process of constructing meaning that consists of producing and receiving information. from the statement above, it can be concluded that speaking is one of the language skills that focuses on verbal interactions. this can produce, send or receive information accurately and smoothly. the speaker must pay attention to vocabulary, grammar, as well as pronunciation. parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 45 2. general concept of media according to masykur (2016), media are all things that can be used to convey messages from the sender to the recipient, so that they can stimulate students' thoughts, feelings, talents, and attention so that the learning process takes place. thus, creating more active and critical media users, which will always be more demanding in the future. media education has to do with film and television, the press and radio, its impact on student progress. it has to do with what is taught through the media, when and how. the aim is to enable students to develop critical thinking, analyze and reflect on their experiences when using various media facilitief (latif & afzal, 2016). from the statement above, it can be concluded that the media is a tool for delivering messages from the sender to the recipient. the aim is to enable students to develop critical thinking, analyze and reflect on their experiences when using various media tools. 3. types of media there are so many learning media used in teaching that from the simplest or cheapest to the most complicated, without the need for electricity, to the most expensive one that requires electricity. harris, mishra, & koehler (2009) state that there are six types of media as follows: a. drawing or drawing lecturer modes. b. still image c. audio recording d. motion pictures and tv e. real objects, simulations and models f. programmed and computer-assisted instructions from the statement above, it can be concluded that the media has variations that can help lecturers for the teaching and learning process. suitable media also makes students more interested and more understanding of the material. media also makes lecturers more creative and innovative in the teaching and learning process. 4. film as a medium for teaching speech learning english especially speaking is important. students are often embarrassed when they have to talk. because they are afraid to make mistakes due to lack of vocabulary. the teaching and learning process is a communication process. lecturers must use appropriate techniques or media to teach english effectively, and also encourage students. the use of audiovisual media such as films can help students better understand the material or messages given by lecturers to them. according to harmer (2003) there are many reasons why video can be an extra special dimension to the learning experience: a. looking at language usage: one of the main uses of the video is that students don't just hear the language, they also see it. this greatly helps understanding, because for example, general meanings and moods are often conveyed through expressions, gestures, and other visual clues. b. cross-cultural awareness: videos uniquely allow students to see situations far outside their classrooms, or even in other countries. eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 46 c. the power of creation: when students use their own video cameras they are given the potential to create something that is memorable and fun. the task of making videos can provoke the use of truly creative and communicative language, with students discovering their identity to do new things in english. d. motivation: for all the reasons mentioned so far, most of students show increased interest when they have the opportunity to see the language used and hear it, and when it is combined with interesting tasks. according to khan (2015) believe that film visuality can facilitate understanding and understanding of language learners in an ideal visual context, which makes teaching language effective too. sabouri & zohrabi (2015) in faliyanti & arlin (2018) argue that films provide an invaluable extension of what we call language acquisition technology that has been used to teach students the basics of english language learning in elementary or secondary or university level schools. based on some of these opinions, it can be concluded that the use of media in the form of english movie can be applied in the learning process. c. research methodology this research was conducted at ikip siliwangi, jl. terusan jenderal sudirman no. 3, baros cimahi tengah. the research subjects were second semester students who took speaking for general communication courses.this research used collaborative classroom action research. the concept in this research is adaptation of arikunto (2009) which states that action research is one type of investigation that has participatory, collaborative, and spiral reflective characteristics that have the purpose of improving and improving the system, methods, processes, substance, competencies, and situations. the research procedure as described in the following cycle: cycle 1 step 2 acting step 3 observing step 1 planning step 4 reflecting cycle 2 step 2 acting step 3 observing step 1 planning step 4 reflecting the process cycle of this research will be continued …. parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 47 n x m   the concept used in classroom action research is a cycle process. mertler (2012) mentions that action research is a four-step cyclical process, which consists of the following steps: planning for action research, acting on the plan, developing an action plan for the next cycle, and reflecting on the process. data collection techniques used in this research: 1. observation the main purpose of the observation is to find out each series of learning activities. each learning process becomes a special note through a diary. 2. questionnaire the questionnaire sheet is shared with students, with the aim to find out student responses to the course of learning activities. this stage is analyzed using aspects of interest. interest data taken at the end of each cycle then calculated the total score and converted it into percentages. 3. test the test consists of 2 stages, namely pre test and post test. the data analysis that we will use is descriptive statistical analysis that refers to ngadiso (2013) in mundriyah & parmawati (2016) as follows: m = mean score x = total score n = number of students d. findings and discussion this research uses the class research method (car) which consists of several phases, namely planning, implementation, observation and reflection for cycle 1 and cycle 2. the researcher uses oral tests through pretest and posttest, pretest and posttest are given to find out the improvement of their speaking skill after students follow all activities. the score criteria are based on several indicators such as grammar, pronunciation, fluency, comprehension and vocabulary. 1. pre test the pre-test was carried out on 1-2 april 2019. the results of the pre-test can be seen in the following table: eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 48 based on the pre-test results, it shows that students' speaking skill is still low. this is influenced by several factors, including the lack of confidence of each student because some students have a lack of mastery and understanding related to the 5 components of speaking skill, namely grammar, pronunciation, fluency, comprehension, and vocabulary. 2. cycle 1 and post test 1 cycle 1 has been held on april 29 -20 may 2019. researchers provide teaching materials in accordance with lesson plan through english movie as a media. during the learning process, the researcher observes each of the stages, and records important events or things while in the class. after the learning process is finished, the researchers conclude what things need to be developed, so that learning targets can be achieved properly. the post test was carried out on may 27, 2019. the results of the post test 1 can be seen in table below: g r a m m a r p r o n u n c i a t i o n f l u e n c y c o m p r e h e n s i o n v o c a b u l a t y 68.37 67.99 68.10 68.34 68.28 no explanations scores 1 the highest 75 2 the lowest 66 3 the average 70.5 criteria of speaking aspect parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 49 from the results of post test 1 shows that there is a significant increase in the score of each criteria for speaking skill. this can also be seen from the results of observations by a research team assisted by a collaborator that students look so enthusiastic when the english movie is applied in speaking class. some of students were even enthusiastic about trying to recite every sentence they heard. 3. cycle 2 and post test 2 cycle 2 is carried out on 17-28 june. in this cycle, researchers try to be more active in providing material related to english movie, in addition to that researchers also provide opportunities for students to recite the conversations that are displayed directly, and correct them if there are mistakes made by students. the post test was carried out on july 1, 2019. the results of the post test can be seen in table below: g r a m m a r p r o n u n c i a t i o n f l u e n c y c o m p r e h e n s i o n v o c a b u l a t y 75.22 75.21 75.19 74.97 75.25 no explanations scores 1 the highest 78 2 the lowest 75 3 the average 76.5 criteria of speaking aspect eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 50 from the results of the post test in cycle 2, it can be seen that the ability to speak of students has increased when compared to the results of the post test in cycle 1. this certainly has proven that the use of english movie greatly affects the level of achievement of students' speaking skill in the speaking for general communication courses. 4. results from questionnaire in addition to taking student test data, researchers also distributed questionnaires to the students to support data of tests that have been carried out previously. the findings showed the classroom situation when english movie implemented in speaking class based on the interview and questionnaire result. furthermore, the result of questionnaire can be seen in the following discussion. table 1.students’ interest in learning english through english movie no statement sa a d sd 1 i like studying english using english movie 88.23% 5.88% 5.88% 0% the table above shows that there are 88.23%students who said that strongly agree with a statement“i like studying english using english movie”and 5.88% agree. while, 5.88% g r a m m a r p r o n u n c i a t i o n f l u e n c y c o m p r e h e n s i o n v o c a b u l a t y 81.26 81.04 81.09 80.93 80.79 no explanations scores 1 the highest 85 2 the lowest 77 3 the average 81 criteria of speaking aspect parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 51 students said disagree. thus, it can be concluded that most of students (94.11%) are interested in learning speaking by using english movie. table 2.students’ involvement in the class no statement sa a d sd 2 i really enjoyed involving in speaking class by using english movie 85.23% 5.88% 5.88% 0% table 2 shows that there are 85.23 20% choose that they strongly agree and 5.88% choose agree with a statement “i really enjoyed involving in speaking class by using english movie”. it means that most of students (94.11%) liked learning speaking by english movie. table 3. the improvement of students’ speaking skill no statement sa a d sd 3 using english movie helped you to improve your speaking skill 88.23% 11.76% . 0% 0% based on the table above, it can be seen that there are 88.23% of students choose strongly agree and 11.76 % of students chose agree with a statement“using english movie helped you to improve your speaking skill”. it means that all of the students (100%) improved their speaking skill after being taught by using english movie. after analyzing the questionnaire, the researcher found that most of the students were interested in learning speaking by using english movie. in addition, the data also showed that students felt that english movie could help them in improving their speaking skills. thus, it can be concluded that english movie can be used in language classroom to help and facilitate the students in speaking skill. e. conclusion having conducted the research in using english movie to improve students’ speaking skill, it can be drawn some conclusions as follows: english movie can improve students’ speaking skill. the improvement of students’ speaking skill can be identified from the improvement of speaking skill achievement. it shows that there is a comparison between eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 52 the students’ speaking skill during the intervention and the performance criteria of success. the improvement was also observed from several aspects of the composition they produced. students showed improvement in speaking skill. students’ self-confidence was increased. they were not afraid of making mistakes. they also know speaking skill elements. in addition, english movie can improve classroom situation into a better situation. they were motivated in joining speaking class. the atmosphere of the class more was more live as there are many interesting activities. the student gave attention to the lessons they were very active to conduct the activities and dominated the activities. enjoyable for various types of activities related to english movie. f. references arikunto, s. (2009). penelitian tindakan kelas. jakarta: bumi aksara. darmadi, h. (2015). assessing procedure text through simulation to the tenth grade students of smk al-madani pontianak. an article for tefl assessment. derakhshan, a., khalili, a. n., & beheshti, f. (2016). developing efl learner’s speaking ability, accuracy and fluency. english language and literature studies, 6(2), 177–186. dewi, k. (2016). the correlation of sma students’ habit in watching movie and their speaking skill. mendidik: jurnal kajian pendidikan dan pengajaran, 2(2), 112– 118. harmer, j. (2003). the practice of english language teaching. completely revised and updated. edinburgh gate: pearson education limited. harmer, j. (2007). how to teach english (new ed.). england: pearson education limited. harris, j., mishra, p., & koehler, m. (2009). teachers’ technological pedagogical content knowledge and learning activity types: curriculum-based technology integration reframed. journal of research on technology in education, 41(4), 393–416. koşar, g., & bedir, h. (2014). strategies-based instruction: a means of improving adult efl learners’ speaking skills. international journal of language academy, 2(3), 12– 26. latif, m. h., & afzal, h. (2016). prediction of movies popularity using machine learning techniques. international journal of computer science and network security (ijcsns), 16(8), 127. masykur, s. (2016). manipulations depicted in orphan movie (doctoral dissertation, state islamic university). parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 53 mertler, c. a. (2019). action research: improving schools and empowering educators. sage publications, incorporated. mundriyah, m., & parmawati, a. (2016). using think-pair-share (tps) to improve students’writing creativity (a classroom action research in the second semester students of stkip siliwangi bandung). p2m stkip siliwangi, 3(2), 84–91. rifa’at, a. a. (2018). stimulating you to speak; a strip story as a technique in teaching speaking. english and literature journal, 5(1), 12–21. sidik, a. s. (2013). improving students’ speaking ability through practice rehearsal pair of the tenth grade of man malang 1. language-edu, 2(4), 682–688. siti nuraeni muhtar: a study of learning style 35 a study of learning style preferences of all female students in university level. (a case study in one of islamic university in bandung) siti nuraeni muhtar stkip siliwangi, bandung abstract this research investigated students learning styles of all female students in university level. the study involved 129 students in one of islamic university in bandung. the c.i.t.e learning styles instrument by joy reid was used to identify 6 different kinds of learning styles. the research questions were as follows: (1) what are the learning styles possessed by students?, (2) what are the dominant learning styles of female students in university level?, and (3) how do those learning styles influence students‟ level of study?.the data percentages show that most of students in each class have visual learning style by the percentage (a:65,21%, b:73,17%, c:66,67%, d:73,91%). the second highest numbers also happens to kinesthetic learning style (a:69,56%, b:48,78%, c:59,532%, d:65,22%) and individual learning style (a:73,91%, b:43,90%, c:47,62%, d:69,56%). from those data, it can be concluded that more than a half female students in that university are visual, kinesthetic and auditory learners. tactile learnes are only between 40-50 % of students. and the least percentage of students are auditory and group learners. based on the result, the learning styles of every class are different. the phenomena shows that there are no special kinds of learning styles that can determine level of study. keywords: learning style, visual, kinesthetic, auditory, tactile a. introduction the way student learn is an important thing that makes a significant contribution to student‟s achievement. besides the way teachers teach and the materials that are given to the students, the way students learn is also one of essential thing to be discussed. it is important also as a capital for teachers in delivering knowledge especially english. learners, or students, are central focus in every teaching learning activity. they have their own characteristic as an individuals. three variables that contribute their differences are cognitive, affective, and personality (keith johnson, 2001). those variables also determine the learning styles of students. by knowing kinds of learning styles possessed by students, teachers can more easily improve students‟ understanding and may be interesting in learning english. moreover, the research is also intended to examine whether the learning styles have a significant influence on students‟ level of study. learning styles are simply different approaches to learning. each individual has his/her unique way of learning. learning style greatly affects the learning process, and, therefore, the outcome (carver, howard, & lane, 1999; vincent & ross, 2001). stellwagen (2001) argued that flexible combinations of learning and teaching styles allow all students to develop effective ways of gaining positive educational outcomes.the topic of learning styles and its effect on student performance have been extensivelyexamined in the educational research literature (felder &henriques, 1995), specificallyin the context of differences in student learning styles by felder eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 36 and brent (2005). many learning style assessment instruments have been developed in the past five decades (felder &henriques, 1995). chan (2001) described that the assessment of students‟ preferences for specific learning styles is basically to help teachers employ strategies that are congruent with students‟ preferences in order to maximize the students‟ learning outcomes. teachers (institute for learning styles journal • volume 1, spring 2012 • page 2who taught with learning styles as a basis adapted themselves more often to students'learning preferences, cooperated and reflected more with colleagues, were moredevelopment-oriented and more open to change compared with those who did not uselearning styles as a pedagogical basis (bostrom, 2011). this research is to identify the learning styleof students in one of islamic university in bandung. the research questions are as follows: 1) what are the learning styles that possessed by students? 2) what are the dominant learning styles of female students in university level? 3) how do those learning styles influence to students level of study?. b. literature review every person has many different ways to learn. in learning english, every student also has their own learning style. learning style means the way that every person is likely choose to do in learning activity. some experts have different opinions on the meaning of learning styles. salawu et al (salawu et al 2008) defined learning as a relatively permanent change in an organism‟s behavior due to experience. learning styles refer to the variations in one‟s ability to accumulate as well as assimilate information(felder 1996). according to keefe (1979), learning styles generally refer to cognitive, affective, and physiological behaviors that perform as relatively stableindicators of how people perceive, interplay with, and respond to their environment inlearning situations. learning involves the whole human activities: feeling, reflecting, thinking, and doing (kolb, 1984). cano (2005) pointed out learning styles deployed by students may well reflect the quality of the education they are receiving. learning styles are usually described as the cognitive, affective, and physiological traits that students exhibit as they interact in the classroom environment. some consider learning styles are related to individual methods and strategies of information processing (reid, 1995). additionally, haar, hall, schoepp, and smith (2002) also elaborated learning styles as individual‟s differences in which information isperceived, processed, and communicated. there are some kinds of learning styles possessed by every language learner. research on u.s. school children (r. dunn, 1983, 1984; reinert, 1976) has demonstrated that learners have four basic perceptual learning channels (or modalities): 1) visual learning: reading, studying charts 2) auditory learning: listening to lectures, audiotapes 3) kinesthetic learning: experiential learning, that is, total physical involvement with a learning situation 4) tactile learning: “hands-on” learning, such as building models or doing laboratory experiments based on the explanation that was adapted from the c.i.t.e. learning styles instrument, murdoch teacher center, wichita, kansas 67208 (1984, joy reid), that there are six of learning style preferences: siti nuraeni muhtar: a study of learning style 37 1. visual major learning style preference you learn well from seeing words in books, on the chalkboard, and in workbooks. you remember and understand information and instructions better if you read them. you don't need as much oral explanation as an auditory learner, and you can often learn alone, with a book. you should take notes of lectures and oral directions if you want to remember the information. 2. auditory major learning style preference you learn from hearing words spoken and from oral explanations. you may remember information by reading aloud or moving your lips as you read, especially when you are learning new material. you benefit from hearing audio tapes, lectures, and class discussions. you benefit from making tapes to listen to, by teaching other students, and by conversing with your teacher. 3. kinesthetic major learning style preference you learn best by experience, by being involved physically in classroom experiences. you remember information well when you actively participate in activities, field trips, and role playing in the classroom. a combination of stimuli--for example, an audiotape combined with an activity--will help you understand new material. 4. tactile major learning style preference you learn best when you have the opportunity to do "hands-on" experiences with materials. that is, working on experiments in a laboratory, handling and building models, and touching and working with materials provide you with the most successful learning situation. writing notes or instructions can help you remember information, and physical involvement in class related activities may help you understand new information. 5. group major learning style preference you learn more easily when you study with at least one other student, and you will be more successful completing work well when you work with others. you value group interaction and class work with other students, and you remember information better when you work with two or three classmates. the stimulation you receive from group work helps you learn and understand new information. 6. individual major learning style preference you learn best when you work alone. you think better when you study alone, and you remember information you learn by yourself. you understand new material best when you learn it alone, and you make better progress in learning when you work by yourself. reid (1984) also explained about major and minor learning style. major learning style is kind of learning style that is dominantly possessed by students, whereas minor learning style is vice versa. c. method the researcher introduced the students to the notion of learning styles on the first meeting in the class. the researcher explained that a questionnaire consisting of 30 items that categorizes learners as major or minor or negligible learning styles of visual, auditory, kinesthetic, tactile, group and/or individual. the students agreed to complete the self-assessment tool, the c.i.t.e learning style instrument, murdoch teacher center, wichita, kansas 67208 by joy reid, and brought it back to the researcher. after completing the questionnaires, students did the selfscoring sheet to know their scores that shows their perceptual learning style preference. during the next meeting in class, students discussed with their friends in group about their learning styles and had an opportunity to ask questions about the importance and the implications of their eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 38 learning styles in learning processes. finally, the researchers gave the tips and explanations about kinds of activities that can be done by students relates to their learning styles to improve their learning achievements. d. results and discussion the results of the esl learning style questionnaire seem to parallel, support, and add to previous research in several ways: 1) esl students often differ significantly in various ways from native speakers of english in their perceptual learning styles. 2) esl students from different language (and by extension different educational and cultural) backgrounds sometimes differ significantly from each other in their learning style preferences. 3) analysis of other variables, such as sex, length of time spent in the united states, major field, and level of education, indicates that they differ significantly in their relationship to various learning style preferences. 4) the data suggest that as esl students adapt to the u.s. academic environment, some modifications and extensions of learning styles may occur. (reid, 1987). the results showed that most of students in each class have visual learning style by the percentage (a:65,21%, b:73,17%, c:66,67%, d:73,91%). the second highest numbers also happens to kinesthetic learning style (a:69,56%, b:48,78%, c:59,532%, d:65,22%) and individual learning style (a:73,91%, b:43,90%, c:47,62%, d:69,56%). from those data, it can be concluded that more than a half femalestudents of the university are visual, kinesthetic and individual learners. tactile learners are only between 40-50 % of students. and the least percentage of students are auditory and group learners. researchers such as (dunn, griggs, & price, 1993; park, 1997; restak, 1979) also found gender differences in their studies of learning styles. table 1 percentages of perceptual learning styles class perceptual learning styles visual tactile auditory group kinesthetic individual a 15 (65,21%) 11 (47,82%) 8 (34,78%) 4 (17,39%) 16 (69,56%) 17 (73,91%) b 30 (73,17%) 18 (43,90%) 11 (26,83%) 20 (48,78%) 20 (48,78%) 18 (43,90%) c 28 (66,67%) 20 (47,62%) 15 (35,71%) 17 (40,48%) 25 (59,52%) 20 (47,62%) d 17 (73,91%) 10 (43,48%) 6 (26,68%) 5 (21,74%) 15 (65,22%) 16 (69,56%) siti nuraeni muhtar: a study of learning style 39 from the results, it can also be shown that there are no significant influence of learning styles on students‟ level of study. the learning styles of every class are different. for example when in class a, the most students are visual and individual learners and it also happened to class d which is the level of class are really different. that phenomenon shows that there are no special kinds of learning styles that can determine level of study. d. implications there are some theoretical advice based on reading literature for teachers andeducators. these suggestions try to answer the question how to accommodatedifferent learning styles of pupils and how to meet pupils‟ needs: (vlková, seminar“learning styles”, ppp hodonín, 11.3.2009) 1. provide new information by all senses techniques and let your students receiveinformation by hearing, seeing, moving and touching 2. if there is a need to explain something again, try to explain it i different way 3. provide results firstly for a complex type of learners 4. visual types need maps, pictures, diagrams, projector, board or interactive board,coloured pens and chalks, flash cards, worksheets with pictures, visual games,computer using, data projector, magazines, books, encyclopedias 5. auditory types need loud talking and reading, paraphrase the thoughts, use music,rhythm, melody, discussion, debates, lectures, audio and video record, memorychains and drills, rhymes 6. tactile-kinesthetic types need practical activities, touching things and learningthrough moving, use games and drama, offer your students the choice-projects,reports, reviews etc. 7. extroverts need to be heard and shown, to work together, in pairs or groups,provide them extra task 8. introverts are often sensitive, like working individually, do not like to presentthemselves in front of the audience 9. impulsive are quick and like action, provide them fresh activities 10. reflective need time for thinking and like working deliberately, provide themspecial time 0.00% 20.00% 40.00% 60.00% 80.00% 100.00% visual tace tile auditory group kinesthetic individual perceptual of learning style class a class b class c class d figure 1 perceptual learning styles eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 40 11. deductive need exact explanation first and then examples 12. inductive are able to find relationship between examples and make the rules references boström, l. (2011). students‟ learning styles compared with their teachers' learning styles in secondary schools. institute for learning styles journal, 1, 17-38. dunn, r. et al. “aeta-analyticvalidation of the dunn and dunn learning styles model.” carver, c. a., howard, r. a., & lane, w. d (1999).enhancing student learning through hypermedia courseware and incorporation of student learning styles.ieee transactions on education, 42(1), 33-38. chan, d. w. (2001). learning styles of gifted and non-gifted secondary students in hongkong.gifted children quarterly, 45(1), 35-44. felder, r. m., &henriques, e. r. (1995). learning and teaching styles in foreign and second language. foreign language annals, 28(1), 21-31. journal of educational research (1995). 88. 6 (1995): 353-361. johnson, keith. an introduction to foreign language learning and teaching.london: pearson education limited. reid, c.i.t.e. learning styles instrument, kansas: murdoch teacher reid, j.m. learning styles in the esl/efl classroom. boston: heinle&heinlepublishers, 1995. vlková, seminar “learning styles”, ppp hodonín, 11.3.2009 siti nuraeni muhtar: a study of learning style 41 appendixes (c.i.t.e learning style instrument, murdoch teacher center, wichita, kansas 67208 by joy reid) perceptual learning-style preference questionnaire directions people learn in many different ways. for example, some people learn primarily with their eyes (visual learners) or with the ears (auditory learners); some people prefer to learn by experience and/or by "hands-on" tasks (kinesthetic or tactile learners); some people learn better when they work alone while others prefer to learn in groups. this questionnaire has been designed to help you identify the way(s) you learn best--the way(s) you prefer to learn. read each statement on the following pages. please respond to the statements as they apply to your study of english. decide whether you agree or disagree with each statement. for example, if you strong agree, mark: sa strongly agree a agree u undecided d disagree sd strongly disagree x please respond to each statement quickly, without too much thought. try not to change your responses after you choose them. please answer all the questions. please use a pen to mark your choices. item sa a u d sd 1. when the teacher tells me the instructions i understand better. 2. i prefer to learn by doing something in class. 3. i get more work done when i work with others. 4. i learn more when i study with a group. 5. in class, i learn best when i work with others. 6. i learn better by reading what the teacher writes on the chalkboard. 7. when someone tells me how to do something in class, i learn it better. 8. when i do things in class, i learn better. 9. i remember things i have heard in class better than things i have read. 10. when i read instructions, i remember them better. 11. i learn more when i can make a model of something. eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 42 item sa a u d sd 12. i understand better when i read instructions. 13. when i study alone, i remember things better. 14. i learn more when i make something for a class project. 15. i enjoy learning in class by doing experiments. 16. i learn better when i make drawings as i study. 17. i learn better in class when the teacher gives a lecture. 18. when i work alone, i learn better. 19. i understand things better in class when i participate in role-playing. 20. i learn better in class when i listen to someone. 21. i enjoy working on an assignment with two or three classmates. 22. when i build something, i remember what i have learned better. 23. i prefer to study with others. 24. i learn better by reading than by listening to someone. 25. i enjoy making something for a class project. 26. i learn best in class when i can participate in related activities. 27. in class, i work better when i work alone. 28. i prefer working on projects by myself. 29. i learn more by reading textbooks than by listening to lectures. 30. i prefer to work by myself self-scoring sheet instructions there are 5 questions for each learning category in this questionnaire. the questions are grouped below according to each learning style. each question you answer has a numerical value. siti nuraeni muhtar: a study of learning style 43 sa strongly agree a agree u undecided d disagree sd strongly disagree 5 4 3 2 1 fill in the blanks below with the numerical value of each answer. for example, if answered strongly agree (sa) for question 6 (a visual question), write a number 5 (sa) on the blank next to question 6 below. visual 6 = 5 when you have completed all the numerical values for visual, add the numbers. multiply the answer by 2, and put the total in the appropriate blank. follow the process for each of the learning style categories. when you are finished, look at the scale at the bottom of the page; it will help you determine your major learning style preference(s), your minor learning style preference(s), and those learning style(s) that are negligible. if you need help, please ask your teacher. visual question score 6 10 12 24 29 total score = total x 2 tactile question score 11 14 eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 44 tactile question score 16 22 25 total score = total x 2 auditory question score 1 7 9 17 20 total score = total x 2 group question score 3 4 5 21 siti nuraeni muhtar: a study of learning style 45 group question score 23 total score = total x 2 kinesthetic question score 2 8 15 19 26 total score = total x 2 individual question score 13 18 27 28 30 total eltin journal, volume 2/i, april 2014 46 individual question score score = total x 2 major learning style preference 38-50 minor learning style preference 25-37 negligible 0-24 sebuah kajian pustaka: yugafiati & priscilla : the use of mind map to... 98 the use of mind map to improve students’ vocabulary rasi yugafiati1, tania priscila2 tanya.rasiyugafiati@gmail.com, priscila.tania@yahoo.com ikip siliwangi smp waringin abstract the research concerns the problems found in teaching and learning english vocabulary. the students had difficulties in discovering the meaning of words and the application of the words. vocabulary is the key in language skill. the aim of this research was to improve students’ vocabulary mastery by applying mind map for eight grade students at waringin junior high school in academic year 2018/2019. the method used in this analysis is classroom action reseach (car) which consists of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. this research was managed in two cycles. the participants of this reseach were eight grade students. the instruments used in this research were observation and test. from the data collected by the researcher, it can be drawn a conclusion that the use of mind mapping were able to improve students’ vocabulary mastery. it can be seen from the improvement of mean score of pre-test was 59,833. then, the mean score of post-test1 increased 63,100, and mean score of post-test 2 was 80,733. thus, it can be concluded that the mind map was the right method to be applied in teaching vocabulary. keywords: mind map, vocabulary, car a. introduction language is a means of communication that is made up of sentence that convey meaning (patmasari, sutarsyah, and ginting, 2014). as a communication tool, language has become an important aspect of life. by using language, we can communicate with other (argawati, 2017). the most important thing is students have acquired english that involves four language skills; namely listening, speaking, reading and writing. being able to master those skills, the students need vocabulary (rosidi, falianti, 2014). it means that vocabulary takes an important part in language in which the vocabulary will make a language meaningful. vocabulary are the key in language skill, when learners are learning a new language, they should have enough vocabulary wilkins in (thornbury, 2004). in addition, thuy in (yulianti, baharati, 2017) stated that vocabulary is at the heart of mastering a foreign language. mothe (2000) stated that vocabulary of a language is just a bricks for constructing a building. like bricks, they are vital for the building of a language. vocabulary is one of the items that have to be mastered first by the students in learning english, because no one can speak english if they have limited vocabulary and without a proportional amount of vocabulary any one will get trouble in the process of learning english. the importance of learning new vocabulary has encourage language teachers of english today to move from passive learning to active learning, find better ways of engaging students mailto:tanya.rasiyugafiati@gmail.com mailto:priscila.tania@yahoo.com yugafiati & priscilla : the use of mind map to... 99 in the english language learning process, because students need something fun and easy to access the vocabulary quickly when is require for use (roaeni, 2014). in order to help students improve their vocabulary, a mind mapping can be used to teaching vocabulary. according to buzan in (huda, 2014: 306), “mind mapping is an easy way to place information to brain and take information out from brain. mind mapping is creative and effective way to write and will map your mind by a simple way.” buzan also said that it is creative, effective and simple method of note taking. it is powerful graphic technique which provides a universal key to unlock the potential of the brain. mind mapping is very useful for students to memorize vocabulary. therefore, this way is expected to stimulate the students’ interest. b. literature review 1. vocabulary wilkins in (thornbury, 2004) stated that vocabulary are the key in language skill, when learners are learning a new language, they should have enough vocabulary. if we want to use language effectively, we must have good stock of vocabulary. we cannot use the language, if we don’t know the words of that language. according to cameron in (alqahtani, 2015) vocabulary, as one of the knowledge areas in language, plays a great role for learners in acquiring a language. there some aspects of vocabulary that should be mastered by students as proposed by ur (1996: 60-62). they are as follows: a. pronunciation and spelling the students have to know what a word sounds like (its pronuciation) and what it looks like (its spelling). b. grammar the grammatical rules should be understood by student when they learn a set of new words. c. meaning the meaning of words is primarily what is refers to in the real world, its denotation. a less obvious component of the meaning of an item it is connotation: the association, or positive or negative feeling it evokes, which may not be indicated in a dictionary definition. a more sublte aspect of meaning that often needs to be taught is whether particular item is the appropriate one to use in a certain context or not. 2. mind map mind map is part of problem based learning (pbl). according to barrow in (huda, 2014) pbl is focused, experimental learning organized around the investigation, explanation dan resolution of meaningful problems. tony buzan was developed mind map toward the end 1960s and has been employed in many different areas since the development. tee, azman, & mohamed (2014) stated that mind map is a creative method that is useful in training, brainstorming, organizing and problem solving. according to buzan in (huda, 2014), there are seven steps of mind map as follows. eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 100 a. making a central image in the center of the paper. color and add something interesting; b. drawing some basic ordering ideas, spread out from the central image; c. thinking of all something interesting as much as possible and funny for you and it can be connected with the central image to give you the inspiration; d. adding some branches to the basic ordering ideas using symbols, pictures, and colors as much as possible; e. thinking of the details which are interesting and it can encourage your curiousity. add to your mind map; f. continuing it until you have adequate information for your mind map; g. creating a mind map. several studies have been conducted about how using mapping technique in developing students’ vocabulary mastery. traditional note-taking that is described boring activity by the students can be turned to a more enjoyable activity by using mind map. there are nine advantages of applying mind map in learning process as proposed by tee et al. (2014) as follows: a. preparing notes from textbooks; b. the buzan mind map principles are easy and interesting to follow; c. it is economical; d. buzan mind map involve the use of both left and right brain; e. it is among the easiest and most famous thinking tool; f. students are able to memorize better; g. students can play their daily routine with mind map; h. revision is quick and effective; i. students will appreciate own product (mind map); j. it increases the creativity; k. parents and teachers are able to monitor the students’ performance. c. research methodology this research used classroom action research (car) where the teacher acts as the researcher with the aim of making a better teaching learning process and more effective. according to burns (2010: 2), action research is part of abroad movement that has been going on in education generally for some time and related to the ideas of “reflective practice” and “the teacher as researcher”. moreover, mertler in (lisdawati, sofian, and supardi, 2017) stated that action research is a process that improve education by incorporating change, and it involves educators working together to improve their own teaching practices. furthermore, richards & lockhart (2007) also added that action research involves small scale investigation projects in the teacher’s own classroom consists of a number of phases which often recur in cycles: planning, action, observation. the research brought into two cycles which each cycle contained pre-test and post-test. the subject study was eight grade students which consisted of 31 students. there were total seven meetings to do this research covered on those two cycles; three meetings were for yugafiati & priscilla : the use of mind map to... 101 tests, and the other four meeting were doing treatment. the treatment was teaching vocabulary with the application of mind map. the instruments used in this research were observation and test. the test were used to test the students on pre-test, post-test 1 and post test 2. the result of the test are used to know the improvement of the students’ english vocabulary. d. findings and discussion the meeting was conducted in seven times. the implementation of mind map was conducted in two cycles. each cycle was done in four steps including (1) planning, (2) acting, (3) observing, and (4) reflecting. 1. cycle 1. this cycle covers four steps as follows: a. planning. in planning section, the research prepared lesson plan to be implemented on the treatment, which contained some procedure of mind map for teaching and learning vocabulary. b. acting. in this step, the teacher came to the class four times. in first meeting, pre-test was given to the students. the test consisted 20 items in the first meeting. on the second meeting, the teacher explains about mind map, then she applied mind map in teaching and learning vocabulary. on the third meeting, the students finished their mind map and the mind map was presented. the last meeting in cycle 1, the researcher gave them post-test. c. observing, during the treatment the teacher monitored students development and evaluated their progress. d. reflecting. the teacher made some notes to evaluate about the result of implementation of mind map in teaching learning vocabulary. table 1. meeting in cycle 1 meeting topic activity 1 pretest the teacher gave the students test in 20 item 2 treatment 1 vocabulary the teacher divides the students into small group of two to three persons. the teacher give the problem about grouping the vocabulary and unfamiliar words that was found in the text. the teacher explain about mind map to solve the problem and make students easy to learn. the researcher monitored the students’ activities in preparation on making mind map. 3 treatment 2 vocabulary the students started to create their mind map as their plan before. each group presented their own mind map in front of the class. the teacher monitored the students’ activities on progreses of making mind map. eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 102 each group presenting their own mind map in front of the class. 4 post test the teacher gave the first post test . based on the research, it can be found that the result of teaching and learning english process in cycle one are as follows: a. there are 20 students who are not able to do the test optimally, so they got under of the minimun criteria scores (65). the main score of pretest is 59,833. the minimun score is 30,00. b. there are some students who are less active, and not serious in the learning english because they are confused what to do with the topic given. c. the positive result are most of students enjoy the process and tried to solve the problem using mind map. the students found some new vocabulary and they curious to make good mind map. 2. cycle 2 in the second cycles, the activities are the same with the first cycle, the objective is for improving the main score so can reach the minumun criteria score. this cycle covers four steps as follows: a. planning the teacher made some revision on the lesson plan. in the revision, the teacher made the material about the vocabulary. on previous treatment, some of students still could not understand about the steps and the aim of mind map, in the revision the researcher add the worksheet as the guding on made content of the mind map. b. acting the acting session covered on three meeting. it was started by giving treatment for four meetings then, the students were given the post test. the teacher gave some questionsto review the materials to make the students remember about the topic. in addition, the teacher also gave the students worksheet to guide them in creating good and orderly mind map. c. observing. the teacher found that there were improvement in every treatment. based on the data, there is an improvement from pre-test, post-test 1, and post-test (2). d. reflecting as reflecting based on the data shown, the improvement of the score has reached the researchers’ satisfication. table 2. meeting in cycle 2 meeting topic activity 5 treatment 3 the teacher didn’t get the statisfication yet on the first cycle, so the researcher continued the research on the cycle 2. the teacher reviewed the material before and gave some questions so they can remember about the last material. on this treatment, students still did the same treatment but they prepared with the worksheet. yugafiati & priscilla : the use of mind map to... 103 6 treatment 4 the teacher assessed and evaluated the students project. each group presented their own mind map in front of the class. the teacher makes the reflection about mind map project in learning vocabulary. 7 post test in this meeting, the teacher did the the post test which consisted 20 items and the questions are similar with the post test. table 3. improvement on students’ score of their tests pre-test 1 post-test 1 post-test2 minimum score 30 40 50 maximal score 85 90 95 mean score 59,833 63,100 80,733 based on the findings above, thus, it can be concluded that there are some improvements in cycle two, as follows: a. the students’ score of the post-test 2 is increased. from 63,100 in the post test one become 80,733 in the post test two. this scores showed that the students understand about the topic and they can apply this topic in their real life. b. during the lesson, the students found the new variation on learning english so made them enthusiastic learnt new vocabualy. c. in the reflecting, the researcher and students reflect about this activity gave them more experience to express another personal skill, as also allow them to tried english conversation and presentation. based on the findings above, it can be concluded that the implementation of mind map enable students to gain some new vocabularies and mind map also can give students motivation in learning vocabulary. in other hand, mind mapping also can develop drawing skill and teach studens to make a note orderly. by asking students to present their mind map in front of the class can motivate them to read frequently and to learn and remember the vocabulary that they wrote there. but actually the researchers also have some problem faced in implementing mind map. the problem that found as follow; 1. since the group is depend on the teacher so the class is noisy for a while because some of students cannot join with their common group mate; 2. at the first cycle was found there is a group that still can’t understand about the instruction so they did the mind map again; 3. the duration in every meeting is limited that the students could not express the better result in made colorfull or eye catching mind map. in addition, from the data of test, it can be seen that there were the improvement of students’ vocabulary mastery after the treatment. on the first cycle, after teaching students by using mind map, the students tried to make good mind map with less experience. during the treatments the researchers monitored the activities of the students. the project was done in group so the researcher would discuss the togetherness in the group. the researcher made the small note about the activities of every the students. the result would be seen from the students’ work and presentation in their member group. eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 104 furthermore, the data also revealed that in the second cycle, students became more serious. they already understood about the concept and also the materials they are learning. the formation of students in groups also can increase students english speaking time while discussed their job and discussed the problem until found the solution. students are interested in learning vocabulary using mind map. e. conclusion based on the findings above, it can be concluded that the use of min map could improve students’ vocabulary in grade 8 smp waringin bandung. in addition, by using the mind map students also could solve the problem with their group and support each other to improve their vocabulary. this condition creates good effects to the english teachers who presents the english material teaching in the classroom. this research was conducted on two cycles with seven meeting; three meetings were for test, and four meting were for treatment. in every cycle covered the step of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting. from the data collected by the researchers, it can be concluded that the use of mind map in teaching vocabulary could improve students score. this indicates that mind map is one of good method. because we can see the improvement score on pre test from 59,833 increased becomes 63,100 on post test one, and becomes 80,733 on post test two. it is strongly recommended for the teacher to teach vocabulary, this method can be refreshment for the students so can decreased boredom atmosphere teaching learning process. f. references alqahtani, m. (2015). the importance of vocabulary in language learning and how to be taugh. international journal of teaching and education iii3. (3) : 21 – 34. argawati, n. . (2017). think-pair-share: it’s implementation to improve students’ capability on understanding grammar on the second semester students of stkip siliwangi. journal of english pedagogy, linguistic, literature, and teaching from unsur, 3 (3), 21–34. burns, a. (2010). doing action research in english language teaching (a guide fo). new york: routledge. huda, m. (2014). model-model pengajaran dan pembelajaran. yogyakarta: penerbit pustaka pelajar. lisdawati, y., sofian, and supardi, i. (2017). using scrabble game in improving students’ vocabulary mastery of smp negri 1 jawai. journal of untan, 4–9. mothe, p. . (2000). innovative techniques of teaching vocabulary at the intermediate level in the second language classroom. journal of academia edu, 377 – 390. patmasari, n., sutarsyah, c., and ginting, r. . (2014). increasing vocabulary through scrabble game. journal of fkip unila, 4 – 14. richards, j., & lockhart. (2007). reflective teaching for second language classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. roaeni, d. (2014). the influence of using scrabble game for improving students’ vocabulary mastery at the fifth grade students of mi miftahul mubtadin jagapura – cirebon. journal of iain syekh nurjanti, 2–15. rosidi, a., falianti, e. (2014). the effectiveness of using scrabble and bingo game thecnique toward students’ vocabulary mastery at the tenth grade of sman 2 metro academic year 2013/2014. journal of premisse, 3 (2), 1–10. tee, azman, & mohamed. (2014). buzan mind mapping : an efficient technique for yugafiati & priscilla : the use of mind map to... 105 note – taking. world academy of science engineering and thecnology. internatio journal of social, human science and engineering, 8 (1), 28–31. thornbury, s. (2004). how to teach vocabulary. malaysia: person education limited. ur, penny. (1996). a course in language teaching. melbourne: cambridge university pers. yulianti, baharati, d. (2017). the effectiveness of scrabble and wordsearch games to teach vocabulary to students with different interest. journal of universitas negri semarang, 7 (3), 262 – 269. sebuah kajian pustaka: nurviyani, vina: implementation of extensive reading … 35 implementation of extensive reading through a digital instructional media vina nurviyani1 vinanurviyani19@gmail.com universitas suryakencana abstract this study explored the implementation of extensive reading through a digital instructional media. in this case, it was padlet. moreover, the students’ difficulties in conducting the extensive reading through padlet was investigated. the extensive reading implemented in this research referred to the ten principles of the extensive reading programme proposed by day and bamford (2002). this research was conducted at a private university in west java by applying a case study and involving thirty college students. moreover, observations and questionnaire were used as data collection techniques. the findings show that students are excited during the extensive reading processes by using their smart phones because they are allowed to select reading material freely. during the extensive reading process, they practiced recalling the text they had read by using padlet application. having implementing the extensive reading through padlet, they feel that extensive reading has made them accustomed to reading everyday subconsciously. thus, they are able to comprehend the reading material more easily. it can be seen from their developement in stating the generic structure of certain genre in the recall session. however, some students got troubles during the extensive reading processes, such as less capablity of digital literacy and low motivation. keywords: extensive reading, digital instructional media. a. introduction in digital era, students were bombarded by many digital devices presenting digital information to fullfil their need in their daily life. by using their smartphone, they are able to access all information they need easily and quickly. however, not all students use the digital devices to enlarge their knowledge. most of them use it for communication purposes in social media only. they have less motivation in spending time for reading. reading has not become their habit yet especially in indonesian students context. moreover, generally most students do not enjoy reading. they are not interested in reading. they always say that reading is boring and spending much time for comprehending (niati, 2017). therefore, they have less capability to absorve the digital information easily and less reading experiences. referring to the phenomena, the implementation of extensive reading is the best solution. many studies investigating extensive reading were conducted to find out the deep findings concerning the extensive reading, such as the study investigating extensive reading and vocabulary (pigada & schmitt, 2006), extensive reading and reading developement (bell, mailto:vinanurviyani19@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 36 2001; sheu, 2004; iwahori, 2008), extensive reading through technology (cote & milliner, 2014; niati, 2017). according to iftanti & shofiya (2018), extensive reading can be pedagogically implemented by efl teachers who would like to help their students nurturing good reading habits in english. however, the study about exploring the extensive reading through padlet application is still rare. thus, this researach investigates the implementation of extensive reading through padlet application and it also explores the students’ difficulties in conducting the extensive reading by using padlet application. the findings of this research is expected to contribute to the development of the theory concerning the extensive reading for teachers, instructors, lecturers, or educators in teaching and supporting their students to make reading as their habit. b. literature review reading is a lifelong skill to be implemented not only at school but also anywhere throughout life (kucukoglu, 2013). moreover, reading is one of the most important language learning goals for many foreign language students (grabe, 1991). the definitions of reading have been proposed by the experts in different perspectives. reading is generally perceived as the process of recognition and comprehension of written or printed materials (heriyawati, saukah, & widiati, 2018). the concept of extensive reading is exposing students to an input-rich and enjoyable environment, with the intention that their enthusiasm to learn will develop and their language knowledge will improve naturally (hedge, 1985; in sheu, 2004). in efl context, extensive reading (er) is an approach for teaching reading whose goal is to get students reading in the english language and enjoying it (day, 2011:10). moreover, during the extensive reading, students should be interested in reading material, reading process and should be reading with their attention on the meaning of the text rather than on learning the language features of the text (notion, 2005). besides, the extensive reading is intended to develop good reading habits, to build up knowledge of vocabulary and structure, and encourage a liking for reading (richards and schmidt, 2002). in addition, in the process of extensive reading, students might be free to choose their own reading material and even bring it from outside the classroom, and that the teacher might abandon formal questioning on the texts (anderson & bachman, 2000). the characterize extensive reading as involving a large quantity of varied, self-selected, enjoyable reading at a reasonably fluent speed (day and bamford, 1998). in carrying out the extensive reading, day and bamford (2002) propose ten principles of an extensive reading programme. 1. students read as much as possible, perhaps in and definitely out of the classroom; 2. a variety of materials on a wide range of topics is available so as to encourage reading for different reasons and in different ways 3. students select what they want to read and have the freedom to stop reading material that fails to interest them; 4. the purposes of reading are generally related to pleasure, information, and general understanding. these purposes are determined by the nature of the material and the interests of the student; nurviyani, vina: implementation of extensive reading … 37 5. reading is its own reward. there are few or no follow-up exercises after reading; 6. reading materials are well within the linguistic competence of the students in terms of vocabulary and grammar. dictionaries are rarely used while reading because the constant stopping to look up words makes fluent reading difficult; 7. reading is individual and silent, at the student’s own pace, and, outside class, done when and where the student chooses; 8. reading speed is usually faster rather than slower as students read books and material they find easily understandable; 9. teachers orient students to the goals of the programme, explain the methodology, keep track of what each student reads, and guide students in getting the most out of the programme; and 10. the teacher is a role model of a reader for students – an active member of the classroom reading community, demonstrating what it means to be a reader and the rewards of being a reader. in digital era, most educators integrate some digital instructional media in reading processes. furthermore, tileston (2003) adds that media can give effect on students’ modalities, motivation behavior management, reaching higher levels of thought, and real world applications. in this study investigating the implementation of extensive reading, padlet application as digital instructional media was orchestred in the process of extensive reading. in this case, padlet is a website for creating a buletin board that can be used for any kinds of learning. it is a digital application providing a free, multimedia wall which can be used to encourage students to take part and get assessment in teaching-learning process. the mode can be text, visual, sound, etc. on the wall the students can read something and post their ideas or share the ideas with their friends from the whole class. it provides online learning experiences (nurviyani, 2018). awaludin, abd karim & mohd saad (2017) found that public university students achieved better grades in english writing after the integration of padlet in their classroom. in addition, munirah, yunus & badusah (2017) revealed that the use of padlet is effective in enhancing students‟ performance in language learning. however, there are many challenges found by the teachers in integrating digital media for teaching. cox, preston and cox (1999) mention several drawbacks of using icts in classrooms as follows: 1. difficulties in using software/hardware, need more technical support, 2. not enough time to use ict, 3. too expensive to use regularly, 4. insufficient access to the resources, 5. restrictions the content of the lessons, 6. counter-productive due to insufficient technical resources. c. research methodology this study investigated the implementation of extensive reading through a digital instructional media, it was padlet. besides, the students’ difficulties in conducting the eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 38 extensive reading through padlet was explored. this research employed qualitative. the research design is explained in detail below. 1. research design this research applied a qualitative design by focusing on case study to explore specific phenomena of a certain group. it investigated the implementaion of extensive reading by using padlet application as digital instructional media and students’ difficulties in conducting the extensive reading through padlet application. the data of this study were gained through observations and questionnaire, then the data obtained were analyzed by using non statistical methods (see thomas, 2003; silverman, 2005; dornyei, 2007; creswell & clerk , 2007; dawson, 2010). 2. description of setting this qualitative research was conducted at a private university in west java. thirty students studying at english departement in a private university in west java took part as the participants purposively. in this case, the purposive sampling means that the readiness of the students at the university to be the participants of this study. the procedures of purposive sampling of this study is relevant to the statement recommended by the experts (dawson, 2010). regarding the sample size, the limitation of the participants is based on the purpose of study and the needed time in conducting this research. it is relevant to the theory of sampling recommended by dawson (2010). a limitation to number of the participants is regarding the efficiency of time in analysing the data obtained. since there were so many items that had to be analysed and it needed time and hard work. furthermore, the data gained from the observations, and uestionnaire were compared and contrasted to enhance the validity of this study. 3. data collection this study applied the qualitative design to gain the detail information from participants (see dawson, 2010: 15; dornyei, 2007). referring to the statement, this research collected and analysed data gained through participant observations and questionnaire. each data collection technique is explained in detail below. the observation session of this study involved the researcher as the participant observer. in this case, the observer watched and or listened to students' performance then recorded what occurred (thomas, 2003:60). the students derived from one class were videotaped and the data were categorized into “what was said and done” during the extensive reading session. in this study, the researcher acted as participant observer. the observations were conducted eight times for the whole participants. as a whole, the observations were administered in 2019. it took two months because the researcher adjusted the schedule of the participants. the data from observations were transcribed, categorized and interpreted by relating them to the relevant theories to answer the first and the second research questions. meanwhile, the questionnaire was conducted after completing the observation sessions. brown (2001: 6 cited from dornyei, 2003: 6) states that questionnaires are any written instruments that present respondents with a series of questions or statements to which they are to react either by writing out their answers or by selecting from among existing answers. relevant to the statements, this research implemented open-ended questionnaires. the openended questionnaires were used to investigate the answer of the first research question. nurviyani, vina: implementation of extensive reading … 39 in the questionnaire session, the students answered ten questions. in the section, they had no options to answer the questions. however, they had to fill the blank space (see dawson, 2010: 31; dornyei, 2007). it intended to give them very free answer. besides, to make the students free in expressing their ideas and comprehend the questions more easily, the questionnaires were presented in indonesian. 4. data analysis the data analyses were conducted to answer the first and the second research questions. the data obtained from observations and open-ended questionnaires, were analysed, categorized, and then interpreted into two themes based on the research questions. the data obtained from the observations were analysed to answer both research questions. the data analysis was carried in the following stages. a. organizing data of the observations into file folders or computer files; b. transcribing data conducted by listening and watching the videotapes and then reading the notes of the observations; c. converting data from videotapes into text data; d. marking the text data by hand and dividing them into two parts based on the themes of the research questions (hand analysis); e. describing data to answer all research questions and form deep understanding of the phenomenon through the description and the thematic development; and f. reporting and interpreting the findings. the stages of analysis described above are relevant to the statement suggested by creswell (2008). meanwhile, the data of the open-ended questionnaires were analyzed by categorizing the answer based on the first and the second research question concerning the implementation of extensive reading through padlet application and the students’difficulties in the extensive reading process by using the application. then the data were interpreted as the findings. the procedures coincided with the statement of dornyei (2003). finally, all data obtained from the observations and the questionnaires were compared to enhance the validity of the conclusion of this study. d. findings and discussion this study inveestigated the implementation of extensive reading through padlet application and the students’ difficulties in conducting the extensive reading by using the application. the findings of each research question is discussed below. regarding the first research question, the data were gained from the observations and questionnaire. they were used to explore the implementation of extensive reading through padlet application. the data show that the students are excited during the extensive reading processes by using padlet in their smart phones. it can be seen from the development of students’ reading ability in recalling during the extensive reading processes, such as the better achievement in composing the recall in correct generic structure and linguistic features of the texts they read. it is in line with the munirah, yunus & badusah (2017) that the use of padlet is effective in enhancing students’ performance in language learning. their study indicated that the result from survey also showed high preference and participants‟ positive attitude towards using padlet as a means for learning grammar. eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 40 in the processes of the extensive reading, the students had to read an online reading material everyday out of classroom. in this case, they were allowed to select the reading material as their wish. the reading materials they read were inserted in padlet application. having reading, they had to practice recalling based on the text they read. their recall were written on padlet application. the reading material and their recalls were discussed in reading sessions in the classroom once a week. in the beginning, most students did the extensive reading to fullfil the reading subject only. however, day by day during the extensive reading processes the got the advantages of the extensive reading. having implementing the extensive reading through padlet, they feel that extensive reading has made them accustomed to reading everyday subconsciously. the findings is relevant to the findings of richards and schmidt (2002) that the extensive reading is intended to develop good reading habits, to build up knowledge of vocabulary and structure, and encourage a liking for reading. moreover, they are able to comprehend the reading material more easily. in addition, they are active and creative readers. they practiced being critical readers. concerning the second research question, this study explored the students’ difficulties in conducting extensive reading by using padlet application. the findings showed that some students got troubles during the extensive reading processes, such as lack capablity of digital literacy and lack of motivation. regarding the lack of digital literacy, the students have less capability in operating digital devices and implementing padlet application when conducting extensive reading and recalling. when they got trouble in accessing the application, they made it as excuse not to do the extensive reading by using the padlet application. moreover, the data also revealed that the students have low motivation to do extensive reading processes by using padlet. in this case, they read simple reading material only, they did not read the reading material everyday, and they did not want to change their mindset concerning the extensive reading. they focused on the trouble of extensive reading only. e. conclusion extensive reading is implemented to develop students’ reading ability and habit. in implementing the extensive reading by using padlet application, most students show enthusiasm during the extensive reading processes by using padlet in their smart phones. it can be seen from the developement of students’ reading ability and interest in recalling during the extensive reading processes, such as the progress in creating recall based on the correct generic structure and linguistic features from the texts they read. therefore, they are able to comprehend the text they read smoothly. however, some of them got trouble during the processes of the extensive reading. they have lack of digital literacy such as syntactic knowledge and digital knowledge, and have low motivation as well. thus, their developement in reading ability has not been significant. references anderson, j. c. &, & bachman, l. (2000). assessing reading (l. f. alderson, j. charles & bachman, ed.). cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. awaludin, f. a., abd karim, r., & mohd saad, n. h. (2017). padlet: a digital collaborative tool for academic writing. journal of education and social sciences, 8 (1), 179-184. bell, t. (2001). extensive reading: speed and comprehension. the reading matrix, 1(1). cote, t., & milliner, b. (2014). extensive reading on mobile devices : is it a worthwhile strategy ? proceedings of the 12th asia tefl and 23rd melta international nurviyani, vina: implementation of extensive reading … 41 conference 28 – 30 august 2014, (october 2015). https://doi.org/10.13140/2.1.3812.2885 cox, m., preston, m., & cox, k. (1999). what factors support or prevent teachers from using ict in their classrooms? king's college london, mirandanet project university of surrey. paper presented at the british educational research association annual conference, university of sussex at brighton, september 2-5 1999. grabe, w. (1991). current developments in second language reading research. tesol quarterly, 25(3), 375–406. haris, m., yunus, m. m., & badusah, j. h. (2017). the effectiveness of using padlet in esl classroom. international journal of advanced research (ijar). http://dx. doi. org/10.21474/ijar01/3214. heriyawati, d. f., saukah, a., & widiati, u. (2018). working memory capacity , content familiarity , and university efl students ’ reading comprehension. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 8(1), 21–27. https://doi.org/10.17509/ijal.v8i1.11458 iftanti, e., & shofiya, a. (2018). efl students’ responses on the implementation of extensive reading program to build love of reading in english. jurnal bahasa lingua scientia, 10(1), 143–158. https://doi.org/10.21274/ls.2018.10.1.143-158 iwahori, y. (2008). developing reading fluency : a study of extensive reading in efl. reading in a foreign language, 20(1), 70–91. kucukoglu, h. (2013). improving reading skills through effective reading strategies. akdeniz language studies conference, 70, 709–714. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.01.113 niati, b. (2017). integrating technology into extensive reading for students of english study program. applied science and technology, 1(1). nurviyani, v. (2018). fostering college student’s critical reading skill through padlet application. bahtera (jurnal pendidikan bahasa dan sastra), 17(1), 66–73. pigada, m., & schmitt, n. (2006). vocabulary acquisition from extensive reading : a case study. reading in a foreign language, 18(1), 1–28. sheu, s. p. (2004). the effects of extensive reading on learners ’ reading ability development the effects of extensive reading on learners ’ reading ability development. journal of national taipei teachers college, 17(2). silverman, david. (2005). doing qualitative research, a practical hnadbook. london: sage publication, ltd. thomas, r. m. (2003). blending qualitative and quantitative research methods in theses and dissertations. california: corwin press. inc. tileston. (2003). the importance of media in the classroom. sage publishing, 1 7 sebuah kajian pustaka: febryanto: analysis of structure of background… 67 analysis of structure of background of students’ final project mohammad febryanto m.febryanto@polban.ac.id politeknik negeri bandung abstract research must pay attention to the background of the research. the research background provides all the illustrations for the research paper. this study, therefore, aims to investigate the structure of the background of the students’ final project by looking at the moves and steps. descriptive qualitative was used as a research method. in this study, there were 9 (nine) students' final project used as research objects. the data collection technique used was the document analysis. the results showed that moves 1 establishing a research territory and move 3 occupying the niche found in the background of the students’ final project. steps contained in move 1 were steps 1 and 3, namely making topic generalization by providing background information about the topic and reviewing an item of previous research by introducing and reviewing the results of research previously in the area. the step-in move 3 was the outlining purposes. keywords: background, move, step, final project a. introduction writing the final project is important for politeknik negeri bandung (polban) students because it will determine their graduation. rhedding-jones (2005) mentions research is a written text produced by students to get a bachelor's degree similar to a thesis and dissertation. one part of the research that must be considered is the background of the study. the research background provides all the illustrations for a study. in other words, this section is a door for the reader as mentioned by emilia (2008), "making mistakes is not allowed in this introduction because the reader will determine whether to continue reading or stop reading". this means that the researcher or writer must write the background well. the background part of the research is a complete explanation of the topic (regional subject) research. this is related to the research problem chosen by the researcher and why research should be carried out in this topic and problem. the background must lead to gaps in the field in which the research aims to fill these gaps. paltridge and stairfield (2007) say that the writer or researcher must pay attention to the structure that is in the background, by determining the area of research, setting gaps and so on. according to emilia (2012), "the organizational structure of the introductory chapter can be said to move from the general picture of the research area to specific problems carried out through three major moves that can describe the introductory chapter". moves are steps used to find ordinary patterns or structures and create research space (swales and feak, 2004) eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 68 like the introduction, the background also usually consists of several elements/structures. according to swales and feak (1994) and buton (2002, in paltridge and stairfield, 2007) the moves in the background are: move 1 establishing a region, move 2 establishing a niche, move 3 occupying a niche consisting of several steps and sub steps some previous studies also used this as a cars model to analyze the structure of article writing. several studies have been carried out to analyze the abstract global organization of research (ning zhen-ye, 2008; dong hai-lin, 2010; kasyfur rahman, 2012; safnil arsyad, 2013). among them, the most accepted frameworks are the imrd format and the cars model by swales. some studies describe the abstract structure of ra by following the imrd format but their results have some deviations from the standard imrd pattern. previous studies focused on all aspects of the abstract, while this study focuses on analyzing the structure of the steps (moves) and steps (steps) that exist in the background in the student's final project (research paper). b. literature review 1. research paper final project in this research is similar to research paper. final project is written texts produced by the students to get a college degree. winkler and metherell (2008) mention that research papers are formal written work that must await the procedures of scientific writing. in addition, kothari (2004: l) claims "research as a systematic systematic search for reliable information about a particular topic". the purpose of research paper as mentioned bywallwork (2011) is to build a communication about the results of the research among the readers. it shows that research paper becomes the device in communicating the truth of the news ideas. it can be said that the purpose of research is to facilitate the communication about the findings about one topic to society as the readers. 2. structure of the research background research background is the first element that has an important role in composing research writing. the research background explains topics related to the area, the problem chosen and why conducting research on the topic and problem. according to glatthom and joyner (2005) states, "certain background factors can also be discussed in the introduction, such as social background, intellectual background, professional background, and research background". meanwhile bailey (2003: 39) says "the background is very important, not only for what is said about the topic, but for what the reader says about the author's style and approach". every good research background certainly has a structure that forms the background of the research itself. according to paltridge and starfield (2007), the components or structure of the research background are: 1. move 1 establishing a research territory. this move explains the research area. paltridge and stairfield (in emilia, 2012: 144) say the introductory in english when using different steps will usually use different forms of words. for example, in step 1 statements that febryanto: analysis of structure of background… 69 show the importance of research often use present tense. following are the steps in move 1: a. step 1: claiming centrality. this step can be done by showing that the research area is very important, interesting, or relevant (optional). b. step 2: make generalization topics. in this step, the writer can provide information related to the background of the research topic (optional). c. step 3: reviewing the results of previous research. this step introduces and reviews the results of previous studies in the area (required). 2. move 2 establishing a specific area or topic of study (establishing a research a niche). the move determines the place or position of the study. emillia (2011 12: 144) says move 2 shows gaps or special areas (or gaps that need to be filled) in previous studies to be filled in. following are the steps in move 2: a. step 1: make a rebuttal to the claims of other researchers (counter claiming). in step 1, the writer can provide a rebuttal to the other research that are considered weak, inappropriate or problematic. b. step 2: show a gap (indicating a gap). this step the researcher can show a gap in previous research by asking questions related to research problems or expanding the area of previous research in a certain way (mandatory). c. step 3: make new questions that have not been answered in other studies (questionraising). researcher can identify problems / needs (optional). d. step 4: continuing a tradition. what can be done in this step is to continue research in the fields that have not been thoroughly researched. 3. move 3 describe your own study (occupying the niche). at this move the writers describe the research study by stating the purpose of the study, as well as showing how the research can fill the existing gaps. according to emilia (2012: 145) "researchers must be able to show that they are doing important research". move 3 is describing the organizational structure that must be present in research. following are the steps in move 3: a. step 1a: outline purposes. the researcher can explain the purpose or state the nature of the study or the research question / hypothesis (mandatory). b. step 1b: announce current research (announcing present research). in this step the researcher can announce the main findings / state the value of the study (optional). c. step 2: name important findings (announcing principal findings). in this step you can state the main findings of the study. d. step 3: explain the structure of the study (indicating the strucuture of reserach article). this can be done by mentioning or giving an overview of the research structure. c. research methodology this research is qualitative because it analyzes the structure of the background of the students’ final project by looking at the moves and steps. sugiono (2013) said that the qualitative research method was called "post positivistic" because it is based on the philosophy of post positivism. this study used descriptive design. this method describes the data found in the word explanation. kothari (2004) adds a descriptive design that focuses on describing certain characteristics of individuals or groups and decides the frequency with which something happens and its relationship with others. eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 70 the data collection technique used was the document analysis. nine final projects of the english department students of polban who graduated in 2017 were selected as research objects. the research objects determined by using the purposive sampling method to select data. according to fraenkel & wallen (2008), this method is believed that the data collected will provide the information needed, and the data chosen will be representative of the population. then, nine final project were analyzed based on the the components or structure of the research background as proposed by paltridge and starfield (2007). this study adopts the systematic analysis developed by miles and huberman (1994) with the following systematic. the first is data reduction or data reduction. this stage of analysis refers to the process of selecting and simplifying the data obtained. by making the selection process, the data will be simpler and will simplify the data analysis process. second is the stage of displaying data. the data obtained is displayed by describing the findings and using a table. the third step is to make conclusions or verify data. in this step the interpretation of the data is carried out so that several conclusions can be drawn relating to the research question. d. findings and discussion after the process of analyzing the data of the final project documents, the moves and steps can be found in the background of the student's final project. the data obtained shows that the move of establishing a research territory or can be said with move 1 is always found in the background of the student's final project. for example, the findings of respondent 1 (s1) as a foreign language learner, someone may have made some errors while learning english due to the lake of knowledge. the errors made by foreign language learners can be used as a study to ease foreign researchers or teachers to find what errors mostly made. the study of errors made by the learners is called error analysis. then the data that can be found in respondent 2 (s2) grammar must be fully understood because it plays an important role in learning a foreign language. however, some students majoring english think that grammar is difficult to understand. it is because grammar rules are complicated. another example of finding is from respondent 3 (s3) one of the speeches is his opening speech at asian african conference 1955. thus, it is interesting to analyze how soekarno can deliver such a good speech. as explained in the literature review that each move has steps. in move 1, step 1 is claiming centrality. based on the results of the analysis all backgrounds use this step. example of findings can be seen from respondent 4 (s4) an analysis of spoken language in the press conference of football is selected as the topic of the final project. another example is respondent 5 (s5) this mistranslation could cause the cold war at that time changed to be a real one. therefore, translating a speech which is delivered by an important person should be careful especially when facing the changes of the grammar from source language (sl) to target language (tl) in order to achieve an equivalent of meaning. this step can also be found in respondent 6 (s6) song is one of media used by people to express their emotions, feelings, ideas, and opinions or thoughts. song usually relate with music arrangement. when song and music are combined and arranged proportionally, it can create a wonderful form of art when it is played. every song has its own meaning and message which represent the writers’ thoughts. febryanto: analysis of structure of background… 71 in move 2, there is also step 2 used in writing the background. all respondents used this step. step 2 is called generalizing the research field (making topic generalization). the following are examples of findings using step 2. respondent 7 (s7) persuasive language comes from every angle of life, it is used by every single person in the world to reach their aims. it can be found from all kinds of texts, from brochures, and even from speeches. and also respondent 8 (s8) travel guidebooks are the most commonly used media that offer lots of information about tourism. some of them are written in english to make the tourist from foreign country understand the explanation. respondent 9 (s9) also used this step, as example the second reason is people often find difficulties in translating the idiomatic expression such as phrasal verbs. it is often occurred because idiomatic expression such as phrasal verbs cannot be translated literally. the findings show that not all respondents use move 3. move 3 is reviewing item of previous research. there are at least 4 (four) respondents who use this step. respondent 1 (s1) is the one who used step 3. this is an example of the findings found in the background of respondent 1 (s1) as holtzclaw (2014) stated that the written language used represents directly the company professional standards both in online and offline communication. some mistakes in spelling, punctuation and grammar will cause very bad impression on the business. another extract that can be found is respondent 2 (s2) students may not realize if they make errors in both speaking and writing (novita, 2014) since they lack knowledge about grammar. in addition, respondent 3 (s3) also used this step. this is the extract from the final project: rhetoric has been studied since at the beginning of the 5th century, when democracy in athens forced the young man to stand in front of people to speak and persuade the people to vote for or against legislation. the findings also show that move 3 is found in the background of the student's final project. move 3 is describing the topic of the study itself. at this move, it can be done in 3 (three) steps, but only 5 respondents were found who used step 1a, namely outlining the purpose of the study. following are the findings, respondent 1 (s1) analyzing kinds of errors that found in social media caption of eigerindo’s products and recognizing the most grammatical errors that frequently occurred are the purposes of the study, responden 2 (s2) therefore, the present study can help lecturers identify the most common grammatical and mechanical errors found in their students’ essays, so they can prevent the students making the same errors in their english essays, responden 3 (s3) the project examines the urgency of the speech delivery, the speech structure, and the uses of rhetorical appeals along with the intended meanings or purposes of using them, responden 7 (s7) so perhaps the analysis of rhetorical devices is going to be an interesting topic to be conducted to find the similarities and the differences in terms of rhetorical devices used in their speeches, responden 8 (s8) regarding those problems, a study about grammatical error analysis on these travel guidebooks is nedded, because this analysis is beneficial to improve the quality of the information texts in travel guidebooks. based on the findings of the move and steps above, the following is a description of the background structure of the students’ final project. eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 72 table 1. structure of background of final project respondents move (m) step (s) s1 m1m3 s1s2s3 (m1) – s1 (m3) s2 m1m3 s1s2s3 (m1) – s1 (m3) s2 m1m3 s1s2s3 (m1) – s1 (m3) s4 m1 s1s2 (m1) s5 m1 s1s2s3 (m1) s6 m1 s1s2 (m1) s7 m1m3 s1s2 (m1) – s1 (m3) s8 m1m3 s1s2 (m1) – s1 (m3) s9 m1 s1s2 (m1) the table above shows that the background of the final project consists of only 2 move, namely move 1 of establishing an research territory and move 3 of describing one's own niche. while the steps in step 1 are steps 1 and 2 found in all backgrounds, steps 2 and step 3 are found in 4 (four) respondents. for step 3, only step 1 for 5 respondents was found. discussion as already mention that the background structure can use 3 moves, but if you look at table 1, the move that exist in the background of the student's final assignment are move 1 and move 3. move 1 is found in all background of the final project. this shows that establishing a research territory is very important for students. this move can provide an overview for the reader about what will be examined. this is as said by emilia (2012) in this section the author must explain research research with the region showing that the field of research being studied is generally central and important, relevant, interesting or problematic, so in this section it also gives researchers information on background topics behind research. move 1 development can be done using 3 steps. the three steps are found in the background of the student's final project but not all backgrounds have a complete third step. there were 4 respondents who were found using three steps while 4 other respondents only used 2 steps. this could be due to the desire of the respondents to give an overview of the background information of the study that this research is very interesting and important to study. according to paltridge and stairfield (in emilia, 2012: 144) that step 1 shows that the area of research is very important, interesting, or relevant (optional). step 2 provides background information related to the research topic (optional). step 3 introduces and reviews the results of previous studies in the area (required). move 3 is a move that is also found in all backgrounds of students' final assignments. move 3 is describing your own study (occupying the niche). this move also has a very important role, by using this move the writer can give an overview of what is studied in his research. this helps the reader to get an overview and preliminary information from the research he is reading. according to emillia (2012) said, "this section occupies a place of research, the author, by showing the purpose of the study, shows the reader how the proposed research will fill the existing gap". in using this move, it can actually be done in 3 steps, but the data shows that there was only 1 step found in the background of student's final project. that step is step 1a, namely the outlining purposes. the author in this case the respondent only mentioned the purpose of febryanto: analysis of structure of background… 73 the research he was doing. in line with what was stated by swales (1994) that step 1a is to state the outline of objectives can be done by setting out the objectives, or stating the nature of research or research questions / hypotheses (mandatory). e. conclusion based on the findings and discussion, it can be seen that the moves in the background are only move 1 and move 3. in move 1, there are 3 steps that are used by students to develop move 1. in move 3 only 1 step is found. step 3, but only 5 respondents used this step. from the description above, it can be concluded that the structure of the background of the student's final project only builds a research area (establishing a research territory) and describes its own study (occupying the niche). the steps in the background are the claiming centrality steps, showing that the research area is very important, interesting, or relevant, the step of making a generalization topic (making topic generalization) by providing background information about the topic, and the step of reviewing the results of previous studies (reviewing item of previous research) introduces and reviews the results of previous research in the area, as well as the steps outlining the objectives (outlining purposes). f. acknowlwdgement this research was funded by the politeknik negeri bandung in 2018 with a contract number: number: 856.14/pl1.r7/lt/2018. g. references arsyad, s. (2013). a genre-based analysis on discussion section reserach in indonesian written by indonesian speakers. international journal of linguistics. issn 19485425. bailey, s. (2003). academic writing: a practical guide for students. new york: loutledge falmer. buton. (2002). dalam paltridge, b. dan stairfield, s. (2007). thesis and dissertation writing in a second langugage. a handbook for supervisors. london: routledge. emillia, e (2012). menulis tesis dan disertasi (edisi ketiga). bandung: alfabeta. fraenkel, j. r., dan wallen, n. e. (2008). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york, ny: mcgraw-hill. glatthom dan joyner. (2005). writing the winning thesis or dissertation. thousand oaks: california: corwin press. hai-lin, dong dan huan, xue. (2010). generic structure of research article abstracts. cross-cultural communication. kothari, c. (2004). research methodology: methods and techniques (second ed). new delhi: new age international. miles, m.b. dan huberman, a.m. 1994. qualitative data analysis. california: sage publication inc. paltridge, b. dan stairfield, s. (2007). thesis and dissertation writing in a second langugage. a handbook for supervisors. london: routledge. rahman, k. (2012). the schematic structure of english and indonesian research article introductions. language circle journal of language literature vil/i. eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 74 rhedding-jones, j. (2005). what is research. sentrum. norwegia: universitefarleget. sugiono. 2013. metode penelitian kuantitatif, kualitatif dan rd. bandung: cv alfabeta. swales, j. dan feak, c. (1994). academic writing for graduate students. a course for nonnative speakers of english. ann arbor: university of michigan press. winkler, a.c. dan metherell, jr. (2008). writing the research paper: a handbook (eighth). usa: wadsworth. yakhontova, t. (2003). englsih academic writing for students and researchers. l’viv: l’viv press. zhen-ye, n. (2008). a genre-based analysis of english reserach article abstracts and the linguistics feature of personal pronouns for financial economics. us-china education review, issn154s6613, usa. sebuah kajian pustaka: maulana & riizkiani, pre-service efl teachers’ cognition … 87 pre-service efl teachers’ cognition of english textbooks in vocational schools angga maulana1, siska rizkiani2 anggamaulana1985@unpas.ac.id, siska.rizkiani@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id universitas pasundan ikip siliwangi abstract teacher cognition may define teachers’ professionalism. it refers to the teachers’ ability of knowing, believing, and thinking about teaching. this study is trying to look at the preservice english teachers’ cognition on english textbook of vocational schools in order to raise the quality of pre-service english teacher and benefit the foundation of thinking abilities and teaching reflection on the textbook usage in their classroom. it is widely known that textbooks are one of the important aspects in the teaching-learning process. this research used descriptive method. the participant of this study were three pre-service english teachers who has passed the teaching training program. they used to be assigned to do their teaching training at different vocational schools. each school applied different english textbook. descriptive analysis employed to obtain a picture of pre-service english teacher cognition on english textbooks after distributing the questionnaire and administering interview. the results showed that all the participants believe that there is no specific material in english textbooks to any particular major or department of vocational school. it was also found that the textbooks do not meet and train students' four language skills in balance. this made them to create or add related materials from various sources. keywords: english textbook, pre-service efl teacher, teacher cognition a. introduction teacher cognition refers to the process of acquiring and using the knowledge that teachers use in relation to their teaching practices. teacher cognition is the center of understanding and assumptions because it focuses on what knowledge is used by the teacher, how they obtain that knowledge, and how they use it. teacher cognition plays an important role in determining whether a teacher includes a professional teacher or not. a pre-service teacher is a student who is preparing him/herself to become a teacher by attending lectures in the fields of education and teacher training. pre-service teachers should outline their proficient character as future teachers. paying attention to language teachers (jackson & cho, 2018) includes the process of recognizing, choosing, and acting on phenomena that arise during their involvement with students. consequently, a pre-service teacher should certainly practice his/her skills in determining the things that should be done to achieve effective and successful learning, including recognizing, choosing and acting in assessing the textbook used in learning english in vocational schools. textbooks are a set of reference books to be used in primary and secondary education units or tertiary institutions which contain learning material. it is known that teaching of english mailto:anggamaulana1985@unpas.ac.id mailto:siska.rizkiani@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 88 in vocational schools is categorized as english for specific purposes (esp) in which the field of english studies should be explored based on the major in each context (hutchinson and waters, 1986). it means that an english textbook applied in vocational schools should be suited with the field students join. however, it was found that in several english textbooks used in vocational school, the subject matter has not been determined based on a particular major in vocational schools (cahyati, rachmijati, and rizkiani, 2015). in other words, the applied english textbooks have not been able to meet the students’ expectation in learning english or can help them to get jobs related to their majors. as creativity in using textbooks is one of the teaching skills, teachers need personal ideas and personal experiences that can lead to better teaching and learning. the teacher must try and look critically, trying to find out the strengths and weaknesses to decide what to do. teachers must have the skills to consider the suitability of language levels, content / topics, activities, and logical sequences of textbooks (bertin, 2011). hence, this study is aimed to investigate the pre-service english teachers’ cognition on english textbook that widely used in vocational schools in order to increase the quality of pre-service english teacher and benefit the foundation of thinking abilities and teaching reflection on the textbook usage in their classroom. b. literature review 1. teacher cognition teacher cognition refers to what teachers know, believe, and think about teaching (borg, 1999). in decades, the typical educational research has documented the influence of teacher cognition on teachers’ quality (calderhead 1996; carter 1990; fenstermacher 1994; richardson 1996; verloop, van driel, & meijer 2001). they believe that teachers are thinking decision-makers who make instructional choices based on their knowledge, thoughts, and beliefs. the notion of language teacher cognition history is relatively varied. some researchers have expressed the concept of teacher cognition from various perspectives (see feiman_nemser & floden, 1986; shulman, 1987; pajares, 1992). from their studies, teacher cognition focuses on the personal nature of the teacher, the position of teaching experience in teacher growth, and teaching performance. furthermore, teacher cognition is expressed as a matter of learning what they perceive as teacher knowledge (grossman, et. al., 1989; woods, 1996). this is the basis for verloop, et al. (2001) to formulate that teacher cognition is "in the mind of the teacher, the components of knowledge, trust, conception, and intuition are interrelated". thus, this study uses the term teacher cognition as a special term to define the complexity of the teacher's mental life. this study is trying to explore the pre-service english teachers’ cognition on english textbook that widely used in vocational schools in order to increase the quality of pre-service english teacher and benefit the foundation of thinking abilities and teaching reflection on the textbook usage in their classroom. furthermore, the factors that have a significant influence on the teacher's cognition process include emotional processing and individual values, so that these factors should be included in every teacher's cognition construction (borg, 1999). in conclusion, when aspects of maulana & riizkiani, pre-service efl teachers’ cognition … 89 teaching are built by taking into account teacher cognition, new teaching goals are established and new learning methods are developed. this is in line with tsui’s opinion (2003) who concluded that in the process of interpreting teacher knowledge there was an update in the knowledge of their teaching practices, in the context of specific teaching problems that they had to deal with. this will serve as the basis for their future actions. this renewal or growth of knowledge is significant for the development of teacher expertise. 2. pre-service teacher a pre-service teacher is a student who is organizing to become a teacher by joining various lectures in the fields of teacher training and education. pre-service teachers should develop their proficient character as future teachers. these characters are formed for the period of their study time, particularly from subjects or courses correlated to pedagogy and teaching (ivanova & skara-mincāne, 2016). together with their study time, teaching performance is also considerable in increasing pre-service teachers’ professional character. in the training environment of pre-service teachers, assignments can be a context for paying attention to emotions. paying attention to language teachers (jackson & cho, 2018) includes the process of recognizing, choosing, and acting on phenomena that arise during their involvement with students. to work dynamically with class assignments (samuda, 2015), pre-service teachers must learn to pay attention to various aspects of engagement, including cognitive, behavioral, social, and emotional aspects (philp & duchesne, 2016). in other words, a preservice teacher should certainly practice the teaching skills to reach the effective and successful learning. it includes assessing the english textbook applied in vocational schools. some teachers agree with the use of textbooks. according to them, textbooks provide an attractive display of teaching materials, grammar in a consistent syllabus, proper vocabulary, pronunciation material, and writing. in addition, with the existence of textbooks, teachers have more time to prepare and plan their teaching, because most textbooks provide guidance for teachers in learning procedures and ideas. positive opinions from textbooks also come from students. for them, the book facilitates them to see the next or previous teaching material, to prepare upcoming materials, and to repeat the previous material. in addition, it can now be seen that textbooks come with colorful images, illustrations, well-designed pages, and attractive layouts. most students like textbooks like this. however, it will be dangerous if the teacher and students depend too much on the textbook. for example, the teacher only uses textbooks as the only source of learning, or teaches in the order in the textbook. that is why decisions taken by teachers must be beneficial for both students and teachers. harmer (2007) advises teachers to view books as an alternative source of learning, not rules that must be followed in exact order. in other words, in the teaching and learning process, the teacher must be able to properly manage the use of textbooks based on the goals and topics of learning. in other words, before deciding to use a particular textbook, the teacher needs to consider the learning objectives and characteristics of the students who will be involved. this is difficult to do if the teacher does not know the learning objectives and characteristics of the students. in short, the teacher must consider the selection of good and appropriate textbooks, and also use his creativity so that the atmosphere of the teaching and learning process is interesting and the needs of students are met. eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 90 3. english textbook textbooks are a set of reference books to be used in primary and secondary education units or tertiary institutions which contain learning material to increase faith, goodness, noble character, and personality; master the science and technology; increase sensitivity and aesthetic abilities; also contain compiled material that improves kinesthetic and health capabilities based on national education standards (permendiknas number 2, 2008). in other words, the contents of the textbooks should include the learning material and the purpose of the textbook should refer to the national education goals, and their compilation should follow national education standards. the point of reference of english learning in vocational school is focused on the development of preparing students so that they are professional and competent in the world of work (law no. 20 of 2003 concerning the national education system). it is also stated in government regulation no.29 / 1990 concerning secondary education article 1 paragraph 3 which verifies that vocational education is education that centered on developing students’ competencies in specific skills in accordance with their majors. this has implications for the teaching of english in vocational schools to be categorized as english for specific purposes (esp) in which the field of english studies should be explored based on the major in each context (hutchinson and waters, 1986). it is widely known that textbooks are one of the important aspects in the teaching-learning process. textbooks are one of the learning media that are often used by teachers and students. there are many types of books designed for students of all levels and ages. but, of course, not all are categorized as good textbooks. a teacher should understand correctly about the needs, interests, abilities, and levels of students (yochanna, 2011), so that s/he can determine whether a particular book is suitable for students or not. therefore, a teacher needs to know how to use the right textbook. in addition, creativity in using textbooks is also needed so that classroom learning remains interesting. this is in line with harmer's statement that the most important part in the use of textbooks for teachers is adjusting textbooks to student needs (2007). furthermore, choosing the right book is one of the important tasks teachers must do (beare, 2011). therefore, teachers must have the skills to consider the suitability of language levels, content / topics, activities, and logical sequences of textbooks (bertin, 2011). when all aspects are fulfilled, the teacher can still use the textbook. however, if the teacher faces inaccuracies in the above aspects, s/he must decide on alternative steps in using the textbook. there are pros and cons to the use of textbooks. as stated in harmer (2007), some teachers reject the use of textbooks. they assume that textbooks are boring, too dense, and not suitable for their class. in addition, the sequence of topics and lessons is often monotonous so students and teachers tend to lose motivation. while the choice of topics, sometimes there are cultural elements that are not in accordance with local wisdom. maulana & riizkiani, pre-service efl teachers’ cognition … 91 c. research methodology this research used descriptive method. descriptive method is the most common method used in educational research (burns, 2000). data were collected through questionnaires to pre-service english teachers and interview. some procedures were applied to the implementation of this study. first, researchers determined the background of the research. from the background, problem and research objectives identified. then, literature underlying the topic being discussed in the problem was identified. furthermore, the data and literature were analyzed and interpreted. interpretation is done by using descriptive method. finally, conclusions and recommendations were taken based on the findings. the subjects of this study were 3 (three) pre-service english teachers who has already passed the teaching training program. they used to be assigned to do their teaching training at different vocational schools. each school applied different english textbook to be used as their guidance during teaching and learning. the english textbooks studied were: 1. "communication builder: english for vocational school" written by eri kurniawan and arief kurniawan, published by the ministry of national education (curriculum 2013). 2. ”english for smk” written by maria regina dyah pramesti et al, published by the ministry of national education (curriculum 2013). 3. "look ahead: an english course" written by m.sudarwati and eudia grace, published by erlangga (school based curriculum). descriptive analysis employed to obtain a picture of pre-service english teacher cognition on english textbooks. the data collection method was implemented in stages as follows: 1. distributing the questionnaire to the pre-service english teachers in the vocational schools to find out their cognition of english textbooks used in vocational schools. 2. administering interview to three pre-service english teachers on the english textbooks. 3. analyzing the collected data based on the criteria of the national education standards agency (badan standar nasional pendidikan/bsnp), which were analyzed based on the feasibility of the content, language, and presentation. d. findings and discussion this study is aimed to investigate the pre-service english teachers’ cognition on english textbook that widely used in vocational schools. as mentioned above that the data were collected from 3 (three) pre-service english teachers who has already passed the teaching training program. they used to be assigned to do their teaching training at different vocational schools. each school applied different english textbook to be used as their guidance during teaching and learning. in other words, there were three pre-service english teachers that were investigated to see their cognition towards three different textbooks. eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 92 from the first pre-service english teacher, it can be found that the textbook used in her vocational school is "communication builder: english for vocational school" written by eri kurniawan and arief kurniawan, published by the ministry of national education (curriculum 2013) in the year 2008. the following is the detail of her cognition. table 1. first pre-service english teacher’s cognition the table shows that in terms of the content of the textbook, it is quite comprehensive and detailed with the learning unit, including life at work, dealing with clients, presentations, machinery, etc. the material accuracy in the textbook is in accordance with the context of department, computer network engineering. the material is focused on reading and writing, but speaking and listening are not discussed too detail. the task is focused on simple communication writing exercise, such as correspondence. for the language embedded in the textbook, it is quite feasible and equivalent in the level of novice, elementary and intermediate. the communication is mostly delivered formally, however the commands in the exercise are not very clear. the material is presented in coherent and clear. last, in terms of the textbook presentation, it has too tight and too small fonts in boring monochrome colors. the theory is not too much given, but it is very dense in providing training. in addition, there are exercises, revisions, vocabularies and definitions. component cognition a. content 1. conformity with standard competence and basic competence it is quite detailed and specific with the learning unit consisting of: life at work, dealing with clients, presentations, machinery and others. 2. material accuracy in accordance with the context of major or department. in this case is computer network engineering major. 3. learning support material the material is focused on reading and writing, but speaking and listening are not discussed too deeply. exercise is focused on simple communication writing exercise, such as correspondence. b. language 1. conformity with the level of development of students it is quite feasible and equivalent in the level of novice, elementary and intermediate. 2. communicative many discuss matters of communication formally, but not informally. the commands in the exercise are not very clear. 3. sequence and unity of ideas giving and presenting material in coherent and clear unity. c. presentation 1. presentation techniques posts in fonts that are too tight and too small in monochrome colors tend to be boring. 2. presentation of learning the theory is not too much given, but it is very dense in providing training. 3. completeness of presentation there are exercises, revisions, vocabularies and definitions. maulana & riizkiani, pre-service efl teachers’ cognition … 93 it can be concluded that she thinks that the book is good enough in giving and containing the english material in accordance with the demand of english national syllabus. regardless of not too visually attractive, the book mainly presents examples taken from students’ daily life. from the second pre-service english teacher, the textbook used in her vocational school is ”english for smk” written by maria regina dyah pramesti et al, published by the ministry of national education (curriculum 2013) in the year 2010. the detail of her cognition can be seen in the table below. table 2. second pre-service english teacher’s cognition table 2 explains that regarding the content, the textbook has the adequate conformity with standard competence and basic competence in novice level. the material accuracy in the textbook is in accordance with the unit outline for the novice level, where the basic competency of communication skills is prioritized. the material is focused on writing and speaking, while listening and reading are not discussed too deeply. in terms of language, it is in accordance with the age of students with formal expressions in simple communication. the commands in this book are clear, concise, simple, and clear instructions. provision and component cognition a. content 1. conformity with standard competence and basic competence enough according to the novice level. 2. material accuracy in accordance with the unit outline for the novice level, where the basic competency of communication skills is prioritized. 3. learning support material the material is focused on writing and speaking, while listening and reading are not discussed too deeply. b. language 1. conformity with the level of development of students in accordance with the age of students with formal expressions in simple communication 2. communicative the commands in this book are clear, concise, simple, and clear instructions. 3. sequence and unity of ideas provision and presentation of material are presented in a continuous and clear unit. c. presentation 1. presentation techniques the font is too tight and too small and the image is out of focus and blurry. 2. presentation of learning the theory is not too much given, but the exercise is too focused on the sentence structure compared to the ability to communicate 3. completeness of presentation there is exercise, learning outcomes, not many key points. eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 94 presentation of material are displayed in a continuous and clear unit. last, regarding the textbook presentation, the font is too tight and too small and the image is out of focus and blurry. the theory is not too much given, but the exercise is too focused on the sentence structure compared to the ability to communicate. to sum up, the second pre-service english teacher believes that there are not various materials given. so she suggests to the teachers who use this textbook, they should have companion material. in other words, the textbook tends to be like a students’ workbook rather than a textbook. she also thinks that the textbook is less attractive and does not focus on specific competencies based on particular major. in this case, the major is office administration. from the last pre-service english teacher, the textbook used in his vocational school "look ahead: an english course" written by m.sudarwati and eudia grace, published by erlangga (school based curriculum) in the year 2007. below is the detail of his cognition. table 3. third pre-service english teacher’s cognition from the table above, it can be seen that the book content is not too in accordance with sk kd because the scope of the discussion is very broad and not focused. the material coverage is broad, interesting and contains many elements of popular culture that are liked by teenagers. it contains a lot of text but very little exercise. regarding the language, this textbook is quite goo in conformity with the level of development of students and component cognition a. content 1. conformity with standard competence and basic competence book content is not too in accordance with sk kd because the scope of the discussion is very broad and not focused 2. material accuracy the material coverage is broad, interesting and contains many elements of popular culture that are liked by teenagers. 3. learning support material lots of text but very little exercise b. language 1. conformity with the level of development of students in general it is quite good. 2. communicative in general it is quite good 3. sequence and unity of ideas the scope of the discussion is too broad. c. presentation 1. presentation techniques pretty interesting with lots of visualization 2. presentation of learning in general it is quite good 3. completeness of presentation too much text and material discussion but too little in the exercise and no summary points maulana & riizkiani, pre-service efl teachers’ cognition … 95 communicative level. however, the scope of the discussion is too broad. last, in terms of presentation, it is pretty interesting with lots of visualization. however, it has too much text and material discussion and too little in the exercise and no summary points. it can be inferred that he thinks this textbook is quite visually interesting. the majority of learning material is under the popular culture, which is adored by mostly teenagers. however, the textbook does not specifically discuss the specific topics related to the students’ major, which is pharmacy. the collected data shows that after giving the questionnaire to the english teachers to be responded to, the vocational english textbooks were analyzed according to bnsp's theory. there is no specific material in english textbooks to any particular major of vocational school. it is quite surprising since the vocational students mostly want to learn english to support their future work in the field that they focus on (cahyati, rachmijati, rizkiani, 2014), and the textbooks do not meet and train students' four language skills in balance. this finding is one of the results that the pre-service english teachers have already basic knowledge about the way of deciding the proper textbook. as beare (2011) that choosing the right book is one of the important tasks teachers must do. based on the interview with teachers, the books do not fully contain the materials related to the student's major. in other words, 2 of 3 pre-service english teachers added related materials from various sources. what they do is in line with harmer's statement that the most important part in the use of textbooks for teachers is adjusting textbooks to student needs (2007).while one of pre-service teachers teaching without additional material or other enrichment. e. conclusion this study is intended to consider the pre-service english teachers’ cognition on english textbook that widely used in vocational schools in order to raise the quality of pre -service english teacher and help the basis of thinking abilities and teaching manifestation on the textbook usage in their classroom. the participant of this study are 3 (three) pre-service english teachers who has already passed the teaching training program. they used to be assigned to do their teaching training at different vocational schools. each school applied different english textbook to be used as their guidance during teaching and learning process. in other words, there are three preservice english teachers that were examined to see their cognition towards three different textbooks. this study resulted that there is no specific material in english textbooks to any particular major or department of vocational school. furthermore, the textbooks do not meet and train students' four language skills in balance. this finding is one of the results that the pre-service english teachers have already basic knowledge about the way of deciding the proper textbook. this study may not generalize to classroom settings and its methodology addressed only the teacher cognition. nonetheless, research on pre-service language teachers’ cognition can benefit the foundation of thinking abilities and teaching reflection on the textbook usage in eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 96 their classroom. future work is needed to develop a wide range of associated practical applications. f.references badan standar nasional pendidikan/bsnp.(2006). www.bsnp-indonesia.org/id beare, k. (2011). how to choose a coursebook and other classroom materials. [online]. available at: http://esl.about.com/cs/teachingresources/ht/coursebook.html [october 3, 2018] bertin, b. (2003). how to use coursebooks. [online]. available at: http://www.univirtual.it [october3, 2018] borg, s. (1999). studying teacher cognition in second language grammar teaching. system, 27 (1), 19−31 burns, r. (2000). introduction to research methods: fourth edition. san fransisco: addison wesley longman, inc. cahyati, s., rachmijati, c., rizkiani, s. (2015). analisis kebutuhan siswa dalam materi buku teks bahasa inggris tingkat smk.jurnal penelitian pendidikan p2m. calderhead, j. (1996). teachers: beliefs and knowledge. in d. c. berliner & r. c. calfee (eds.), handbook of educational psychology (pp. 709−25). new york: macmillan. carter, k. (1990). teachers’ knowledge and learning to teach. in w. r. houston (ed.), handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 291−310). new york: macmillan clandinin, j. d. & m. f. connelly (1987). teachers’ personal knowledge: what counts as personal in studies of the personal. journal of curriculum studies, 19 (6), 487−500 domains and directions in the development of tblt (pp. 271– 302). amsterdam/philadelphia: john benjamins eisenhart, m. a., j. l. shrum, j. r. harding & a. m. cuthbert (1988). teacher beliefs: definitions, findings and directions. educational policy, 2 (1), 51−70. elbaz, f. (1981). the teacher’s “practical knowledge”: a report of a case study. curriculum inquiry, 11, 43−71. feiman-nemser, s. & r. e. floden (1986). the cultures of teaching. in m. c. wittrock (ed.), handbook of research on teaching (3rd ed., pp. 505−26). new york: macmillan. fenstermacher, g. d. (1994). the knower and the known: the nature of knowledge in research on teaching. review of research in education, 20, 1−54 grossman, p. m., s. m. wilson & l. s. shulman (1989). teachers of substance: subject matter knowledge for teaching. in m. c. reynolds (ed.), knowledge base for the beginning teacher (pp. 23−36). oxford: pergamon harmer, j. (2007). how to teach english. longman. england. hutchinson, t., and waters, a.( 1987). english for specific purposes: a learner centered approach. cambridge university press. jackson, d. o., & cho, m. (2018). language teacher noticing: a socio-cognitive window on classroom realities. kelly, g. a. (1955). the psychology of personal constructs: a theory of personality (vols. 1 & 2). new york: w. w. norton. language teaching research,22, 29-46 orton, r. e. (1996). how can teacher beliefs about student learning be justified? curriculum inquiry, 26 (2), 133−46 pajares, m. f. (1992). teachers’ beliefs and educational research: cleaning up a messy construct. review of educational research, 62 (3), 307−32 philp, j. & duchesne, s. (2016). exploring engagement in tasks in the language classroom. annual review of applied linguistics,36,50-72. http://esl.about.com/cs/teachingresources/ht/coursebook.html http://esl.about.com/cs/teachingresources/ht/coursebook.html maulana & riizkiani, pre-service efl teachers’ cognition … 97 richardson, v. (1996). the role of attitudes and beliefs in learning to teach. in j. sikula (ed.), handbook of research on teacher education (2nd edn., pp. 102−19). new york: macmillan. samuda, v. (2015). tasks, design and the architecture of pedagogical spaces. in m. bygate (ed.), domains and directions in the development of tblt. (pp. 271-302). amsterdam/philadelphia: john benjamins shulman, l. s. (1987). knowledge and teaching: foundations of the new reform. harvard educational review, 57 (1), 1−22 tsui, a. b. m. (1996). learning how to teach esl writing. in d. freeman & j. c. richards (eds.), teacher learning in language teaching (pp. 97−119). cambridge: cambridge university press. verloop, n., j. van driel & p. c. meijer (2001). teacher knowledge and the knowledge base of teaching. international journal of educational research, 35 (5), 441−61. yochanna, m. (1997). choosing a course book. [online]. available at: http://www.etni.org.il/etnirag/issue4/miri_yochanna.html [april 30, 2018] sebuah kajian pustaka: siswanto, fitriana & bram: using word bank to enrich … 75 using word bank to enrich vocabulary of grade x students of taman karya madya vocational high school indira lusianingtyas siswanto1, catur fitriana2, barli bram3* indira.lusia@gmail.com, caturfitriana44@gmail.com, barli@usd.ac.id sanata dharma university, yogyakarta abstract this paper explored the teaching techniques to enhance the tenth grade students’ vocabulary items in taman karya madya vocational high school yogyakarta, indonesia. the researchers conducted a pre-test before undertaking the classroom action research (car) and a post-test to measure the students’ improvement afterwards. data were analyzed by using the qualitative method by comparing the results of the pre-test and of the post-test. this study sought to answer the research questions related to how the word bank helped students in enriching vocabulary and whether there was any relationship between the teaching method applied in this car and the students’ improvement in vocabulary mastery. results indicated that word bank assisted the students in enhancing vocabulary and that it was essential to choose an appropriate technique in teaching vocabulary. keywords: word bank, vocabulary, vocational high school, teaching technique a. introduction mastering vocabulary is crucial in learning a language. cameron (2001) states that vocabulary plays a great role in language acquisition. in accordance with that, harmon, wood and keser (2009) state that learners’ vocabulary development is an important aspect of students’ language development. in constructing a sentence, both in speaking and writing, a learner needs to arrange several words and make them meaningful. in order to produce a meaningful sentence, knowledge of vocabulary is essential. meanwhile, in order to understand spoken and written expressions, knowledge related to the vocabulary will be helpful in comprehending the message conveyed. therefore, students’ mastery of vocabulary will affect their listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills. however, foreign language learners may find difficulty mastering the vocabulary because of several reasons. laufer (1990) states that “the factors that interfere with learning a word were claimed to be the following: difficult pronunciation ability; similarity of form between the word and other words; similarity of morphology between the word and other words; deceptive morphological structure; different syntactic patterning in l1; differences in lexical gridding between l1 and l2 (one-to-many correspondence, partial overlap in meaning); multiplicity of meaning and metaphors/idioms nonsristent in l1; lexical voids; connotations nonsristent in l1; differences in the pragmatic meaning of near synonyms and of l1 translation equivalents; partial synonymy; and apparent rulelessness of collocation”. for example is the word “can". in indonesian, it can be translated as “bisa”, if it has function as an auxiliary verb; “kaleng", if it is a noun; or “mengalengkan” if it is a verb. in addition, eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 76 they also rarely use the foreign language in their daily life. therefore, it will be very difficult for them to memorize the vocabulary. in this study, the mother tongue of the students is javanese, while their second language is indonesian. one of the problems faced by the tenth grade students of english as a foreign language in indonesia is that there exists no explicit guidelines about what vocabulary to master (see pramesti, pramono, & suhermawan, 2008). horst et al. (2005) argue that using the word bank involved learners in identifying important words to study and make them able to review their own and their classmates' words. having a word bank to be mastered by the students surely will make both of the teacher and also the students easier to focus on the targeted vocabulary to be mastered. however, graves and prenn (1986) state that there is no one best method of teaching words. in practice, a certain method might be appropriate and effective in one circumstance, but it may not work well if it is applied in a different circumstance. each method has its own costs and benefits. therefore, researchers need to observe the classroom in order to find the most effective and appropriate method that can enhance students’ vocabulary. in this study, one of the researchers is a teacher in the school that becomes the subject of this study. she has been teaching there for two years. it helps us to get a clearer picture about the situation at school. this paper aims to investigate the use of word bank to enhance students’ vocabulary mastery. the research was conducted in taman karya madya vocational high school, a private school in ngemplak, sleman, indonesia. the subjects of the research were the tenth grade students, who are considered as adolescents. the researchers believed that they would be responsible and prepared to follow the procedures to achieve the goal. according to brown (2004), adolescents are more ready to enter the world and potentially overcome any obstacle that comes between them and their goal. however, they are considered the novice level of english as foreign language learners. the results of this study are expected to be beneficial for both teachers and the students to enrich their vocabulary items. b. literature review 1. vocabulary learning vocabulary plays a crucial role in english acquisition or learning. vocabulary is the essence for constructing sentences and utterances. with sufficient vocabulary items, the speaker is able communicate and understand the written expression. according to behbahani (2016), acquiring a deep and rich vocabulary knowledge can help students to convey their messages more efficiently. however, helping the students in mastering vocabulary is not an easy job. it requires certain strategies to ease the students to remember and also apply them contextually (see also gu & johnson, 1996; hamzah, kafipour, & abdullah, 2009). nation (1990) believes that knowing and using vocabulary learning strategies is the most important way for learning language. schmitt and schmitt (1995) say that vocabulary learning strategy knowledge is very important. according to oxford (1990) as cited from diaz (2015), strategies are considered as “actions taken by students to make learning easier, more effective, and more self-directed and more transferable to new situations” (oxford, 1990). parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 77 2. strategis in vocabulary learning in this research, the researchers attempted to apply three strategies in vocabulary learning. the strategies were using word bank, using flash-cards, and also applying repetition. each of the strategies had their own strengths and weaknesses. however, having seen the background of the students and the researcher’s experience in teaching them for two years had helped the researchers to decide that those strategies were the most suitable strategies to be applied. a. word bank word bank is a vocabulary list designed by the researchers as a guideline for the teacher and the students in the teaching and learning process. the vocabulary items were taken from longman basic vocabulary word list. the researchers selected the words that suited the novice level of english learners. horst et al. (2005) state that using the word bank involved learners in identifying important words to study. they became more aware of to the words to master. they could also set the target words to be mastered in one year, and therefore they could manage their time learning independently. therefore, the researchers considered the word bank beneficial in enhancing students’ vocabulary learning. b. flash-card using flash-cards in learning vocabulary attracts students’ attention and motivation. according to nation and webb (2011), learning vocabulary from flash-cards needs highest level of involvement. students will be actively involved in the teaching learning process. based on craik and lockhart’s (1972, as cited in schmitt, 2008) level of processing, if an activity has the highest level of involvement and deeper processing is needed, the outcome of that activity is retained and learned better. therefore, flash-cards are effective to teach vocabulary. c. repetition the last important strategy that is mostly teacher-oriented is repetition. repetition is considered the basic method in teaching. it is important in helping the students to memorize the learning material. by repeating the learning material, students will get used to it and will be able to store it in their mind. the scholars mostly believe that there must be at least seven times of exposure to take place for every word to be learned efficiently. nation (2001) believes that pimsleur’s model of repetition is applicable for vocabulary learning. c. research methodology the researchers used classroom action research (car) method. car is a method that aims to find out what works best in the classroom, so that the teacher can improve the students’ learning. the researchers believe that the technique of the teaching plays an essential role in the classroom in regard of students’ improvement. according to aronson (2011), “every teaching situation is unique in terms of content, level, student skills and learning styles, teacher’s skills and teaching styles, and many other factors. therefore, in order to maximize student learning, a teacher must find out what works best in a particular situation.” hopkins (2008) states that classroom action research (car) is teachers’ action in implementing and evaluating to improve their teaching or their colleagues’ teaching. according to kemmis and mc.taggart (1988), car is a study whose purpose is to help the teachers to reflect on their teaching qualities as for further improvements, to give eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 78 experiences, to help the teachers to set the plan more systematically, and to encourage teachers to do introspection after conducting teaching and learning activities. figure 1. action research spiral model (kemmis & taggart, 1988) there are four steps in conducting classroom action research (car). the researchers applied kemmis and taggart’s (1998) action research cycles, which consisting of at least two cycles in the implementation. in the first cycle, teacher conducts the learning process as the prior plan. in the last step of the first cycle, the teachers needs to reflect on what they have done, and make an improvement for the next meetings. the participants of this research were the grade x students of taman karya madya vocational high school. they were categorized as a novice level of english as a foreign language learners. taman karya madya is a private vocational high school located in ngemplak, sleman, yogyakarta. this school has two majors, namely computer and network engineering and motorcycle engineering. we chose this school as they represented the subjects we needed for this research. this school did not have any word bank. therefore, students became overwhelmed since there were too many vocabulary items to be mastered at once. in addition, the vocabulary items used in the textbook were considered difficult and inappropriate for a novice level of english learners. for example, they used the word distant instead of far. based on longman dictionary, distant is categorized as w3, which means that it is included in top 3000 written words. on the other hand, far is categorized as s1 (top 1000 spoken words) and also w1 (top 1000 written words). it indicates that the textbook uses words which the students are unfamiliar. therefore, it will be difficult for them to memorize the words since they are rarely used in daily contexts. parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 79 the data were gathered through pre-test, post test and observation. the pre test was conducted to get the prior knowledge of the students related to the vocabularies to be taught. the post test was used to gain the data related to the students’ improvement after getting the treatment. the result of this research was analyzed using a qualitative method. the researchers used this method since it employed a naturalistic approach that seeks to understand phenomena in context-specific settings. accordingly, the phenomenon of interest would not be manipulated by the researchers (patton, 2001). in this study, the researchers would like to dig the students’ obstacles in learning vocabulary, and would like to provide the solution related to the problem. seeing this fact, we concluded that this method was appropriate to be employed to answer the research questions of this study. d. findings and discussion in this study, the researchers applied two cycles for four meetings. the cycles were elaborated below. cycle 1 a. planning the plan was made before the researchers conducted the research. first, we identified the problems faced by students in their english learning. and then, we formulated the problems into research questions and decided instruments. the next step we took was asking for permission from the principal to conduct the research. the last step was designing the materials. we planned to conduct a pre-test and post-test. the purpose of the pre-test was to obtain data related to students’ prior vocabulary proficiency. meanwhile, the post-test was used to see the results after the implementation of the teaching techniques. the pre-test and post-test used the same questions. the questions were the vocabulary items that would be learned in four meetings. the tests consisted of three sections. in the first section, the students were required to translate 10 english words into indonesian. in the next section, there were 10 indonesian words that needed to be translated into english. in the last section, they were asked to match 10 english words with the correct meanings in indonesian. b. action in the first and the second meetings, the students would learn 15 vocabulary items. they were divided into three groups and were given flashcards. each flashcard contained the vocabulary items in english or indonesian. then the students were asked to match the word with the appropriate meaning. in order to train the students in constructing sentences, we also taught the students how to construct simple sentences. c. observation observations were conducted during the execution of the action by using students’ daily evaluation and also by creating a field note in order to record events that were not included in students’ daily evaluation. during the observations, the researchers observed students’ behavior and found out the students’ problems in the learning process. d. reflection at this stage, the researchers evaluated the activities in this first cycle. the results of the evaluation were used as feedback to conduct the second cycle. from the evaluation of the eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 80 first two meetings, we identified the strengths and weaknesses of the techniques. one of the strengths was that matching flashcards assisted the students in memorizing vocabulary items. even though they did not know yet the meanings of the vocabulary items, they could guess the meaning since the translations were already there. however, this technique also had its own weaknesses. there were only few students actively participated in the learning process. the passive students were dependent on the active ones. therefore, we decided to change the matching flashcard activity with arranging jumbled letters. by arranging the jumbled letters, we hoped that the students would be more actively participated in the teaching learning process. cycle 2 a. planning at this stage, we prepared the materials for teaching. we created the lesson plans and prepared the letters that were used to arrange the words. we chose the words to be taught in the third and fourth meetings. b. action in the third and the fourth meetings, the students would learn 15 vocabulary items. they were divided into three groups and were given the jumbled letters. each group was asked to arrange the letters to produce english words. they were asked to make the words as many as possible. in order to train the students in constructing sentences, we also taught the students how to construct sentences in a simple way. c. observation observations were conducted during the teaching learning process. students’ daily evaluation and a field note to record events that were not included in students’ daily evaluation were used as the observation tools. d. reflection the evaluation in this reflection phase showed the improvement of the students’ participation in the teaching learning process. the students were more active in following the class activities. the factor that influenced the improvement was the technique. the students were asked to arrange seven to eight words using the jumbled letters in a limited time. they felt challenged and they were able to collaborate significantly in finishing the task. we compared the results of the pre-test and the post-test. the comparison was explained descriptively. if the results indicated an expected improvement of students’ vocabulary mastery, we strongly suggested that the teachers should use the word bank regularly at school.the results of pre-test and post-test are shown as follows. parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 81 table 1. pre-test and post-test results no student scores of the test conclusion pretest post test 1 student 1 80 100 improved 2 student 2 50 83 improved 3 student 3 13 60 improved 4 student 4 20 83 improved 5 student 5 27 63 improved 6 student 6 50 90 improved 7 student 7 33 67 improved 8 student 8 33 100 improved 9 student 9 57 100 improved 10 student 10 53 100 improved 11 student 11 53 97 improved 12 student 12 23 60 improved from the data above, we can conclude that all the students had made improvement in vocabulary mastery. it can be said that the techniques used in the teaching learning process were effective in helping the students to master the vocabularies. finding of each vocabulary item below the researchers elaborated the findings of each vocabulary item. we compared the results of the pre-test and the post-test in order to identify the difficulty level of each vocabulary item (see brogan & kutner, 1980). eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 82 figure 1. translating english into indonesian figure 2. translating indonesian into english figure 3. matching the english words with the indonesian between the pre-test and the post-test results, except for the item “all” and “what”. activity of each meeting the researchers conducted the research in four meetings. there were 30 vocabulary items to be learned during the research. the result of each meeting was elaborated below. the first and the second meetings: the students learned 15 vocabularies in this first two meetings. the method applied in teaching the vocabulary was by matching cards containing the english words and indonesian meanings. they did the task in a group with heterogeneous members. the word ‘heterogeneous’ means that the members of the group had a different level of ability. it was done several times (repetition) until the students succeeded in mastering the items. the students were also taught to make simple sentences from the data above, we found that most of the vocabulary items were mastered by the students. there was a significant difference parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 83 using those words. therefore, at the end of the class they were asked to produce one simple sentence from the words given. the third and the fourth meetings: for the last two meetings, the students learned the other 15 vocabulary items. in these sessions, the students were asked to arrange jumbled letters into meaningful words. then, they discussed in a group to find the meanings in indonesian. the target of the meeting was also to produce simple sentences using the words given. the table below shows target vocabularies in four meetings. table 2. list of vocabularies no list of vocabularies first meeting second meeting third meeting fourth meeting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 all can give know tell when small go easy see could find get have they how take want what which because difficult good make say think where who many but students’ daily evaluation result the students’ evaluation was done in the end of class. this activity was completed in order to retain the vocabularies that they learned. the result of the evaluation shows in the table below. first and second evaluation table 3. students’ daily evaluation no student first meeting second meeting vocabulary mastery produced simple sentence vocabulary mastery produced simple sentence 1 student 1 mention all the words when is your birthday? mention all the words i find you. 2 student 2 can’t mention know i tell you a story. can’t mention could i have a sister. 3 student 3 can’t mention all, when, can, know i go to school. absent 4 student 4 mention all the words they tell me a secret. can’t mention get, find how old are you? eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 84 5 student 5 can’t mention know she give me a book. can’t mention have, get i see you. 6 student 6 mention all the words i know your house. mention all the words i have cousin 7 student 7 cant mention know, when, give, all student is smart. can’t mention find, get, have can’t make sentence 8 student 8 can’t mention know and tell i know your name. can’t mention get i get a good score 9 student 9 mention all the words correctly dad go to office. mention all the words could you help me? 10 student 10 can’t mention know and tell she give a book. can’t mention see how are you? 11 student 11 can’t mention know i can sing. can’t mention have he get a ball. 12 student 12 can’t mention tell, when, give can i can play football. absent third evaluation table 4. students’ daily evaluation no student third meeting vocabulary mastery produced simple sentence 1 student 1 mention all the words he makes me crazy. 2 student 2 can’t mention know where are you going? 3 student 3 absent 4 student 4 mention all the words how to make a cake? 5 student 5 can’t mention know this quiz is difficult. 6 student 6 mention all the words lucky makes traditional toys. 7 student 7 cant mention know, when, give, can’t make a sentence. parmawati & inayah: improving students’ speaking skill... 85 8 student 8 can’t mention know and tell i make a cake. 9 student 9 mention all the words i think this is very difficult. 10 student 10 can’t mention know and tell where do you live? 11 student 11 can’t mention know i don’t say a word. 12 student 12 can’t mention tell, when, give, can your acting is very good. in the fourth meeting, the students and the researchers reviewed the vocabularies they learned by having a guessing game. goodman (2014) argues that a guessing game tends to emphasize such higher level skills as the prediction of meaning by means of context clues or certain kinds of background knowledge. this method helps the students to connect their prior knowledge with the new vocabulary they will learn. in this research, most of the students had already memorized the words, only a few of students still struggled to memorize some words. e. conclusion the researchers concluded that the word bank helps students in mastering the vocabulary items by giving them a guideline on which words to be mastered. the results of the pre-test and post-test showed that the students managed to enrich their vocabulary items. moreover, the vocabulary teaching techniques also played an essential role in improving students’ vocabulary. the evidence was reflected in their engagement and enthusiasm during the implementation. the students expressed positive feelings toward the vocabulary learning. they stated that it was a new and different experience in learning vocabulary. the limitation of this study was that we had only few students (twelve) to be the subjects of this research. we also found some demotivated students who reluctantly participated in the learning process. as a result, their scores for the post-test was less satisfactory. to continue exploring the effects of using the word bank, the researchers suggest that future researchers should improve the procedure of the research in gaining feedback from the students. it is also advisable for future researchers to distribute questionnaires to identify external factors related to data collection and analysis. f. references aronson, e. (2011). cooperation in the classroom. london: pinter and martin ltd. brogan, d. r., & kutner, m. h. (1980). comparative analyses of pretest-posttest research designs. the american statistician, 34(4), 229-232. doi: 10.1080/00031305.1980.10483034 graves, m. f., & prenn, m. c. (1986). costs and benefits of various methods of teaching vocabulary. journal of reading, 29(7), 596-602. gu, y., & johnson, r. k. (1996). vocabulary learning strategies and language learning outcomes. language learning, 46(4), 643-679. hamzah, m. s. g., kafipour, r., & abdullah, s. k. (2009). vocabulary learning strategies of iranian undergraduate efl students and its relation to their vocabulary size. european journal of social sciences, 11(1), 39-50. harmon, j. m., wood k. d., & keser, k. (2009) promoting vocabulary learning with interactive word wall. middle school journal, 40(3), 58-63. eltin journal, volume 7/ii, october 2019 86 hopkins, d. (2008). a teacher's guide to classroom research. buckingham: open university press horst, m., cobb, t., & nicolae, i. (2005). expanding academic vocabulary with an interactive on-line database. language learning & technology, 9(2), 90-110. kemmis, s., & mc taggart, r. (1988). the action research planner. victoria: deakin university. laufer, b. (1990). ease and difficulty in vocabulary learning: some teaching implications. foreign language annals, 23(2), 147-155. nation, i. s. p. (1990). teaching and learning vocabulary. new york: newbury house. nation, i. s. p. (2001). learning vocabulary in another language. cambridge: cambridge university press. nation, i. s. p., & webb, s. a. (2011). researching and analyzing vocabulary. boston, ma: heinle, cengage learning. oxford, r. (1990). language learning strategies. cambridge: cambridge university press. patton, m. q. (2001). qualitative evaluation and research methods (3rd ed.). thousand oaks, ca: sage publications, inc pramesti, m. r. d., pramono, w. s, & suhermawan. (2008). english for smk: grade x. jakarta: pusat perbukuan departemen pendidikan nasional. schmitt, n., & schmitt, d. (1995). vocabulary notebooks: theoretical underpinnings and practical suggestions. elt journal, 49(2), 133-143. sebuah kajian pustaka: yuzulia: a study on students’ motivation … 10 a study on students’ motivation towards learning english language irza yuzulia irzayuzulia@gmail.com universitas pendidikan indonesia abstract motivation is the main point to determine the students’ desire to learn english. students’ motivation will be correlated with their performance and achievement during the learning process. the research aimed to find out students’ motivations in learning english and the kinds of motivations they have. the respondents of this study were sixty two third-grader students of senior high school in pekanbaru. in order to cope with the purposes of the research, this study used qualitative case study design. the data in this study was collected through questionnaire that consists of twenty-five questions and open-ended questions. the answers of the respondents were analyzed descriptively. based on the result of the study, it is found that the students have high motivation to learn english. they are two types of motivation possessed by the respondents. related to instrinsic motivation, the data showed that they always attend the english class on time (88.1%), they need to be able to master english (95.2%), and usually learn english in my free time (69%). while, regarding the extrinsic motivation, the data revealed that students’ motivation in learning english due to several reasons such as to answer english tasks correctly (88.1%), to pass national examination (80.9%), the teacher as the biggest inspiration to learn english (69%) and english will be beneficial for their future career (92.81%). keywords: motivation, efl, english learning a. introduction english has an essential role in many aspects of life where english is used in communication, technology, education, science, and career. english in indonesia has been taught as one of the essential subjects from kindergarten until university. in senior high school, english is examined in the national examination and a complementary subject while at the university level. english is used as a complementary subject to help the students access references for their reading in english. the aim of english teaching and learning in indonesia is to develop communicative ability in the four language skills: listening, reading, writing, and speaking. in terms of learning english, the students will succeed in learning if they have a will to learn. this will is called motivation. motivation plays a vital role in foreign language students' classroom performance (dornyei, 2001). motivation has the specific role of raising eagerness, willingness, and gladness in learning. it will determine students' success or failure in learning a foreign language (smith, 2012). motivation can directly influence the frequency of using learning strategies eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 11 according to suprijono (2009), motivation to learn gives the spirit of learning, direction, and behavior persistence. learning motivation is a momentous field in language pedagogy since it is seen as one of the key variables contributing to the successful acquisition of a foreign language or second language (kormos & csizér, 2010). two kinds of motivation can influence the learners, namely integrative motivation and instrumental motivation (gardner, & lambert, 1972). integrative motivation is an interest in foreign languages, a desire to interact with native speakers of the target language, and a positive attitude toward these people and their culture. on the other hand, instrumental motivation is a desire to study the target language to achieve a pragmatic objective such as improving an individual's future employment opportunities. learning a foreign language is challenging, and teaching a foreign language can be just as daunting. so the teacher should look for new and creative methods to boost students' motivation. if the students feel better about themselves, they will achieve more outstanding results as learners. the more inclined students share their interests, hopes, feelings, and dreams, the more self-confident they will be. it implies to foreign language teachers that our students would have the confidence to speak more in the target language and move closer to full linguistic competence. therefore, this study aims to examine students’ motivation towards learning english. b. literature review many experts in psychology have given various definitions of motivation. according to quan (2014) motivation is important and the same as aptitude, intelligence and attitudes which can greatly influence the achievement of learners’ foreign language acquisition. according to santrock (2004), motivation is the process that activate, directs, and sustains behavior. it means that motivation is pushing and showing students to do something and continuously keep on the activity. as stated literally, motivation is enthusiasm or the need for doing something. santrock (2011) also defined that "motivation involves the processes that energize, direct, and sustain behavior." schunk, meece & pintrich ( 2012) also state that "motivation is the process whereby goal-directed activity is suggested and continued." it means that motivation can direct someone’s behavior to achieve his/her goals. a person has a goal and enthusiasts to do something in his/her life by motivation. according to shearin (1994), motivation is a desire to achieve a goal combined with the energy to work toward the goal. motivation has been an important research topic in psychology. psychologists have put forward numerous theories and concepts to describe human motivation. it also has been recognized that motivation is an essential agent in the cognitive process. motivation can be divided into two kinds. these kinds of motivation are divided the how the motivation arrives and the influences around the person itself. they are extrinsic motivation and intrinsic motivation. according to santrock (2011), intrinsic motivation involves the internal motivation to do something for its own sake. alderman (2013) also defines that "the intrinsic motivation is typically defined as students engagement in actions for their own sake and without coercion such as satisfaction, interest, learning, and challenge." with intrinsic motivation, the students do not need to be pushed to do something. this statement is the same as this next statement: "intrinsic motivation describes self-initiated task engagement with no apparent extrinsic rewards beyond the activity itself. while, extrinsic motivation happens when students engage in activities for external reasons (outside of themselves) such as grades, praise, special privileges, and certificates or material rewards (alderman, 2013). yuzulia: a study on students’ motivation … 12 from the above statements, it can be concluded that extrinsic motivation is the one that comes from the outside of individuals, for example, punishment or the reward, so that they will be motivated and achieve the target expected. there are two main types of extrinsic motivation based on (gardner & lambert, 1972). they are integrative motivation and instrumental motivation. in integrative motivation, the student needs to be attracted by the role of the target language community. it involves students' reasons for learning the language. to strengthen this motivation, students have to learn hard to master the language and have to integrate themselves into that culture. instrumental motivation describes a situation in which students believe that mastery of the target language will be instrumental in getting them a better job, position, or status. the language is instrumental in their attainment of such a goal. c. research methodology this study used a qualitative case study design to find out some information from actual conditions. this research population was the senior high school students who enrolled in the third grade in pekanbaru. the total numbers of respondents were sixty students. for this study, the author formed a questionnaire that consists of 25 questions related to students' motivation to learn english. the data obtained through an online survey were analyzed by frequency of common students' responses and percentages. demographic data were obtained using the likert scale and is reported in percentage of students' responses. furthermore, the questionnaire also provides some open-ended questions to clarify students' responses. d. findings and discussion based in the data from questionnaires, it was revealed that the respondents have two types of motivation. they are intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. the types of motivation are described in the following table. table 1. the data of questionnaires no components agree neutra l disagree intrinsic motivation 1. i always attend the english class on time 88.1 9.5 2.4 2. it won’t be a problem if i do not attend english class 0.1 19 80.9 3. i am reluctant to practice english at school 9.5 31 59.5 4. i usually learn english in my free time 69 28.6 2.4 5. i feel the need to be able to master english language 95.2 4.8 0 6. the tasks given by the teacher burdens me 19.1 59.5 23.8 7. i feel challenged by the tasks 26.2 61.9 11.9 8. when i find difficult words in english, it will not stop me from keeping learning 75.6 19.5 4.9 9. i do not give my maximum effort in english class 4.9 12.2 82.9 10. i make my own goal in learning english 52.4 45.2 2.4 eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 13 11. i love to listen to english songs to support my learning 81 16.7 2.3 12. i am confident to be asked to speak english in the classroom 23.8 61.9 14.3 extrinsic motivation 13. english will be beneficial for my future career 92.81 7.1 0.09 14. english is not interesting 95.2 4.8 0 15. the presence of native speaker will boost my motivation to learn english 42.9 54.7 2.4 16. i learn english to communicate with my teacher and my friends 50 33.3 16.7 17. i learn english to answer english tasks correctly. 88.1 11.9 0 18. i learn english to get the high score in m class 31 64.3 4.7 19. my purpose to learn english is to pass the national examination 80.9 1.9 17.2 20. i’m not interested to communicate with native speaker of english 2.4 54.8 45.3 21. my teacher is my biggest inspiration to learn english 69 28.6 2.4 22. i like to listen to dialogues in english movies. 78.6 19 2.4 23. getting low score makes me lazy to learn english 2.4 11.9 85.7 24. i will ask my teacher if i find problems during learning english 80.9 19 0.1 25. i love to learn english to make me easier to understand reading materials in english. 90.5 9.5 0 regarding to instrinsic motivation, the data above showed that 88,1 % of students are willing to attend the english class on time, and 57,1% of the students disagreed that it will not be a problem if they do not attend english class. the data also found that they never late coming to the class because they are afraid of missing the teacher's explanation. it can be seen in the following excerpt: "i always come to the class on time because i do not want to miss the teacher's explanation." the data above revealed that 61.9 % of students agreed if they learn english at home in their free time. it is supported by the data from open ended questions that the students join in the community to practice their english with their friends or even with native speakers. it can be seen in the following excerpt: "i joined an english club in my city at the weekends. it is helpful for me to increase my speaking ability." the finding above is in line with kasmalinda (2011) who stated that the main purpose of holding english club is to improve students’ motivation to speak english with a high selfconfidence. oemar (2007) also argue that an enjoyable activity will develop their experience and it will make the students to improve their confident through participation actively in english club. yuzulia: a study on students’ motivation … 14 while, relating to the task given by teacher, 59,5 % of students are "neutral" regarding that they are burdened by the number of tasks, and 61,9% of students are "neutral" about feeling challenged by the tasks given. from the open-ended questionnaire response, it is found that many tasks sometimes burden them because they are bored to learn english grammar and theories most of the time. on the other hand, some students came up with the idea that tasks were essential to enhance the vocabularies. furthermore, the data also showed that 63,4% of students agreed that when they find difficult words in english, they will keep learning. they tend to use dictionaries or guessing the meaning from the context to comprehend reading materials. it is supported by the data from open ended question. it can be seen in the following excerpt: "i usually look at my dictionary whenever i find the difficult words in english." "i will finish until i understand what is the whole text about when i have reading class or reading tasks." regarding "creating their own goal in learning english", 52.4 % agreed that some of them plan to continue their study to another country and have a plan to choose the department that requires good english ability. as stated by two respondents below: "i have a plan to continue to school at malay or singapore, that is why i have to be able to speak english well." "i want to continue my education to international relations which requires the mastery of the english language." it is relevant with holt (2001) that most students learned the target language—english with instrumental motivation. that is, the underlying reason for studying english is simply to pass the university entrance exam. once students enter the university, their interests to continue studying english are diminished. this agrees as what previous research has found that integrative motivation can sustain long-term success in foreign language learning. furthermore, referring to extrinsic motivation, it was revealed that watching movies and listening to english songs become the hobbies that can help them master english. from the results, it is found that most of the students (78.6%) like to listen to dialogues in english movies and52.4 % students agreed that they loved to listen to english songs. this findings is in line with the statement of allan in haghverdi, 2015 that when students are watching films, they can learn language components such as grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation. the data also revealed that students’ motivation in learning english due to several reason such as to answer english tasks correctly (88.1%), to pass national examination (80.9%), the teacher as the biggest inspiration to learn english (69%) and english will be beneficial for my future career (92.81%). this findings showed that extrinsic motivation happens when students engage in activities for external reasons (outside of themselves) such as grades, praise, special privileges, and certificates or material rewards (alderman, 2013). thus, it can be concluded that extrinsic motivation is the one that comes from the outside of individuals, for example, punishment or the reward, so that they will be motivated and achieve the target expected. eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 15 in addition, based on the findings above, it can be concluded that the fluency in speaking english is also essential. this result is in line with gardner ( as cited by al-tamimi & shuib, 2009) who defined these fact as instrumental motivation. he stated that less motivation in learning a language is due to less clearly perceived utility it might have for the learner. based on the findings, the students have seen the utility of english as a foreign language for them. it is supported by wilkins (1972) who found that a learner is instrumentally motivated when he/she wants to learn a language to use it in one’s job, to use it in holiday in other countries and to use it in one’s job or due to the national system that requires it. in connection with this phenomenon, gardner (1985) also found two main orientations through his research. the instrumental motivation entails a more functional reason for learning the target language, such as job promotion and a language requirement. "i know it. english becomes "a must" in this era. everything is written in english, and many people could speak english well now. so i have to learn very hard from now." "english is essential to increase my career level in the future. i believe that." based on the findings, it is found that most students have high motivation to learn english. they tend to come to the class on time, do all the tasks, learn english in their free time and try to find the meaning of difficult words they found while learning english. most of the students also doing some efforts to practice their english such as joining an english club. they stated that they are more comfortable to practice their english in their community because they do not need to worry about their grammar since the members come in various level of english ability. regarding the presence of native speakers to boost their motivation, most of students are neutral about it. in other words, they still have reluctance to get to know english more in order to connect with its persons or culture. talking about students' purpose to learn english, the respondents' responses are varied. they learn english to communicate with their teacher and friends, to understand novels or other reading materials, and to be able to get a promising career in the future. surprisingly, based on the results, it is found that the primary purpose of the students to learn english was to get high scores in english subjects and pass the national examination. the students are also found to listen to songs and to watch english movie as medias to learn english. much previous research has provided insights into the advantages of learning english through songs in the classroom (mora, 2000; liu, 2006). for helping learners to develop their multiple intelligences, simpson (2000) believes that through well-planned teaching activities, linguistic intelligence and musical intelligence can benefit each other. therefore, popular songs can be effective materials that relate english learning to students’ daily life. presenting a learning media such as a movie in a classroom can be very beneficial if it is integrated with some learning activities. some activities such as discussion or practicing language skills based on the movie can improve students' motivation in learning. students can learn a language in an enjoyable and interesting way with media. films are a shift from the conventional and offer students realistic learning environments (sherman in khan, 2015). considering this information, it is evident that english as a foreign language for the nonnative students can be more interesting when the teachers understand the better way of yuzulia: a study on students’ motivation … 16 teaching english. english teachers should understand both the students’ intrinsic motivation and language teaching strategy (richard & renandya, 2002). methods of teaching and approaches to language teaching must be mastered by the teachers so that they can cater for their students in classroom. e. conclusion based on the result of the study, it can be concluded that the respondents of the study have high motivation to learn english. the students tend to have two kinds of motivation; instrumental motivation and integrative motivation. the study results also indicated that the respondents could be categorized as having instrumental motivation because they regarded english as a compulsory subject and fulfilled the need to pass the examination level. the students also identified having integrative motivation because students have reasons for learning the language. the students also realized that english is crucial for them for their future. it can be identified by their purpose to learn english in order to communicate, to be able to understand reading materials in english, and to get a better job in the future. the teachers are suggested to encourage students to focus on their improvement, not only grade or examination. the students can do a self-assessment of their work and find out their strengths and weaknesses. the teacher can also uses authentic materials and introduces the students to different cultures or accents, in order to make the students more enthusiast to communicate and boost their interest in learning english. f. references al-tamimi, a., & shuib, m. (2009). motivation and attitudes towards learning english: a study of petroleum engineering undergraduates at hadhramout university of sciences and technology. , 9(2). gema online® journal of language studies, 9(29–55). alderman, m. k. (2013). motivation for achievement: possibilities for teaching and learning. routledge. routledge. dörnyei, z. (2001). motivational strategies in the language classroom. cambridge: cup. gardner, r. c., & lambert, w. e. (1972). attitudes and motivation in second language learning (vol. 786). newbury: rowley. gardner, r. c. (1985). social psychology and second language learning: the role of attitudes and motivation. arnold. haghverdi, h. r. (2015). the effect of song and movie on high school students language achievement in dehdasht. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 192, 313–320. khan, a. (2015). using films in the esl classroom to improve communication skills of nonnative learners. elt voices, 5(4), 46-52. elt voices, 5(4), 46–52. kormos, j., & csizér, k. (2010). a comparison of the foreign language learning motivation of hungarian dyslexic and non‐dyslexic students. international journal of applied linguistics, 20(2), 232-250. liu, c. y. (2006). analysis of the songs in elementary school english textbooks. southern taiwan university of technology. mora, c. f. (2000). foreign language acquisition and melody singing. elt journal, 54(2), 146-152. santrock, j. w. (2011). perkembangan anak edisi 7 jilid 2. (terjemahan: sarah genis b). erlangga. santrock, w. j. (2004). educational psychology. hill second edition. eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 17 schunk, d. h., meece, j. r., & pintrich, p. r. (2012). motivation in education: theory, research, and applications. pearson higher ed. simpson, j. m. (2000). practice multiple intelligences in efl class. tesol journal, 9(1), 32. smith, r. c. (2012). situational language teaching. elt journal, 2(4), 71-79. suprijono, a. (2009). cooperative learning teori dan aplikasi paikem. yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar. wilkins, d. (1972). linguistics in language teaching. cambridge: cpu. sebuah kajian pustaka: wigati, sari & santosa: industrial needs on english skills … 42 industrial needs on english skills of new employees: a survey fikri asih wigati1, rianita pupa sari2, made panji teguh santosa3 fikri.asihwigati@staff.unsika.ac.id , rianita.puspasari@ft.unsika.ac.id; made.santoso@staff.unsika.ac.id universitas singaperbangsa karawang abstract employees with good english skills tend to have greater opportunities to get better positions in their careers. practitioners must consider workforce trends by conducting need analysis to explore how language is used in the workplace. this is important because learning english as a general basic course must be aligned with the needs of stakeholders. karawang is the largest industrial city in indonesia, the need for employees will certainly continue to increase. the main task of a university is to prepare its students to be ready to work and to have the skills needed by stakeholders. this study aims to identify the industry's need for english competence for employee recruitment from the perspective of corporate hrd both at the company level and at the industrial area level. this research uses a quantitative approach with multilevel modelling methods. the research process is divided into four stages, namely the preliminary stage, the design of a theoretical framework, data collection and processing, the stage of analysis and drawing conclusions. the results of this research indicate that the ability most needed is the ability to actively communicate both speaking and writing. reading and terminology mastery are equally important, but all four skills must be integrated in digital knowledge and online code analysis.information already present in the title. keywords: need analysis, english competencies, employee recruitment, industry a. introduction karawang is a large industrial city in indonesia. based on preliminary research data (informal interviews with several human resource development personnel), it was found that employees with good english skills tend to have greater opportunities to get better positions in their careers. new employees with good english skills are also prioritized. english language skills are one of the main qualifications for finding work (garner,2012). this is in line with kassim and ali (2010) which states that english has become dominant in various fields including industry. as a result, english skills become an effective communication tool as well as a vehicle for professional development. to offer this competitive advantage, practitioners must consider workforce trends, need analysis is needed to explore how language is used in the workplace. educational experts have a strong mandate to include english for specific purpose as teaching material in response to the rapid development of needs (harper & widodo, 2017). mailto:fikri.asihwigati@staff.unsika.ac.id mailto:rianita.puspasari@ft.unsika.ac.id mailto:made.santoso@staff.unsika.ac.id eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 43 one of the requirements that is almost an obligation in all job openings is english competence. however, the english competence required may vary and depends on the type of company itself. what's more, karawang has at least six industrial zones, namely: industrial estate industrial zone, kiic industrial estate, karatra mitra industrial estate, kujang fertilizer industrial estate, surya cipta industrial zone, and pt.timor putra industrial estate which definitely has a different special characteristic one and others. in the end, english is often a scourge for prospective workers. english is considered a science that only complicates, even hinders in seeking work. in fact, the task of a university level as educational institution is to prepare students to be ready to work. therefore, researchers plan to conduct a study entitled "identification of english language competency in employee recruitment in the industry in karawang". in this study, researchers conducted an analysis of industry needs from the perspective of human research development regarding the english competencies of the potential employees when recruiting new workers. b. literature review 1. employee recruitment employees are the human resources of a company. human resources will be an important part of the plan to dominate the business world, then the employee recruitment plan must be focused on the strength of the company (decenzo &robbins,2010). this strength is the foundation that forms the competitive advantage of a company. these strengths are called core competencies, namely unique capabilities that create high value and differentiate a company from its competitors (mathis & jackson, 2012). based on this, the recruitment of employees is very important. employee recruitment using a basic competency approach considers how knowledge and skills are used. competence is an individual capability that can be linked to individual or group performance (mathis & jackson, 2010), which refers to knowledge, skills, abilities, and other personal characteristics that can form good performance for a job 2. english competencies one of the competences is english competencies (europe, 2018). in the world of industry ,language english competencies can be active or passive, and they are often divided into four interconnected skills. these skills are: (1) listening; (2) reading; (3) speaking; and (4) writing (projects, 2018). it is stated that the minimum (english) language competency of workers in the uk should reach the level of national vocational qualification (nvq) 3. even for jobs with high communication content and use of formal language required nvq level 4 3. education 4,0 after the first industrial revolution in the 1780 's, where the steam engines made humans more productive, the second industrial revolution were in the 1870 's with their electric energy carrying mass production, the third industrial revolution then appeared in the 1980 's decade with information and electronic technology, which led to a more efficient production process. the melting of some advanced technologies and accompanying new knowledge marked the start of industrial revolution 4,0. humans have developed compute capacity to store data in massive scale, which in turn allows for machine learning. the outside of this development is cyber-physical systems (cpss), which are physical and engineering systems where operations are monitored, coordinated, controlled, and integrated through the core of wigati, sari & santosa: industrial needs on english skills … 44 computing and communication. education, especially higher education, has an important role in shaping the community's transition needed to adapt to industrial revolution 4,0. education 4.0, should be able to bring students to answer challenges in the areas of demographics, population, health, nuclear proliferation, and so on. after the students graduate, the world of industrial revolution 4,0 requires them to work with artificial intelligence technology. what they learn on campus will not determine their work or career. their content and understanding of their work is important, but most importantly what they can do with it. education 4,0 have to meet the needs of the community in an innovative era, in accordance with behavioral changes with special characteristics in parallelism, connectivity, and visuals. teachers must help to develop learners ' ability to implement the new technology. learning system should also bring learners to grow with lifelong knowledge and skills, not merely able to read and write, but with all its best abilities (mathis& jackson, 2012) c. research methodology this research methodology is using statistical data on the identification of english competency factors in employee recruitment in the karawang industry. in identifying these factors, an analysis using multilevel modeling methods was carried out. the research process is divided into four stages, namely the preliminary stage, the design of a theoretical framework, data collection and processing, to the stage of analysis and drawing conclusions (luke,2004; sekaran 2003). in this study, data collection is primary data in the form of a questionnaire distributed to the company's human resource develpment in karawang, prior to distributing the questionnaire data, licensing was done first for the legality and ease of data retrieval. questionnaire compilation preparation of the questionnaire as primary research data was developed from the operationalization of variables. table.1 questionaire form question number variable code question 1 english competence kbi1 reading ability 2 kbi2 listening ability 3 kbi3 writing ability 4 kbi4 we need employee who are able to present their idea in english 5 level of english competence independent user we need employees who can translate manual book/ module into indonesian we need employee who are able to present their idea in english 6 expert we need employees who have the capability to make english speech and formal conversation we need employees who can translate manual book/ module into indonesian 7 independent user we need employees who are able to be an we need employees who have the capability to eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 45 interpreter in a teleconference make english speech and formal conversation 8 expert we need employees who are able to translate directly the conversation between management and customers/visitors we need employees who are able to be an interpreter in a teleconference 9 expert we need employees who are able to use online data in english in all context related to factory’s needs we need employees who are able to translate directly the conversation between management and customers/visitors 10 expert we need employees who understand english literacy and are able to retell the data well. we need employees who are able to use online data in english in all context related to factory’s needs 11 independent user we need employees who can explore and analyze data in english. we need employees who understand english literacy and are able to retell the data well. 12 expert we need employees who are able to summarize statistical data and understand how to set the data. we need employees who can explore and analyze data in english. 13 expert we need employees who are able to visualize and interprets data using english. we need employees who are able to summarize statistical data and understand how to set the data. 14 independent user piv2 we need employees who are able to visualize and interprets data using english. 15 education 4.0 p1 which one do you thing are the important aspects that your employees should have p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 d. findings and discussion discussion descriptive analysis of respondent profiles descriptive analysis is done by descriptive statistical tests to find out the general description of respondents who fill out questionnaires in the form of charts. wigati, sari & santosa: industrial needs on english skills … 46 figure 3 working period duration of work in figure 3 shows that respondents who filled out this research questionnaire 55.6% of them were human resource development with a work period of more than 5 years, so this can be indicated that the respondents were experienced senior hrd and knew the company's needs. figure 4. education in picture 4 respondents who filled out the questionnaire in this study, 75% had a bachelor degree background, 16.7% had a master education background, and 8.3% had a diploma education background, thus it could be said that the respondent had sufficient knowledge to pursue the needs of competency in accordance with industry needs in the industrial era 4.0 eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 47 figure 5 position picture 5 shows that respondents who filled out the research questionnaire, 53% of them were hrd staff and 47% of them were hrd manager. therefore, the questionnaire corresponds to the samples needed in the survey of english language competency needs, because hrd staff and hrd managers do recruitment and conduct performance appraisals for employees in the company. the validity of the questionnaire to find out whether each indicator represents a variable and is sufficiently understood by respondents, thus it can be known whether or not editorial changes are needed in the questionnaire. test the validity of this study using spss 22.0 for windows software. the results of the validity test compare the correlation coefficient on corrected item-total correlation as r count in spss with the rtable calculation results, if r count> rtable then the question item or indicator is declared valid. the number of samples used for this test was 36, so the rtable value for α = 0.05 and dof = 34 was 0.2785. table 5.2 is a recapitulation table of the output validity test spss. table 2 data processing question number code r count r table valid/not valid 1. kbi1 0,719 0,2785 valid 2. kbi2 0,613 0,2785 valid 3. kbi3 0,478 0,2785 valid 4. kbi4 0,597 0,2785 valid 5. piv1 0,646 0,2785 valid 6. pak1 0,613 0,2785 valid 7. pit1 0,782 0,2785 valid 8. pam1 0,471 0,2785 valid 9. pam2 0,673 0,2785 valid 10. pak2 0,675 0,2785 valid 11. pit2 0,619 0,2785 valid 12. pak3 0,614 0,2785 valid 13. pak4 0,584 0,2785 valid 14. piv2 0,636 0,2785 valid 15. p1 0,166 0,2785 not valid 15. p2 0,009 0,2785 not valid 15. p3 0,072 0,2785 not valid 15. p4 0,085 0,2785 not valid 15. p5 -0,054 0,2785 not valid 15. p6 -0,083 0,2785 not valid it can be seen that the respondents' perceptions on the questionnaire questions can be understood so that no editorial changes are needed, it can be seen from questions 1-14 rcount is bigger than rtable then the indicator is declared valid, whereas in question 15 each indicator code is invalid, but researchers cannot delete or change the editorial because question no 15 is an open question for respondents to choose between indicators p1 through p6 according to the perceptions of conditions in their respective companies. while, the reliability test using the help of spps 22.0 software is used to find out whether each question has a reliable measurement result. gauges are said to be reliable if the value of the reliability coefficient (cronbach's alpha) obtained exceeds 0.7. wigati, sari & santosa: industrial needs on english skills … 48 table 3 reliability statistics cronbach's alpha n of items ,861 20 in table 3 the results of data processing (cronbach's alpha) obtained by 0.861 which exceeded 0.7, so that the questionnaire distribution had reliable measurement results.normality testing serves to test the assumptions of using the sem method, the normality test used to analyze normality can be done with a variety of normality analyzes, one of which is by using kolmogorov-smirnov. normality test is done by basing on the kolmogorov-smirnov (ks) test using the help of spps 30.0 software by looking at the significance value on 2 sides (two tailed), which must have a p-value criterion ≥ 0.05 then the data can be said to be normally distributed. the summary of normality test results can be seen in the following table table 4 normality test one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test unstandardized residual n 36 normal parametersa,b mean ,0000000 std. deviation 4,23283578 most extreme differences absolute ,159 positive ,106 negative -,159 test statistic ,159 asymp. sig. (2-tailed) ,022c from table 4, it can be seen the results of the kolmogorov-smirnov (ks) normality test by looking at the significance value on two sides (two tailed) which has a p-value criterion of 0.22 is ≥ 0.05, then the data can be assumed as normal and can be continued in sem data processing -pls. quantitative analysis using sem-pls quantitative analysis is used to predict the relationship between research variables based on hrd's perception on filling out questionnaires that have been distributed, especially in questions 1 to question 15. figure 6 testing the sem-pls model figure 6 shows that the results of data processing using wrappls 3.0 software to test the research hypothesis:h1: english language competency (kbi) has a positive effect on the level of english language skills (tkbi) of workers required by industry. h2: education 4.0 eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 49 (p4.0) moderates positively the effect of english competence on the level of english skills of workers required by industry picture 7. the result of coefficient hypothesis recruitment the results of data processing in figure 6 clearly explained in figure 7 which then can be indicated that the influence of english language competence (kbi) on the level of english language ability (tkbi) has a positive effect of 0.746 and significant p value of 0.002 (<0.05) so that it can be said that the hypothesis h1 is accepted, whereas based on the results of the sem-pls test analysis h2 decision is rejected which indicates that education 4.0 does not positively moderat the influence of engineering students' english competence at the level of english proficiency and is significant at -0.118 with a p of 0.333 (> 0.05). figure 8 testing the feasibility of the research model figure 8 shows the results of data processing using wrappls produce p values in apc and ars less than 0.05 and are significant, and avif values is less than 5, then goodness of fit has been fulfilled. it can be said that this research model is suitable in measuring the level of english language competency needs of industrial engineering workers in the context of industry 4.0 wigati, sari & santosa: industrial needs on english skills … 50 figure 9. effect size results on the path coefficient of the research model the results of data processing in figure 9 show the effect size of the influence of english competence on english language proficiency level of 0.589 belonging to the large category, thus english competence has an important role in the level of english language skills of industrial engineering workforce required in industry 4.0. figure 10. results of structural measurements of the inner research model from figure 10, it can be seen that the reliability of internal consistency is met by looking at composite reliability as a reliability requirement of all kbi, tkbi and p4.0 variables having values greater than 0.7 and vif below 3.3 which means there is no multicollinearity in the research model, while the ave value kbi and tkbi above 0.5 which show convergent validity are met. the r-square value in figure 5.6 is 63.5% which shows the percentage of endogenous / criterion construct variance can be explained moderately by the construct hypothesized to influence it (exogenous / predictor). while the predictive relevance (q2) value of 0.628 indicates the value of predictive validity is very strong and feasible in this research model. the factors that affect the level of english language skills can be seen in table 5.5 which shows the results of testing the reliability of each indicator construction of the variable. table 5 indicator reliability no. indicator loading factor p-value conclusion 1 kbi1 0,885 <0,001 reliable 2 kbi2 0,745 <0,001 reliable 3 kbi3 0,759 <0,001 reliable 4 kbi4 0,678 <0,001 reliable 5 piv1 0,723 <0,001 reliable 6 pak1 0,802 <0,001 reliable 7 pit1 0,736 <0,001 reliable 8 pam1 0,658 0,005 reliable 9 pam2 0,753 <0,001 reliable eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 51 10 pak2 0,793 <0,001 reliable 11 pit2 0,73 <0,001 reliable 12 pak3 0,737 <0,001 reliable 13 pak4 0,75 0,003 reliable 14 piv2 0,742 0,006 reliable 15 p1 0,711 <0,001 reliable 16 p2 0,578 0,095 less reliable 17 p3 0,388 0,199 less reliable 18 p4 0,665 0,013 reliable 19 p5 0,64 0,04 reliable 20 p6 0,549 0,036 less reliable from table 5, it can be interpreted that the prediction factors that influence the research variables as follows: 1. factors that affect english proficiency can be reflected by reading indicators (kbi1) with a value of 0.885 is significant, writing (kbi2) with a value of 0.745 is significant, listening (kbi3) with a value of 0.759 is significant, and speaking (kbi4) with a value of 0.678 is significant, so that the english ability of the industrial engineering workforce is reflected in the ability to read, write, listen and speak. 2. factors that influence the level of english competency can be reflected by 10 indicators piv1, pak1, pit1, pam1, pam2, pak2, pit2, pak3, pak4, piv2 with loading factor values above 0.7, so that the level of english competence in industrial engineering workforce is reflected at the level of english competence of expert users and independent users, which is reflected in the competence that is able to present ideas, translate modules, understand speech / conversation, translate teleconferences, translate guest conversations, understand online data, understand literacy, explore and analyze english data, summarize statistical data, visualize and interpret english data. 3. factors that influence the need for the concept of education 4.0 are reflected in indicators p1, p4, p5 and p6, so that the concept of education 4.0 is reflected in the workforce in leadership, communicative, digital literacy and emotional intelligence. quantitative analysis based on the results of a questionnaire distribution survey figure 9 results of competency needs survey in the industrial era 4.0 wigati, sari & santosa: industrial needs on english skills … 52 in figure 9 based on the survey results, the competency requirements needed in the industry 4.0 era for workers in companies are communicative at 72.2% and innovative at 69.4%. table 6 the survey of english needs ability and level of competence variable min max mean sd english competence kbi1 3 5 4,36 0,54 kbi2 3 5 4,17 0,51 kbi3 4 5 4,39 0,49 kbi4 3 5 4,25 0,60 levels of competence piv1 3 5 4,00 0,63 pak1 2 5 4,00 0,76 pit1 3 5 4,11 0,67 pam1 2 5 3,92 0,73 pam2 3 5 4,08 0,55 pak2 2 5 4,08 0,65 pit2 2 5 3,89 0,75 pak3 2 5 4,11 0,71 pak4 2 5 4,11 0,71 piv2 2 5 4,11 0,71 table 6 shows the results of the survey on the range of scale of the level of hrd approval on the capability and competency level needed by the industrial engineering graduates in the company in facing the industry era 4.0. the survey results stated that almost all hrd agreed that the english language skills needed by graduates of industrial engineering in the industrial era 4.0 were writing, reading, listening and speaking. the survey results also stated that almost all hrd agreed that the level of english competency required by the workforce industrial engineering graduates in the industrial era 4.0 are expert and independent user categories .from the results obtained from the data analysis, it was found that the results of this study are in line with what was delivered by kassim and ali (2010), in his research conducted in malaysia stated that english became dominant in the field of industry. as a result, english skills become an effective communication tool as well as a vehicle for professional development. then, hutchinson&waters (1986) and paltridge and starfield (2013) also suggested that to offer these competitive benefits, practitioners must consider workforce trends, need analysis is needed to explore how language is used in the workplace. therefore, education experts have a strong mandate to include english for specific purpose as teaching material in response to the rapid development of needs (basturkemen, 2010; harper & widodo, 2017) which is the next step after this research. therefore, this research has followed the existing mandate by analyzing industry needs in order to improve esp learning in industrial engineering field. employees are the human resources of a company. the first and foremost thing in the data that appears is that the industry need good speaking and writing skills (productive skills). for speaking abilities, the industry wants workers who are fluent in english in conversation. it is supported by the interview data with some hrd stated that the capability was needed to be used in meetings with stakeholders and superiors from abroad, handling customer visits, customer complaints, negotiations, and training subordinates or colleagues. one hrd leader stated that problem solving, negotiation skills in the production field planner were the skills needed. negotiations are not only needed for the marketing department, many production planners in industrial engineering graduates are employed by these large manufacturing companies. they are required to negotiate and coordinate well with the relevant departments. for example from setting the production time, eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 53 production schedule target, quality checking process by the qc team, until when the results of the production come in, they have to communicate for warehouse finishing, even participate in negotiations with customers from india and taiwan who only speak english. the second ability is the ability to read. this ability is needed because most production instructions are in the form of procedural or descriptive texts. the module used is mostly english text because the trainers who are invited to train their workers are from the company from abroad. the third ability is the ability to write, the hrd requires employees to have the ability to write in english to make daily, weekly, monthly reports. they were also asked to have fluency in english for correspondence. not infrequently, employees are also asked to write a kind of project and report in written english. the next ability is mastery of vocabulary related to industrial terminology. this has become a big demand for the students of the industrial engineering english course. all english skills are also integrated with digital knowledge, digital automation, online analysis, and coding in english. by using these need analysis we can prepare our students to use english within professional environment (basturkmen,2006; harding, 2005) e. conclusion the ability of the english industrial engineering workforce is reflected in the ability to read, write, listen and speak while the level of english competence of the industrial engineering workforce is reflected in the level of english competency of expert users and independent users, which is reflected in the competence of being able to present ideas, translate modules, understand speech / conversation, teleconference translators, translate guest conversations, understand online data , understand literacy, explore and analyze english data, summarize statistical data, visualize and interpret english data. those skills and are integrated with the ability to communicate and digital literacy. f. references basturkmen, h. (2010). developing courses in english for specific purposes. uk: palgrave basturkmen, h. (2006). ideas and options in english for specific purposes. new jersey: lawrence erlbaum associates publishers decenzo, d. a., robbins, s. p. (2010). fundamentals of human resource management (10th ed.). hoboken nj: john wiley & sons, inc. europe, c. o. (2018). common european framework of reference for languages (cefr). retrieved april 4, 2018, from council of europe portal: https://www.coe.int/en/web/common-european-framework-referencelanguages/table-1-cefr-3.3-common-reference-levels-global-scale garner, e. (2012). recruitment and selection: hiring the people you want. usa: bookboon.com. harding, k. (2005). english for specific purposes. new york: oxford harper, j;widodo, h,p. ( 2017). on the design of a global law english course for university freshmen: a blending of egp and esp, the european journal of applied linguistics and tefl, 169-183 hutchinson,t; waters, a. (1986). english for specific purposes. australia:cambridge kassim,h & ali,f. (2010). english communicative events and skills needed at the workplace: feedback from industry. english for specific purposes,29, 168-182 mathis, r. l., jackson, j. h. (2010). human resource managemet (13th ed.). mason, ohio: cengage learning. wigati, sari & santosa: industrial needs on english skills … 54 mathis, r. l., jackson, j. h. (2012). human resource management: essential perspectives (6th ed.). mason, ohio: south-western cengage learning. paltridge, b.,starfield, s. (2013). the handbook of english for specific purposes. oxford: wiley-blackwell projects, p. i. (2018, january 16). what are language competencies? retrieved april 4, 2018, from praxis community projects: www.praxis.org.uk/manage/.../files/what%20are%20language%20competencies.pd luke, d. (2004). multilevel modelling. united kingdom: sage publications, inc. sekaran, u. (2003). research methods for business: a skill building. new york-usa: john wiley and sons, inc. sebuah kajian pustaka: parmawati, santoso & yana: improving students’writing … 103 improving students’ writing skill through round table technique aseptiana parmawati*1, iman santoso2, yana3 aseptiana@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id, santoso@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id, yana@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id ikip siliwangi abstract in writing for general communication course, students are expected to be able to write using several genres of text. in reality, most of the students in second semester at ikip siliwangi face some problems related to writing skill. to improve the students’ writing skill, the lecturers need to find out an appropriate technique for the students. this research used classroom action research (car). the objectives of the study are: 1) finding out whether or not round table can improve the students’ writing skill 2) finding out classroom situation when round table implemented in writing for general communication course. the finding was supported by the result of students’ writing scores. the average score of pre test was 68.31. after the implementation of round table technique in every cycle, the students’ speaking score were getting better. it can be seen from the result of students’ average score 75.15 in cycle 1 and 81.5 in cycle 2. it can be concluded that round table technique can improve students’ speaking skill and improve speaking classroom into a better situation. keywords: writing skill, round table technique, car a. introduction in learning english, there are 4 core components that must be mastered by students. the core components are listening (listening), speaking (speaking), reading (reading), and writing (writing). the ability to write is closely related to the ability to write a thesis, where a thesis is an output that must be produced by students before earning a bachelor's degree. writing well is a major cognitive challenge, because it is at once a test of memory, language, and thinking ability. it demands rapid retrieval of domain-specific knowledge about the topic from long-term memory (kellogg & raulerson, 2007). related to the writing for general communication course, students are expected to be able to write using several genres of text. based on observations while teaching the writing for general communication subject, we found that most of the 2nd semester students of the english language study program at ikip siliwangi still have difficulties writing several genres of text in english. this is due to several factors, including 1) difficulty in determining the theme or topic of writing, according to the genre of text they are going to write, 2) they do not know how to make paragraphs good, coherent, and have unity in their writing so that less focus; 3) lack of motivation in learning to write because the learning techniques are still monotonous. eltin journal, volume 8/no 2, october 2020 104 many students assume that they are competing with each other. this is a special note from us. basically, through group work, they can find alternative ways of learning by expressing and exploring various ideas and experiences in a collaborative atmosphere. it is not about competing with fellow students and winning, but about using the various resources available in the group to deepen understanding, to sharpen assessments and broaden knowledge. one of the various kinds of collaborative learning technique that can be applied is the round table technique. through this learning technique, it is expected to be able to help students improve their writing skills in teams/teams. based on the background above, the objectives of the study are: 1) finding out whether or not round table can improve the students’ writing skill 2) finding out classroom situation when round table implemented in writing for general communication course. the urgency of this research is to be able to produce a learning theory that can be applied by lecturers without changing its main role but can optimize students' writing skills that are correct and good english writing rules. b. literature review 1. writing skill if students learn to speak and read in a new language, they will be ready to start writing too. students will find writing in english easy when they find a comfortable environment, such as a classroom. raimes (1983) in ghufron (2012) stated some of the differences between writing and speaking, as follows: a. speech is universal; everyone acquires a native language in the first few years of life. not everyone learns to read and write. b. the spoken language has dialect variations. the written language generally demands standard form of grammar, syntax, and vocabulary. c. speakers use their voice (pitch, stress, rhythm) and bodies (gestures and facial expressions) to help convey their ideas. writers have to rely on the words on the page to express their meaning. d. speakers use pauses and intonation. writers use punctuation. e. speakers pronounce. writers spell. f. speaking is usually spontaneous and unplanned. most writing takes time, planned, can go back and change what we have written. g. a speaker speaks to a listener who is right there, nodding or frowning, interrupting, and questioning. for the writer, the reader’s response is either delayed or nonexistent. the writer has only that one chance to convey information and be interesting and accurate enough to hold the reader’s attention. h. speech is usually informal and repetitive. we say things like, “what i mean is....” or “let me start again.” writing, on the other hand, is more formal, and compact. it progresses logically with fewer digressions and explanations. i. speakers use simple sentences, with connecting words like however, who, and in addition parmawati, santoso & yana: improving students’writing … 105 writing is very important in today's world. hedge (2000) in khadafi (2017)argues that writing is the result of employing strategies to manage the composing process, which is one of gradually developing a text. it involves a number of activities: settinggoals, generating ideas, organizing information, selecting appropriate language, making a draft, reading and reviewing it, then revising and editing. in line with this, graham (2006) states that students have to struggle significantly with writing and if someone does not write well he will find difficulties in the process of learning, education, and work. so, it can be concluded tthat writing is a complex process which is neither easy nor spontaneous for many second language learners. good writing must have a process. this process can be influenced by the subject matter, type, and media of writing. according to manser (2014) the four stages in writing process are: a. thinking and researching: in this first step, the writer plans what he will write, and decides what to disclose, including detailed notes. b. planning: in this step, the writers plan what she orhe is going to write, and decide what will be expressed,included the detailed notes c. writing: the third step is for writers to read what they have written and checked where it works and where it doesn't. d. revising: in this fourth step the writers made thechanges they consider to be necessary and they producetheir final version. besides that, there are many otherthings to be considered in order to be good at writing,such as grammar, words in use, punctuation. henning (2005) in sinaga (2017) stated that writing is not to be viewed as a representation of a writer’s thinking, but as a process of thinking that uses written language, and also as observable performance of what goes on in the mind of author (how the author uses knowledge for inquiry). 2. collaborative learning collaborative-based learning is learning that requires students to be able to work with their teams. according to barkley, cross, & major (2014), there are other terms of collaborative learning, such as cooperative learning, team learning, group learning, or peer-assisted learning. mundriyah & parmawati (2016) argued that cooperative learning is a learning activity in which students work together to achaieve learning goals. in cooperative learning, students work with their peers to achieve common goals. this goal is achieved through interdependence among all group members rather than working alone. each member is responsible for the outcome of a common goal. a technique in collaborative learning and also in cooperative language learning called the round table technique can be used in the classroom. this technique is a form of academic discussion in which students have the same right to participate in discussing a particular problem. 3. round table technique indriani (2015) argued that the roundtable teaching technique is a technique that requires groups or teams working in a teaching and learning process that requires all group members to be prepared to explain their group answers. this means that the answers are generated by the togetherness of the group. while the students gave their responses, they helped their eltin journal, volume 8/no 2, october 2020 106 groups and their partners indirectly. it can be concluded that the roundtable teaching technique is a brainstorming technique, reviewing or practicing writing skills that are used to stimulate creativity and deeper thinking as values from various points of view and ideas as a result of teamwork. lie (2010) in khadafi (2017) propose the following steps to teach writing using a round table: a. students are formed into several groups, each group consisting of four to six students in heterogeneous. each student sits in his group in a small circle around the table. b. students discuss in groups about a theme and equate perceptions. each group of members provides an idea related to a theme which in turn becomes a distributed paper. c. the first student, contributing ideas, continues tahe next student, and so on until the last student. arrangement of ideas must be made in collaboration. d. the ideas collected are used as group members to write writing in essays individually, each student's story has been exchanged and discussed in groups for revision or editing. e. each group asks to select and determine one of the stories or themes of the group to be presented in front of the class. f. the representation of each group must read the best writing that has been written by each group and to determine one to three of the best writings in each large group (class). g. under the guidance of a lecturer, writing is best used as a large group discussion (class) c. research methodology this research was conducted at ikip siliwangi which is located at jl.terusan jenderal sudirman no.3, baros cimahi tengah. the research subjects were second semester students who took writing for general communication courses.this research used collaborative classroom action research and divided into stages of planning, implementation, observation, and analysis / reflection. the following is a brief overview of the car cycle adapted from wiriaatmadja (2005) in parmawati & yugafiati (2017) preparation : a. identify the problem b. problem analysis c. formulate the problems planning reflecting implementing action observing and evaluating cycle 1 planning parmawati, santoso & yana: improving students’writing … 107 n x m   cycle 2 the concept used in this classroom action research is the cycle process. gustadevi, ngadiso, & asib (2012) mentioned action research as a four-step cyclic process, consisting of the following steps: planning for action research, acting on the plan, developing an action plan for the next cycle, and reflecting on the process. data collection technique a. test in the observation stage, the researchers collected the data through tests in the form of pretests and post-tests (in each cycle). descriptive statistical analysis was addapted from mertler (2019). m = mean score x = total score n = number of students b. questionnaire the questionnaire sheet is shared with students, with the aim to find out student responses to the course of learning activities. this stage is analyzed using aspects of interest. interest data taken at the end of each cycle then calculated the total score and converted it into percentages. d. findings and discussion the researchers use writing tests through pretest and posttest, pretest and posttest are given to find out the improvement of their writing skill after students follow all activities. the score criteria are based on several indicators such as content, organization, vocabulary, language, and mechanics. 1. pre test the pre-test was carried out on april 9, 2020. the results of the pre-test can be seen in the following table: reflecting observing and evaluating implementing evaluating failed success stop eltin journal, volume 8/no 2, october 2020 108 table 1 pre-test scores of writing elements corrector no writing element average score 1 content 68.47 2 organization 68.07 3 vocabulary 68.22 4 language 68.43 5 mechanics 68.35 average score 68.31 table 2 pre-test scores no explanations scores 1. the highest score 75 2. the lowest score 66 3. the average score 70.5 based on the pre-test results, it shows that students' writing skill is still low. this is influenced by several factors, including: difficulty in determining the theme or topic of writing, according to the genre of text they are going to write,they do not know how to make paragraphs good, coherent, and have unity in their writing so that less focus, lack of motivation in learning to write because the learning techniques are still monotonous. 2. cycle 1 and post test 1 cycle 1 has been held on april 15-18, 2020. researchers provide teaching materials in accordance with lesson plan. during the learning process, the researcher observes each of the stages, and records important events or things while in the class. after the learning process is finished, the researchers conclude what things need to be developed, so that learning targets can be achieved properly. the post test was carried out on april 20, 2020. the results of the post test 1 can be seen in table below: table 3 post-test 1 scores of writing elements corrector no writing element average score 1 content 75.16 2 organization 75.23 3 vocabulary 75.23 4 language 74.80 5 mechanics 75.25 average score 75.15 parmawati, santoso & yana: improving students’writing … 109 table 4 post-test 1 scores no explanations scores 1. the highest score 78 2. the lowest score 72 3. the average score 75 from the results of post test 1 shows that there is a significant increase in the score of each criteria for writing skill. this can also be seen from the results of observations by a research team that students look so enthusiastic when round table technique is applied in writing for general communication class. 3. cycle 2 and post test 2 cycle 2 is carried out on april 22-25, 2020. in this cycle, researchers try to be more active in providing material related to writing for general communication course. the post test was carried out on april 27, 2019. the results of the post test can be seen in table below: table 5 post-test 2 scores of writing elements corrector no writing element average score 1 content 81.23 2 organization 81.02 3 vocabulary 81.17 4 language 80.95 5 mechanics 80.85 average score 81.04 table 6 post-test 2 scores no explanations scores 1. the highest score 85 2. the lowest score 78 3. the average score 81.5 from the results of the post test in cycle 2, it can be seen that the ability to write of students has increased when compared to the results of the post test in cycle 1. this certainly has proven that the use of round table technique greatly affects the level of achievement of students' writing skill. this result is in line with the research by yusmanto, soetjipto & djatmika (2017) which stated that groups’ activities were carried out repeatedly to stimulate students to improve their learning outcomes. eltin journal, volume 8/no 2, october 2020 110 4. results of questionnaires from the results of questionnaire showed that students are very aware of the importance of the ability to write in english. related to round table technique, they gave an opinion that the technique really helped them in the learning process. the following is an excerpt from the conversation / interview of the research with students related to learning activities that have been carried out using round table technique. table 7 the result of questionnaire questions answer how interesting did you find your work in the group? very interesting (95.84%) not interesting (4.16%) did you understand exactly what the group was supposed to do? i knew exactly what to do (97.92%) i didn’t understand (2.08%) how many times approximately did you have the chance to talk during group work today? a lot (97.92%) none (2.08%) if you talked less than you wanted to, what were the main reasons? i felt afraid to give my opinion (93.75%) somebody kept interrupting me (6.25%) did you help each other with the task? always (89.58%) never (10.42%) based on the data from table 7, it can be concluded that the students gave positive response during teaching and learning process. the students more interested in writing because they can share some ideas to each other. e. conclusion having conducted the research in using round table technique to improve students’ writing skill, it can be drawn some conclusions as follows: in general, round table technique makes the learning more effective, attractive, meaningful, and successful. round table technique can also improve students’ critical thinking. round table technique becomes especially important for some reasons. firstly, using round table technique makes the students work cooperatively with their partner in the class. they can share each other about their ideas. secondly by working collaboratively with their friends, the students will try to analyze their friends’ work in writing. they can correct the mistakes made by their friends. round table technique helps students develop conceptual understanding of a topic, develop the skill to filter information, and write conclusions, and develop the skill to consider other points of view. the last, they were motivated in joining writing for general communication parmawati, santoso & yana: improving students’writing … 111 class. the atmosphere of the class more was more live as there are many interesting activities. the student gave attention to the lessons they were very active to conduct the activities. it means that round table technique is applicable for teaching writing. round table technique can improve classroom situation into a better situation. f. references barkley, e. f., cross, k. p., & major, c. h. (n.d.). collaborative learning techniques: a handbook for college faculty. john wiley & sons. ghufron, m. a. (n.d.). the effectiveness of dyadic essay technique in teaching writing viewed from students’ creativity (an experimental research at the second semester students of english education department, ikip pgri bojonegoro, in the academic year of 2011/2012) (doctoral . graham, s. (n.d.). p. alexander & p. winne (eds.), handbook of educational psychology (pp. 457-478). gustadevi, a. s., ngadiso, n., & asib, a. (n.d.). improving students’ reading skill through numbered heads together technique. english education: jurnal pendidikan bahasa inggris universitas sebelas maret, 2((2),), 59973. indriani, e. (n.d.). improving students’writing narrative texts by using the combination of story sequencing cards and round table technique (the case of eighth grade of junior high school 19 semarang in the academic year of 2014/2015) (doctoral dissertation, universitas nege. kellogg, r. t., & raulerson, b. a. (2007). improving the writing skills of college students. psychonomic bulletin & review, 14(2), 237-242. khadafi, m. (2017). teaching narrative writing by using roundtable strategy to islamic junior high school students. jurnal pendidikan dan pengajaran, 4((2)), 57–65. lie, a. (2010). practicing cooperative learning in classrooms. jakarta: grasindo. manser, m. h. (2014). the facts on file guide to good writing. infobase publishing. mertler, c. a. (2019). action research: improving schools and empowering educators. sage publications, incorporated. mundriyah, m., & parmawati, a. (2016). using think-pair-share (tps) to improve students’writing creativity (a classroom action research in the second semester students of stkip siliwangi bandung). jurnal ilmiah p2m stkip siliwangi, 3(2), 84-91. parmawati, a., & yugafiati, r. (2017). using authentic material to improve students’reading interest (a classroom action research in the second semester students of stkip siliwangi bandung). eltin journal, journal of english language teaching in indonesia, 5(1), 1–8. sinaga, m. (2017). the effect of roundtable and clustering teaching techniques and students’ personal traits on students’ achievement in descriptive writing. advances in language and literary studies, 8(6), 69–75. wiriaatmadja, r. (2009). metode penelitian kelas, untuk meningkatkan kinerja guru dan dosen. bandung: pt remaja rosda karya. sebuah kajian pustaka: mardhiyatuzakiyah, rahmawati & ridwan: students’ perception on learning… 39 students’ perception on learning reading comprehension through reciprocal teaching strategy mardhiyatuzakiyah1, maya rahmawati2, iwan ridwan3 mardhiyatuzakiyah21@gmail.com, maya.rahmawati@fkip.unsika.ac.id, iwantutorsaja@gmail.com universitas singaperbangsa karawang abstract students encountered several problems when trying to master a reading skill. reciprocal teaching strategy was known as a guided comprehension strategy that encouraged the students to develop the skills that effective readers and learners did. this research aimed to investigate the perception of twelve students of islamic senior high school toward reading utilizing reciprocal teaching strategy in terms of cognitive and affective aspects. it was carried out as a qualitative descriptive. the data were collected through observation, semistructured interview, and open-ended questionnaire. the data were analyzed by using braun and clarke’s theory such as read, transcript, code, categorize and interpret the data. the results indicated that based on cognitive aspect, the students had positive responses such as reciprocal teaching facilitated readers to understand some texts, increased their capabilities to answer and ask the questions, estimated what the author means, encouraged them to think rationally, explained the new word, and summarized the next scene. furthermore, the data also showed that the reciprocal teaching strategy had a positive response based on affective aspect such as supporting students to cope with difficulties during reading. keywords: reciprocal teaching strategy, perception, cognitive aspect, affective aspect. a. introduction reading is an activity that aims to process words, understand the meaning, and unite the readers' understanding with new information. according to alderson (2000), while reading, the reader also think about what he is reading, what it is meant to, and how it relates to other things he has read before, to things he know, to what he expects to come next in the text. this indicates that when trying to understand the text, the reader should master some basic skills, including the ability to know the meaning of words, to understand words contained in the text, to follow the structure of the text, to know the main ideas in each paragraph, to summarize the contents of the story, to make questions answers about the text, and to determine the intent, point of view, and goals of the author. for this reason, reading is an important skill for each person. however, students have various problems in doing reading comprehension test related to their level of mastery. for some students in indonesia, reading comprehension is a difficult skill to learn. whereas in the 2013 curriculum (kurtilas), the indonesian department of mailto:mardhiyatuzakiyah21@gmail.com mailto:maya.rahmawati@fkip.unsika.ac.id mailto:iwantutorsaja@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 40 education stated that second-grade students in high school should learn to understand contextual meaning related to social functions, text structure, and language elements in the text. such as official invitation letters, analytical exposition texts, and personal letters. they are also supposed to be able to establish from such texts (refer to ki/kd: 4/4.4.1-4.4.2 in kurtilas). in addition, the book entitled teaching reading comprehension to students with learning difficulties by klingner et al., (2015) stated that students are hard to understand the meaning of the text while reading and they are misplaced in entering a new world, constructing knowledge, and enhancing vocabulary. revering to the phenomena, the implementation of reciprocal teaching strategy as one of the alternative strategies is a great solution. many studies investigating the reciprocal teaching strategy help the students to improve their understanding of reading. according to pilten (2016), most of the experiment group students think that reciprocal teaching is most effective than comprehension activities they encountered in their experience. the other previous research conducted by gomaa (2015) showed that the implementation of reciprocal teaching strategy can effectively improve reading comprehension of students with disability. the role of the students is more focused on participation in certain activities. the teachers can play the roles of planner, manager, quality controller, facilitator, and motivator. the discussion, effect, impact, and evaluation of reciprocal teaching strategy have been extensively studied. thus, less attention has been paid to students' responses and participation when learning reading comprehension. therefore, the researchers are interested to investigate the perception of islamic senior high school students in the cognitive aspect (knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, and synthesis) and affective aspect (receiving, attending, and responding) during learning reading apprehension using reciprocal teaching method. specifically, this research seeks to answer the research question: what are the cognitive and affective responses of islamic senior high school students on learning reading comprehension using reciprocal teaching strategy? b. literature review 1. reading comprehension according to mc namara (2007), reading comprehension is the interpretation of the information, using prior knowledge to interpret the explanation and using prior knowledge to interpret the facts and the development of a coherent illustration or picture in the reader's thoughts of what the textual about. it is a complex process that comprises the successful or unsuccessful use of many abilities. when someone reads, they should be able to recall information afterward. similar to nunan (2003) in rosyita & faridi (2017), reading is a fluent process of readers combining information from a text and their background knowledge to build meaning. mikulecky (2011) states that reading is a complex conscious and unconscious mental process. in which the reader uses a variety of strategies to reconstruct the meaning that the author is assumed to have intended, based on data from the text and the readers' prior knowledge. 2. perception perception is the way when individuals select, organize, and interpret the input from their senses. the study of these perceptual forms appears that their functioning is influenced by mardhiyatuzakiyah, rahmawati & ridwan: students’ perception on learning… 41 three classes of factors: the object or occasion being seen, the environment in which perception happens, and the person doing the perceiving. the cognitive aspect is a mental action that acquires knowledge and understanding through thought, experience, and senses. meanwhile, affective aspects are the aspect of mental processes or behavior directed toward action or change and including impulse, desire, volition, and striving. cognitive perception includes the way someone processes information. perception refers to the way he or she obtains information from the environment, while cognition describes processes such as memory, perceiving, thinking, learning, problem-solving, and orientation (haywood, 2013). they are capable to feel the outside and be aware of what is happening around them. this process of sensing the outside world is complete our perception, which makes it possible with our sensory organs allows us to recognize and identify the existence of all kinds of stimuli and then evaluate and give meaning to them through the brain. affective perception is material based on everything related to emotion. an emotion is an occurrent conscious state with a certain feeling or effects such as appreciation, value, feelings, enthusiasm, interests, and attitudes towards things. doring (2007) stated that emotion is not an attitude of regarding something as true or false. 3. reciprocal teaching strategy the reciprocal teaching strategy is a fostering-comprehension strategy that took place in the context of the dialogue between the teacher and the students. to begin with, the teacher ought to show the strategy of utilizing reciprocal teaching (predicting, questioning, clarifying, and summarizing) to the students. then, the students practice the strategy and the teacher support students' participation. there is a gradual change from teacher-centered learning to student-centered learning in reciprocal teaching. it is in supported by pressley (1998) who asserts that reciprocal teaching encourages students to take a more active role in leading a group dialogue, and helps to bring more meaning to the text at a personal and cognitive level. according to palinscar & brown, (1984) there are four major strategies proposed in reciprocal teaching, these are: a. predicting is the way to preview the text and connect the information to the existing knowledge to make logical predictions before and during reading. b. questioning is the process of asking and answering questions about the text. it will help the readers to have a purpose or reason for reading and deepen their understanding. c. clarifying is the strategy that will make the meaning of the text clearer. clarifying helps the readers to recognize difficult words or confusing parts in the text. d. summarizing is the step to review and arrange important events in the text. the readers will point out the most center of the content. besides, summarizing assists the reader to identify, paraphrase and integrate the important information from the text. c. research methodology in this study, the researchers investigated the perception of learning reading comprehension using reciprocal teaching strategy, in terms of cognitive and affective aspects. this research employed a qualitative case study. the research design is explained in detail below: this research applied qualitative design by focusing on a descriptive case study to investigate specific phenomena of a certain group by exploring information and analyzing in-depth. it eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 42 explored islamic senior high school students’ responses toward reciprocal teaching strategy in a reading session. the data of this study were gained through observations, semistructured interviews, and open-ended questionnaires. the respondents of this study were about twelve students of class xi of islamic senior high school. they were chosen since of their ability in comprehending the text during reading. the research was conducted at one of the islamic senior high schools in purwakarta, west java. this research applied the qualitative design to know the detail of the participants’ information. indicating with the statement, this research collected and analyzed data gained through observation, semi-structured interviews, and open-ended questionnaires. each data collection technique is explained below: the observation is purposed to hint the researcher in writing down any information and to guide in conducting the teaching and learning process. the observation is also used to preview students reading habits. then, the semi-structured interview is one of the crucial things to hint the researcher in exploring the data related to the students’ perception. the researcher asked about before, during, and after the method was implemented. the semistructured interview is known as a natural interview. the last is an open-ended questionnaire. it assisted to facilitate the collecting data of the study. meanwhile, the respondents only need to answer the question posed with short answers such as (strongly disagree, disagree, neutral, agree, and strongly agree) then the respondents included the reasons briefly, concisely, and clearly. the data analysis was conducted to answer the research question. the data obtained from classroom observation, respondents’ interviews, and collecting questionnaires. the data were analyzed in the following stages according to braun and clarke (2014) in castleberry & nolen (2018). those are: 1. read the data deeply 2. transcript data by describing events or circumstances to make it can be interpreted 3. giving the sign towards variables that are considered crucial 4. grouping several types of data 5. define the situations d. findings and discussion the research findings are to answer previously asked questions. the data is provided based on the observation results of english teachers on learning reading comprehension, semistructured interviews with students, and asking the students to fill out open-ended questionnaires. semi-structured interviews are meetings where the interviewer does not strictly follow a formal list of questions. the questions are open questions in which allowing discussions with interviewees instead of a simple question-and-answer forms. an openended questionnaire is a questionnaire that requires multiple words to answer. the answer may be in the form of a list, a few sentences or longer, such as a speech, paragraph, or article. the author introduces the reaction of islamic senior high school students in terms of cognition and emotion. this study was intended to investigate students’ perception toward learning reading comprehension through reciprocal teaching strategy. the findings are classified into cognitive aspect and affective aspect. mardhiyatuzakiyah, rahmawati & ridwan: students’ perception on learning… 43 1. students’ responses on learning reading comprehension through reciprocal teaching strategy in the cognitive aspect the data showed that several students had a positive response toward reciprocal teaching strategy because it assisted the students to acquire the knowledge in the text. as in line with brand-gruwell, aarnoustes, and van den bos, (1998) in ostovar-namaghi, & shahhosseini (2011) that reciprocal teaching improves students’ achievement in standardized texts and develops students higher-order thinking skills. the four strategies of reciprocal teaching: predicting, questioning, clarifying, and summarizing had a practical way, easy to understand, and easy to practice. for instance, predicting can help the students to preview the content of the text through the title, pictures, bold or italic terms, diagram, etc. then, the questioning was intended to check and evaluate students’ understanding of the text by inquiring several questions. a questioner must ask the contents of the text then answer it himself. this aims to make it easy for them to understand the text. when students have already questioned the text, they become aware of the text’s important idea (ozckus, 2003). the clarifying helps the students to define unfamiliar words, phrases, sentences, unclear references, and obscure concepts. the clarifying way can also add new vocabulary to students, as stated by palinscar and brown (1985), vocabulary knowledge and reading comprehension are significantly related. a. reciprocal teaching strategy helped to comprehend assorted texts this strategy is flexible manner. it means that any text can be used in students of any level. other studies have shown that the purpose of reciprocal teaching is to guide students to adopt specific strategies that can be applied to various texts. in the peer-to-peer teaching process, the students discuss in groups and discuss materials through some strategic steps that will make them effective readers (astarrila & warman, 2015). as stated by the students: (“yes, it [reciprocal teaching strategy] will help us to understand various texts with various level of students because we have already known the function of predicting, questioning, clarifying, summarizing (four strategies in reciprocal teaching), then when we apply those strategies to the text, we can understand the text well”) [ry-participant] (“yes, it [reciprocal teaching strategy] is really helpful. because each of those steps has a role that will make it easier to understand the text”) [ta-participant] b. reciprocal teaching strategy helped to improve students’ ability to answer and generating questions one of the reciprocal teaching steps is questioning. questioners should ask several questions about the text they will understand, and they will answer these questions. when students have asked questions about the text, they will realize the important idea of the text. as said by the students below: (“yes, all of the steps in reciprocal teaching truly helpful, for instance, questioning. when we ask a question and answer it, we automatically know the core of the text”) [ln-interviewee] eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 44 (“from questioning, we can apply 5w 1h. we come to know “what, who, why, where, when, and how”) [sa-interviewee] c. reciprocal teaching strategy fostered students’ ability to predict what the writer tells and to find the main idea first of all, before reading the full text, the students are required to predict what the text says or explains. they can estimate by heading or reading the main idea. when students try to understand the text, they will look for the main idea of each paragraph. although there are obstacles to students’ understanding due to their different levels of understanding, reciprocal teaching can help them to predict the flow of the text. as one of the students said in the interview: (“using this learning strategy can sharpen my logical thinking skills. for example, a prediction strategy must be able to predict the meaning or purpose of the text from the words we know, even though only a few words that we know but we can use logic to deduce the meaning of the text by linking word for word that is known”) [dy-student] d. reciprocal teaching strategy helped the students to think rationally reading comprehension is not a passive activity. it includes different thinking processes, such as fast process, effective process, interactive process, strategic process, flexible process, evaluation process, goal process, comprehension process, learning process, and language process. logical thinking is reasonable. two students said that reciprocal teaching inspired their thinking logic: (“because this strategy makes me responsive to understand an english text”) [asparticipant] (“because when i understand english text using reciprocal teaching strategy, my mind is stimulated to think logically”) [iz-participant] e. reciprocal teaching strategy helped the students to define unfamiliar words and conclude the text plot in clarifying strategy, students try to explain unclear words, phrases, or sentences by guessing the context of the sentence. this strategy can also add new english vocabulary for the students. palinscar and brown (1985) revealed there is a significant correlation between vocabulary knowledge and reading comprehension. they also mentioned that reciprocal teaching strategy is related to vocabulary learning and can stimulate students’ foreign language learning activities. as mentioned by one of the participants below: “this strategy is very helpful, from several stages we can know the author point of view” [zb-interviewee] the data above is in line with the statement of ghorbani, sahar, and gangeraj (2013) that when students learn to recognize and clarify difficult words or confuse parts of the text, they will become more strategic readers. mardhiyatuzakiyah, rahmawati & ridwan: students’ perception on learning… 45 2. students’ responses on learning reading comprehension through reciprocal teaching strategy in affective aspect in the affective aspect, students also give positive responses when learning reading using reciprocal teaching strategy. the followings are the perception of islamic students toward reciprocal teaching from the affective aspect. a. reciprocal teaching strategy supported students to overcome difficulties during reading the text efl students often encounter difficulties when reading english texts such as being lost when entering new words, building knowledge, and improving vocabulary ( klingner, et al. 2015). using reciprocal teaching strategy in reading can improve students’ self-confidence and the ability to overcome these difficulties. the students plan and monitor their understanding and then evaluate their understanding. therefore, the use of a reciprocal teaching strategy will allow you to practice the four key strategies and use them well. as one participant said: (“from reciprocal teaching, we can understand the text and make it easy for the reader”) [as-student] b. reciprocal teaching strategy was practical, interactive, and easy to do this strategy makes the teaching process easier for both students and teachers. for students, they are free to discuss in groups, express their idea on the text, and exchange ideas with friends as a group. in addition, readers can rely on previous experience to parallel, compare, or confirm the author’s suggestions in the text, thereby constructing meaning from the text. ("if reciprocal teaching strategy applied in every school, it will greatly help children who are less active become active because by using this we are required to be able to understand the contents of the text") [sa-student] the data above is supported by the statement of ahmadi, ismail & abdullah (2012) that reciprocal teaching strategy is a process that takes reading comprehension as an interactive process. during the reading process, the readers will interact with the text as the previous experience is activated. at the same time, the teachers only give examples of the four stages that the students should follow the stages. reciprocal teaching strategy allow teachers to model and provide students with many enough exercises on the four main strategies (predicting, questioning, clarifying, and summarizing) to construct the meaning of the text in the social environment (ahmadi, ismail & abdullah, 2012). c. reciprocal teaching strategy supported students to discuss actively and engage with discussion forums the data also showed that the students believe that reciprocal teaching strategy is a reading strategy in which students take turns to predict, summarize, clarify, and ask questions until all parts of the text are read and formed into a group. two participants mentioned: (“rt is an exciting strategy, it makes the student not bored because students are directly involved in the discussion forum”) [zb-interviewee] eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 46 (“not all of the students understand the traditional reading method explained by the teacher, perhaps students are not directly engaged with the discussion. it is different with rt that students should comprehend the passage because it is part of their rules”) [uh-interviewee] the affective showed something related to moods, feelings, attitude, impulse, desire, volition, and striving. the students’ responses in affective aspect say that reciprocal teaching supported to cope with their defiances such as understanding the text, interacting with friends in one group, and practicing listening, speaking, writing, and of course reading skills. some students interviewed said that this strategy was fun, exciting, challenging, and not boring. rt was fun and exciting because in two-way learning (dialogue), not one-way (monologue), the participants got feedback from peers. the respondents also said that reciprocal teaching promoted interactive discussion skills, bolstered them to talk over effectively, and engaged with a discussion forum. e. conclusion based on research finding and discussion it can be concluded that the reciprocal teaching strategy had positive answers towards the cognitive viewpoint of second-grade students of islamic senior high school in purwakarta. there are: reciprocal teaching strategy helped the students to comprehend various kinds of the texts, improved students’ ability to answer and generating questions, promoted the students to think rationally, and helped the students to define words and conclude the next plot. secondly, the reciprocal teaching strategy had a positive response toward the affective aspect. there are: reciprocal teaching supported students to cope with difficulties during reading, the students were greatly helped because it was practical and interactive, and reciprocal teaching engaged with discussion forum. f. references ahmadi, m. r., ismail, h. n., & abdullah, m. k. k. (2012). improving vocabulary learning in foreign language learning through reciprocal teaching strategy. international journal of learning and development, 2(6), 186-201. alderson, j. c. (2000). assessing reading. cambridge: cambridge university press. astarilla, l., & warman, d. (2016). improving students’reading comprehension through the use of reciprocal teaching technique at stmik riau pekanbaru. jee (journal of english education), 2(1), 1-8. castleberry, a., & nolen, a. (2018). thematic analysis of qualitative research data: is it as easy as it sounds?. currents in pharmacy teaching and learning., 10(6), 807– 815. palinscar, a. s., & brown, a. l. (1984). reciprocal teaching of comprehension-fostering and comprehension-monitoring activities. cognition and instruction., 1(2), 117–175. döring, s. a. (2007). seeing what to do: affective perception and rational motivation. dialectica, 61(3), 363-394. ghorbani, m. r., gangeraj, a. a., & alavi, s. z. (2013). reciprocal teaching of comprehension strategies improves efl learners' writing ability. current issues in education, 16(1). gomaa, o. m. k. (2015). the effect of reciprocal teaching intervention strategy on reading comprehension skills of 5th grade elementary school students with reading disabilities. online submission, 4(2), 39-45. mardhiyatuzakiyah, rahmawati & ridwan: students’ perception on learning… 47 haywood, h. c. (2013). what is cognitive education? the view from 30,000 feet. journal of cognitive education and psychology, 12(1), 26-44. klingner, j. k., vaughn, s., & boardman, a. g. (2015). teaching reading comprehension to students with learning difficulties, 2/e. guilford publications. ostovar-namaghi, s. a., & shahhosseini, m. r. (2011). on the effect of reciprocal teaching strategy on efl learners' reading proficiency. journal of language teaching and research, 2(6), 1238. pilten, g. (2016). the evaluation of effectiveness of reciprocal teaching strategies on comprehension of expository texts. journal of education and training studies, 4(10), 232-247. pressley, m. (1998). comprehension strategies instruction. in j. osborn & f. lehr (eds.), literacy for all: issues in teaching and learning, language arts & disciplines. new york: guilford. rosyita, u., & faridi, a. (2017). the effect of theme-based insrtuction compared to competence-based language teaching to teach reading comprehension to students with idgh and low interest. english education journal, 7(1), 79-84. sebuah kajian pustaka: rizkiani, bhuana & rizqiya: coded vs uncoded corrective feedback … 55 coded vs uncoded corrective feedback in teaching writing descriptive text siska rizkiani1, gartika pandu bhuana2, rissa san rizqiya3 siska.rizkiani@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id; gartika@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id; rizqiya.rissasan@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id ikip siliwangi abstract written corrective feedback (wfc) has been in dispute for several decades whether it is effective or ineffective. this study aims at finding out whether there is difference between students who are taught by giving indirect coded feedback and those who are given indirect uncoded feedback. quasi experimental applied in conducting this research. 35 students in control group were given uncoded feedback, and 35 students in experimental were given coded feedback. the result of descriptive statistic revealed that indirect writing corrective feedback statistically improved the students’ writing score. furthermore, there was a significant mean difference in students’ score between the students who were given coded and those who received uncoded writing corrective feedback. keywords: written corrective feedback, wfc, writing, descriptive a. introduction feedback from teachers has been part of language learning since it is believed to affect the students’ achievement. teacher’s feedback might be positive or negative. positive feedback means that the students may have responded accurately as expected by the teacher. this positive feedback is allegedly to support and motivate the students to continue learning. however, teacher’s positive feedback in some way may lead an ambiguous meaning, for example teacher may say “good” or “yes” for students’ effort and not for their correct language use (ellis, 2009). thus, ellis stated, positive feedback had received little attention. on the other hand, negative feedback is given when the students perform below expectation. negative feedback aims at correcting the students. experts have had different views “whether to correct errors, what errors to correct, how to correct then, and when to correct them” (ellis, 2009). negative feedback is also known as corrective feedback. furthermore, corrective feedback has been a contentious issue on its role in influencing students’ competency especially in grammar and writing. some argue for its efficacy, while some others contradict to it. it is stated that the issue may occur since the study is not well designed causing controversial results (bitchener, 2008; ellis, 2009; ferris, liu, sinha, & senna, 2012). the controversy began when truscott claimed that error correction in students second language is harmful and ineffective (bitchener, 2008; eslami, 2014). he argues “grammar correction has no place in writing and should be abandoned” (truscott, 1996). his suggestion received some counterargument that corrective feedback do affect the students’ mailto:siska.rizkiani@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id mailto:gartika@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id mailto:rizqiya.rissasan@ikipsiliwangi.ac.id eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 56 competency in positive way (bitchener & ferris, n.d.; bitchener & knoch, 2009; ferris et al., 2012; russell & spada, 2006; sia & cheung, 2017). in spite of the different point of views, many agree that corrective feedback may be effective but influenced by several variables like instruction context, students’ proficiency level, and types of writing assignments (ahmadi-azad, 2014). using quasi experimental design involving seventy freshmen of english education study program, this study aims at finding whether there is difference between students who are taught writing by given uncoded corrective feedback and those who are given coded corrective feedback. it hopefully can give contribution to related field. b. literature review 1. written corrective feedback corrective feedback is defined as “any feedback provided to a learner, from any source, that contains evidence of learner error of language form” (russell, & spada, 2006). furthermore, corrective feedback may be given in oral and written. the initial is given in oral context where people have oral conversation; while the latter is given in written context usually when teacher attempts to correct student’s writing product. as stated, “written feedback is defined in the literature as any comments, questions, or error corrections that are written on students’ assignments” (agbayahoun, 2016). therefore, written corrective feedback may be given in form-focused based (grammar), content-focused based (ideas and organization), or both. in terms of form-focused based written corrective feedback, some research finds its effectiveness in developing students writing competency (bitchener, 2008; ferris, 1999; mahmoud, 2000; sia & cheung, 2017). written corrective feedback may take different forms. teacher can underline the incorrect form of language structure and give the correct one; s/he can also indicates that some mistakes have been made without informing the correct structure; s/he may give codes of error so that the student can function their grammar knowledge. the table below displays the type of teacher feedback based on štajner (2013). table 1. teacher’s written corrective feedback (štajner, 2013) type of teacher feedback short description explicit error indication and explanation. correct form of the error is provided implicit teacher reformulate the students’ error (recast) direct error indication and provision of correction indirect coded error indication by a correction code. indirect uncoded simple error indication (just providing a highlight, circle or underline) without a code of the errors focused correction of a particular types of errors unfocused correction of all errors rizkiani, bhuana & rizqiya: coded vs uncoded corrective feedback … 57 the table above shows different types of feedback that can be given to the students. many research have resulted different findings. ahmadi-azad (2014) compared students who were given direct feedback and indirect coded feedback and concluded that “coded type of wcf had a positive influence on learners' accurate use of all selected grammatical structures (especially verb tense) both in the short term and in the long run.” another study by saukah, dewanti, & laksmi (2017), comparing indirect coded feedback and indirect uncoded feedback, showed similar result that “the quality of the students’ writing receiving ccf [coded corrective feedback] was better than that receiving nccf [non-coded corrective feedback] because ccf promotes awareness with noticing as well as understanding.” they further suggest teacher to provide students coded corrective feedback. meanwhile, kennedy (2010) concluded that student’s proficiency level plays significant role in teacher giving feedback. it is stated that student with low proficiency level should be given direct feedback or coded indirect feedback since they still need assistance in comprehending and applying the language structure. 2. writing competency writing is an activity of generating and expressing ideas and feeling through words, sentence and paragraph that is meaningful. writing is an act of thinking. as stated, “written products are often the result of thinking, drafting, and revising procedures that require specialized skills, skills that not every speaker develops naturally” (brown, 2005:335). to be able to write, one needs to have input about what to write which can be acquired through readings. furthermore it also involves knowledge of grammar, syntactical, mechanical, and organization of idea (rizqiya, pamungkas, inayah, 2017). therefore it is claimed that writing is both a process and product. writing involves several steps such as pre-writing, writing/drafting, and revising and editing. in pre-writing, the writer brainstorms or lists of what to be written. it usually in the form keywords or topic sentences. when the writer has listed the topic to be discussed, s/he may proceed to the next step. here, the writer drafts the topic in full sentence. however, the first draft might contain flaws, either the diction, grammar, or organization of the ideas. therefore the writer may wish to revise and edit the draft. revise involves the addition, subtraction, and ideas reorganization. meanwhile edit involves mechanical aspect such as punctuation. the revising and editing may be done for several times if the writer feels unsatisfied with the product. once the writing has finished, some writer may wish to publish it or to keep it in their private journals. however some claim that the writing product should be intended to be read. therefore the writing has its purpose whether to inform readers, entertain readers, persuade readers, or to express the writer’s feeling. in teaching writing, teacher plays three roles: as a motivator, as a resource, and as a feedback provider (harmer, 2001). it can be implied that teacher should be a role model for the students of becoming a good writer. teacher should have sufficient pedagogic competencies in order to make the students write better as well as good personality in order to motivate the students. teacher is expected to give feedback to the students writing. in this case, teacher shows the students flaws in their writing with the purpose of making them better writers. in writing in second language (l2), lack of vocabulary and lack of grammar knowledge becomes the primary issue for the students. therefore, teacher should develop solid basis on both aspects. however, due to different cognitive competencies, some students may commit eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 58 grammar error in their writing. students still make mistakes in language structure although the teacher has explained it previously. at this point, teacher’s feedback contribute significant part in their writing. 3. descriptive text descriptive text aims at giving information about something or someone with the intention of making the readers able to imagine and feel it (nurlaila, 2013). descriptive text contains two generic structures: identification and description (gerot & wignel, 1994). in identification, the writer describes the topic; while in description the writer clarifies the topic (appearance, quality, or phenomenon). the lexicogrammatical features that appear in a descriptive text are specific participant, simple present, and adjective that describing, numbering, or classifying. first, specific participant since it describe something or someone to be discussed as the topic of the text. second, present tense to show fact or behavior of the participant. third, adjective to describe the participant. therefore, the writers are expected to describe the topic in a lifelike way. c. methodology quantitative method with quasi-experimental design was assumed appropriate to be used in this study as it focused on finding credible answer of the effect of coded and uncoded indirect feedback on students’ writing score. white & sabarwal (2014) note that quasi experimental are more interested in finding the difference between an outcomes measured in two samples that used different teaching technique or method. in this design, hypotheses, prediction made about the expected outcomes of variables, were used (creswell, 2014). regarding this, the null hypothesis of this study was that there was no difference between coded and uncoded corrective feedback on students’ writing descriptive skill. seventy second language students at english study program in one of institution in cimahi were selected and purposively assigned into two groups (n=35 students in each class) receiving two feedback namely coded (experimental group) and uncoded corrective feedback (control group). they sample was second semester students who already got the basic knowledge of writing in writing for general communication course. to collect the data needed, a comprehensive writing test was used as pre -test and post-test. pre-test was conducted to assure that there was no difference of students’ initial writing ability. meanwhile, the post-test was used to find out the difference of coded and uncoded corrective feedback on the students’ writing descriptive text. the topic of the test was covered in the students’ book, which was about “who has an importance influence for you”. both of pre-test and post-test was scored by using six scale writing analytical rubric proposed by hughes (2003). this rubric evaluated five elements of writing: grammar, vocabulary, mechanic, fluency, and organization (form). having taken pre-test, the students in both groups had to write a composition per two weeks for six meeting on descriptive topic covered in their books (see table 1 for the detail activities). students were asked to write at least 250 words in each composition in 40 minutes. rizkiani, bhuana & rizqiya: coded vs uncoded corrective feedback … 59 table 1. meetings for data collection meeting activities in control class activities in experimental class 1 the students wrote a descriptive composition 1 about people. the teacher gave uncoded corrective feedback the students wrote a descriptive composition 1 about people. the teacher gave coded corrective feedback 2 the students got their composition 1 and revised it in the classroom. the revision were then collected to be checked. the students got their composition 1 and revised it in the classroom. the revision were then collected to be checked. 3 the students wrote a descriptive composition 2 about home. the teacher gave uncoded corrective feedback. the students wrote a descriptive composition 2 about home. the teacher gave coded corrective feedback. 4 the students got their composition 2 and revised it in the classroom. the revision were then collected to be checked. the students got their composition 2 and revised it in the classroom. the revision were then collected to be checked. 5 the students wrote a descriptive composition 3 about animal. the teacher gave uncoded corrective feedback. the students wrote a descriptive composition 3 about animal. the teacher gave coded corrective feedback. 6 the students got their composition 3 and revised it in the classroom. the revision were then collected to be checked. the students got their composition 3 and revised it in the classroom. the revision were then collected to be checked. the students’ work was then evaluated. experimental group students’ works were corrected by using selected coded signs (see table 2) proposed by(ahmadi-azad (2014) for the purpose of providing coded feedback. on the other hand, control group did not receive any instruction. the students in both groups were given 60 minutes to revise their error in accordance to the teacher’s correction. thus, they had an enough amount of time to read and check the error corrected by the teacher. table 2. coded sign signs kind of error v.t verb tense agreement c capitalization p punctuation sp spelling w.f word formation ^ adding something ø deleting something w.w wrong word s.v subject verb agreement pl/sl plural/singular error eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 60 statistical package for the social science (spss) was administered to compute descriptive statistic and perform several test, such as normality, homogeneity and t-test or man-whitney test. normality test was used to find out the distribution of the data, while homogeneity test was conducted to investigate the population variances. d. findings and discussion as this study aims to investigate the difference of coded and uncoded indirect feedback on students’ writing score, the elaboration of the results will be divided into two part: pre-test and post-test data. pre-test data depict students’ initial writing ability, while post-test data describe their writing ability after being treated by using coded and uncoded indirect feedback. 1. pre-test the analysis of pre-test data was started by finding the normality and homogeneity of the data. the statistical calculation reveals that the data in the first and second group were normal (0.159 significance value) and homogenous (0.978 significance value). the statistical descriptive result shows that the means score and standard deviation of pre-test in both groups were not quite different. the mean score of control group was 58.34 with 13.74 of standard deviation. the minimum score of this group was 23, while the maximum score was 87. on the other hand, the mean score of experimental group was 63.83 with 13.73 of standard deviation. the minimal score was 38 and the maximal score was 90. the result of descriptive above was supported by the result of t-test, which is provided in the following table: the table shows that the significance value of 2-tailed (0.100) was higher than 0.05. this indicated that the students’ writing ability in first and second was the same. this is in line with sudrajat (2017 ) who says that if the significance value was higher than 0.05, it means that there is no difference in the variances between groups. table 3. independent samples test of pre-test levene's test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2tailed) mean difference std. error difference 95% confidence interval of the difference lowe r uppe r pretes t data equal variances assumed .001 .978 1.67 0 68 .100 5.486 3.285 1.069 12.04 1 equal variances not assumed 1.67 0 68.0 00 .100 5.486 3.285 1.069 12.04 1 rizkiani, bhuana & rizqiya: coded vs uncoded corrective feedback … 61 2. post-test as there is no difference of students’ writing ability in control and experimental class, the next step was analysed the post-test data. dissimilar to pre-test data, the post-test data was not homogenous (0.001). however, the statistical descriptive result indicates that there was the difference between students’ writing ability in control and experimental class after the treatment was given. the score of experimental class here was higher than control one. it was proven by the mean and standard deviation score. in control class the mean score was 56.43 with 14.29 of standard deviation. the minimal score was 25 and the maximal score was 88. in contrast, the mean score of experimental class was 85.40 with 6.85of standard deviation. the minimal score was 73 and the maximal score was 98. this difference was strengthen by the data gained from man-whitney test which can be seen in the following: table 4. man-whithey u test postest_data mann-whitney u 33.500 wilcoxon w 663.500 z -6.812 asymp. sig. (2-tailed) .000 a. grouping variable: class the result depicts that asypm. sig (2-tailed) value was 0.000. this score was lower than 0.05. sudrajat (2017 )mentions that if the significance value was lower than 0.005, it means that there is the difference of variance between control and experimental group. in other words, null hypothesis (ho) of this study was rejected, and alternative hypothesis (ha) was accepted. the results of this present study show a strong connection between teacher’s written corrective feedback and students’ writing accuracy. when the students receive written corrective feedback, either coded or uncoded, they are successfully revise their writing into the good one. this is indicated by significant reduction in the number of errors that is proven by the post-test score. this finding also supports some experts that explicitly investigate the relation of written corrective feedback and students’ writing accuracy (see ferris, 1999) and state positive effect of written corrective feedback (see hyland, 2013;ellis, 2010; li, 2010; lyster & saito, 2010). however, the other finding in this study also reveals that there is the difference impact of coded and uncoded corrective feedback, in which the first types of feedback is better than the second one. this confirms the study done by saukah, dewanti, & laksmi (2017); ahmadi-azad (2014); and makino (1993) which found the more coded corrective feedback resulted in successful correction of grammatical error rather than implicit one. as it has been previously discussed, in coded feedback, the teacher provides clue (sign coded) for students related to the types and the location of the error. this clue helps them to easily identify and correct their written error. on the other hand, in uncoded corrective feedback, the teacher just underlines or circles the students’ error without giving any information about the types of the error they made. thus, instead of revising the paper, the students feel confusion (rissa, eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 62 et al, 2019). based on kennedy (2010) and bhuana (2016), this condition is usually experienced by middle and low achievement students. they assume that these students still do not have a good prior knowledge of english grammar. thus, when the teacher correct their writing by using unclued-sign, they cannot decode and understand it. rissa, et al (2019) study even shows that most of them asked help from their friend or tutor home just to comprehend the teacher’s feedback and make a revision. therefore, it is better for the teacher to count some points before giving the correction. they should consider not only the types of correction used, but also students’ proficiency levels. giving uncoded feedback is definitely beneficial. it demand the students to have good critical thinking as they need to use their prior knowledge to revise their writing. it also saves the teacher’s time especially when it applies in a big classroom. however, this types of feedback is unsuitable for some students. hence, it is expected that the teacher can be more sensitive to their classroom condition. this is corroborated the experts (see brown, 2007; ferris, liu, sinha, & senna, 2013; kennedy, 2010; bhuana, 2016) who assert that the teacher should sensitively apply method in correcting students’ error as in some condition, explicit corrective feedback such coded is more valuable for some students. they really appreciate if the teacher can state the category of error instead of only make unclued-signs on their writing errors (rizqiya, et al, 2019). e. conclusion this study sought to investigate the difference of coded and uncoded indirect feedback on students’ writing score. coded corrective feedback is the use of coded sign to indicate students’ written error. in this type of feedback, the students get the clue of the location and types of their error. meanwhile, uncoded corrective feedback presents only sign to the students’ written error without any clue about the location and type of errors. it needs selfunderstanding on how to revise the errors. this is a quasi-experimental study, where a control group is compared with an experimental group with procedures of preand posttreatment. the result of descriptive statistic revealed that indirect writing corrective feedback statistically improved the students’ writing score. furthermore, there was a significant mean difference in students’ score between the students who were given coded and those who received uncoded writing corrective feedback. after conducting this study, it is suggested for further research in the similar field as this study to consider applying other type of written corrective feedback in order to have better approach in improving students’ writing skill. f. references agbayahoun, j. p. (2016). teacher written feedback on student writing : teachers ’ and learners ’ perspectives. theory and practice in language studies, 6(10), 1895–1904. ahmadi-azad, s. (2014). the effect of coded and uncoded written corrective feedback types on iranian efl learners ’ writing accuracy. theory and practice in language studies, 4(5), 1001–1008. https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.4.5.1001-1008 bhuana, g. p. (2016). the use of oral corrective feedback for students of different proficiency levels. in proceedings: creativity and innovation in language materials developement and language teaching methodology in asia and beyond (pp. 712– 720). surabaya: university press adibuana. bitchener, j. (2008). evidence in support of written corrective feedback, 17, 102–118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2007.11.004 rizkiani, bhuana & rizqiya: coded vs uncoded corrective feedback … 63 bitchener, j., & ferris, d. r. (n.d.). feedback in second language acquisition. bitchener, j., & knoch, u. (2009). the value of a focused approach to written corrective feedback, 63(july), 204–211. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccn043 brown, h. d. (2005). teaching by principles. new york: pearson education. ellis, r. (2009). corrective feedback and teacher development, 2–18. https://doi.org/10.5070/l2.v1i1.9054 ellis, r. (2010). epilogue: a framework for investigating oral and written corrective feedback. studies in second language acquisition, 32(2), 335–349. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263109990544 eslami, e. (2014). the effects of direct and indirect corrective feedback techniques on efl students ’ writing. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 98, 445–452. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.03.438 ferris, d. r. (1999). the case for grammar correction in l2 writing classes : a response to truscott ( 1996 )’, 8(1), 1–11. ferris, d. r., liu, h., sinha, a., & senna, m. (2012). written corrective feedback for individual l2 writers §. journal of second language writing. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2012.09.009 ferris, d. r., liu, h., sinha, a., & senna, m. (2013). written corrective feedback for individual l2 writers. journal of second language writing, 22(3), 307–329. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2012.09.009 gerot, linda, and w. p. (1994). no titlemaking sense of functional grammar. sydney: antipodean educational enterprises. harmer, j. (2001). [jeremy_harmer]_how_to_teach_english(bookfi).pdf. edinburgh: pearson education limited. hughes, a. (2003). testing for language teachers. (s. michael, ed.). melbourne: press syndicate. hyland, k. (2013). faculty feedback: perceptions and practices in l2 disciplinary writing. journal of second language writing, 22(3), 240–253. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2013.03.003 kennedy, s. (2010). corrective feedback for learners of varied proficiency levels: a teacher’s choices. tesl canada journal, 27(2), 31. https://doi.org/10.18806/tesl.v27i2.1054 li, s. (2010). the effectiveness of corrective feedback in sla: a meta-analysis. language learning, 60(2), 309–365. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.14679922.2010.00561.x lyster, r., & saito, k. (2010). oral feedback in classroom sla: a meta-analysis. studies in second language acquisition (vol. 32). kean university. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263109990520 mahmoud, a. (2000). coded corrective feedback in search of a compromise abdulmoneim mahmoud. tesl reporter 33, 2(2000), 10–17. makino, t. y. (1993). learner self-correction in efl written compositions. elt journal, 47(4), 337–341. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/47.4.337 nurlaila, a. p. (2013). the use of mind mapping technique in writing descriptive text. journal of english education, 1(2), 9–15. rizqiya, rissa san; pamungkas, mundriyah yudhi ; inayah, r. (2017). the use of p.o.w.e.r. learning as a learning strategy to improve students writing competency, 11(2), 253–262. eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 64 russell, j., & spada, n. (2006). the effectiveness of corrective feedback for the acquisition of l2 grammar. in j. norris (ed.), synthesizing research on language learning and teaching. philadelphia, pa: john benjamins. retrieved from https://books.google.co.id/books?hl=id&lr=&id=980irnw6cnsc&oi=fnd&pg=pt146 &dq=the+effectiveness+of+corrective+feedback+for+the+acquisition+of+l2+gram mar+&ots=nxl4hkikjv&sig=rmrczsbqgtseeuapn9jk7682vqk&redir_esc=y#v=on epage&q=the effectiveness of corrective feedback for the acquisition of l2 grammar&f=false saukah, a., dewanti, d. m. i., & laksmi, e. d. (2017). the effect of coded and non-coded correction feedback on the quality of indonesian efl students’ writing. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 7(2), 247–252. https://doi.org/10.17509/ijal.v7i2.8127 sia & cheung. (2017). written corrective feedback in writing instruction : a qualitative synthesis of recent, (september). https://doi.org/10.33736/ils.478.2017 štajner, r. (2013). analysis of teacher feedback on efl learner ’ s written production. osijek. sudrajat, a. d. e. (2017). pengolahan data statistik. truscott, j. (1996). the case against grammar correction in l2 writing classes, (june), 327–369. white, h., & sabarwal, s. (2014). quasi-experimental design and methods, (8). sudrajat, a. d. e. (2017). pengolahan data statistik. white, h., & sabarwal, s. (2014). quasi-experimental design and methods, (8). rizkiani, bhuana & rizqiya: coded vs uncoded corrective feedback … 65 appendices writing rubric score (john anderson in hughes, 2003) grammar 6. few (if any) noticeable errors of grammar or word order. 5. some errors of grammar or word order which do not, however, interfere with comprehension. 4. errors of grammar or word order fairly frequent; occasional re-reading necessary for full comprehension. 3. errors of grammar or word order frequent; efforts of interpretation sometimes required on reader’s part. 2. errors of grammar or word order very frequent; reader often has to rely on own interpretation. 1. errors of grammar or word order so severe as to make comprehension virtually impossible. vocabulary 6. use of vocabulary and idiom rarely (if at all) distinguishable from that of educated native writer. 5. occasionally uses inappropriate terms or relies on circumlocutions; expression of ideas hardly impaired. 4. uses wrong or inappropriate words fairly frequently; expression of ideas may be limited because of inadequate vocabulary. 3. limited vocabulary and frequent errors clearly hinder expression of ideas. 2. vocabulary so limited and so frequently misused that reader must often rely on own interpretation. 1. vocabulary limitations so extreme as to make comprehension virtually impossible. mechanics 6. few (if any) noticeable lapses in punctuation or spelling. 5. occasional lapses in punctuation or spelling which do not, however, interfere with comprehension. 4. errors in punctuation or spelling fairly frequent; occasional re-reading necessary for full comprehension. 3. frequent errors in spelling or punctuation; lead sometimes to obscurity. 2. errors in spelling or punctuation so frequent that reader must often rely on own interpretation. 1. errors in spelling or punctuation so severe as to make comprehension virtually impossible. fluency (style and ease of communication) 6. choice of structures and vocabulary consistently appropriate’ like that of educated native writer. 5. occasional lack of consistency in choice of structures and vocabulary which does not, however, impair overall ease of communication. 4. ‘patchy’, with some structures or vocabulary items noticeably inappropriate to general style. 3. structures or vocabulary items sometimes not only inappropriate but also misused; little sense of ease of communication. 2. communication often impaired by completely inappropriate of misused structures or vocabulary items. 1. a ‘hotch-potch’ of half-learned misused structures and vocabulary items rendering communication almost possible. form (organization) 6. high organized; clear progression of ideas well linked; like educated native writer. 5. material well organized; links could be occasionally be clearer but communication not impaired. 4. some lack of organization; re-reading required for clarification of ideas. 3. little or no attempt at connectivity, though reader can deduce some organization. 2. individual ideas may be clear, but very difficult to deduce connection between them. eltin journal, volume 8/no 1, april 2020 66 1. lack of organization so sever that communication is seriously impaired. score: gramm: ____ + voc: ____ + mech: ____ + fluency: ____ + form: ____ = _____ (total) sebuah kajian pustaka: indriani: implementing task planning duration … 123 implementing task planning duration in speaking class ketut santi indriani kt.santi.indriani@unud.ac.id universitas udayana abstract this study was to find out the extent to task planning duration is applicable and influenced students’ oral presentation in terms of fluency, complexity and accuracy in english as a second language learning process. this study is a qualitative research method. the data were gathered through observation and documentation. the data was analyzed qualitatively by investigating the level of fluency, complexity and accuracy on students’ speech after being given a specific duration of task planning. then, analyzed data was presented formally and informally.the subjects in this study were 25 learners of an english course institution in denpasar, at the level of basic-4. based on the analysis, it was found that task planning duration affects the fluency and accuracy of oral presentation. the longer the duration of the task planning, the higher level of fluency and accuracy of the language will be used by learners. this is caused by the time owned by the learners to plan ideas that would be presented related to the given topic and to formulate these ideas into correct sentences. however, the length of task planning does not affect the complexity of the language used by learners because of the complexity of the language depends on language competence possessed by learners. although the duration of task planning was increased, the level of complexity of the language used did not change. keywords: task planning, oral presentation, language learning a. introduction giving assignments to students must be done to determine the students' understanding of the language they are learning. this assignment can be done during class or as homework. for the assignments that can be done out of class hours, students certainly have sufficient time to prepare themselves before working on these assignments. unlike the case with assignments given during class learning. in general, not much time is allocated for students to plan their task or even no task planning given. when students are given time to plan their task to be performed, students generally will make good use of the preparation time. guarátavares (2016) states that when given the opportunity to prepare themselves, students involve their cognitive and affective abilities independently. the learning method that currently develops is the student centered learning (scl). rogers (1983) states that scl is a turnover of power in a learning process. the turn of the power of teachers as experts into the strength of students as learners. in the scl method, learners are the focus during the learning process. learners play an active role during the learning mailto:kt.santi.indriani@unud.ac.id eltin journal, volume 8/no 2, october 2020 124 process. one of the learning techniques that provide an opportunity for learners to be actively involved in the learning process is the task planning technique. the method of learning using task planning techniques is a method of learning that provides an opportunity for learners to prepare themselves before they actually perform in completing the task. ortega ( ellis, 2005) defines task planning as an opportunity to prepare task performance before actual performance. task planning technique is one of the techniques that apply scl learning method because in the task planning, learners are given an active opportunity to prepare what they will do during the completion of tasks in the process of language learning. this will provide an opportunity for learners to solve the things that would be obstacles when they complete the task later. task planning is very appropriate to use when we want to measure students' language production skills, which include writing and speaking skills. in writing activities, there are many things students can do during the task planning. when the teacher provides task planning for students by focusing the preparation activities on the meaning of the word and its form, the level of accuracy in students’ task performance will increase (sharafi-nejad et al., 2016). in addition, providing opportunities for students to prepare can reduce the load on the loading process during performance. with reduced cognitive load when doing assignments. thus, students’ writing will be of higher quality. in addition, collaborating with colleagues when doing task planning tends to motivate students to develop ideas in writing (haghverdi, khalaji & biria, 2013). seyyedi et al. (2013) stated that in writing ability, task planning has a different impact on the level of complexity, fluency and accuracy. task planning has a positive impact on the complexity of student writing and has a significant and very positive impact on the fluency of writing. however, task planning has no impact on the level of accuracy in students' writing. another language production that must be assessed during language learning is speaking ability. in doing speaking assessment, there are three things that must be well prepared by the teachers, those are methods of speaking assessment, scales and raters (ginther, 2013). task planning is a part of assessment method.task planning is also often applied to measure language production skills, especially speaking skills. as with writing skills, there are several things that can be measured when assessing students' speaking skills, those are fluency, accuracy and complexity. measuring the level of fluency in students' speaking ability can be done by paying attention to the rate of speaking (which describes the number of syllables per minute), the total speaking time and the duration of pause during speech. meanwhile, to measure the level of accuracy in students' speech can be done by paying attention to words, sentences and phrases errors, syntactic errors as well as lexical errors. to measure complexity, teachers can pay attention to grammatical complexity of the whole units' speech and specific intra-units features (tonkyn, 2012). giving students the opportunity to plan their speaking task is expected to help students when they perform the task. research conducted by moradi and talebi (2014) shows that the overall scores of students which includes aspects of fluency and lexical resources increased from pre-test to post-test. fluency showed a very significant increase when the students did the post-test speaking task performance. if task planning has a positive impact on speaking ability, will the duration of task planning affect students' speaking ability during task performance? this becomes interesting to discuss. thus, the problem that can be formulated in this study related to the background is how task planning duration affects student’s indriani: implementing task planning duration … 125 performance in speaking task in terms of fluency, complexity and accuracy. the scope of this study is student’s performance in speaking in terms of fluency, complexity and accuracy. the purpose of this study is to find the effect of task planning duration on students performance is speaking task in terms of fluency, complexity and accuracy. b. literature review there are various concepts of fluency in the speaking aspect, such as the smoothness of speech regarding the speed of speech, the number of pauses during the speech and other observable variables (fulcher&davidson, 2007). lenon (1990) categorizes the fluency of speaking into two; those are speaking in stammering and speaking without stammering. measuring the level of fluency of speech, this study applies the concept of fluency of speech proposed by lennon which assesses fluency from the duration of pauses during the talk in a minute. the pause can be silence (the learner does not say a word), say the same word over and over or utter meaningless noises, such as "eeeer ..." or "hmmm", etc. the complexity of language used can be seen in terms of lexical complexity and syntactical complexity. the lexical complexity is seen from the amount of vocabulary used. this study assessed the complexity of the language that learners use in terms of syntactical complexity. the syntactical complexity is an assessment based on the number of complex sentences used to convey ideas. the calculations are based on the comparison of the number of simplex sentences with complex sentences used in a minute. the more complex sentences used then the language used will be more complex. yule (2010) states that one component of language skills is a grammatical competence that includes the accuracy of the use of words and sentence structure. the accuracy in speaking in this study is assessed by the number of grammatical errors made in one minute. errors can be in the form of pronunciation (phonological), word choice and grammar. the data from each student’s performance is analyzed based on the three aspects above. c. research methodology this study is a qualitative study that compares the level of fluency, accuracy and complexity in students' speech during students' task performance to determine the effect of task planning duration on students' speaking abilities. the data were collected through observation and documentation. teh documentation refers to recording technique which is applied to record students’ speech during task performance. recording is done without being realized by the students in order to keep the task performance process running naturally. the subject of this study is 25 learners in denpasar language center (dlc), an english language course in denpasar. all learners are at the same level of english proficiency based on the placement test result that is basic-4 level. this level is the basic level in the general english program at dlc. at this level learners will learn about things related to themselves and life, everyday activities and some important sentence structures. at dlc, the basic-4 level is divided into four classes; basic-4a consists of 6 students, basic-4b and basic4ceach consists of 7 students and basic-4d consists of 5 students. the division of this basic4 level is based on class schedule differences; basic-4a and basic-4b are held every monday and wednesday while the basic-4c and basic-4d classes are held every tuesday and thursday. the age of learners are varies between 12-15 years. eltin journal, volume 8/no 2, october 2020 126 the data is collected trough some steps as follow. the four classes are given a speaking task with the same topic about air pollution. each student speaks in accordance with a predetermined topic with time allotment 3-5 minutes. the basic-4a class does not get any time for task planning, the basic-4b class gets 3 minutes for task planning, the basic-4c class gets 7 minutes for task planning and the basic-4d class gets 10 minutes for task planning. recording is done by using digital voice recorder to each learner when performing the task. the recording is done without being recognized by the learners to make the learning process take place naturally and learners are not psychologically affected. the recording is done twice on january 27, 2018 for the basic-4a and basic-4b classes and on january 28, 2018 for the basic-4c and basic-4d classes. the data analysis is conducted by listening and analyzing the recording of each student from the four classes followed with comparing the task performance of each class based on fluency, complexity and accuracy by taking note for each errors appear in the speech, the fluency of the speech and the complexity of the sentences in the speech. the results of the analysis in this study are presented formally and informally. informal methods are applied when describing the speaking ability of each learner of the four classes in terms of fluency complexity and accuracy. the formal method of diagramming is applied in comparing the speaking abilities of each class based on the difference in the duration of the task planning. d. findings and discussion assessing the ability of learners through assignment is one effective and objective ways in language learning. assignment can be done by giving the task planning before learners do the task performance. this study examines the effect of task planning duration on students speaking abilities in terms of fluency, complexity and accuracy. student speaking ability in term of fluency language barriers are often experienced by language learners when expressing ideas in the form of a spoken language. these obstacles can be in the form of psychological obstacles or difficulties in finding the right words and expressions to express their ideas (leong and ahmadi, 2017). one strategy that can help students overcome these problems is by providing task planning. task planning aims to provide opportunities for students to prepare themselves. thus, the obstacles when they do task performance can be reduced. the duration of the task planning is important to note. how long the teacher must give the task planning time and how far the duration of the task planning impact on students' performance must be considered. fluency is a person's speaking ability to maintain meaningful communication in order to be sustainable despite experiencing communication competency barriers (richards, 2006). data analysis in this study shows the effect of task planning duration on student fluency levels as follows. the basic-4a class did not get any task planning. task performance is done as soon as the topic is given. fluency was assessed based on the duration of pauses in one minute. based on the recording analysis, it is found that the pauses occurred for eleven seconds on average. the pauses occurred in the forms of silence (the learner did not produced indriani: implementing task planning duration … 127 0 3 6 9 12 15 basic-4a basic-4b basic 4c basic-4d any sounds), saying the same word over and over (like in..in ..in by..by..by ..) and saying meaningless sounds (like eeeerr ..). the pauses occurred due to several factors. first, learners were thinking about the idea to be conveyed considering the students did not get a chance to formulate ideas related to the given topic. second, it was difficult for the learners to find the equivalent english words to express the ideas in their minds related to the given topic. this is caused by the fact that the learners did not have any opportunity to refer to the dictionary in order to find the equivalent of a word in english. basic-4b got 3 minutes task planning. pauses also found in the recording of the task performances of basic-4b class. the average duration of the pauses is seven seconds, three seconds shorter than the basic-4a class. the pauses are found in the forms of silence, saying the same word over and over as well as saying meaningless sounds. the most common pause form is saying the same word over and over. this happened because the learners did not find the equivalent of a word in english to express the idea in their mind. basically there had been an idea to be revealed, but did not find the right word. this is because the three-minute task planning given was used only to prepare ideas to be conveyed related to the given topic. the basic-4c class indicates a decrease of pauses duration during the task performance. it is four seconds on average. the most common form of pauses is saying the same word over and over, such as the the .. the .. the ... this happened because it was difficult for the learners to find the equivalent words in english to express the ideas in their mind. the seven-minute task-planning provided an opportunity for the learners to formulate ideas to be conveyed related to the given topic. there were not any pauses in the form of silence or nonmeaningful sounds. the basic-4d class got ten minutes for the task planning. it is found that there was a significant decrease in the average of pauses duration. it is only one second on average. the very short pauses duration is due to the opportunity of sufficient task planning. within ten minutes, learners can formulate the ideas to be conveyed and compose sentences that will be used to convey the ideas. this results in the learners could speak fluently without any significant obstacles or pauses during the task performance. diagram 1. the duration of pauses in second student speaking ability in term of complexity the complexity of the language produced by learners is very influenced by the learners’ knowledge of the language being learned, such as the patterns and rules of the language (housen, kuiken and vedder, 2012). regarding the effect of task planning on the level of language complexity produced by learners, bamanger and gashan (2015) state that task planning has a positive effect on the complexity of the language produced. when students eltin journal, volume 8/no 2, october 2020 128 0 10 20 30 40 50 basic-4a basic-4b basic 4c basic-4d are given the opportunity to plan their tasks, they well prepare what they want to say and increase their self-confidence to produce more complex speech. the ability to speak in term of complexity was analyzed based on syntactical complexity. it was seen from the comparison of the number of complex clauses to the simplex clauses used in one minute to convey ideas during task performance. in general, spontaneous or nonplanning task performance will result in the use of commonly used word or phrase choices (harmer, 2001). based on the data analysis in this study, the number of sentences generated by learners from the basic-4a class in a minute is five sentences on average. these five sentences are simplex clauses. thus, the percentage of the number of complex sentences used is 0%. the average number of sentences generated in one minute of basic-4b class is eight sentences with the percentage of the use of complex 37.5%. based on the analysis of basic-4c and 4d classes recording data, no difference was found. in one minute, learners from both classes produce an average of ten sentences in a minute. of the ten sentences produced, the average complex sentences that appeared are four sentences. thus, the percentage of complex sentences used is 40%. the results of the above analysis show that there is a very significant difference between classes that did not get task planning and the classes that got the task planning. complex sentences are not found in the language used by learners of the basic-4a class that did not get the task planning. this is due to the absence of a planned idea to be conveyed related to the topic given since they did not get the task planning. there was no significant difference in term of language complexity used by the classes that got task planning. learners from these three classes showed nearly the same level of language complexity ranging from 37.540%. this suggests that the duration of the task planning time does not affect the level of language complexity used during the task performance. diagram 2. percentage of the use of complex sentences in one minute student speaking ability in term of accuracy the ability to speak in term of complexity was analyzed based on syntactical complexity. it was seen from the comparison of the number of complex clauses to the simplex clauses used in one minute to convey ideas during task performance. in general, spontaneous or nonplanning task performance will result in the use of commonly used word or phrase choices (harmer, 2001). indriani: implementing task planning duration … 129 based on the research conducted by ahangari and abdi (2011), task planning did not have a positive impact on the level of accuracy of the language produced by the learners. even though they have been given time to prepare the language they will use to avoid using inappropriate language structures, they still fail to use the proper language structure as they had planned in advance during the task performance under real time pressure. thus, task planning is declared unable to increase accuracy in the utterances produced by students. the results of data analysis regarding the effect of task planning duration on the students' speaking ability in terms of accuracy in this study showed the following results.the basic4a class did not get the task planning and learners immediately performed the task after the topic was given. based on the analysis, it was found that learners made mistakes in terms of accuracy as many as seven times in a minute. such errors include pronunciation errors and grammatical errors. pronunciation errors occured in both commonly used words and technical terms related to the topic. grammatical errors occured repeatedly, such as article omission, main verb omission, double marking verb, subject-verb agreement error, and error in tenses. the errors are caused by the lack of opportunities for learners to design sentences in conveying the idea. the pronunciation errors were caused y the fact that the learners had no time to refer to the dictionary to know the correct pronunciation of some words. the basic-4b class did not show significant differences from the basic-4a class although the basic-4b class got three-minute task-planning. the average number of errors is seven errors in one minute resulted from a very short planning time of only three minutes. learners only had the opportunity to determine the main ideas but did not have the opportunity to formulate sentences to convey these ideas. the errors include pronunciation and grammatical errors. pronunciation errors occur in commonly used words and technical terms. grammatical errors made by basic class-4b learners were less than basic class-4a. frequently occured grammatical errors are article omission, main verb omission, double marking verb and subject-verb agreement. the basic-4c class gets seven minutes' of task planning time. total error in terms of accuracy (accuracy) is done on average as much as 3 times in one minute. based on the results of the recording analysis, there is still an error in terms of pronunciation and grammatical structure of the english language used by learners. however, the pronunciation error and grammatical structure are fewer than the number of mistakes made by learners of the basic-4a and basic-4b classes. pronunciation errors occur on average 2 times in one minute and occur only on the pronunciation of scientific terms. grammatical structure errors occur on average one time in a minute. the errors include article omission, subject-verb agreement, and tenses. no word errors were found in the recording of the basic-4c class. the reduced number of mistakes made by learners of the basic-4c class in terms of accuracy compared to the basic-4a and 4b classes is due to the chance at their disposal to find in the dictionary the pronunciation of words that are considered difficult. in addition, the diminished errors in the grammatical structure of the sentences are also due to the opportunities they have for composing words appropriately in conveying their ideas. the basic-4d class got for ten minutes task planning. there is a decrease in the number of errors in basic-4 d class compared to basic-4c class. the average number of errors made by learners of the basic-4d is two errors in a minute. the only type of errors that occured is grammatical error and limited to article omission errors. technical terms used during task performance were pronounced correctly. this is due to the opportunity that the learners had eltin journal, volume 8/no 2, october 2020 130 to refer to the dictionary to know how to pronounce rarely used technical terms. the less number of errors related to the opportunity they had to compose the sentences correctly in conveying the ideas. diagram 3. average numbers of erros in one minute e. conclusion assessment of the speaking ability in the english learning process can be seen from three aspects; fluency, complexity and accuracy. this study aims to determine the effect of the duration of the task planning t on the speaking ability of these three aspects. learners from the four different classes were given different duration of task planning. the basic-4a class was not given the task planning, the basic-4b class was given a three-minute task planning, the basic-4c class was given a seven-minute task-planning and the basic-4d class was given ten-minute task planning. each class was given the same topic. based on the analysis, it is found that there is influence of the duration of the task planning to the students ability in terms of fluency. the longer the duration of the task planning is given, the more fluent the speaking. this is due to the readiness of the learners in task performing. the longer the duration of the task planning given, the longer time they had to formulate ideas compile sentences to convey ideas that had. in result, the learners were more fluent in performing the task. in term of the complexity of the language used during the task performance, there was no significant effect of the task planning duration. the learners with longer task planning duration did not show any increase in the use of complex sentences compared to the learners who got shorter task planning duration. this is related to the cognitive factors of learners. all the learners from the four classes are in the same level of english proficiency. therefor, students ability in terms of language complexity also tends to be the same. thus, the duration of the task planning did not affect the complexity of the language used. however, the duration of the task planning affects the accuracy of the speech. the longer the duration of the task planning given, the higher the level of accuracy of the language used. this is due to the opportunity for the learners to compose and formulate sentences used to convey their ideas. in addition, the long duration of the task planning was also used to refer to the dictionary to find the correct pronunciation of the technical words used during the task perfomance. based on the above descriptions, it can be concluded that the duration of the task planning is very influential on the fluency and accuracy of the language used by learners during the task performance. this is due to the opportunity that the students had to think about the ideas that and formulate the sentences that would be used. however, the duration of the task planning time does not affect the complexity of the language used by learners because it indriani: implementing task planning duration … 131 relates to the language competence of the learners. if learners have high language competence, then the complexity of the language used also tends to increase and is not influenced by the duration of the planning time. f. references ahangari, s. and abdi, m. (2011). the effect of pre-task planning on the accuracy and complexity of iranian efl learners’ oral performance. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 29, 1950 – 1959. bamanger, e. m. and gashan, a. k. (2014). the effect of planning time on the fluency, accuracy, and complexity of efl learners’ oral production. journal of educational sciences, 27 (1), 1-15. ellis, rod. (2005). planning and task performance in second language learning. philadelphia: john benjamins publishing company. fulcher, g., & davidson, f. (2007). languange testing and assessment. new york: routledge. ginter, a. (2013). assessment of speaking. the encyclopedia of applied linguistics. john wiley and sons, inc. guará-tavares, m. da g. (2016). learners’ processes during pre-task planning and working memory capacity. ilha do desterro, v (69), 79-94. haghverdia, h.r., khalajib, h. r. and biriac, r. (2013). the impact of task planning on iranian efl learner’s writings. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 70, 719723. harmer, jeremy. (2001). the practice of english language teaching. london: longman. housen, a., kuiken, f. and vedder, i. (2012). complexity, accuracy and fluency: definitions, measurement and research. complexity, accuracy and fluency in sla. amsterdam: john benjamins publishing company. lennon, paul. (1990). investigating fluency in efl: a quantitaive approach. language learning journal, 40, 387-417. leong, l. and ahmadi, s. m. (2017). an analysis of factors influencing learners’ english speaking skill. international journal of research in english education, 2 (1), 3441. moradi, z. and talebi, s. h. (2014). the effect of pre-speaking strategies instruction in strategic planning on iranian efl students’ awareness as well as students’ fluency and lexical resources in speaking. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 98, 1224 – 1231. richards, j. c. (2006). communicative language teaching today. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. rogers, c. (1983). freedom to learn from the 80’s. colombus: charles e. merrill. seyyedi, k. et al. (2013). the effect of pre-task planning time on l2 learners’ narrative writing performance. english language teaching, 6 (12), 1-10. sharafi-nejad, m. et al. (2016). the effects of pre-task planning on iranian efl learners’ accuracy of writing performance. journal of studies in education. 6(4), 119-132. tonkyn, a. (2012). measuring and percieving changes in oral complexity, accuracy and fluency: examining instructed learners’ short-term gains. language learning and language teaching: dimension of l2 performance and proficiency (complexity, accuracy and fluency in sla), 36, 221-246. yule, george. (2010). the study of language (4th ed). new york: cambridge university press. sebuah kajian pustaka: nanda: exploring the connection … 48 exploring the connection among language, culture, identity and difference dodi widia nanda dodiwidiananda@undhari.ac.id universitas dharmas indonesia abstract this paper aims to explore the link among language, culture, identity and difference. it is beneficial to analyse because it contributes on the development of language education. the reason is that language learning and culture are inherent each other. this research’s method is the reflective inquiry as the part of qualitative research. this study scrutinises writer’s personal experiences concerning the link among language, culture, identity and difference. hence, the research’s subject in this research is the writer’s personal experiences. specifically, the writer’s experiences are intonation in expressing angriness and interacting with jakarta people. the related experiences are written and collected by taking notes, and it is directly analysed when the data collected. the study’s result indicates that there has been a robust connection among language, culture, identity and difference. one’s culture and language can signify their identity and difference. therefore, the connection between language, culture, identity and difference is required to explore in order to elicit significant impact on the development of language learning. keywords: language, culture, identity, difference, language learning a. introduction analysing the interconnection among language, culture, identity and difference is substantial in the development of language education as language learning and cultural understandings are inherent each other (kramsch, 1998). the paper will illustrate the link between language and culture can correlate humans’ identity and difference. the related process can be explained effectively through a concept called the system of representation. hall (2013) reveals that the notion of representation plays an essential role in the process of producing and exchanging meaning between members of a culture. the representation can be defined as the production of the meaning of the concepts existed in humans’ mind through language (hall, 1997). hence, it can be stated that language constructs meaning obtained from the concepts to communicate it with other people. moreover, hall (2013) asserts that there are two processes of the system of representation. first of all, the mental representation system which leads people to interpret the events and objects built as the concepts on the inside as well as outside peoples’ head. that is to say nanda: exploring the connection … 49 that if we have a concept for certain things, we can know its meaning vividly without seeing it. to exemplify, people can still signify and conjure the object of “pen”, “glass”, “phone” and others even when you do not see the related objects directly. this process occurs because humans’ thought processes decode the visual perception of the object regarding a concept stored in humans’ head (hall, 1997). hence, it can be stated that in order to interpret the world in similar ways, people are required to have the same conceptual maps. however, having a shared conceptual map is not enough to represent and exchange meanings and concepts. people must have shared language system as well, knowing that language is categorised as the second system of representation which has a function to build meaning (hall, 2013). it occurs because the shared conceptual map should be translated into a common language which assists us to correlate concepts with spoken sounds, written words and even visual images (kramsch et al., 1996). these related aspects called “sign”, which is organised into languages (hall, 2013). every social community may have different signs in interpreting certain concepts or things (hall, 2013). to exemplify, in my home country, indonesia, people who belong to minangkabau people (a tribe located in west sumatera, indonesia) will write “p-i-t-i” to refers to a concept of “a tool of the transaction (money)”. on the other hand, sundanese (a tribe which is existing in west java, indonesia) will signify the related concept with word “d-u-i-t”. the related disparity exists due to the different linguistic code because of the same social group composed by people who only use the similar linguistic code, such as grammatical, lexical, phonological features and even political rhetoric (kramsch, 1998). hence, it can be stated that although language consists of signs organised in various relationships, it can only convey meaning when people have codes. the code plays pivotal roles in humans’ culture which is obtained and internalised unconsciously through our engagements with particular cultures (kramsch, 1998). b. literature review 1. kramsch’s concept of language and culture the interconnection between language and culture has been explicated significantly by kramsch (1998), he reveals that when language is used in the communication contexts, it cannot be separated with culture in multiple and complex ways. in other words, language is known as the principal means to conduct humans’ cultures. furthermore, the interrelatedness between language and culture is illustrated cohesively in the notion of insider and outsider proposed by kramsch (1998). in this principle, in order to be signified in cultural groups, it is imperative for people to exhibit themselves as insiders against outsiders. it means people, particularly the man in power, having an authority to classify their own culture with others culture through both spoken and written language. moreover, humans’ cultural groups could be identified easily by interacting with other members of same groups (kramsch, 1998). it means that their beliefs, values and common beliefs are reflected through their tool of representation, language. to exemplify, in minangkabau’s customs, one of the tribes in west sumatera, indonesia, minangkabau people are required to say “kato nan ampek” (ramadhanti, 2018). the “kato nan ampek” means minangkabau people have to speak and communicate with four different ways with four different ages or categorised people; firstly, talking politely and softly to elder people such as interacting with grandparents, parents, brothers/sisters, and others. then, communicating and caring lovely to younger people such as younger brothers/sisters, nephew/niece and others. thirdly, speaking and behaving informally with peers, sometimes using humour to strengthen the relationship of friendship. ultimately, using metaphor to do eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 50 interaction between people who have a relationship shaped by marriage such as the relationship between parents-in-law with children-in-law for showing respect each other (ramadhanti, 2018). hence, it can be stated that the chosen language could reflect and exhibit humans’ culture clearly. however, kramsch (1998) also contends that “culture is heterogeneous, even members of the same discourse community all have different biographies and life experiences, age, gender and others” (p. 9). it is to say that there is a likelihood of people who belong to the same culture might have different ways to interpret certain things and concepts. for instance, in age categorization, in my own area located in dharmasraya regency, west sumatera, indonesia, minangkabau people who are categorised as older people will say “k-o-m-a-u” to signify a concept of a strip of leather or other materials used, typically around the waist in order to hold in clothes (belt). on the contrary, youngsters will say or mark the related concept as “i-k-e-k p-i-n-g-g-a-n-g”. but, to my understanding which relies on the notion given by baker and wright (2017), it is only the matter of “language shifting” in which the existence of word “k-o-m-a-u” has been replaced by “i-k-e-k p-i-n-g-g-a-n-g” to construct the concept of the real “belts”. as a result, the younger people who belong to minangkabau tribe prefer saying “i-k-e-k p-i-n-g-g-a-n-g” instead of “k-o-m-a-u”. in fact, fishman (1996, as cited in risager, 2006) depicts that language has been considered as a crucial part of cultural groups because those who intend to understand their cultural fully must master its language as well. moreover, kramsch (1998) asserts that there is an interconnection between the language spoken by members of cultural groups and their groups’ identity. 2. woodward’s concept of identity and difference based on woodward’s explanation, identity itself can be classified into two various parts, which are essentialism and non-essentialism (woodward, 1997). the former means an identity which is based on nature, and it is seen as fixed and unchanging. for instance, race, gender, kinship, gender and sexuality and subverted biological changes (woodward, 1997). on the other hand, the latter is seen as contingent in which humans’ identity will never remain static. this classified identity is categorised as the product of an intersection of various components, political and cultural discourses (clark, 2013; woodward, 1997). for instance, school uniforms, prior to 1999, all of the indonesian school institutions had required all of indonesian men students to wear short-jeans studying in schools. this related rule was regulated under soeharto’s regime, one of former indonesian presidents. the certain regulation automatically changed when the next indonesian president, habibie, replaced soeharto at that time. the habibie’s regime asked indonesian men students wearing long-jeans in schools, and this regulation has been implemented until now. based on the example above, it is apparent that identity will always change and improve, and it might be different all the time. interestingly, the difference itself will signify the individual or cultural identities. in other words, difference marks out certain identities from other identities and fosters distinctions (woodward, 1997). the marking of the difference occurs through the symbolic system of representation and in the form of social exclusion, and these two forms of symbolic and social exclusion constructed through a particular operation called classificatory system (woodward, 1997). a classificatory system is categorised as a system which is utilised to applying a principle of difference to populations and dividing their characteristics into minimally two opposing groups (woodward, 1997). to exemplify, the writer could distinguish between minangkabau tribe and sundanese tribe and consider himself belong to nanda: exploring the connection … 51 minangkabau tribe instead of sundanese tribe because the minangkabau culture values reflected in the writers’ habit. the related habits and characters are different compared to sundanese’s identity. the disparities could be in accents, written and spoken language systems, traditional dresses and many other differences. based on the example mentioned above, it can be seen that how culture through the system of linguistic features marks out difference are important to our understanding of identity. thus, it can be concluded that language and culture could correlate humans’ identity and difference, and these four aspects cannot have separated each other. c. research methodology the research methodology used in this research was qualitative research. it is selected because this research aims to explore and express one’s experiences. in particular, the researcher attempts to express his personal experiences. it links to an id ea expressed by birks, chapman, and francis (2008), stating that the qualitative research can be applied to explore and understand meaning and experiences of individuals. this kind of research is called reflective inquiry (ross & hannay, 1986). in reflective inquiry, it examines the personal experiences of the researchers themselves (lyons, halton, & freidus, 2013). therefore, the research subject is the writer’s personal experiences (cunliffe, 2003). data in qualitative research is in the form of words, actions, written data sources, photos, and statistics (carter & little, 2007). in this study, data collection is carried out through the researcher's own writing relating to his life experiences and collecting supporting documents. data analysis in qualitative research can be carried out in conjunction with the research process, for example when data is collected and written (onwuegbuzie & byers, 2014). hence, when data in this research is collected and written, it is further analyzed by the researcher comprehensively. d. findings and discussion the interrelatedness among language, culture, identity and difference would be able to be comprehended efficiently by scrutinising our personal life experience. firstly, it starts connecting them by describing my first experience regarding intonation affected by minangkabau tribe’s customs. then, i will also describe and analyse a story with my friends who came from jakarta, as my second experience. the findings will be discussed as follow: 1. the first story (my distinctive intonation in expressing angriness to my mother) i was born and raised in a minangkabau family with strong minangkabau roots that made me understand minangkabau culture and values in deeply. for instance, minangkabau culture has been requiring us to speak in four different ways with four ages categorised of people, which is called kato nan ampek (ramadhanti, 2018). we were particularly asked to talk softly and politely to elder people. one day, my mother suddenly asked me to stop playing football when i played it with my colleagues in the green field. then, honestly, i was angry and disappointed to my mother at that time. but the way i expressed my angriness to my mother looked like “strange” due to my intonation. although in expressing my angriness, i still spoke softly to my mother because it was affected by minangkabau customs (kato nan ampek) in which i had to speak politely and softly to elder people, my mother. the existence eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 52 of the value had given me such an awkward moment, and i felt that it was significant to my life. interestingly, the way i expressed my angriness by speaking softly to my mother was seen unusual by one of my friends who came from another tribe in indonesia, which was the batak tribe. he told me that my way of expressing the angriness was funny. the analysis of the story above there are some points that can be taken and examined from the story above. firstly, the experience above significantly correlates with a principal explained by kramsch (1998), saying that cultural groups’ values, customs and common beliefs could be reflected through group members’ language. the related interplay was drawn by my distinctive speech regarding intonation which showed my cultural group customs. this related custom has remarkably affected the way i speak, particularly my intonation since i have been asked by my cultural customs to speak politely and softly to elder people (ramadhanti, 2018). in this context, i used my smoot intonation to my mother even though i expressed my angriness. this distinctive way seemed strange and unusual because other people might express their angriness by shouting to people who make them satisfied and angry. i could not express my angriness like other people did since i have been asked by my cultural customs to speak politely and softly to elder people in every circumstance. hence, it can be concluded that language and culture have strong interplay, and both of them correlated each other. secondly, the way i spoke politely and softly to my mother above could be linked as well with a principle of language, in which language that we use has a function to share meaningful ideas (hall, 1997). in this context, when i spoke with low and soft intonation to my mother means that i showed my politeness to elder people, particularly my mother. whereas, if i spoke loudly at that time, probably my mother would judge me as a rude person who did not regard her as well as our minangkabau’s customs. it means my mother and i have had the similar ideas and concepts in our head regarding expressing the concept of the politeness and rudeness. consequently, my mother automatically understood at the time that i still showed my politeness to her because i still speak with a low intonation. thirdly, another point that can be taken from the story above is the principle of the difference that can signify the individuals’ identities (woodward, 1997). in this view, my identity could be categorised as a son who showed significant respect for my mother. it can be seen and portrayed through my low intonation. on the contrary, my mother’s identity as a parent could be reflected through her way in delivering her speech for communicating with me. she gets used to speaking loudly to me whether in daily conversations or in expressing her angriness. this situation occurs because has not been constrained by our minangkabau’s customs to speak loudly to me since her role as my parent. hence, it can be stated as well that these disparities happened through the classificatory system, in which i was classified as a respected son, while my mother was categorised as a parent who had freedom to express her feeling to me. in line with the detailed illustration, woodward (1997) asserts that the classificatory system is used to divide populations’ characteristics into at least two different or opposing things, like us/them. ultimately, the way one of my friends who came from another tribe, batak tribe, seeing my unusual and distinctive ways in expressing angriness with low intonation links with the notion of insider and outsider (kramsch, 1998). in this view, my batak friend could be categorised as an outsider who did not recognise my minangkabau’s cultural values and customs that made him confused with, i had done in expressing my angriness. this nanda: exploring the connection … 53 phenomenon naturally happened since my batak friend and i had a different way of interpreting something. in this context, my batak friend might have another way to express his angriness and based on a study conducted by tobing, panggabean, and sinar (2016). batak people tend to speak loudly in an aggressive manner. 2. the second story (interacting with jakarta people) after completing my undergraduate degree, i left my village and moved to the capital of indonesia, jakarta. i saw the jakarta people, particularly youngsters who live in jakarta, tend to use “slang” language (bowden, 2015), which made me realised that they were different with me. to exemplify, three of my jakarta friends and i stayed up watching a football match on television together while i received short-message-services from my girlfriend. the message sent by my girlfriend was funny which made me laugh at myself. suddenly, one of my friends, namely tomi, said to me that “kamu alig” which made me kept silent. in contrary, the rest of my friends guffawed together while i got confused why they laughed. after they stopped laughing, they told me that they laughed because i was teased by tomi as a crazy person when he said “kamu alig” to me. apparently, the meaning of “kamu alig” is “you are crazy” in english. but, i did not notice it since the word “alig” considered as jakarta peoples’ slang which refers to “gila” in bahasa indonesia and “crazy” in english; however, after i socialized more with them, i get used to using slang as well which assisted me to communicate effectively with them. the analysis of the story above there are three points that can be analysed in the second experience. firstly, in the contention, that difference could signify humans’ cultural identities explained by hall (2013) is relevant to my story with three of my friends who came from the metropolitan city, jakarta. in this occasion, i felt that there was myriad of disparities among us. to exemplify, i lived in a rural area located in west sumatera which made me confused with their slang. on the contrary, they lived in a big city namely jakarta, which has been associated with modernity, and even jakarta people have been known as inhabitants who creatively modify the indonesian language structurally and phonetically (bowden, 2015). the modification of this indonesian language called slang (bowden, 2015). as a consequence, i did not understand my jakarta friend’s joke when he said “alig” to me. it occurs because “alig” is known as jakarta peoples’ slang that refers to “crazy” in english, and “gila” in the indonesian language. jakarta people creatively changed the structure of word from “gila” from the backward to be “alig” in order to create their slang. based on the related differences, i could realise that my cultural identity was not similar to them. in addition, the story with my jakarta friends above might be linked as well with a notion proposed by hall (2013). hall (2013) asserts that to communicate and understand effectively each other, people must have a similar conceptual map as well as shared language system. in this context, my jakarta friends and i might have a same concept of “people who smile by themselves” categorised as “crazy people”, and the related concept is known and popular in our country, indonesia. however, my jakarta friends had another language system to represent the related concept in which they used their slang “alig”. consequently, i did not understand what they meant since i use a word “gila” to represent the related concept. so, that is why hall (2013) asserts that having a shared conceptual map is not enough to represent eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 54 and exchange meanings and concepts because the related process requires shared language system as well. lastly, in the last part of the story above, i had been affected by my friends to use slang after having more socialisation with them. this condition resulted in the development of my new identity as a youngster who could use slang. this significant development could be seen through my adjustment to slang, particularly word “alig”. for instance, a month ago, when one of my friends in my whatsapp group, namely hafizah, sent word “alig” to humiliate my friend (namely dika) in our whatsapp group. i could relate and understand the related word which made me laughed directly. hence, it is true that identity is categorised as a continually changing process, called the non-essential view (hall, 1997; woodward, 1997). moreover, identity could be influenced by a relation involved in various socialisations in which we participate and interact with (woodward, 1997). e. conclusion based on these two stories and the given analyses above, it is apparent that the connection between language and culture is crucial to correlate peoples’ identity and difference. it can be portrayed through my distinctive speech regarding intonation which is correlated with my culture’s customs, resulted in the shaping of my identity and difference with the others. moreover, the differences with other people could be seen clearly in the second story (moved to jakarta), when i did not understand my jakarta friend’s joke due to the language system disparities between us. f. references baker, c., & wright, w. e. (2017). foundations of bilingual education and bilingualism. (6th ed.). bristol, uk: buffalo: multilingual matters. birks, m., chapman, y., & francis, k. (2008). memoing in qualitative research: probing data and processes. journal of research in nursing, 13(1), 68-75. doi: 10.1177/1744987107081254 bowden, j. (2015). towards a history, and an understanding of indonesian slang. nusa, 58, 9-24. retrieved from http://repository.tufs.ac.jp/bitstream/10108/84123/2/nusa5802.pdf carter, s. m., & little, m. (2007). justifying knowledge, justifying method, taking action: epistemologies, methodologies, and methods in qualitative research. qualitative health research, 17(10), 1316-1328. doi: 10.1177/1049732307306927 clark, u. (2013). language and identity in englishes. oxon: routledge. cunliffe, a. l. (2003). reflexive inquiry in organizational research: questions and possibilities. human relations, 56(8), 983-1003. doi: 10.1177/00187267030568004 hall, s. (1997). representation: cultural representations and signifying practices. london, uk: sage publications. hall, s. (2013). the work of representation. in s. hall (ed.), representation: cultural representations and signifying practices (pp. 13-64). london, uk: sage publications. kramsch, c., cain, a., & murphy-lejeune, e. (1996). why should language teachers teach culture?. language, culture and curriculum, 9(1), 99-107. doi: 10.1080/07908319609525221 nanda: exploring the connection … 55 kramsch, c. (1998). language and culture. oxford: oxford university press. lyons, n., halton, c., & freidus, h. (2013). reflective inquiry as transformative self-study for professional education and learning. studying teacher education, 9(2), 163-174. doi: 10.1080/17425964.2013.808057 onwuegbuzie, a. j., & byers, v. t. (2014). an exemplar for combining the collection, analysis, and interpretations of verbal and nonverbal data in qualitative research. international journal of education, 6(1), 183. retrieved from https://search.proquest.com/info/openurldocerror;jsessionid=de82a5ec9e812aa 29fbdeb32bbd12e93.i-069ae8dddd1aec485 ramadhanti, d. (2018). characteristic behaviour in students speech with minangkabau cultural setting: interactional sosiolinguistics approach (wujud perilaku berkarakter dalam tuturan siswa berlatar budaya minangkabau: tinjauan sosiolinguistik interaksional). jurnal gramatika: jurnal penelitian pendidikan bahasa dan sastra indonesia, 4, 290-303. retrieved from http://ejournal.stkip-pgrisumbar.ac.id/index.php/jurnal-gramatika/article/view/2673 risager, k. (2006). language and culture: global flows and local complexity. clevedon, uk: multilingual matters. ross, e. w., & hannay, l. m. (1986). towards a critical theory of reflective inquiry: theme. journal of teacher education, 37(4), 9-15. doi: 10.1177/002248718603700402 tobing, a. p., panggabean, h., & sinar, t. s. (2016). effect-for-cause inferencing in the evaluation of loudness among toba batak people. sociolinguistic studies, 10(3), 455-474. doi: 10.1558/sols.v10i3.28869 woodward, k. (1997). concepts of identity and difference. in k. woodward (ed.), identity and difference (pp. 8-50). london, england: sage. sebuah kajian pustaka: zaitun, hadi & putri: the effectiveness of online … 101 the effectiveness of online instructional videos in teaching students’ speaking skill zaitun1, muhamad sofian hadi2, aryani syalwa putri*3 zaitun.hateem@gmail.com, m_sofianhadi@yahoo.com, aryanisyalwap@gmail.com universitas muhammadiyah jakarta abstract this study aims to find out whether there is significant effect of teaching speaking using online instructional videos to the students’ speaking achievement. this reserch used quantitative research method. pre-experimental design was employed in this research. ten grade students of an-nuqthah of islamic senior high school were chosen as the sample of this research. the sample was selected by using random sampliong technique. the instruments of this research are pre-test and post-test. then, the data obtained were analyzed statistically. the statistical analysis results showed that the mean score of the students in the pretest was 41.07 and the mean score of posttest was 82.14. in addition, the value of tcal (4.49) was higher than ttable (1.782). it means that the use of online instructional video was considered effective in improving students’ speaking skill. from this research, the teachers are recommended to use online instructional video as the median in teaching speaking. keywords: online instructional videos, media, speaking, powtown a. introduction in the context of education, the language which is important to be mastered by people is english. english is thought to be one of the most necessary languages in the world because almost all people from all of the country use english for their communication. in indonesia, english is a foreign language learnt by the students from kindergartens until university level. however, among 4 language skills of english, speaking is still considered as the most difficult skill mastered by the students. among those four skills, speaking is very important skill to be mastered, because it is an activity for students to express their ideas, feelings, argument, opinion and others in speaking. speaking is a production skill that falls into two main categories: accuracy and fluency. accuracy consists of the use of vocabulary, grammar and pronunciation through several activities, fluency takes into account "the ability to keep going when speaking spontaneously" (derakhshan, khalili, & beheshti, 2016:177-186). however, there are many problems faced by the students in order to acquire speaking ability, such as pronunciation, lack of motivation, limited vocabulary, self-confidence and rarely practice. besides, the environment in which the society do not use english for daily communication also one of the reasons why the students cannot use english well. chan and herero (2010:11) mention that one of the factors which influences students’ speaking mailto:zaitun.hateem@gmail.com mailto:m_sofianhadi@yahoo.com mailto:aryanisyalwap@gmail.com eltin journal, volume 9/no 2, october 2021 102 mastery is the use of effective and interesting teaching media by the teacher, they proposed movie video which brings some real conversation as authentic material to be talked about. therefore, in speaking classrooms, teachers are expected to be creative to use various teaching media which is effective, interesting, and fits the digital era, this year is 4.o which means everyone is using technology as education media in order to build more meaningful speaking learning atmosphere. it is supported by greenberg., et al (2012:4) that education is undergoing a major shift, as brick-and-mortar classrooms are opening up to rich media content, subject matter experts, and to one another. this shift has been influenced largely by technological and pedagogical trends, greater worldwide everyone can access to the internet, an explosion of mobile phone users, and the appreciation for these technologies by young people, as well as by teachers. this means that using of technology as a tool in the classroom can help learner to work systematically by themselves or with their classmates (alkhatnai, 2016). one of the media that can be used is instructional video. video appears poised to be a major contributor to the shift in the educational landscape, acting as a powerful agent that adds value and enhances the quality of the learning experience. that means an instructional video is a recorded content that provides detailed information on how to learn especially in this 4.0 era. therefore, this study aims to find out whether there is significant effect of teaching speaking using online instructional videos to the students’ speaking achievement. b. literature review 1. definition of speaking speaking is one of communication that people do daily and one of the most important skills to be developed and enhanced as means of effective communication. speaking is a person's ability to articulate sounds/words for expressions, statements, to convey ideas, thoughts, and feelings (zuhriyah, agustina, & fajarina, 2018). in addition, according to kosar & bedir (2014:12-26), speaking is an interactive process of constructing meaning that consists of producing and receiving information. thus, speaking skills are an essential part of second language learning and teaching. according to harmer (2007), there are three main reasons for making students speak in class. first, speaking activities provide training opportunities opportunities to practice speaking in real life in a safe class. second, speaking assignments where students try to use one or all of the languages, they know provide feedback for lecturers and students. everyone can see how well they are doing: how successful they are, and also what language problems they experience. and finally, the more students have the opportunity to activate the various elements of the language they have stored in their brains, the more their use of these elements will automatically. communication skills are very important to teach speaking skills. students must be able to understand themselves by making full use of their current skills. they should try to avoid confusion in their message due to mispronunciation, grammar, or vocabulary mismatch and adhere to the social and cultural rules that apply in every communication situation. based on the description above, it can be concluded that students need to master english speaking ability. besides english is an international langauge english also plays an important role in life. speaking is productive skill that means students’ need to produce zaitun, hadi & putri: the effectiveness of online … 103 language and give the information, and also important in education, political, cultural, social etc. 2. instructional media in teaching speaking according to sadiman, et all (2008) instructional media as anything that can be used to deliver a message from the sender to the receiver so that it can stimulate the thoughts, feelings, concerns, interests and also attention of students in such a way so that the learning process occurs. in addition, some contribution of media in learning activities are revealed by several research. as proposed by kemp and smellie (1989) in burden and byrd (1999) that media in learning has several benefits such as 1) motivate 2) present the information 3) provide instruction required in the learning activities. it indicates that instructional media is one of the most important aspect in a learning process. according to smaldino, lowther and russel (2008), media are classified into six types such as text, audio, visual, audiovisual, picture and people. a. text contains the coredeliveres by theauthor, for example an explanation of the material conveyed by the teacher. b. audio refers to everything that comes from the sound , both the original sound o recording. the example is the voice of students, teachers, music and voice over. c. visual refers to everything that can be seen, for example comics and photograph. d. audiovisual is combination of sound and image. the result of the combinations are video and movie. audiovisual can be displayed vio lcd, projector and dvd. e. manipulate, which is someting three-dimensional that can be touched or made by students, for example is a statue and realia. f. people which can be real medium when learning in the classroom, for example students and teachers. from the categories of media can help learning avtivities. 3. online instructional videos a video is the technology of electronically capturing, recording, processing, storing, transmitting, and reconstructing a sequence of still images representing scenes in motion. newby et al., (2000: 102) define thatvideos are the display of recorded pictures on televisiontype screen. any media format that employs a cathode-ray screen to present a picture can be referred to as video. instructional video is a recorded content that provides detailed information on how to learn especially in this 4.0 era. video has become an integral part of higher education. these are integrated as part of a traditional course, serve as the angular tone of many mixed courses, and are often the key information delivery mechanism in moocs. some meta-analyzes show that technology can enhance. furthermore, ashaver (2013) said that audio visual like video information facilitates learners’ comprehension of spoken english. furthermore, harmer (2006) states that deploying video in english language learning provides special points to the students, seeing language in use, cross-cultural awareness, the power of creation and motivation.it means that video employs important roles in the classroom because the students do not only listen how the language used by native speakers, but they also can see about the language used in real context eltin journal, volume 9/no 2, october 2021 104 sand (1956) and brown et al (1983) in nurmayasari (2011) suggested some procedures in applying video or audio visual media in teaching english. a. preparing yourself the first thing to do by the teacher before showing the video to students is previewing the video and make some notes about the content of the video. teacher may invite some students to preview the video and see their point of view about it. b. preparing the environment after preparing the video, the next thing to do is arranging the classroom to be as comfortable as possible. the technical equipment such as a speaker and a laptop/computer should be located appropriately so that students can get good view while watching the video. c. 3.preparing the students when students watch the video, teacher should help them to understand why they must watch the video and tell what they can get by watching it. teacher can also ask the students to discuss the content of video then relate to what they know and they do not know. d. showing the video while watching the video, make students comfortable and try to show the video without interruption such as giving a question in the middle of video. e. carrying out the follow up after showing the video, teacher asks the students about the content of the video to know their opinion about the video. they can also discuss the video with their classmate. the follow up is necessary to detect misunderstanding they may have. teacher can give a repetition show if needed to clear up any confusion. 4. powtoon one technology-based media that can be used in elt is powtoon. according to dahar (1996), powtoon as the media of information relevant to the processing model which is divided into eight phases, they are phases of motivation, recognition, acquisition, retention, dialing, transfer, giving responses, up to reinforcement. pow town is the world's leading, most user-friendly, and intuitive animation software. with pow town, anyone even if you don’t know the proxy server pixels can create compelling animated videos with professional looks and nuances. pow town is known as the software that provides animation video and sound. therefore, using pow town does require an internet connection because it is an online software. this technology can be transformed into a language classroom. in addition, the teacher can easily use powtoon because the interface of powtoon is similar to powerpoint and the presentations can be stored in a traditional format, which allows the slides to move one by one. according to adnyani, mahayanti & suprianti (2020), the teacher no longer teaches based on the textbook because she may convey the lesson into an animation video through powtoon. there are several advantages of the powtoon application as proposed by edmons and branch (2002) are as follows. a. having interesting animations. the aimation are fun, present more animation and more pleasing to the eye than a simple presentation. b. it is very appropriate if the presentation uses powtoon at the school level because it can eliminateboredomthrough the animations it has. zaitun, hadi & putri: the effectiveness of online … 105 c. the results are very interesting if accompanied by the right background sound. on the making of this powtoon video can include songs, instruments and voice actor. for example fill out the sound using our own voice, read the text according to the materialentered in the powtoon video. d. the result are very interesting if accompanied by the right backsound. powtoon has a range of music, picture and sound effect that can be used, other source can be uploaded as well asthe ability to record a voive actor. e. it is easy to use everyone, teachers and students, in the website also gives a tutorial option in the begining than to make the creator process easier. c. research methodology in order to answer the research question, in this study the researcher used pre-experimental quantitative research with random sampling. the sample of this research is 10th grade of annuqthah of islamic senior high school in tangerang, banten. the sample of this study were chosen by using cluster random sampling in which one class was selected as the sample of this research in carrying out a research, the researcher used both pre-test and post-test as the instruments. the students were asked to describe the image for pre-test. while, treatment is the way to improve students’ speaking skills by using instructional video. pre-test and post-test are obtained from oral test. table 1. assessment rubric no. aspects criteria score 1. pronunciation excellent good fair poor 4 x 5 = 20 3 x 5 = 15 2 x 5 = 10 1 x 5 = 5 2. intonation excellent good fair poor 4 x 5 = 20 3 x 5 = 15 2 x 5 = 10 1 x 5 = 5 3. accuracy excellent good fair poor 4 x 5 = 20 3 x 5 = 15 2 x 5 = 10 1 x 5 = 5 4. fluency excellent good fair poor 4 x 5 = 20 3 x 5 = 15 2 x 5 = 10 1 x 5 = 5 5. action excellent good fair poor 4 x 5 = 20 3 x 5 = 15 2 x 5 = 10 1 x 5 = 5 score total 100 eltin journal, volume 9/no 2, october 2021 106 d. findings and discussion the data analyzed in this research is the result of pre-test and post-test score of students’. it can be seen from the table table 2 experimental class students’ pre-test result criteria of students’ total number of student’s total number of student’s in percentage excellent 0 0% good 0 0% enough 1 7.15% poor 7 50% very poor 6 42.85% table 3. experimental class students’ post-test result criteria of students’ total number of students’ total number of students’ in percentage excellent 2 14.28% good 8 57.15% enough 4 28.57% poor 0 0% very poor 0 0% table 4. statistical table of students’ pre-test and post-test no student pre-test (xi) posttest (xj) xjxi ⊓ ((xjxi)⊓ ) ((xjxi) – ⊓)2 1. student 1 35 75 40 1.07 1.14 2. student 2 30 75 45 -3.93 15.44 3. student 3 70 90 20 21.07 443.94 4. student 4 40 80 40 1.07 1.14 5. student 5 40 85 45 -3.93 15.44 6. student 6 25 75 50 -8.93 79.74 7. student 7 40 85 45 41.07 -3.93 15.44 8. student 8 35 85 50 -8.93 79.74 9. student 9 35 75 40 1.07 1.14 10. student 10 35 80 50 -8.93 79.74 11. student 11 60 85 25 16.07 258.24 12. student 12 50 90 40 1.07 1.14 13. student 13 50 85 35 6.07 36.84 14 student 14 35 80 50 -8.93 79.74 𝜮 575 1.150 575 0 1.108,86 n=14 mean 41.07 82.14 41.07 0 79.20 zaitun, hadi & putri: the effectiveness of online … 107 𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 (𝑆 2) = 1 𝑛 − 1 ∑ ((𝑋𝑗 − 𝑋𝑖) − �̅�)2 𝑛 𝑖=1,𝑗=1 = 1 13 (79.20) 𝑆𝐷 = √𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 = √6 = 2.44 𝑡 = �̅� 𝑆𝐷 √𝑛 = 41.07 2.44 √14 = 4.49 based on the calculation above, it shows that the mean score of the students’ pretest was 41.07 and the mean score of posttest was 82.14. in addition, the data also revealed that standard deviation of pretest was 1.02 and the standard deviation of posttest was 1.24. the result of tcalculation 4,49 and ttable with degrees of freedom (df) 12 obtained 1,782. the significance value of less than 0,05 and tcalculation > ttable. then, there is a significance the use instructional video as an affective media in teaching speaking. for knowing the score of 4.49 was obtained in the degree of freedom (df) of 14 (14 –2 = 12), with degree of significance 5% (0.05), it gaining score was 1,782. the resultsof the calculation revealed that to (t-observation) of 4.49 > tt (t-table) 1,782. from the calculation to was higher than tt score. thus, it can be concluded that the alternative hypothesis (h1) was accepted while the null hypothesis (ho) was rejected. this means that teaching speaking skill using online instructional video was considered effective. e. conclusion based on the research conducted at an-nuqthah of islamic senior high school in tangerang on 10th grade. it can be concluded that online instructional video is affective way in developing students’ speaking skill in the class. the result of statistical analyze can be seen from students’ score in pre-test and post-test, the mean of students’ post – test (82.14) > pre – test (41.07), to (t-observation) of 4.49, meanwhile tt (t-table) was 1,782 with significance 5% (0.05). it means t-observation was higher than t-table. thus, the alternative hypothesis (h1) was accepted and null hypothesis (ho) was rejected (4.49 > 1.782). the results show the importance of students' speaking skills after being taught by using online instructional videos to explain something. this means that there is a significant improvement with the use of games that describe the speaking skills of students class x in an-nuqthah of islamic senior high school ten grade, tangerang, banten. it can be concluded that online instructional videos is one of the affective learning media to use in the learning process to speak. in addition, the effectiveness of online instructional videos in teaching student speaking skill. eltin journal, volume 9/no 2, october 2021 108 f. references alkhatnai, m. (2016). using laptops in the writing classroom: applying technology for heuristic learning. arab world english journal (awej) special issue on call, (3). adnyani, l. d. s., mahayanti, n. w. s., & suprianti, g. a. p. (2020, january). powtoonbased video media for teaching english for young learners: an example of design and development research. in 3rd international conference on innovative research across disciplines (icirad 2019) (pp. 221-226). atlantis press. ashaver, d., & igyuve, s. m. (2013). the use of audio-visual materials in the teaching and learning processes in colleges of education in benue state-nigeria. iosr journal of research & method in education, 1(6), 44-55. burden, p.r. and byrd, d.m. (1999). methods for effective teaching.usa: allyn and bacon. chan, d., & herrero, c. (2010). using movies to teach languages: a teachers’ toolkit. it was produced for cornerhouse (part of projector: community languages). retrieved on january, 12, 2015. dahar, r. (1996). “teori-teori belajar.” erlangga derakhshan, a., khalili, a. n., & beheshti, f. (2016). developing efl learner’s speaking ability, accuracy and fluency. english language and literature studies, 6(2), 177-186. edmons, t.j., & branch, r. m. (2002). survey of instructional development models(4thed). syracuse, ny: eric cleareinghouse on information. greenberg, a. d., & zanetis, j. (2012). the impact of broadcast and streaming video in education. san jose. retrieved from http://www.cisco.com/web/strategy/docs/education/ciscovideowp.pdf harmer, j. (2006). the practice of english language teaching. third edition completly revised and update. malaysia: longman. harmer, j. (2007). how to teach english (new edition). harlow: pearson longman koşar, g., & bedir, h. (2014). strategies-based instruction: a means of improving adult efl learners’ speaking skills. international journal of language academy, 2(3), 1226. newby, t., stepich, d., lehman, j., & russell, j. (2000). instructional technology for teaching and learning: designing instruction, integrating computers, and using media (2nd ed.). columbus, oh: prentice-hall. nurmayasari, dewi. (2011). the use of audio visual aid inteaching speaking.s1 thesis, indonesia university of education: bandung. sadiman, a.s., et all. (2008). media pendidikan: pengertian, pengembangan, dan pemanfaatannya. jakarta: pt raja grafindo perkasa. smaldino, sharon e., lowther, deborath l., russel, james d.. 2008.instructional technology and media for learning (ninth edition). upper saddle river nj: pearson education zuhriyah, m., agustina, r. k., & fajarina, m. (2018). the influence of students’ creativity to construct sentences toward their speaking skill. register journal, 11(1), 1-18. sebuah kajian pustaka: hardiyanti, misbah & hadi: the relationship between students’ … 1 the relationship between students’ personality and speaking performance dewi aulia hardiyanti1, hasanul misbah2, muhamad sofian hadi3 auliad607@gmail.com, misbah.hasanul@gmail.com, m_sofianhadi@yahoo.com universitas muhammadiyah jakarta abstract the purpose of this research is to find the relationship between extrovert and introvert personality and speaking performance of students in class xi imam bukhori smk it multimedia an-nuqthah, tangerang, banten. this research method is used as a quantitative correlation study. the population and sample are 21 students of smk it multimedia annuqthah, using simple random sampling in class. a questionnaire is used to determine the student’s personality type, and a test is used to determine the student’s speaking performance. the personality questionnaire and the speaking test scores are correlated by using the pearson product moment formula. the result of 𝑟𝑥𝑦 is higher than 𝑟𝑡 in 5% (0, 9984 > 0, 4329) and 1% (0, 9984 > 0, 5487). the conclusion of this research there is the relationship between students' personality and speaking performance. it is hoped that this research will help achieve goals and success, and also help to be more effective in the process of english teaching. keywords: personality, extrovert, introvert, speaking a. introduction language is an important part of our lives. language is very important for people to communicate with others. without language, it is impossible to communicate with society. people use language to communicate to express their feelings to others. at the same time, language is part of the community culture. humans use language as a signal to express their identity with one cultural group, which is different from another cultural group. this language can also be used to express opinions, meanings and feelings between each other. the most important language is english. english is a foreign language. english has become an important language in the world because we use english to communicate with other people around the world. english is also very important in education where we must learn english skills. there are four basic skills in language learning. the most important of these is speaking. with good speaking skills, people can easily understand our thoughts and ideas (saindra & mutiarani, 2019). the ability to learn speaking english is the most important aspect of learning a foreign language or a second language. language learners will evaluate their success based on whether they can improve their speaking english ability. speaking can make people produce words and sentences in order to communicate or talk with others. speaking language also has multiple language functions, such as how to interact, perform, and convey or convey information to others. speaking are of great significance to eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 2 people's interactions with every day and everywhere around the world. speaking language is a way of communicating ideas and information verbally. if we want to encourage students to communicate in english, we should use this language in real communication and ask them to do the same thing (efrizal, 2012: gilakjani, 2016 cited in leong & ahmadi, 2017). speaking language is the top priority for many people, and they also want to master the speaking language. the ability to speak a language is the basis for people to understand the meaning of communication. therefore, we must produce and process words better when speaking, because speaking is an important function of people's communication in social life. if we successfully learn the language from the basic we will feel the improvement of the language level. when the speaking performance of english students is excellent, this happens because the students can manage to express themselves and feel, thoughts and ideas are accepted and conveyed to the audience, and can achieve good results. for students who cannot convey speaking and information to the audience, this may be a poor performance. therefore, regardless of the student's speaking performance, the level of english can be displayed through the performance of the student. now, in modern teaching languages, individual students can provide students and teachers with further advantages to achieve their teaching methods or course goals. but before the teacher uses these methods, the teacher should understand the personality of the student. the problem that teachers often find in the teaching process, especially speaking english, is the personality of the students. personality comes from the latin word persona which means mask. the mask is used by greek actors to act on stage. personality can be seen from individual traits such as ways of thinking, behaviour reaction, emotional response, and interaction. generally, personality is seen as a unique pattern of maintaining feelings, thoughts, and actions that show the character of an individual (yunus, wahab, ismail & othman, 2018). personality is a unique behaviour and human nature to respond to the stimuli both coming from the environment and self. each student has unique characteristics in behaving as well as in the learning process, good learning process will result in a good learning achievement as well (ariga, amelia & sari, 2018). in this research, the personality types used are based on gustav jung's theory, which is divided into extrovert and introvert. extrovert is usually outgoing, active in speaking, and willing to attract attention in a group. extrovert also likes to meet new people. introvert personality is a group of people who feel more at ease when socializing. extrovert students like to study in groups rather than alone. they feel confident when they speak in class, while extrovert students will speak more in class. then the extrovert students tend to be social and like to join groups. introvert students feel more shy, nervous and afraid of making mistakes when speaking, and lack confidence. they tend to avoid interaction during language learning in class because they are afraid of participating in activities that many people participate in. therefore, the speaking of extrovert students is often better than that of introvert students (travolta, 2018). based on the explanation above, extrovert students are better at speaking performance than introvert students. so the personality factors can help students in the learning process especially in speaking. from the explanation above, the researcher is interesting and wants hardiyanti, misbah & hadi: the relationship between students’ … 3 to research about there is a relationship between students' personality and speaking performance. b. literature review 1. speaking speaking language is a productive skill in language learning. it involves communicative performance and other important elements such as pronunciation, intonation, grammar, vocabulary, etc. they should be taught in any language learning to enable learners to communicate in the target language (rizqiningsih & hadi, 2019). speaking language not only needs to master a large number of vocabulary and grammatical structure, but also master all the elements of speaking language. speaking is very important because by mastering speaking skills, people can have conversations with others, propose ideas and exchange information (sadullaevna & safarovna, 2020). speaking language skills are very important in human life. humans also speak in daily activities. one can say and use this word without thinking too much. speaking skills enable humans to produce words and sentences in order to communicate or talk with others. speaking is also a communication tool, which can help people express their thoughts, feelings, and thoughts through expressions, so that the listener can understand what the speaker is saying. if we are not good at speaking skills, it may be difficult to communicate and may cause misunderstandings. speaking language means to convey and pass on our thoughtful word-of-mouth messages. as humans, we are learning to speak our mother tongue through listening and repetition. before we learn to read and write, allah created and programmed human, first listening than speaking before we learn how to reading and writing. speaking language is an important skill because it is one of the abilities needed to communicate with others. learning english is not easy. learners can learn grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, fluency, comprehension, etc. all aspects of learning can make learners have good speaking english skills and can communicate with others. speaking is a complex skill, because at least it is related to grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation and fluency. all components are very important when speaking. the first part is grammar. students need grammar to arrange the correct sentences in the dialogue. the second is vocabulary. vocabulary is an appropriate dictionary for communication. without sufficient vocabulary, one cannot effectively communicate or express their thoughts, whether in oral or written form. the third is pronunciation. pronunciation is a way for students to express clearer language when speaking. the fourth is fluency. oral fluency is the goal of many language learners. fluency is the freedom to express speaking english without interruption. signs of fluency include responsible quick speaking and only a few pauses (qoura, alsheikh & omar 2017). there are some problems with the learner's speaking skill. the first problem is grammar. learning english grammar is very difficult for learners. most learners make grammatical errors when speaking english. usually, learners make mistakes in tense and vocabulary when speaking in english. they sometimes use the wrong tense, for example, when they want to speak in the past tense, they speak in the present tense. they also cannot easily understand the difference between tenses and how to use tenses now and in the future. the second is the fear of making mistakes. learning to speak english means learning how people communicate. making mistakes is normal it is the mistakes learners should learn from and eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 4 how to overcome the mistakes of speaking english. generally, learners are afraid of making mistakes because if they say something wrong, they will be shy, and their friends or classmates will laugh at it and be afraid of criticism. the third, confidence is one of the reasons why learners cannot speak english in public. if learners are not confident in themselves, then they cannot speak english, so self-confidence is important for speaking english. this is caused by teachers. normally, teachers do not give them motivation in the classroom, and teachers only teach english, but they do not learn how to speak english. this is one of the biggest problems faced by learners the students should be mastery of speaking because english plays an important role in life. such as education, social, politics, culture, etc. if the mastery students speaking skills they can communicate well in english, and also speaking skills in english are the priority of many foreign language learners. 2. personality personality usually means the difference between one person and another. personality is a unique characteristic of a person. personality affects the way students learn. extrovert and introvert were popularized by swiss psychoanalyst carl jung. jung described how extrovert people spread their energy outward, and introvert people focused their energy inward. extrovert person are like external, open, and spontaneous emotional expressions, like getting to know others and being easy to connect with others. an introvert person likes to be alone to charge their energy, shy, hide their felling, and unfriendly expectations to their close friends (ariga, amelia & sari, 2018). there are several characteristics of extrovert students. extrovert students are very friendly, they have many friends, and they are friendly. secondly, they like group work, talkative, like talking with many people, easy going, and positive. third, they speak first, then think, and take risks. then there are several characteristics of introvert students. first of all, they like to work alone, avoiding noisy and crowded situations. second, they have close friends and are passive. third, they are closed, personal, and think very careful, and they think they will talk about it later. extrovert personality is active and good at conversation. people with extrovert are also more social to others. introvert is talking less and less socially. in other words, an extrovert is a characteristic of a person, they like to do activities and become social people. at the same time, an introvert is a characteristic of a person, and most people are a person and prefer their inner world. introvert students will remain quiet and nervous when speaking. the difference in society is the influence of speaking skills. the correlation between extrovert personalities is the success of second language learning, and extrovert students are more successful in socializing with others than introvert students. but extrovert students still have difficulty in speaking activities. an example from another researcher found that extrovert students still pronounced incorrectly when speaking. extrovert students find it difficult to pronounce correctly because they will still be affected by the use of their native language. introvert students have strong speaking skills and good pronunciation, but the problem with introvert students is their low speech, low selfconfidence, and low participation. therefore, introvert students tend to become passive. therefore, students with low self-confidence will find it difficult to change their speaking hardiyanti, misbah & hadi: the relationship between students’ … 5 english. students with extrovert and introvert have different learning styles, which will affect their speaking english learning and performance. c. research methodology in order to answer the research questions, in this research, the researchers used a quantitative correlation study, because this research wanted to know the correlation or relationship between extrovert personality, introvert personality and speaking performance. correlation study is study that look for the relationship between two or more variables. when conducting research, variables are important elements for obtaining relevant research information. the author used quantitative correlation study to find the relationship between two variables. the first variable is the student's personality x and the second variable is the speaking scores y. therefore, this research used two variables. the population of this research is second grade students of smk it multimedia annuqthah. the total population of one class is 21 students. in this research, the researchers only selected a class of second grade students as the population because they had already learned speaking english. when selecting samples, the researchers used simple random sampling. the total population and sample are 21 students. there will be students who are extrovert and introvert. in collecting the data, the researcher used two instruments called tests and questionnaires. the test is used to know the score in speaking performance of students. before doing the speaking test, the students must be filled with the questionnaire that the researcher gives for them to indicate the extrovert and introvert personality of students. a questionnaire is a list of questions to know people’s information, opinion, and answer. in collecting the data of students' extrovert introvert personality, the researcher will use closed-ended questions. a closed-ended question is defined as question types that ask respondents to choose from a distinct set of different predefined answer, such as yes or no, or set multiple-choice questions. the researcher will give a questionnaire consisting of 20 items. the questionnaire will translate into indonesia to avoid misunderstanding for students. before the test, the researcher will give them the topics for students to write their ideas. in this research, the researcher will test the students to speak in front of the class and friends for speaking performance tests and the researcher will give the students two to three minutes to prepare for speak english based on the students’ topic. the research will give them a score based on their performance. before collecting data, the researcher also watched and observed the teacher and students' activities in the classroom. in order to analyzing the data, after the researcher scored the questionnaire and speaking test, the researcher only selected from students with extrovert and introvert personality. in the quantitative correlation study, the researcher used the pearson product moment formula to investigate and calculate the correlation between students' extrovert introvert personality and students' speaking performance. eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 6 d. findings and discussion the data analyzed in this study is the result of student score data collected from the questionnaire of extroverted and introverted students and the speaking performance test. the analysis results can be seen in the following sections: the researcher calculates question that has a checklist in option answer yes and no in both personality that is extrovert and introvert. the table below is obtained for all students' questionnaires. table 1. table students' personality questionnaires (x) students score note students 1 14 extrovert students 2 13 introvert students 3 11 introvert students 4 12 introvert students 5 14 extrovert students 6 9 introvert students 7 10 introvert students 8 13 extrovert students 9 16 extrovert students 10 11 introvert students 11 12 introvert students 12 15 extrovert students 13 12 extrovert students 14 15 introvert students 15 12 extrovert students 16 12 extrovert students 17 16 extrovert students 18 9 extrovert students 19 12 extrovert students 20 13 introvert students 21 14 extrovert ∑ 261 from the results of the questionnaire, this esearch found that the total number of extrovert students is more than the total number of introvert students. this means that in the xi imam bukhori class, extrovert students are more dominant than introvert students. the speaking performance score has five criteria, such as pronunciation, intonation, accuracy, fluency, and action. the students speaking performance score is obtained in the table below: hardiyanti, misbah & hadi: the relationship between students’ … 7 table 2. students speaking performance score (y) after calculating the total score of the students' personality (x) and speaking performance (y). the researcher used the pearson product moment formula is symbolized with 𝑟𝑥𝑦 to check the relationship between students' personality and speaking performance. the table below will show the calculating in obtaining scores. table 3. the calculating of person product moment correlation (𝒓𝒙𝒚) students score student 1 16 student 2 15 student 3 12 student 4 12 student 5 18 student 6 13 student 7 12 student 8 18 student 9 17 student 10 12 student 11 12 student 12 17 student 13 17 student 14 12 student 15 17 student 16 16 student 17 17 student 18 16 student 19 16 student 20 12 student 21 15 total score 312 students x y x2 y 2 xy student 1 14 16 196 256 224 student 2 13 15 169 225 195 student 3 11 12 121 144 132 student 4 12 12 144 144 144 student 5 14 18 196 324 252 student 6 9 13 81 169 117 student 7 10 12 100 144 156 student 8 13 18 169 324 234 student 9 16 17 256 289 272 student 10 11 12 121 144 132 student 11 12 12 144 144 144 student 12 15 17 225 289 255 student 13 12 17 144 289 204 student 14 11 12 121 144 132 eltin journal, volume 9/no 1, april 2021 8 the score of 𝑟𝑥𝑦 are calculated by the pearson product moment correlation formula as follows: 𝑟𝑥𝑦 = ∑𝑥𝑦 √(∑𝑥2)(∑𝑦2 ) 𝑟𝑥𝑦 = 3963 √3321×4744 𝑟𝑥𝑦 = 3963 √15754824 𝑟𝑥𝑦 = 3963 3969,234 𝑟𝑥𝑦 = 0, 9984 based on the data above the researcher can answer the research question about there is the relationship between students' personality and speaking performance. from the above findings, the answer can be seen. that the coefficient of correlation 𝑟𝑥𝑦 is more than r table 𝑟𝑡 score with the degree of significance 5% is (0, 9984 > 0, 4329) and the coefficient of correlation 𝑟𝑥𝑦 is more than r table 𝑟𝑡 score with the degree of significance 1% (0, 9984 > 0, 5487). it shows that the alternative hypothesis is accepted and the null hypothesis is rejected. therefore, there is a relationship between students' personality and speaking performance. through this data, there are very high significance in students' personality and speaking performance. carl jung used the word extrovert and introvert is to describe the preferred focus of one's energy on either the outer world or the inner world. the extrovert, they prefer their energy to the outer world, and for the introvert, they prefer their energy to the inner world. extrovert students tend to focus on activities and interactions with others. extrovert students like to participate, talk and socialize, and extrovert students are the best working in a group. then introvert students will tend to the inner world like thoughts, they will get energy from thoughts, feelings and memories. they can socialize, but they need time to recharge on their own. introvert think before speaking. it can be concluded that there are differences in strategy or learning styles between extrovert and introvert students. the writer found that individual factors are playing important roles in the success of english learner. according to the result of this research, it can be said that some individual characteristics such as extrovert introvert personality may be related to the successful mastery of speaking english. by understanding the personality of students in the classroom, students can do well in the learning process effectively. for teacher, they should student 15 12 17 144 289 204 student 16 12 16 144 256 192 student 17 16 17 256 289 272 student 18 9 16 81 256 144 student 19 12 16 144 256 192 student 20 13 12 169 144 156 student 21 14 15 196 225 210 n= 21 ∑x= 261 ∑y= 312 ∑x2= 3321 ∑y2= 4744 ∑xy= 3963 hardiyanti, misbah & hadi: the relationship between students’ … 9 accommodate and facilitate students to prefer their learning style. learning style plays an important role for students to learn foreign language or second language. e. conclusion the conclusion of this research indicates there is a relationship between students' personality and speaking performance. according to the result, if students understand themselves and their personality it will help them successfully master speaking english and it will also help students effectively acquire their learning style. the writer wants to give the following suggestion such as. first of all, students should be aware of their personality type and its impact on speaking english. therefore, they can know how to improve their speaking performance in class. students should understand themselves and they should learn more and pay attention to the lack of english skills. therefore, they can improve themselves to successfully master all english skills. second, for the teacher, if the teacher knows and understands the relationship between students' personality and speaking performance it can make the teacher aware of students' personality and its influence on the speaking language. therefore, teacher can use appropriate methods, and can also treat students' inappropriate ways to achieve the teaching goals and success in the teaching-learning process. then third for other researchers, this research can also be used as a reference for other researchers. in addition, other researcher can try to apply other skills such as listening, reading, and writing. this research also only focuses on extrovert and introvert, so other researchers can try to conduct involving ambivert. the writer suggests the other researcher will do their research better. f. references ariga, r. a., amelia, r., & sari, s. (2018). relationship of extrovert and introvert personality types against student achievement faculty of nourishing usu. journal of physics: conference series, 1116(5), 052007. leong, l. m., & ahmadi, s. m. (2017). an analysis of factors influencing learners’ english speaking skill. international journal of research in english education, 34–41. qoura, a., alsheikh, a., & omar abdullah amin, o. a. a. (2017). using student response system to enhance listening and speaking skills for efl saudi secondary school students. journa of research in curriculum instruction and educational technology, 3(3), 69–103. rizqiningsih, s., & hadi, m. s. (2019). multiple intelligences (mi) on developing speaking skills. english language in focus (elif), 1(2), 127–136. sadullaevna, a. l., & safarovna, a. n. (2020). functions of speaking as a successful means of communication. international journal on integrated education, 3(1), 126–128. saindra, r. m., & mutiarani, m. (2019). using graphic organizer to improve students’ speaking skill. english language in focus (elif), 1(1), 55–64. travolta, y. (2018). a comparative study on introvert and extrovert students personality in english listening scores. journal of english education and teaching, 2(2), 9–19. yunus, m. r. b. m., wahab, n. b. a., ismail, m. s., & othman, m. s. (2018). the importance role of personality trait. international journal of academic research in business and social sciences, 8(7), 1028-1036. sebuah kajian pustaka: hadi, izzah & hidayat: the comparative study of students’ … 65 the comparative study of students’ learning style on their achievement in reading skill muhamad sofian hadi1, lidiyatul izzah2, mutiara nurul hidayat* m_sofianhadi@yahoo.co, izzahlidiyatul@gmail.com, mnhumairara@gmail.com universitas muhammadiyah jakarta abstract the purpose of this study is to know the difference of students’ learning style on their english achievement in reading skill of the second grades students of smpi an -nuqthah cipete in tangerang, banten. this study uses a causal comparative research design and purposive sampling technique. the sample of this study is 34 second grade students of smpi an-nuqthah. they are divided into three types of learning style: visual learning style, auditory learning style and kinesthetic learning style. a questionnaire is used to determine each students’ learning style. students’ learning style and their english achievement in reading skill were analyzed by using percentage and bifilar linear regression analysis. the result of this study revealed that most of students have a visual learning style (50% from 34 students). the adjusted r score = 51.8%, which means that the learning style contributes about 51.8% to the english reading skill of the seco nd grades students of smpi an-nuqthah, and another 48.2% are affected by other factors and need further study. according to the results, the students' visual learning style t -test is higher than the value of the t-table. the conclusion of this research is that visual learning style is the best way to make reading comprehension easier. keywords: learning style, visual, auditory, kinesthetic, reading a. introduction the introduction presents the purpose of the studies reported and their relationship to earlier work in the field. it should not be an extensive review of the literature. use only those references required to provide the most salient background to allow the readers to understand and evaluate the purpose and results of the present study without referring to previous publications on the topic. the introduction presents the purpose of the studies reported and their relationship to earlier work in the field. it should not be an extensive review of the literature. use only those references required to provide the most salient background to allow the readers to understand and evaluate the purpose and results of the present study without referring to previous publications on the topic. eltin journal, volume 9/no 2, october 2021 66 language is a systematic means of communication through the use of sounds or conventional symbols. this is the code we all use to express ourselves and communicate with others. it is also a system that uses sounds, gestures, symbols or marks to convey ideas and feelings. language is a written or spoken method of combining words to create meaning, and certain people are using the language. english is considered a universal language because it is the most spoken language in the world. as safari & fitriati (2016) said that “english has become the medium of communication in every field in the local and global environment”. in our country, english plays an important role in international communication and the development of education, economy, science and technology. as an international language, english has been used as a foreign language in indonesia. in fact, the government forced that english should be taught in schools as a compulsory subject from the beginning of elementary school. reading is an activity about understanding written text. it is not only understanding but also understanding written text. when learning english, reading some texts has many advantages, such as increasing vocabulary, grammar and understanding the use of punctuation. however, reading is a common problem for students to learn english. students often encounter difficulties in the process of reading. according to saadi (2012), reading difficulties are a common problem among students. he said that many students have difficulties in reading. in addition, the ability to read is also very important for english foreign language students. facts have proved that educational institutions even attach importance to reading as a subject at the basic level of elementary and middle schools. every student has different ways to get information from the learning process. the way students choose during the learning process is their learning style. according to saadi (2012), “if students understand their own learning style, their academic performance will be positively improved.” based on the above statement, it can be concluded that the learning style begins in the student’s learning process. it plays an important role and affects students’ reading performance because their learning style is related to the way they acquire and understand information. the students will learn easily through their own learning style. according to bire & bire (2014: 44), “learning style is the easiest way for students to absorb, organize, and process the information they receive in their studies.” according to the brain’s ability to absorb, transmit and communicate information, students’ learning styles can be divided into visual, auditory and kinesthetic (vak) three categories. these categories do not give students only one learning style, but these categories are a guide to understanding which dominant learning style a student has. based on the discussion above, students’ learning styles: visual, auditory, and kinesthetic will all affect students’ reading ability. for teachers, it is important to recognize the learning style of students in order to improve their reading ability. this study will find significant differences in reading skills among students based on their learning styles. hadi, izzah & hidayat: the comparative study of students’ … 67 b. literature review 1. reading reading is a vital skill that everyone should have. mickulecky & jeffries (2004) said “reading is very important because it can improve students’ general english language skills; help students think in english, expand their english vocabulary, and improve writing skills. this may be a good way to understand new ideas, facts and experiences.” therefore, reading is an important basic skill for students and is necessary for english comprehension. reading is an active process of understanding written text, which means extracting the required information from the text as efficiently as possible. reading has two ways of communicating between readers and writers through written language or symbols, which require interpretation and understanding. one of the reading comprehensions parts. reading requires imagination to draw symbols or words to make them easier to understand. however, it is not easy for students to acquire reading skills, because it takes reading as the main goal of english or english learning. therefore, reading is not a simple process. it requires cooperation between the eyes and brain, and mastering reading skills requires regular exercise, because acquiring a skill requires more exercise and making it a habit of our daily activities. because reading is a complicated process, we need to concentrate so that it is easier to understand the symbols or words of the text. it can be concluded that reading is an active process between the eyes and the brain. the eyes need to accurately see the symbols or words in the written text. at the same time, the brain should recognize the symbols or words to be explained so that the reader can understand the text and obtain new information, facts and ideas from the text. 2. learning style learning style is the way in which students absorb and understand the ideas or information they obtain in the learning process. according to hilliard in naning and hayati (2011: 4) learning style is the characteristic way that individuals acquire, perceive and process information. in addition, learning style is the way students think, process and understand information. therefore, based on the above theories, it can be concluded that learning style is a preferred way for students to acquire, understand, absorb and process information about learning materials from the learning process. they will absorb the teacher's information in their own way of learning, so that they understand, enjoy and feel at ease. moreover, every student has different preferred learning methods in the learning process. learning style is just a term used to describe attitudes and behaviours. it determines the individual's preferred learning method. every student has all types of learning styles, but this does not mean that they use them at the same time. every student has a dominant learning style or preferred style. they use different learning methods in different situations. a. visual learning style visual is related to vision or everything we can see. according to yong (2010: 481), "visual learning style refers to the preference of learning through vision. visual learners eltin journal, volume 9/no 2, october 2021 68 rely on their sight to obtain information. they organize knowledge according to the spatial relationship between ideas, and use graphics way to store it. students’ visual learning style has some characteristics; when using visual media (such as power point presentations, videos, pictures, charts and graphs) for presentations, they can better remember the material. visual learners usually like themselves read textbooks, periodicals, articles or newspapers to improve understanding." b. auditory learning style auditory learning style is a way of learning in which a person learns by listening, and they learn best from what they hear. auditory learners can remember the details of the dialogue, and they also have strong language skills. gilakjani (2012) stated that “auditory learners understand information by listening and interpreting information, which is the average value of pitch, focus and speed.” c. kinesthetic learning style kinesthetic learning style is the way students absorb information through the body. it is likely that they use their body or touch to understand the teacher's material. according to gholami and bagheri (2013), “kinesthetic learners refer to activities that physically participate in the learning environment, such as field trips, drama, pantomime, or interviews.” the result of the student's learning process is very important to understand the operation of their learning process. the result of the learning process is the student's ac hievement. achievement is a measure of whether students know the degree to which they have acquired knowledge in the classroom learning process, and it is also a measure of how teachers know how students absorb materials from the teaching process. masterin g the results can be seen from the behavior of students, their behaviour can be knowledge, thinking ability, physical or motor skills. c. research methodology in this research, the researcher used a causal comparative research design, because it checks the difference between two or more groups on a variable, and does not need to directly control the grouping variable, so it cannot be operated on. so, in this stu dy the researcher wants to know the difference of students’ learning style on their achievement in reading skill. the total sample of this research are 34 students from second grade at smpi an-nuqthah. they were classified into three categories of learning style through learning style test or questionnaire: visual learning style, auditory learning style and kinesthetic learning style. in collecting the data, the researcher used two instruments: questionnaires and students’ daily test score about reading comprehension from the teacher. the questionnaire is used to indicate their learning style. the questionnaire was taken from sman 2 tangerang and adopted from deporter, reardon and singer-nourie in the "quantum" textbook. the questionnaire includes 36 items, 12 items for each learning style. the questionnaire in this instrument is used likert scale which the given answer are: sangat setuju (strongly agree), setuju (agree), ragu-ragu (doubt), tidak setuju (disagree), dan sangat tidak setuju (strongly disagree). each of given answer has score as follows: for given answer “strongly agree” has 5 score, for given answer “agree” has 4 score, for given answer “doubt” has 3 score, for hadi, izzah & hidayat: the comparative study of students’ … 69 given answer “disagree” has 2 score, and for given answer “strongly disagree” has 1 score. the researcher translated the questionnaires into indonesian to avoid misunderstanding of the students. students’ daily test score from the teacher is to know their english achievement in reading skill. d. findings and discussion according to the results of the questionnaire, after calculating the students' learning style scores, there are 17 students with visual learning styles, 9 students with auditory learning styles, and 8 students with kinesthetic learning styles. it is known that 50% of 34 students have visual learning style, 26% of 34 students have auditory learning style, and 24% of 34 students have kinesthetic learning style. it can be concluded that most students have a visual learning style. table. 1 students’ reading skill scores and their learning style participants students’ scores learning style 1 70 auditory 2 80 visual 3 82 visual 4 80 visual 5 75 auditory 6 72 auditory 7 76 kinesthetic 8 75 kinesthetic 9 75 visual 10 72 kinesthetic 11 80 visual 12 75 kinesthetic 13 72 kinesthetic 14 76 visual 15 85 visual 16 80 visual 17 85 visual 18 78 visual 19 75 visual 20 72 kinesthetic 21 75 visual 22 70 auditory 23 72 visual 24 70 kinesthetic 25 75 auditory 26 78 visual 27 70 visual 28 80 visual 29 85 visual 30 75 kinesthetic eltin journal, volume 9/no 2, october 2021 70 31 72 auditory 32 70 auditory 33 72 auditory 34 75 auditory the student's english learning achievement in reading skills is the student's score in the daily reading comprehension test in the second semester. if students get 80 -100 points, it means that they got excellent results. if a student's score is 70-79, it means that they got an awesome score. if students get 60-69 points, it means that they got an average score. while, if students get a score of 50-59, it means that they got a bad score. for students under 50, their grades mean poor. bifilar regression as simultan table. 2 the coefficient result of bifilar linear regression analysis as simultan no. independent variable dependent variable r adjusted r-square f sig. 1 visual english learning achievement 51,8% 19,6% 3,676 0,023 2 auditory 3 kinesthetic a 82,932 b1 0,357 b2 -0,409 b3 -0,146 it can be seen from the table that the influence of students' learning style on english reading skill is obtained by the following regression formula: y = a + b1x1 + b2x2 + b3x3 +e english learning achievement in reading skill (y) = 82,932 (a) + 0,357 visual (x1) – 0,409 auditory (x2) – 0,146 kinesthetic (x3) it can be seen from the above formula that b1 = 0,357, b2 = -0,409, and b3 = -0,146. it can be interpreted as if the student's learning style (visual, auditory, kinesthetic) is constant, or there is no increase or decrease. therefore, the total learning style of students is 82,932. the students’ visual learning style coefficient or variable x1 is 0,357. this means that if the total number of students’ visual learning style increases by one unit, the students’ english skill increases by about 0,357, but other independent variables are constant. hadi, izzah & hidayat: the comparative study of students’ … 71 the students’ auditory learning style coefficient or variable x2 is 0,409, with a negative sign. the results show that the scores of ordinary students' auditory learning style and english proficiency have a relative relationship in reading skills. this means that if the average score of a student’s auditory learning style increases, th en the total student’s english reading skill drop by about 0,409, but another independent variable remains constant. the students’ kinesthetic learning style or the coefficient of the variable x3 is 0,146 and has a negative sign. the results show that the average score of students' kinesthetic learning style is inversely proportional to students' english reading ability. therefore, i f the average score of a students’ kinesthetic learning style increases, the total number of students' english scores decrease by about 0.146, but the other independent variable remains constant. in addition, the constanta score is 82,932 and r = 51.8%. this means that students' english learning ability (as simultan) ahave an impact of about 51.8% on students' learning style. bifilar linear regression as partial the following table shows the coefficient results of the bifilar linear regression analysis: table. 3 the coefficient result of bifilar linear regression analysis as partial model sig. correlation zero-order partial part (constant) 0,000 visual (x1) 0,028 0,333 0,388 0,360 auditory (x2) 0,066 -0,324 -0,372 -0,342 kinesthetic (x3) 0,332 -0,224 -0,177 -0,154 it can be seen from the above table that the student's visual learning style (x1) has nothing to do with part of the student's english reading ability. it can be seen from the significance value of x1 that its value is 0.028, which is lower than the significance standard of 0.05. and the coefficient score has a positive sign. in addition, the students' auditory learning style (x2) and students' kinesthetic learning style (x3) are related to the students' english learning ability in some reading skills. it can be seen from the significance value of x2 eltin journal, volume 9/no 2, october 2021 72 that the significance value of x2 is 0.036, and the significance value of x3 is 0.032. and their coefficient scores have a negative sign. determining α = 0,05 and f table as follows; f(α;v1,v2) = f (0,05 ; 3 , 30) v1 = k = 3, v2 = n – (k+1) f-table = 2,92 as can be seen from the above data, f-test = 3,676. therefore, hypothesis testing can be completed by the following testing criteria: f test = 3,676> f table = 2,92. therefore, h0 is rejected and ha is accepted. this means that in terms of english reading ability, students’ learning styles affected the way students learn. determining t table and α = 0,05 df = n – nr = 34 – 3 = 31 from the table, the value of t table with df = 31 and α = 0,05 is 2,042 table. 4 the result of t test according to the above table, the influence of students' learning style on english achievement in reading skill is described as: 1. the influence of students’ visual learning style on their english achievement in reading skill model unstandardiz ed coefficients standar dized coeffic ients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) 82,9 32 10,92 7 7,59 0 ,000 visual (x1) ,357 ,155 ,364 2,30 5 ,028 auditory (x2) ,409 ,186 -,348 2,19 4 ,066 kinesthetic (x3) ,146 ,148 -,156 ,986 ,332 dependent variable: score (y) hadi, izzah & hidayat: the comparative study of students’ … 73 according to the analysis data using the spss program above, the result of the t test = 2,305. this means that the result of the t test is higher than t table = 2,042 (t test> t table). therefore, h0 is rejected and ha is accepted, which means that students' visual learning style has an impact on their english achievement in reading skill. 2. the influence of students’ auditory learning style on their english achievement in reading skill according to the analysis data using the spss program above, the result of the t test = 2,194. this means that the result of t test is lower than t table = 2 ,042 (t test